Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Editors
Hanny Al-Samkari, MD
Executive Editor, Hematology 2023
Massachusetts General Hospital
Boston, Massachusetts
Alex F. Herrera, MD
Deputy Editor, Hematology 2023
City of Hope
Duarte, California
Ang Li, MD, MS
Special Section Editor, Hematology 2023
Baylor College of Medicine
Houston, Texas
ii
Contents
x Editors’ Message
xi Reviewers
xii Continuing Medical Education Information
Ham-Wasserman Lecture
1 Thrombotic anti-PF4 immune disorders: HIT, VITT, and beyond
ANDREAS GREINACHER AND THEODORE E. WARKENTIN
65 Frontline treatment options for higher-risk MDS: can we move past azacitidine?
DAVID A. SALLMAN AND ZHUOER XIE
73 EVIDENCE-BASED MINIREVIEW
Mutational screening to improve the transplantation decision-making process in MDS
ALESSIA CAMPAGNA AND MATTEO G. DELLA PORTA
Contents | iii
CAR T Cells in ALL: Bridge or Definitive Therapy?
77 Long-term follow-up of CD19-CAR T-cell therapy in children and young adults with B-ALL
REBECCA EPPERLY AND NIRALI N. SHAH
84 Stem cell transplantation for ALL: you’ve always got a donor, why not always use it?
DAVID SHYR, KARA L. DAVIS, AND ALICE BERTAINA
91 Preventing relapse after CD19 CAR T-cell therapy for pediatric ALL:
the role of transplant and enhanced CAR T cells
AIMEE C. TALLEUR, SWATI NAIK, AND STEPHEN GOTTSCHALK
Energizing the Red Cell: Pyruvate Kinase Activators for Treatment of Hereditary
Hemolytic Anemias
97 Pyruvate kinase activators for treatment of pyruvate kinase deficiency
RACHAEL F. GRACE
107 Pyruvate kinase activators: targeting red cell metabolism in sickle cell disease
JULIA Z. XU AND GREGORY M. VERCELLOTTI
141 Posttransplant complications in patients with marrow failure syndromes: are we improving
long-term outcomes?
ZAHRA HUDDA AND KASIANI C. MYERS
164 Chronic GVHD: review advances in prevention, novel endpoints, and targeted strategies
IDOROENYI AMANAM, SALMAN OTOUKESH, MONZR M. AL MALKI, AND AMANDEEP SALHOTRA
186 The approach of HMA plus VEN with or without BMT for allpatients with AML
HEATHER J. MALE AND TARA L. LIN
274 How to manage hemostasis in patients with liver disease during interventions
LARA N. ROBERTS
281 How to manage splanchnic vein thrombosis in patients with liver disease
NICOLETTA RIVA AND WALTER AGENO
Contents | v
318 Multiple myeloma: a parad
igm for blending community and academic care
JESÚS G. BERDEJA
How Do We Apply T-Cell Redirection Therapy for Multiple Myeloma? CAR T Cells
and Bispecific Antibodies
332 Current use of bispecific antibodies to treat multiple myeloma
HOLLY LEE, PAOLA NERI, AND NIZAR J. BAHLIS
348 Managing side effects: guidance for use of immunotherapies in multiple myeloma
EMILY C. LIANG AND SURBHI SIDANA
370 Selection of bispecific antibody therapies or CAR-T cell therapy in relapsed lymphomas
AJAY MAJOR AND MANALI KAMDAR
443 Considerations for next therapy after anti-CD38 monoclonal antibodies used as first line
MONIQUE HARTLEY-BROWN AND ATEH ZINKENG
510 The optimal management of relapsed and refractory Hodgkin lymphoma: post–brentuximab
and checkpoint inhibitor failure
NATALIE S. GROVER, CHRISTOPHER DITTUS, ASTHA THAKKAR, AND ANNE W. BEAVEN
Improving Outcomes for Individuals with Sickle Cell Disease: Are We Moving the Needle?
519 Using disease-modifying therapies in sickle cell disease
PARUL RAI AND KENNETH I. ATAGA
532 The range of haploidentical transplant protocols in sickle cell disease: all haplos are not
created equally
ADETOLA A. KASSIM AND MICHAEL R. DEBAUN
Not Kids Anymore and Not Adults Yet: How Do We Treat Adolescent and Young Adult (AYA)
Patients with ALL?
573 Leveraging health care technology to improve health outcomes and reduce outcome
disparities in AYA leukemia
JOHN C. MOLINA AND SETH ROTZ
581 Adolescents and young adults (AYAs) vs pediatric patients: survival, risks, and barriers
to enrollment
SANYUKTA K. JANARDAN AND TAMARA P. MILLER
Contents | vii
606 How to diagnose and manage antiphospholipid syndrome
ANNE HUBBEN AND KEITH R. McCRAE
630 Intravenous iron therapy in pediatrics: who should get it and when is the right time?
CLAY T. COHEN AND JACQUELYN M. POWERS
646 Logistics, risks, and benefits of automated red blood cell exchange for patients
with sickle cell disease
SHANNON KELLY
What Are Treatment Options for Patients with Relapsed, Refractory, or Persistent AML?
682 Understanding differential technolog
ies for detection of MRD and how to incorporate
into clinical practice
JACQUELINE CLOOS, LOK LAM NGAI, AND MICHAEL HEUSER
What Makes a Good Transplant Recipient? Putting the Puzzle Pieces Together
709 How old is too old? Frailty and geriatric assessments of older patients undergoing
allogeneic HCT
REENA V. JAYANI
Contents | ix
Editors’ Message
Welcome to the 65th annual meeting of the American Society of Hematology. In addition
to meeting friends and colleagues old and new, forging collaborations, and learning of the
promising new advances in hematology, we hope you will discover that this year’s meeting
will not just meet but exceed the high standards for education for which the ASH Education
Program is known. With a complete set of rigorously peer-reviewed, case-based, concise
articles for this year’s education program replete with useful figures and tables, our stan-
dards for Hematology, the ASH Education Program have never been higher, and we hope
you will find that the quality of the content has never been better. We are also happy to
say to all the bookworms out there that your pleas have been heard: the print version of
Hematology is now once again available, this time for sale on an opt-in basis. This way,
everyone wins: those who prefer to read the content online can continue to do so, and
those who prefer a physical book can buy one if they wish. Best of all, no one needs to find
room in their luggage for the tome, as preordered printed copies will be shipped soon after
the meeting. In this volume, you will find articles for every session included in the education
program, as well as a series of thought-provoking evidence-based minireviews, all written
by international expert speaker-authors.
We must thank this year’s education co-chairs, Dr. Jean Connors (classical hematology)
and Dr. Amy DeZern (malignant hematology), for crafting a state-of-the-art education pro-
gram on which this volume is based. Finally, Hematology is possible only thanks to the
efforts of hundreds of invaluable peer reviewers and the diligent efforts of the ASH publica-
tions staff, including Ebony Stewart, Alison Beale, Jeremiah Murphy, Dax Rodulfa-Blemberg,
Brian Cannon, Kenneth April, Keith Gigliello, Glenn Landis, and Nina Hoffman, among others.
We are thankful for all of their work.
Enjoy, from your Hematology Editors!
Hanny Al-Samkari, MD Alison R. Walker, Rakhi P. Naik, MD, MHS Alex F. Herrera, MD Ang Li, MD, MS
MD, MPH, MBA
x
Reviewers
The editors thank the session chairs and the reviewers who worked hard to ensure the reliability of the material presented
in Hematology 2023:
xi
Continuing Medical Education Information
xiii
HAM - WASSERMAN LECTURE
Department of Pathology and Molecular Medicine and Department of Medicine, McMaster University, Hamilton, Ontario, Canada
2
Antibodies against the chemokine platelet factor 4 (PF4) occur often, but only those that activate platelets induce
severe prothrombotic disorders with associated thrombocytopenia. Heparin-induced thrombocytopenia (HIT) is
the prototypic anti-PF4 disorder, mediated by strong activation of platelets through their FcγIIa (immunoglobulin G
[IgG]) receptors (FcγRIIa). Concomitant pancellular activation (monocytes, neutrophils, endothelium) triggers throm-
boinflammation with a high risk for venous and arterial thrombosis. The classic concept of HIT is that anti-PF4/heparin
IgG, recognizing antigen sites on (cationic) PF4 that form in the presence of (anionic) heparin, constitute the
heparin-dependent antibodies that cause HIT. Accordingly, HIT is managed by anticoagulation with a nonheparin anti-
coagulant. In 2021, adenovirus vector COVID-19 vaccines triggered the rare adverse effect “vaccine-induced immune
thrombotic thrombocytopenia” (VITT), also caused by anti-PF4 IgG. VITT is a predominantly heparin-independent
platelet-activating disorder that requires both therapeutic-dose anticoagulation and inhibition of FcγRIIa-mediated
platelet activation by high-dose intravenous immunoglobulin (IVIG). HIT and VITT antibodies bind to different epi-
topes on PF4; new immunoassays can differentiate between these distinct HIT-like and VITT-like antibodies. These
studies indicate that (1) severe, atypical presentations of HIT (“autoimmune HIT”) are associated with both HIT-
like (heparin-dependent) and VITT-like (heparin-independent) anti-PF4 antibodies; (2) in some patients with severe
acute (and sometimes chronic, recurrent) thrombosis, VITT-like antibodies can be identified independent of proxi-
mate heparin exposure or vaccination. We propose to classify anti-PF4 antibodies as type 1 (nonpathogenic, non–
platelet activating), type 2 (heparin dependent, platelet activating), and type 3 (heparin independent, platelet activat-
ing). A key concept is that type 3 antibodies (autoimmune HIT, VITT) require anticoagulation plus an adjunct treatment,
namely high-dose IVIG, to deescalate the severe anti-PF4 IgG-mediated hypercoagulability state.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Classify the different prothrombotic disorders induced by platelet-activating anti–platelet factor 4 antibodies
• Define 3 types of anti-PF4 antibodies
• Review treatment for patients with anti-PF4 disorders and the requirement for therapeutic-dose anticoagulation
and high-dose intravenous immunoglobulin (IVIG)
Introduction HIT and VITT and address the emerging evidence of pro-
Anti–platelet factor 4 (PF4) antibodies are the underlying thrombotic anti-PF4 antibody disorders beyond HIT and
cause of the prothrombotic disorders heparin-induced VITT. We also propose a new nomenclature for anti-PF4
thrombocytopenia (HIT) and vaccine-induced immune antibodies. Type 1 antibodies are non–platelet activat-
thrombotic thrombocytopenia (VITT). It is increasingly ing and usually of no pathological relevance. In contrast,
recognized that anti-PF4 antibodies can also cause severe type 2 and type 3 antibodies are pathogenic and activate
prothrombotic disease independent of ongoing heparin platelets via FcγIIa receptors (FcγRIIa). Type 2 antibodies
treatment or adenovirus vector vaccination.1 However, only cause classic HIT and require the concomitant presence
a subset of anti-PF4 antibodies are pathogenic. of PF4 and pharmacological concentrations of hepa-
Within the emerging concepts of thromboinflammation rin (or another polyanion) to effect pathogenicity. Type
and immunothrombosis,2 we describe the clinical presen- 3 antibodies cause thromboinflammation by binding to
tations, serological characteristics, and pathogenesis of PF4 alone and have been identified to underlie VITT. An
monocytes, neutrophils, and—in the case of anti-PF4 antibody changes, expressing neoepitopes, which trigger the activation
disor ders—anti-PF4 IgG antibodies as key play ers. Immuno- of B cells and the production of anti-PF4/polyanion antibodies.
thrombosis was originally designed through evolution to defend For VITT, the region on PF4 to which anti-PF4 type 3 antibodies
against microbial infection. It locally confin es an infection by bind is well characterized.10 It overlaps with the binding site of
facilitating the recognition, containment, and destruction of heparin to PF4 and is distinct from the binding site of HIT anti-
pathogens. When these defense mechanisms get out of control, bodies. Which vaccine constituent(s) trigger(s) the anti-PF4
thromboinflammation develops. If misdirected, for example, by immune response and why tolerance is broken after vaccination,
anti-PF4 type 2 and especially type 3 antibodies, thromboinflam- resulting in anti-PF4 type 3 antibodies, remain(s) unre solved.
mation results in activation of the endothelium, complement, Patches of negative charge on the adenovirus vector have been
and innate immune cells, particularly granulocytes and mono suggested as PF4 binding sites,17 but it remains unclear whether
cytes, causing immunothrombosis.16 these or other vaccine constituents interact with PF4 to trig
Figure 1 summarizes the self-enhancing activation cascade ger the aberrant immune response. The ChAdOx1-nCoV-19 vac
involving platelets, the coagulation cascade, and the innate cine contains more than 2000 different proteins, many derived
immune system by platelet-activating anti-PF4 antibody types from the cell line in which the vaccine vector is propagated.18
2 and 3. The usual straightforward approach to identify the binding part
While the downstream effects of thromboinflammation and ner of PF4 that causes the conformational changes inducing the
immunothrombosis are rather similar in HIT and VITT, the mech immune reaction would be to incubate PF4 in the presence and
anisms triggering initial immunization differ. In HIT, PF4 binds to absence of dif fer
ent poten tial bind ing part
ners and mea sure
the polyanion, heparin; PF4 thereby undergoes conformational the binding of anti-PF4 antibodies to putative complexes. This
approach, however, cannot be used in VITT because the anti- Another unusual feature of the anti-PF4 immune response
bodies became autoantibodies that bind to and cluster PF4 by is antibody transience (rapid seroreversion). In both HIT and
themselves with very high affinity.19 This phenomenon is also VITT, platelet-activating antibodies disappear in the majority
seen in patients with atypical clinical presentations of HIT, such of patients within 3 to 6 months,21,22 and in some patients even
as when thrombocytopenia begins, worsens, or persists in the faster. This feature, however, does not fit a typical secondary
absence of heparin. immune response. In addition, even PF4 knockout mice can
The anti-PF4 type 2 antibody immune response in HIT (and produce anti-PF4 antibodies upon microbial challenge despite
most likely also the anti-PF4 type 3 antibody response in VITT) is their immune system never having encountered PF4 before.
a secondary immune response. The onset of thrombocytopenia Furthermore, B cells that pro duce anti-PF4 antibodies after
in HIT occurs typically between days 5 and 10 (median, day 7), nonspecific in vitro stimulation are found in the blood of nearly
even in patients who have never been treated with heparin and allhumans (including newborn cord blood). Thus, at least the
without anti-PF4 IgM precedence. A primary immune response IgM immune response against PF4 is part of the innate immu
would require considerably more time for B-cell activation, and noglobulin repertoire. Both the transience of the IgG response
an immunoglobulin class switch from IgM to IgG, before the pro and the antigen-independent production of antibodies indicate
duc tion of high-titer antibodies. One expla na
tion for pri
mary that the involved B cells are most likely either B1 or marginal
immunization against PF4/polyanion complexes is PF4 binding zone B cells,23 as they typic ally produce natural antibodies
to bacteria. Gram-positive and gram-negative bacterial sur that react with endogen ous proteins. Many healthy individu
faces are strongly negatively charged, at least twice as much as als have natural, polyreactive IgM antibodies, which bind to
eukaryotic cells. Indeed, this charge difference represents a fun PF4/heparin complexes.24 This allows complement factor C3
damental difference between prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells. binding to the natural IgM bound to PF4 complexes. B cells
Strong negative charges are highly efficient activators of innate express the receptor for C3, allowing binding of PF4/natural
immunity, including the complement system, the contact phase IgM-C3 complexes to nearly all B cells. This also brings PF4 into
of coag ula
tion, and the granulocytes. However, the adap tive close proximity to the cognate receptor on anti-PF4 antibody-
immune system has no receptors for negative charges. We have producing B cells.25
proposed that one of the biological roles of PF4 is to “translate” Despite the many similarities, there is a striking difference
negative charge into structure.20 After binding to strong nega between HIT and VITT anti-PF4 antibodies. Anti-PF4 IgG anti-
tively charged molecules on bacterial surfaces, PF4 undergoes bodies in HIT are polyclonal26; in VITT, the resulting antibodies
con forma tional changes that induce anti-PF4 antibodies. The appear to be mono- or oligoclonal, with a unique restriction to
interesting evolutionary concept is that these anti-PF4/polyanion one haplotype of the hypervariable IgG light chain region.27 This
IgG antibodies can opsonize any bacterium that binds PF4, even if may hint toward a genetic predisposition for VITT, while in HIT
the immune system has never encountered that particular organ no genetic predisposition has been identified.
ism before. During treatment with heparin, this strongly charged
polyanion binds to cell surfaces, and subsequently, PF4 binds and Beyond HIT and VITT
undergoes its conformational changes, exposing the “danger” The classic picture of HIT as a primarily heparin-dependent dis
epitopes to which pathogenic anti-PF4 type 2 antibodies bind. order was challenged over 20 years ago when patients were
Assay Comment
Enzyme-immunoassays (EIAs)
(None of the EIAs detect allHIT and/or allVITT antibodies)
PF4/heparin (in-house and commercial) Sensitive (≥99%) for HIT and VITT
PF4/polyvinylsulfonate Sensitive (≥99%) for HIT and VITT
Platelet lysate/heparin Sensitive for HIT (>99%), slightly reduced sensitivity for VITT in comparison to other EIAs
Figure 1. Continued
recognized with atypical clinical presentations. These included their more severe clinical course (including overt disseminated
patients in whom the platelet count fall began or worsened intravascular coagulation [DIC], a higher risk of thrombosis
after stop ping hep a
rin (delayed-onset HIT) or persisted for including microthrombosis) and need for adjunct high-dose
more than a week after stopping heparin (persisting, refractory IVIG treatment.29
HIT) and HIT associated with trivial exposures to heparin (hep A uni fying fea
ture is that aHIT sera cause strong plate
arin “flush” HIT).28,29 We introduced the term “autoimmune HIT” let activation in functional assays in the absence of heparin.
(aHIT) in 2017 to indicate this group of patients, emphasizing Recent stud ies show that in these patients anti-PF4 type 3
Evaluate clinical probability of HIT by 4T-score Heparin treatment within the last weeks?
Low < 3
Yes No
Functional washed platelet assay PF4 enhanced washed platelet assay (PIPA)
serotonin release test (SRA) or heparin-induced platelet activation (HIPA) test
- therapeutic dose
- HIT excluded HIT unlikely HIT very likely Consider IVIG
non- heparin AC
- Continue/restart heparin
- exclude DVT
Figure 2. Flow chart for the diagnosis of anti–PF4-antibody-induced prothrombotic disorders. Anti–PF4 antibody-mediated disor-
ders should be clinically diagnosed and laboratory testing only performed upon reasonable clinically suspicion. The yellow part of
the figure presents the current diagnostic flow for heparin-induced thrombocytopenia. Anti-PF4/heparin antibody antigen tests are
differentiated between microtiter plate-based EIAs and rapid HIT tests (Table 2). The light-blue part of the figure shows the workflow
when clinically applicable immunoassays for anti-PF4 type 3 antibodies are available (currently under development). As the blue sec-
tion of the workflow is untested, the decision to test for anti-PF4 antibodies should include consideration of the pretest probability: if
there are other obvious reasons to explain thrombosis and thrombocytopenia, such as cancer or intensive care unit treatment, testing
is probably not indicated. The dotted lines show the workflow based on clinical considerations, bypassing some diagnostics steps;
for example, a typical presentation of HIT with a high 4Ts score of 6, 7, or 8 points should immediately prompt therapeutic-dose alter-
native anticoagulation, and laboratory test results are used to confirm the diagnosis. *Functional assays can be more sensitive if PF4 is
added. Clinically nonrelevant anti-PF4 type 1 antibodies (detected in up to 20% of heparin-treated patients and up to 8% of COVID-19
vaccinated individuals) do not require treatment change. AC, anticoagulation; CLIA, chemiluminescence-based immunoassay; DVT,
deep vein thrombosis; OD, optical density.
poten tial IgG-medi ated prothrombotic dis or der even in the Note added in proof
absence of proximate heparin exposure or vaccination (Figure 2). Recent studies40–42 have further implicated VITT-like anti-PF4
The challenge is now to identify how frequently anti-PF4 antibodies in chronic autoimmune anti-PF4 disorder and acute
type 3 antibodies contribute to severe complications in HIT, post-adenovirus infection anti-PF4 disorder.
including atypical forms of HIT, and in patients who present
with thrombosis and/or thrombocytopenia independent of Acknowledgment
heparin treatment or vaccination. New immunoassays can This work has been supported by the Deutsche Forschungs-
differentiate between HIT-like and VITT-like antibodies in the gemeinschaft, project number 514598754.
research laboratory. Widely applicable assays that can differ
entiate among these various anti-PF4 disorders are needed to Conflict-of-interest disclosure
evaluate systematically the prevalence of these antibodies in Andreas Greinacher: grants and non fi
nan
cial sup
port: Aspen,
different patient cohorts. From VITT we have learned that the Boehringer Ingelheim, MSD, Bristol Myers Squibb, Paringenix,
outcome of patients with anti-PF4 type 3 antibodies can be Bayer Healthcare, Gore Inc., Rovi, Sagent, Biomarin/Prosensa,
improved (in addition to anticoagulation) by adjunctive treat Portola, Ergomed, GTH e.V.; personal fees: Aspen, Boehringer
ment with IVIG to deescalate the FcγRIIa-dependent cell acti Ingelheim, MSD, Macopharma, Bristol Myers Squibb, Chromatec,
vation that triggers massive hypercoagulability. Potentially, the Werfen (Instrumentation Laboratory).
inhibition of FcγRIIa signal transduction might be an attractive Theodore E. Warkentin: honoraria: Alexion, Werfen (Instru-
new therapeutic approach in patients with thrombotic anti-PF4 mentation Laboratory); royalties: Informa (Taylor & Francis); con
type 3 antibody immune disorders beyond HIT and VITT.40 sultancy: Aspen Canada, Aspen Global, CSL Behring, Ergomed,
Acquired hemophilia A (AHA) is a rare disorder in which autoantibodies against factor VIII (FVIII) lead to a bleeding phe-
notype that varies from life-threatening to no bleeding at all. Prolonged activated partial thromboplastin times (APTT) in
patients with a bleeding phenotype should be investigated to rule out AHA and should never be ignored in a preprocedure
patient. Most inhibitors in AHA are heat and time dependent, so mixing studies performed only on an immediate mix are
not useful: both lupus anticoagulants and treatment with direct oral anticoagulants can coexist with AHA and confound
the diagnosis. Assays for intrinsic coagulation factors and von Willebrand factor should always be performed, regardless
of the results of mixing studies. A Bethesda or modified Bethesda assay should be performed to quantify any inhibitor, and
if susoctocog alfa (rpFVIII) is available, then an assay for cross-reacting antibodies should also be performed. At diagnosis
and until complete remission, if the FVIII in the patient sample is >5 IU/dL, heat inactivation should be performed before
the inhibitor assays are performed. While there are no conventional tests available to measure the effects of FVIII bypassing
therapies, newer therapies may require monitoring, or their effects may need to be considered when choosing appropri-
ate assays. Measurement of rpFVIII requires a 1-stage clotting assay, and measurement of patient FVIII while on emicizumab
requires a chromogenic assay that does not contain human FX. Close communication is required between the treating cli-
nicians and the laboratory to ensure that the correct tests are performed while patients are receiving treatments.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Understand the laboratory assays used for the differential diagnosis of acquired hemophilia A
• Understand the assay considerations for laboratory monitoring of treatment and recovery in AHA with current
and future treatment options
Laboratory diagnosis of acquired hemophilia A symptoms of bleeding. Her APTT was 82 seconds (local
Acquired hemophilia A (AHA), in which there are auto- reference range 21–31 seconds) with a normal prothrom-
antibodies (inhibitors) against clotting factor VIII (FVIII), bin time and fibrinogen of 4.3 g/L. Liver function tests
is a rare disorder that can occur in men or women.1 were normal. She had previously delivered 4 children by
The bleeding phenotype varies from life-threatening to Caesarean section, and there was no known malignancy.
mild bleeding, and, in approximately 10% of presenta-
tions, no bleeding at all.2
In a patient with a bleeding phenotype, a prolonged Mixing studies
activated partial thromboplastin time (APTT) should be Plasma mixing studies (MSs) are performed to aid in identi-
investigated to rule out AHA, and in a preprocedure fying the cause of a prolonged APTT, which can be due to
patient, APTT should never be ignored.2 Suspicion of AHA the presence of a factor deficiency (eg, FVIII deficiency) or
is increased in patients over the age of 60,3 during preg- an inhibitor (eg, a lupus anticoagulant [LA]).5
nancy, or for 1 year after giving birth.4 The APTT performed on a 50:50 mix of patient’s
plasma with normal plasma and tested immediately was
33 seconds. There are up to 6 ways to define the pres-
CLINICAL CASE (Presentation) ence of a correction in MS, with no consensus.5 The best
A 53-year-old female presented to the emergency method for an interpreting MS will depend on the nor-
department (ED) with a recent history of bruising but no mal plasma used and the factor-, LA- and anticoagulant-
Sample dilution Residual FVIII (%) Inhibitor titer in this dilution Inhibitor titer (BU/mL)
Neat 27.6 >2.00 >2.0
2 38.5 1.38 [1.38×2=] 2.8
4 45.4 1.14 [1.14×4=] 4.6
8 50.3 0.99 [0.99×8=] 7.9
16 57.7 0.79 [0.79×16=] 12.6
Figure 1. Residual FVIII against a sample dilution for a type 1 inhibitor often seen in congenital hemophilia (pink line) and against
the type 2 inhibitor seen in a clinical case (black line). The blue shaded area denotes the area between 30% and 70% residual FVIII,
where the Bethesda assay is considered to be accurate. For type 1 inhibitors, only 1 or 2 dilutions will give interpretable results (and
the same calculated titer), whereas for type 2 inhibitors, multiple dilutions will give interpretable results, and the calculated titer will
be different for each one.
Our patient had an inhibitor that was quantitated at 7.9 BU/mL LA or DFXaI interference in the Bethesda assay. Native or heat-
at presentation with type 2 kinetics. inactivated plasma or serum can be used.
Of the last 50 patients diag nosed with AHA at our cen It should be noted that positive anti-FVIII results can be found
ter, the median inhibitor titer on presentation was 9.5 BU/mL with ELISA in a significant number of individua
ls who do not have
(range 1.4 to 2224 BU/mL): 10 had type 1 kinetics and 40 had congenital or acquired hemophilila A.22
type 2 kinetics. Recent international guidelines2 suggest that
those with FVIII <1 IU/dL or an inhibitor titer >20 BU/mL are less Porcine inhibitor assays
likely to achieve partial remission in the first 21 days if treated Patients with AHA may be given recombinant porcine FVIII,
with corticosteroids alone and should therefore receive com susoctocog alfa (rpFVIII), to treat bleeds or to cover minor or
bined immunotherapy. major surgery. If rpFVIII is an available treatment option, newly
diagnosed AHA patients should have another inhibitor assay
Enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay performed on the same sample, using rpFVIII as the source of
Commercially-available anti-FVIII enzyme-linked immunosorbent FVIII in the Bethesda assay.
assay (ELISA) has been shown to be sensitive and specific for In studies, cross-reacting anti-rpFVIII antibodies were detect
diagnos
ing AHA and may be used as an adjunct or alter na able in 44%23 and 49%24 of newly presenting patients with AHA.
tive to a Bethesda assay,2,21 particularly if there is suspicion of A patient may be suitable to receive rpFVIII to treat bleeds or to
cover minor or major surgery if there is no anti-rpFVIII inhibitor A suggested testing algorithm for patients suspected of AHA
detectable. Patients with anti-rpFVIII inhibitors below 20 BU/mL is shown in Figure 2.
can receive rpFVIII but are likely to require more to maintain
trough levels above 50 IU/dL.25
Anti-rpFVIII inhibitors may exhibit type 1 or type 2 kinetics.
An OSCA method is preferred for the measurement of residual CLINICAL CASE (Monitoring)
rpFVIII in the Bethesda assay.26
When our patient presented, rpFVIII was not licensed; when Monitoring of patients on bypassing agents
the drug became available, her anti–human FVIII inhibitor level No specific tests exist for monitoring treatment with activated
was 1.3 BU/mL, but no anti-rpFVIII inhibitor was detectable. prothrombin complex concentrates or recombinant activated
Figure 3. FVIII activity (left axis) and inhibitor titer (right axis) from diagnosis to first partial remission. Shaded blue area represents
the reference range for factor VIII activity; shaded orange area represents the reference range for the Bethesda assay. anti-hFVIII,
antihuman factor VIII; anti-rpFVIII, antirecombinant porcine factor VIII; CSA, chromogenic substrate assay; Cyclo, cyclophosphamide;
FVIII, factor VIII.
The OSCA should be used to mea sure rpFVIII,26 and VWF Emicizumab does not require monitoring, but FVIII levels may
level in the FVIII-deficient plasma used may also be required.33 need to be measured in AHA to assess if patients are in partial
In a field study,34 the mean recovery for rpFVIII by CSA was 53% or complete remission. Emicizumab interferes with APTT-based
(range 44%-61%), and the mean ratio of OSCA:CSA was 1.85, with OSCAs and also with CSAs that use human FX.37,38 Therefore,
interlaboratory variation being higher. Recovery of rpFVIII should CSAs that use bovine FX must be used to calculate both the
be measured 2 to 3 times per week to evalua te for the develop patient’s own FVIII and the residual FVIII in any Bethesda inhib
ment of inhibitors against rpFVIII26; if recovery of rpFVIII is less itor assay.39
than expected, retesting for antihuman and anti-rpFVIII may be Heat inactivation up to 58°C does not denature emicizumab.40
considered. When rpFVIII was assessed in a prospective, single-
arm clinical study, 5 out of 18 (28%) patients who did not have Patients on emicizumab who bleed and are given rpFVIII
detectable anti-rpFVIII inhibitors at baseline developed anti-rp- Emicizumab-calibrated modified OSCAs and CSAs that include
FVIII antibodies after 8-85 days.25 human FX in the reagents are known to lead to overestimation of
In our patient, FVIII levels dropped 3 weeks after surgery, and FVIII of up to 89% when compared to recombinant human FVIII,41
rpFVIII pro phy laxis was started. Immediately before pro phy and it is highly likely that this will also apply to assays of rpFVIII in
laxis, her anti-rpFVIII inhibitor result was negative, but a week the presence of emicizumab. Therefore, although the preferred
later, the anti-rpFVIII titer jumped to 56.8 BU/mL; prophylaxis assay for rpFVIII is an OSCA, the only assays that available to
was switched to recombinant human FVIII. A week later, her FVIII measure rpFVIII levels in these patients will be CSAs that do not
became undetectable, and her antihuman FVIII inhibitor peaked contain human FX reagents.26 When monitoring such patients, it
at 155.2 BU/mL (Figure 4). However, she was successfully dis- will be important to remember that CSA underestimates rpFVIII
charged home, and chemotherapy was planned. by 44%-61%.34
Three weeks following discharge she was found to have liver Other FVIII-mimetics may become available in the future: con
and lymph node metastases, after which she was palliated. She sideration of their mode of action will be needed when selecting
died 5 weeks later. appropriate assays.
Acquired hemophilia A (AHA) is an autoimmune disorder characterized by the formation of autoantibodies that neutralize
the function of coagulation factor VIII. Immunosuppressive therapy (IST) with glucocorticoids, cyclophosphamide, ritux-
imab, or combinations thereof is the standard of care to suppress autoantibody formation and induce remission of AHA.
About 80% of patients achieve remission over the course of a few weeks to several months. However, patients with AHA
are often elderly and frail and have adverse events from IST. Therefore, guidelines suggest an individualized approach
using caution in elderly and frail patients. Prophylaxis with emicizumab may reduce the need for early and aggressive
IST in the future.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Review guidelines on the use of immunosuppression in acquired hemophilia A
• Discuss new concepts for reduced intensity or delayed immunosuppression
Introduction
CLINICAL CASE AHA is a severe bleeding disorder caused by autoantibod
A 75yearold woman is admitted for anemia and an ies that neutralize the activity of coagulation FVIII. AntiFVIII
extended forearm muscle bleed after venipuncture. autoantibodies, also known as “inhibitors,” can develop in
During workup, her activated partial thromboplastin time previously healthy individuals, regardless of age or sex.1,2
is prolonged to 90 seconds. Factor VIII (FVIII) activity is Two peaks in AHA incidence are typically observed: one
reduced to <1% of normal, and acquired hemophilia A associated with pregnancy and another one with advanced
(AHA) is confirmed by the Nijmegenmodified Bethesda age, typically >65 years. Of patients with AHA, 30% to 50%
assay demonstrating an FVIII inhibitor of 28 BU/mL. Her have underlying disorders, most commonly autoimmune
previous medical history includes rheumatoid arthritis, disorders or malignancy.
arterial hypertension, and chronic obstructive pulmonary Patients with AHA often have comorbidities and medi
disorder; her concomitant medications include prednis cations, such as antithrombotic agents or immunosuppres
olone 7.5 mg per day, methotrexate 10 mg per week, sants, and require an individualized therapeutic approach.
ramipril, and hydrochlorothiazide. Her general condi In contrast to congenital hemophilia, comparative clinical
tion is compromised, with a World Health Organization studies are not available in AHA, largely as a result of the
(WHO) performance status of 3. She receives recombi rarity of the disorder. Care decisions are often based on the
nant factor VIIa for 5 days to control the muscle bleed. A clinical experience of treating physicians, and expert center
decision is made to postpone immunosuppressive ther referral is recommended to provide the best possible care.
apy (IST) until her general condition has improved, and Traditionally, the therapeutic approach to AHA includes
she receives prophylaxis with emicizumab. She receives 2 distinct goals, one being the immediate control of acute
outpatient care in the Hemophilia Care Center on a bleeding through hemostatic medication, while the other
weekly basis and starts IST 4 weeks later, consisting of is directed toward longterm eradication of autoantibody
dexamethasone 40 mg per os (PO) (days 1-4 and 15-18) inhibitors through IST.3
and rituximab 375 mg/m2 intravenous (IV) (days 1, 8, 15,
and 22). FVIII activity slowly improves, and remission is Rationale for immunosuppressive therapy
achieved after 6 weeks. The autoimmune disorder in AHA is polyclonal, as evi
denced by the presence of antiFVIII antibodies of different
Prognostic factors for outcomes of IST Figure 1. Suggested treatment algorithm. At the time of first
Inhibitor titer at baseline appears to be an important prog diagnosis, most patients with AHA have active bleeding that
nostic factor for achieving CR. This was already identified in a requires hemostatic therapy. Once bleeding is under control,
meta-analysis of 249 patients published in 20039 and also in a emicizumab prophylaxis should be considered to reduce the risk
recently published registry from The Netherlands.13 In the lat of bleed relapse and subsequent bleeding. Patients who are fit
ter study, patients with baseline inhibitor <20 BU/mL and mild for IST should be offered first-line glucocorticoids (GCs), cyclo
bleeding at presentation had a 61% chance of CR with glu phosphamide (Cy), and/or rituximab (Ri) (see text for details).
cocorticoid therapy alone, compared to 7% of patients with Mycophenolate mofetil (MMF) is a second-line option. Patients
>20 BU/mL and severe bleeding. Similar results were pub who are not fit for IST should be reassessed in regular intervals
lished from the GTH-AH 01/2010 study.12 Predictors for mortal and considered to be receive bleed prophylaxis with emicizum
ity were advanced age (>75 years), malignancy, and intensive ab. *Note: emicizumab is currently not licensed for AHA, except
care unit admis sion in the Dutch study.13 In the Ger man- in Japan.
Austrian study, poor WHO per formance sta tus and malig
nancy predicted mortality.12
lying lymphoma, allpatients were alive and in PR at 1 year of
Newer IST regimens follow-up. Two patients developed transient neutropenia, and
The development of less toxic IST regimens remains a priority infections occurred in 4 patients at 1 year.
for research in IST. Mycophenolate mofetil was initiated either Another single-center study of 25 patients with AHA used
as first-line therapy in combination with glucocorticoids or as dexamethasone pulses of 40 mg (4 days in weeks 1, 2, 5, and 6)
subsequent addi tional ther
apy in a sin gle-cen ter study of 11 instead of daily prednisolone and stratified additional immuno
patients.17 With the exception of 1 patient, who died from under suppressive drugs according to baseline characteristics.19 Results
Acquired hemophilia is a rare bleeding disorder that predominantly affects older people with potential underlying
comorbidities, including cardiovascular and thrombotic risk factors. The current standard therapies with hemostatic
agents for acute bleeding and immunosuppression often require inpatient management, are not approved for routine
bleeding prophylaxis, and contribute to the high mortality in this population. Emicizumab is a factor VIII (FVIII) mimetic
approved for bleeding prophylaxis in congenital hemophilia A with and without FVIII inhibitors. Given subcutaneously, it
may allow easier outpatient bleeding prophylaxis and reduce intensity of immunosuppression. This article summarizes
the currently available data on the efficacy and safety of emicizumab in acquired hemophilia A.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Recognize the current challenges of current treatment of acquired hemophilia A
• Summarize the current experience with emicizumab in AHA
• Describe the current safety profile of emicizumab use in AHA
Recombinant factor VII activated Activated prothrombin complex Recombinant porcine factor VIII
(rFVIIa) concentrate (aPCC) (rpFVIII)
Eptacog alfa, NovoSeven®RT Anti-inhibitor coagulant complex, FEIBA® Antihemophilic factor (recombinant),
porcine sequence, Obizur®
Indication • Treatment of bleeding episodes and • Hemophilia A and B patients with • On-demand treatment and control
perioperative management in adults inhibitors31 of bleeding episodes in adults with
with acquired hemophilia30 acquired hemophilia A32
Dosing •7
0-90 mcg/kg IV every 2-3 hours • 50-100 U/kg IV31 every 6-12 hours • Initial dose 200 U/kg IV then titrate
until hemostasis achieved30 based on Factor VIII (FVIII) levels32
Limitation of use • Serious arterial and venous • Thromboembolic events reported during • Safety and efficacy has not been
thrombotic events following postmarketing surveillance, particularly established in patients with a
administration have been reported30 following the administration of high doses baseline anti-porcine factor VIII
and/or in patients with thrombotic risk inhibitor titer >20 BU32
factors31
• Contraindicated in acute thrombosis or
embolism (including myocardial
infarction)31
(Table 1). These bypassing hemostatic agents were developed The current international guidelines for AHA recommend
for patients with congenital hemophilia A and inhibitors. Due hemostatic treatment with rFVIIa, aPCC, or rpFVIII rather than
to their short half-lives and intravenous route of administration, human FVIII concentrate for clinically significant bleeding and/or
both rFVIIa and aPCC often require hospitalization. Neither is invasive procedures or surgeries.7 The efficacy of human FVIII is
approved for hemostatic prophylaxis outside the perioperative reduced by the anti-FVIII autoantibodies in patients with AHA.
setting, and hemo static under- or overcorrection can not be In a reg is
try of 501 patients with AHA, FVIII prod ucts had a
monitored by a laboratory assay. Both contain activated factor 70.1% rate of controlling frontline bleeds compared with 91.8%
VII, contributing to a potential risk of unwanted thrombosis. for the bypassing agents.8 Desmopressin (DDAVP) can be used
Recombinant porcine FVIII (rpFVIII, Obizur) is approved for to release endogenous FVIII stores but has limited utility in the
both on-demand hemostatic treatment and prophylaxis in AHA. presence of an autoantibody against FVIII.
However, some patients present with anti-FVIII autoantibodies
that cross-react with rpFVIII and reduce efficacy. Patients with The rebleeding risk after initial hemostasis and need
AHA whose autoantibodies do not cross-react at presentation for immunosuppression therapy
will often develop a de novo antibody against rpFVIII after ongo Approximately 50% of patients experience recurrent bleeding
ing exposure (typically 8 to 85 days after starting rpFVIII).6 This as per the prospective GTH-AH 01/2010 study of 102 subjects
unfortunately makes rpFVIII efficacious in only a proportion of with AHA.9 The bleeding risk is particularly high in patients with
patients with AHA and for a limited duration. Waning efficacy FVIII activity of <20 IU/dL. Due to the high risk of recurrent bleed
should be closely mon i
tored with FVIII activ
ity lev
els. Once ing and rarity of spontaneous remissions, immunosuppression
rpFVIII is no longer effective, patients with AHA must be restarted is standard of care for patients with AHA.7 Frontline combina
on bypassing agents for ongoing or recurrent bleeding. tion immunosuppression has historically been favored to try to
Recombinant factor VII activated Activated prothrombin complex Recombinant porcine factor VIII
(rFVIIa) concentrate (aPCC) (rpFVIII)
Safety • May increase risk of thrombosis • Thromboembolic events and • Coadministration of rpFVIII and
(limited data in AHA); for thrombotic microangiopathies emicizumab has been reported
congenital hemophilia A, the were reported with dose in case series and theoretically
combination of emicizumab and of >100 U/kg/24 hours and does not have an additive effect
rFVIIa was safe administered for >24 hours and as both compete for the same
the use of aPCC in people on binding site
emicizumab prophylaxis is
the standard loading dose, where 15 had received an altered trol and improvement of the hematomas. On week 8 of treat
loading dose.20 ment, he became increasingly anemic (hemoglobin 6.1 g/dL)
A loading dose of 6 mg/kg has been entertained to reach and presented with maroon blood per rectum. He was hospi
steady state more expediently. Monthly doses of 6 mg/kg were talized and transfused with 3 units of RBCs.
found safe and without thrombotic complications in the HAVEN
4 study.23 A dosing regimen of 6 mg/kg on day 1 and 3 mg/kg
on day 2, followed by 1.5 mg/kg weekly starting on day 8, was Treatment of breakthrough bleeding on emicizumab
investigated in the prospective study in Japan and suggested While there is a clear suggestion that emicizumab may be an
steady state emicizumab concentration after 1 week.22 effec tive prophylac tic agent to reduce sub se
quent or recur
The impact of body mass index (BMI) on dosing of emicizumab rent bleeding in AHA, emicizumab should not be used for acute
has not been reported. While the activated partial thromboplas bleeding due to its delayed bioavailability via the subcutaneous
tin time (aPTT) has been shown to correct within 1 to 3 days after route of administration. As of now, there are no pharmacokinetic
initiating emicizumab,19 we have observed that normalization of data of emicizumab associated with intravenous administra
the aPTT can take up to 5 days in patients with morbid obesity. tion. Considering limitations for the current hemostatic agents
available for AHA (Table 2), rFVIIa should probably be used over
Laboratory monitoring rpFVIII and aPCC for breakthrough bleeding. The combination
AHA is diagnosed and response to treatment is monitored by of aPCC and emicizumab carries a black box warning due to the
measuring the FVIII activity and FVIII inhibitor titer. Traditionally, risk of thrombotic events and thrombotic microangiopathy seen
this has been performed with an aPTT-based FVIII activity and in trials of congenital hemophilia A. Combining emicizumab with
the aPTT-based inhibitor assay, Nijmegen-Bethesda assay (NBA). rFVIIa 90 mg/kg appears safe and in vitro data25 suggest higher
Emicizumab inter feres with the aPTT and aPTT-based assays, doses may be feasible, but thromboembolic complications have
making traditional one-stage FVIII activity levels uninterpretable been reported.
(Table 2). In a study of 12 patients with AHA, emicizumab normal Laboratory mon i
tor
ing of rpFVIII lim
its its use with emici-
ized the aPTT within 1 to 3 days of administration19 even when zumab. rpFVIII is an effective hemostatic option in AHA6 and
the endogen ous FVIII was still low. For patients on emicizumab, can be monitored with the one-stage, aPTT-based FVIII clotting
a chromogenic FVIII assay with bovine reagents must be used to assay, which is uninterpretable in patients on emicizumab. The
monitor the patient’s endogenous FVIII activity. Inhibitor titers chromogenic FVIII assay was shown to underestimate rpFVIII
can be measured using an ELISA-based assay, which has higher (Obizur) activity.26 Considering that the one-stage assay is unre
sensitivity (1.0) but lower specificity (0.83) than the NBA and is liable in patients on emicizumab, monitoring of FVIII activity for
not impacted by substances that interfere with the aPTT, such rpFVIII therapy is challenging. Concurrent use of rpFVIII with emi-
as lupus anticoagulants and emicizumab.24 Currently, an emici- cizumab can be considered for acute bleeding, with the caveat
zumab “level” is reported by some centers using the chromo that a target chromogenic FVIII activity has not been established,
genic FVIII with human reagents; however, this is not standard since it gives falsely low results (underestimates) with rpFVIII.
of care and is not recommended by the manufacturer of emici-
zumab for patients with congenital hemophilia A.
Hemophagocytic lymphohistiocytosis (HLH) is a syndrome of excessive and maladaptive inflammation. Primary HLH is
most frequently encountered in young children, and, without timely recognition and therapy, can lead to multiorgan
failure and death. It is most often diagnosed using the HLH-2004 criteria and by identifying pathological mutations.
However, the HLH-2004 criteria are not specific for HLH, and patients can easily fulfill these diagnostic criteria in other
proinflammatory states in which HLH-therapy would not be indicated, including hematologic malignancies, infections,
and rheumatologic disease. Therefore, great care must be taken to ensure that the specific disease associated with
features of HLH is accurately recognized, as consequences of improper treatment can be catastrophic. We propose a
diagnostic pathway for patients for whom HLH is on the differential (visual abstract). Importantly, in situations in which
the initial diagnostic workup is equivocal or unrevealing, reevaluation for occult malignancy, infection, or rheumatologic
disease would be prudent, as occult presentations may be missed on primary evaluation. Temporizing medications can
be used in critically ill patients while awaiting secondary evaluation. By using this framework, clinicians will be able to
more reliably discern primary HLH from other pro-inflammatory states and thus provide timely, appropriate disease-
specific therapy.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Recognize the limitations of the current diagnostic paradigms for HLH, identifying the various pathologies that
can manifest as HLH
• Formulate diagnostic and therapeutic approaches for patients with suspected HLH
Hemophagocytic lymphohistiocytosis (HLH) is not a sin- lymphocytes are vulnerable to uncontrolled activation,
gle disease; rather, the term describes a state of systemic liberating cytokines such as interferon gamma, which, in
inflammation that is disproportionate, maladaptive, or turn, leads to macrophage activation. Additional genetic
sometimes merely accompanying another disease.1,2 This variants that activate lymphocytes and macrophages via
state may arise from an inherited genetic lesion, from an different mechanisms (eg, XIAP deficiency), along with
acquired source of pathologic immune activation, or from certain specific and increasingly recognized genetic
a combination therein. Commonly used terminology has mediators of granule-mediated cytotoxic dysfunction (eg,
sought to distinguish between those cases attributed prin- RAB27A, LYST), are grouped with FHL under primary HLH
cipally to genetic causes (which have been labeled as pri (Figure 1). Activated macrophages and cytokines can cause
mary HLH) and those cases attributed largely to acquired life-threatening organ dysfunction, making rapid recogni-
causes of immune activation (which have been labeled as tion and treatment critical.6
secondary HLH). This nomenclature may cause some con- The Histiocyte Society led 2 clinical trials that
fusion, as many cases likely arise from a combination of improved the outcomes for children with primary HLH.
such inherited and acquired factors. Many of the genetic The most recent trial, HLH-2004, enrolled patients aged
deficits which may precipitate or predispose a person 18 years and younger who either had genetically con-
to HLH affect perforin-mediated lymphocyte cytotoxic- firmed HLH or fulfilled 5 of 8 clinical criteria suggestive
ity, and this subset of primary HLH is often referred to as of HLH: fever, splenomegaly, cytopenia affecting at least
familial HLH (FHL).3–5 In such cases, the ensuing defective 2 lineages, hyperferritinemia, hypofibrinogenemia or
Figure 2. Perforin deficiency detected by flow cytometry. Histogram plots depicting flow cytometry analysis of peripheral blood
lymphocytes from the patient described in case 1. Upper panels depict patient cells, while the lower panels depict normal c
ontrols.
Results for natural killer (NK) cells are shown on the left, while those for CD8+ T lymphocytes are shown on the right. Isotype
controls are represented by the gray histograms, and perforin antibody detection is represented by the histograms in magenta (NK)
or green (CD8+).
CASE 3
A previously healthy 23-year-old developed persistent fever and
fatigue. Investigations for infections were negat ive. Fevers per-
sisted and laboratory studies revealed cytopenia and elevated
Leukocytosis is a common finding in pediatric patients, and the differential diagnosis can be broad, including benign
reactive leukocytosis and malignant myeloproliferative disorders. Transient abnormal myelopoiesis is a myeloprolifer-
ative disorder that occurs in young infants with constitutional trisomy 21 and somatic GATA1 mutations. Most patients
are observed, but outcomes span the spectrum from spontaneous resolution to life-threatening complications. Juvenile
myelomonocytic leukemia is a highly aggressive myeloproliferative disorder associated with altered RAS-pathway sig-
naling that occurs in infants and young children. Treatment typically involves hematopoietic stem cell transplantation,
but certain patients can be observed. Early recognition of these and other myeloproliferative disorders is important and
requires a clinician to be aware of these diagnoses and have a clear understanding of their presentations. This paper dis-
cusses the presentation and evaluation of leukocytosis when myeloproliferative disorders are part of the differential and
reviews different concepts regarding treatment strategies.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• To describe the differential diagnosis of leukocytosis in a young child
• To recognize the signs and symptoms consistent with an underlying myeloproliferative disorder
• To discuss treatment options for TAM and JMML
Figure 1. Common causes of leukocytosis in pediatric patients. The differential diagnosis can often be narrowed down based on
which white blood cell subtype is elevated. G-CSF, granulocyte colony stimulating factor.
TAM JMML
Clinical features Diagnosis of trisomy 21 Male to female ratio 2:1
Age ≤3 months Most common in early childhood
Jaundice and/or HSM are common Splenomegaly in almost allpatients
Rash and effusions are less frequent Lymphadenopathy and fever are common
Laboratory findings Leukocytosis Leukocytosis
Figure 2. Peripheral blood findings in TAM and JMML. Peripheral blood smears of (A) TAM showing pleiomorphic blasts and additional
immature myeloid cells, and (B) JMML showing leukoerythroblastosis with circulating myelomonocytic cells. Both smears show dys-
morphic and nucleated red blood cells.
of the marrow; hemoglobin is typic ally normal, and platelet symptoms.10,13,14 Following symptom resolution, patients with
count is usually normal or slightly reduced.10,11 Patients may also TAM require close monitoring, as 16%-23% will develop ML-
demonstrate abnormal liver function and/or coagulation test DS.10,11,13 Treatment with cytarabine has not been shown to pre
ing due to hepatic infiltration. Peripheral smear shows pleio- vent progression from TAM to ML-DS, although data suggest
morphic circulating blast cells with a unique megakaryocytic that systemic steroids may be beneficial.15,16
immunophenotype (Figure 2A).12 Bone marrow evaluation is not
required to diagnose TAM but is often done in the setting of Myeloid leukemia of Down syndrome
peripheral blasts to rule out leukemia. ML-DS occurs in patients with a history of TAM or silent TAM when
Most patients with TAM experience spontaneous resolution the aberrant GATA1 clone acquires additional oncogenic muta
of symptoms without intervention. In a prospective study by tions.17,18 This leads to a megakaryoblastic leukemia that is dis
the Children’s Oncology Group, 79% of patients experienced tinct from the one occurring in non-DS patients.12,19 ML-DS onset
resolution of peripheral blasts in a median of 36 days and of is typically at 1-2 years of age (almost always before 4 years),
allTAM symptoms in a median of 49 days without treatment.10 and patients typically present with progressive pancytopenia.20
A smaller percentage of patients with TAM require interven Patients with ML-DS are treated with cytotoxic chemotherapies
tion, typic ally with low-dose cytarabine. However, there is no at reduced doses; this is because the leukemic blasts of ML-DS
consensus on which patients should receive treatment: some patients show increased chemotherapy sensitivity and because
have reported improved survival by treating patients with poor patients with T21 suffer increased toxic morbidity from standard-
prognostic features including leukocytosis or liver dysfunction, dose chemotherapies.21,22 Treatment reg i
mens for ML-DS typ
while others reserve treatment for patients with life-threatening i
cally include anthracyclines and cytarabine, though there is
Thrombocytopenia in ill children is common; accurately diagnosing the underlying etiology is challenging and essential
for appropriate management. Triggers for accelerated consumption of platelets are numerous; common downstream
mechanisms of clearance include platelet trapping in microvascular thrombi, phagocytosis, and platelet activation.
Thrombocytopenia with microangiopathic hemolytic anemia (MAHA) is frequently due to disseminated intravascular
coagulation. Thrombotic microangiopathy (TMA) is a subgroup of MAHA. Specific TMA syndromes include thrombotic
thrombocytopenic purpura, complement-mediated TMA (CM-TMA), and Shiga toxin–mediated hemolytic uremic syn-
drome. Isolated thrombocytopenia is characteristic of immune thrombocytopenia; however, concomitant cytopenias are
frequent in critically ill patients, making the diagnosis difficult. Immune thrombocytopenia with large vessel thrombosis
is a feature of heparin-induced thrombocytopenia and antiphospholipid antibody syndrome. In addition, thrombocyto-
penia is common with macrophage activation, which is characteristic of hemophagocytic lymphohistiocytosis. While
thrombocytopenia in ill patients can be driven by hypoproliferative processes such as myelosuppression and/or bone
marrow failure, this review will focus on consumptive thrombocytopenia due to immune and nonimmune causes.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• To understand the mechanisms that contribute to consumptive thrombocytopenia in ill pediatric patients
• To know how to distinguish between different etiologies for consumptive thrombocytopenia
underwent catheter-directed thrombolysis. Seven days after ini bocytopenia with significant morbidity and risk of mortality.1 It
tiation of UFH, he developed increased leg swelling and shortness is characterized by the development of platelet activating IgG
of breath; imaging showed progression of the lower extremity antibodies that target platelet factor 4 (PF4)/heparin complexes.
DVT and a pulmonary embolus (PE). Progressive thrombocyto The antibodies typically develop within 5 to 10 days of hepa
penia was also noted with a platelet count of 358 000 per mm3 rin exposure, which correlate with onset of thrombocytopenia
on admission that dropped to a nadir of 54 000 per mm3. A 4T (Figure 2). Paradoxically, HIT is associated with venous and arte
(Thrombocytopenia, Timing, Thrombosis, and oTher etiologies) rial thrombosis; bleeding is uncommon. Heparin use and throm
score showed a high probability of heparin-induced thrombo bocytopenia are common in critically ill patients; however, the
cytopenia (HIT) (Figure 1B). UFH was discontinued, and he was confirmed diagnosis of HIT is rare. HIT is more common with UFH
transitioned to the direct thrombin inhibitor (DTI) bivalirudin. A but can be seen with low molecular weight hepar in (LMWH). The
platelet factor 4 (PF4) immunoassay was strongly positive, and rate of HIT in adults2 varies from 0.1% to 7%; in children,3 the rate
confirmatory serotonin release assay (SRA) was also positive. He is lower at 0.046%, although the reported incidence from smaller
continues long-term anticoagulation with rivaroxaban. studies varies.4,5 Clinical evaluation and appropriate laboratory
testing are important to prevent overdiagnosis and unnecessary
exposure to alternative anticoagulants.6
Heparin-induced thrombocytopenia The diagnosis of HIT is made clinically and supported with
This patient presented with wors en ing throm bosis and new laboratory testing. The 4T is a validated predictive scoring sys
onset thrombocytopenia during heparin exposure. The develop tem that determines the pretest probability of HIT. This score
ment of thrombocytopenia with venous or arterial thrombosis incorporates 4 Ts to characterize the likelihood of HIT (Figure
should raise the suspicion of HIT. Heparin-induced thrombocy 1B).7 A low 4T score has a high negative predictive value in
to
penia is a prothrombotic, drug-asso ci
ated immune throm both adults and children and can be used to rule out HIT.3,4,8
with ITP can also be seen with APLS. Other clinical conditions let count did not improve, and she developed worsening anemia
that may be associated ITP should prompt the provider to con with increased markers of hemolysis; schistocytes were identi
sider associated diagnoses. Multilineage cytopenias can be fied on peripheral blood smear. The diagnosis of TTP was consid
caused by both hypoproliferative and consumptive processes. ered, and a prediction score for TTP (PLASMIC score, Figure 3B)
Immune thrombocytopenia with autoimmune hemolytic anemia showed a high probability of TTP. She was started on steroids and
and/or immune neutropenia was previously described as Evans plasmapheresis; subsequently, her thrombocytopenia improved.
syndrome. Many individuals with this syndrome of multilineage Her ADAMTS13 activity was undetectable with high titer inhibitor,
immune cytopenias have acquired auto im mune dis
eases or consistent with acquired TTP due to an autoantibody.
underlying inherited immunoregulatory disorders.12
microvasculature, resulting in accelerated platelet clearance. been developed and prevents interaction of the platelets with
In contrast to other TMAs, TTP is not typically associated with ULVWF. It has been shown to be effective in improving thrombo
acute kidney injury. The incidence in adults is 2.88 cases per cytopenia in acquired-TTP treatment.18,19 Experience with caplaci-
million, while in children the incidence is 0.09 cases per mil zumab in the pediatric population is limited; however, successful
lion.13 In children, TTP may be acquired due to inhibitory anti- outcomes have been published in case reports and case series.20
bodies or may be hereditary secondary to biallelic mutations
in the ADAMTS13 gene. Hereditary TTP com monly pres ents Other thrombotic microangiopathies
with neonatal hyperbilirubinemia with hemolytic anemia and While the main driver of TTP is an ADAMTS13 deficiency, other
thrombocytopenia; the median age of diagnosis is 5.5 years.14 TMAs are triggered by endothelial injury and characterized by
It can be misdiagnosed as ITP or neonatal alloimmune throm complement dysregulation. The most common TMAs encoun
bocytopenia. Acquired TTP is more common in females and is tered in the pediatric population include CM-TMA and ST-HUS
associated with autoimmune diseases such as systemic lupus or other infec tions. Other eti
ol ogies include drug-induced
erythematosus. Neurologic symptoms are frequent in patients TMA, metabolic TMA (associated with cobalamin deficiency),
with hereditary and acquired TTP and can range from head vasculitis-associated TMA (associated with systemic lupus ery-
aches and lethargy (as seen in this patient) to stroke.14 thematosus, APLS, and anti-neutrophil cytoplasmic antibodies)
The PLASMIC score (Figure 3B) was high in this patient, and hypertension-associated TMA.21,22
identifying this patient at high risk for TTP and severely low These dis or
ders are charac
ter ized by MAHA with micro
ADAMTS13 activ ity (<10%).15 This clinical prediction tool can vascular thrombosis typically involving the renal vasculature
assist treatment decision-making, given the variable availability with acute kidney injury; however, organ involvement can be
and turnaround times for ADAMTS13 results. The PLASMIC score widespread. ST-HUS is associated with bloody diarrhea and is
uses creatine for renal function assessment; however, creatine caused by Shiga toxin–induced endothelial injury. ST-HUS and
varies with age in the pediatric population. Recently, the PLAS- other infection-associated HUSs are typically managed with
MICkid score was proposed with similar criteria as the PLASMIC supportive care. CM-TMA describes a group of inherited and
score but uses estimated glomerular filtration rate to account acquired TMAs caused by genetic mutations in complement
for the changing normal creatinine levels in children.16 This genes or autoantibodies to complement regulatory proteins.
score has been evaluated in a single institution and requires Complement activation leads to endothelial damage with sub
valid
ation in a larger cohort. sequent end-organ damage. In patients who present with fea
Hereditary TTP is treated with fresh frozen plasma infusions, tures typic al of HUS without bloody diarrhea, hereditary HUS
whereas acquired TTP is managed with both plasmapheresis and should be considered. This condition is due to mutations in
immunosuppression with steroids and rituximab.17 A humanized genes that encode com ple
ment pro teins (Table 1). Another
monoclonal antibody to von Willebrand factor, caplacizumab, has increasingly recognized type of CM-TMA is hematopoietic stem
cell transplant (HSCT) associated TMA (TA-TMA). TA-TMA is a Disseminated intravascular coagulation
severe complication of HSCT triggered by endothelial injury. This patient presented with an acute illness associated with pre
Genetic variants for complement regulatory factors as well cipitous drop in platelet count. The findings of schistocytes on
as autoantibodies are described in this population.23,24 Biop- smear with markers of hemolysis are consistent with MAHA. The
sies show characteristic histologic changes, but biopsy is not most common etiology for MAHA is DIC, although other throm
required for CM-TMA diag no sis. Evaluation of com
plement botic microangiopathies, such as TTP, should be con sid
ered.
activity (C3, C4, CH50, sC5b-9) can aid in the diagnosis, with Significant elevations of the INR and/or depression of fibrinogen,
elevations of sC5b-9 supportive of the diagnosis (Table 1). If as seen in this patient, are more typical of DIC rather than TTP
there is there is high suspicion of CM-TMA, then anticomple- and other TMAs (Table 1). These diagnoses may overlap and may
ment therapy (eg, eculizumab, an anti-C5 antibody) should be be difficult to distinguish; because of unexplained mental status
initiated.25-27 changes, he was empirically treated for TTP until the ADAMTS13
activity returned to normal.
DIC is an acquired condition that causes extensive activation
of the coagulation system. DIC is not a specific disease, but a
CLINICAL CASE #3 physiologic process in response to an illness or injury that has
A 16-year old male with cerebral palsy was hospitalized after become pathologic. It is precipitated by numerous conditions,
tendon release surgery. Postoperatively, he developed fever such as sep sis, trauma, malig nancy, mechan ic
al cir
cuits, and
and pneumonia. Additional findings included leukocytosis with vascular tumors; the common trigger is tissue factor–mediated
anemia, thrombocytopenia, and coagulopathy (Figure 4A). thrombin generation.28 Accompanying this process is an inabil
Schistocytes were noted on peripheral blood smear. The DIC ity to dampen thrombin activity due to a decrease in the natu
score was 6, consistent with diagnosis of DIC (Figure 4B). He ral anticoagulants antithrombin, protein C, and protein S. The
was also encephalopathic; renal function was normal. A PLAS- fibrinolytic pathway can also be inhibited with an increase in
MIC score showed an intermediate probab ility of TTP. Because plasminogen activator inhibitor 1. Dysregulated thrombin activa
of the unexplained encephalopathy, he underwent plasma tion results in consumption of prothrombotic factors with fibrin
pheresis, which was discontinued when the ADAMTS13 level deposition in small vessels and platelet trapping.29 Depletion of
returned as normal. He improved with antibiotics for pneumo platelets and coagulation factors predispose a person to bleed
nia and supportive care. ing, and microthrombi con trib
ute to pro gres
sive organ dys
function.30 While DIC is typically an acquired condition, biallelic
Myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS), also known as “myelodysplastic neoplasm,” is a heterogeneous group of clonal mye-
loid neoplasms that typically affects older adults. The clinical phenotype, symptoms, and complications relate to the
depth of cytopenia and progression to acute myeloid leukemia (AML). The diagnosis of MDS relies on morphologic cri-
teria, such as evidence of dysplasia, disordered maturation, and increasing blast counts, which separate the disease
into histologic subtypes with different probabilities for progression to AML. The treatment of MDS is often risk-adapted
depending on the prognostic profile of each patient’s disease. There has been a coevolution of diagnostic and prognos-
tic systems for MDS developed over the past 40 years, both of which have now incorporated molecular markers. The
new International Prognostic Scoring System-Molecular (IPSS-M) improves partitioning of patients compared to prior
versions with resultant upgrading of 34% of patients into higher-risk groups due to the presence of mutations. The new
IPSS-M also more accurately distinguishes intermediate-risk patients separating them into two tiers. The two new diag-
nostic classifications include MDS defined by mutations in SF3B1 and TP53, though there are differences in diagnostic
criteria. Future efforts to refine MDS prognostication could investigate the interface between MDS and clonal cytopenia
of undetermined significance, expand access to genomic testing, obtain results in a less invasive manner, and develop
treatment-response predictors and dynamic risk models.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Compare the foundational riskassessment models on which the IPSSM builds
• Examine the clinical implications of the IPSSM and new disease subclassification systems
• Describe future avenues for improving MDS risk stratification, prognostication, and patient outcomes
Figure 1. Clinical case findings at diagnosis and follow-up. (A) Diagnostic bone marrow iron stain (100×) showing abundant ring sid
eroblasts and multilineage dysplasia leading to a diagnosis of MDS with multilineage dysplasia and ring sideroblasts (MDS-MLD-RS).
(B) Bone marrow biopsy (40×) 2.6 years after diagnosis obtained after initiation of azacytidine showing persistent multilineage dyspla
sia, erythroid hyperplasia, and new fibrosis (grade 1-2). (C) Clinical and laboratory parameters at diagnosis when the IPSS-M was not in
use and at 2.2 years when the IPSS-M was in use upgrading the risk category to high, based on molecular findings. (D) Clinical course
as illustrated by the bone marrow blast count, mutation profile obtained at each of the bone marrow biopsies (time 0, 0.8, 2.2, and
2.6 years), and new therapies initiated. ESA, erythropoiesis-stimulating agent; GM-CSF, granulocyte-macrophage colony-stimulating
factor; HMA, hypomethylating agent.
Figure 2. Historical perspective of MDS prognostic models and diagnostic subclassifications. (A) Risk stratification studies and
MDS subclassifications from 1982 to present. Colored dots represent number of prognostic or diagnostic tiers used. (B) Select
risk stratification studies showing different clinical, pathologic, and laboratory parameters deemed most prognostic. The other
lab result is beta-2 microglobulin (Gatto et al24), neutrophils, ferritin, LDH (Bersanelli et al25), and absolute lymphocyte/neutrophil/
monocyte counts (Nazha et al26). (C) Select prognostic models and the separation of patients into risk groups. When a single
intermediate-risk group is used, this is arbitrarily set as “Intermediate (2).” When a single high-risk group is used, this is arbitrarily
set as “High (very).”
consistently identified as prognostic include bone marrow groups, bone marrow blast count, hemoglobin, platelet count,
blast count (18/19, 95%),2,6,10-23 cytogenetic abnormalities (17/19, and ANC to assign points for each categorical variable, with the
89%),2,11-24 and degree of cytopenia (15/19, 79%)2,6,10-13,16-19,21-23,25,26 sum corresponding to five risk groups. The IPSS-M, though not the
with molecular profiling becoming important in recent years first to incorporate molecular markers,25,26 is the first to formulate
(Figure 2B).2,21-23,25,26 Interestingly, the MDS subtype, which often an integrated model on a continuous scale that can be directly
correlates with prognosis,6,13 has only been incorporated into compared to the IPSS-R. The IPSS-M uses the IPSS-R cytogenet
four prognostic models.14,15,25,26 This may be related to the fact ics risk groups, bone marrow blast count, hemoglobin, plate
that the degree of dysplasia, while important for diagnosis, is let count (capped at 250×109/L), and the presence/absence of
not always externally consistent or prognostic. Over time, the mutations in 31 genes (16 main genes and 15 additional genes)
number of risk stratifications has increased from 3 to 6 (Figure without ANC to assign points on a continuum that corresponds
2C), with the largest group being the low-risk group in the to six risk groups. Although more driver muta tions cor re
late
IPSS-M. Compared to prior systems, the proportion of low-risk with inferior survival, as previously demonstrated,7,25,26 the total
and very-low-risk groups represents the largest fraction, the number of mutations was not as informative as individual muta
intermediate-risk group (low and high) remains relatively con tions. Despite the importance of gene mutations, the IPSS-M can
stant, and the very-high-risk group has increased modestly in accommodate missing data. Data for 15 genes (allof the main
the IPSS-M. The new categories improve the prediction of prog genes except KRAS) will maintain 70-80% accuracy, but fewer
nosis when comparing survival, hazard ratios (HR), and H arrell’s than 10 genes is not advisable.21
concordance-indices (c-index). Given the weight that adverse cytogenetics and high blast
counts provide, the additional molecular markers have a lim
Clinical implications of evolving prognostic ited ability to reduce an already high-risk score, but they have
and diagnostic systems a high likelihood of upgrading scores. If the same patients were
The introduction of any new risk-assessment model will lead to scored using the IPSS-R and IPSS-M, 31-69% (54% overall) of the
a reassortment of patients. The IPSS-R uses cytogenetics risk categorizations remain unchanged (Figure 3A), whereas 34%
of the patients would be upgraded and 12% would be down Acknowledging that the study populations are different, the OS
graded.2 With the exception of IPSS-M very-low-risk patients, of the high-risk and very-high-risk patients are comparable. The
the major ity of the reassignments using IPSS-M rep resent most nota ble change is seen when a two-tiered inter me
di ate
upgrades. For instance, 52% and 37% of the moderate-low and group is introduced. Whereas a single IPSS-R intermediate group
moderate-high, respectively, IPSS-M patients were previously has a median OS of 3 years, the two-tiered IPSS-M intermediate
lower risk. Similarly, 61% and 51% of the high and very-high groups now show survival differences ranging from 1.3-2.8 years.
IPSS-M patients had a lower IPSS-R assignment. This trend for The importance of separating the intermediate group is addition
upgrading the risk group according to IPSS-M has been con ally supported by the calculated HRs (IPSS-R intermediate 2 vs
firmed by multiple studies.21-23 IPSS-M moderate-low 1.5 and IPSS-M moderate-high 2.5).2 Another
To determine whether the IPSS-M model translates into more difference of the IPSS-M is the OS in the very-low-risk and low-
distinct outcomes, median OS can be compared (Figure 3B).2,19,21-23 risk groups. Whereas the IPSS-R very-low risk group shows a 3.5-
Table 1. Median survival comparison using IPSS-R and IPSS-M in the same cohort of MDS patients
turnover. Future studies could also evaluate sensitizing and 2022 would be associated with intermediate-risk MDS (IPSS-R,
resistant molecular profiles to disease-modifying therapies and median OS 3 years) and higher-risk MDS (IPSS-M, median OS 2
identify markers of treatment failure. years). The absence of treatment response and the evidence
of clonal progression raised the possibility of off-label lenalid
omide, Imetelstat in the setting of a clinical trial, and higher-
intensity therap
ies. Ultimately, an HMA was initiated with plans
CLINICAL CASE (continued) for curative intent therapy with a future HSCT based on shared
Since the patient was symptomatic to her anemia, an eryth decision-making and the goals of the patient.
ropoiesis-stimulating agent was started. The response waned
after 18 months, and the patient became transfusion-dependent,
despite interval treatment with luspatercept (Figure 1). A bone
marrow biopsy performed in 2022 showed similar findings to Conclusions
the prior marrow 2 years before, but NGS revealed the emer Enormous strides have been made over the last 40 years in the
gence of new mutations—a BCORL1 mutation (19% VAF) and diagnosis, prognosis, and treatment of patients with MDS. Risk-
two RUNX1 mutations (29% and 20% VAF). In accordance with assessment models, especially those arising from international
the new diagnostic classifications, the pathologic diagnosis collaborations, have been a
ble to guide more consistent patient
was changed from MDS-RS-MLD to MDS with mutated SF3B1 therapies and more informed clinical trials. These prognostic
(ICC classification), and MDS with low blasts and SF3B1 muta models are now more comprehensive than ever before incor
tion (WHO 5th classification). Although neither the IPSS-R or porating somatic mutations. Despite these advances, there are
IPSS-M are dynamic in nature, the patient’s disease profile in still avenues for refining the approaches to risk assessment of
Myelodysplastic syndromes (MDS) are malignant myeloid neoplasms characterized by ineffective clonal hematopoiesis
leading to peripheral blood cytopenia and a variable risk of transformation to acute myeloid leukemia. In lower-risk (LR)
MDS, as defined by prognostic scoring systems recently updated with the addition of a mutation profile, therapeutic
options aim to reduce cytopenia, mainly anemia. Although options for reducing the transfusion burden have recently
been improved, erythropoiesis-stimulating agents (ESAs), lenalidomide, hypomethylating agents, and, more recently,
luspatercept have shown efficacy in rarely more than 50% of patients with a duration of response often far inferior to
the patient’s life expectancy. Nevertheless, several new therapies are currently under investigation aiming at improving
cytopenia in patients with LR-MDS, mostly by targeting different biological pathways. Targeting ligands of the transform-
ing growth factor β pathway has led to the approval of luspatercept in LR-MDS with ring sideroblasts or SF3B1 mutation,
potentially replacing first-line ESAs in this population. Here, we also discuss the evolving standard of care for the treat-
ment of LR-MDS and explore some of the most promising next-generation agents under investigation.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Learn about the role of moleculardriven biology in nextgeneration therapies for myelodysplastic syndromes
• Review therapies for lowerrisk myelodysplastic syndromes that are currently in development
• Understand how pathologic inflammatory pathways in myelodysplastic syndromes can be targeted by novel
therapies
transfusion for anemia at diagnosis and ESA, epoetin (EPO)–α the recent years, many efforts have been made to improve the
450 IU/kg/wk. His Hb increased to 11.5 g/dL by the second response rate of these patients as a first- or second-line therapy.
month of EPO, and he became transfusion independent (TI).
Two years later, he relapsed while still on EPO with isolated Targeting the transforming growth factor β pathway
anemia and received a transfusion again. The repeated aspi SF3B1-mutated MDS are a distinct MDS subtype, as initially pro
ration of the BM was similar to the one performed at diagno posed by the IWG for the prognosis of MDS14 and now fully
sis. Subcutaneous luspatercept (starting dose 1 mg/kg every defined in the recent World Health Organization 2022 classifi
3 weeks) with transfusion support was started, and he reached cation of MDS,1 largely overlapping MDS with ring sideroblasts
transfusion independency by the fifth dose of luspatercept. (MDS-RS or with SF3B1 mutation).
Luspa is a recombinant fusion protein derived from human
activin receptor type IIb linked to a portion of immunoglobu
For allpatients with MDS, existing scoring systems define lin G. Transforming growth factor β (TGF-β) signaling is medi
mul ti
ple risk categories, but these are reduced to what is ated by a regulatory circuit of inhibitory and activating SMAD
used clin i
cally—lower- and higher-risk MDS—to guide treat proteins that can inhibit the proliferation of hematopoietic stem
ment options. Even if most of the available drugs for MDS was cells (HSCs) while increasing erythroid differentiation, altogether
approved according to the clas si
cal International Prognostic leading to dysplastic erythropoiesis and reduced erythroid out
Scoring System (IPSS) classification published in 1998, the Inter put with anemia phenotypes.15
national Working Group (IWG) for prognosis in MDS was revised The MEDALIST trial was a phase 3, randomized, double-blind,
in 2012 (IPSS-R) and even more recently in 2022 (IPSS-M), taking placebo-controlled study, assessing the efficacy of Luspa vs pla
into consideration somatic gene mutations,2 representing a valu cebo in LR patients with MDS-RS refractory/intolerant or inel
able tool for individual risk assessment and treatment decisions.4 igible for ESA (EPO level >200 U/L) and RBC-TD.12 In total, 153
In lower-risk MDS, defined by IPSS-R ≤3.5 or IPSS-M (moderate patients received Luspa at the starting dose of 1 mg/kg subcu
low, low, and very low), available therapeutic options are mainly taneously every 21 days, while 71 patients received a placebo.
limited to supportive care with transfusions, ESAs, lenalidomide, According to the longer-term analysis of this study16 and apply
hypomethylating agents (HMAs, azacitidine or decitabine), and, ing the new IWG 2019 response criteria,17 the primary end point
more recently, luspatercept (Luspa) (Table 1). of RBC-TI ≥8 weeks was achieved in 69 (45.1%) patients in the
Anemia is the most com mon cytopenia in LR-MDS and is Luspa arm vs 12 (15.8%) in the placebo arm (P<.0001); RBC-TI ≥16
present in almost 90% of the cases. Symptoms related to ane weeks was achieved in 43 (28.1%) in the Luspa arm and 5 (6.6%)
mia deeply impact the quality of life of these patients but can in the placebo arm (P=.0001).16 One limitation of this study is
also lead to worsening of cardiopulmonary function or cogni that there were potential differences in the criteria for response
tive decline. Anemia management was first based on red blood assessment between this trial and previous studies. Importantly,
cell (RBC) trans fu
sion, but RBC trans fu
sion dependency (TD) the drug was well tolerated, and there was no evidence for dis
is associated with decreased quality of life and iron overload. ease progression on therapy.
ESA was the first-line agent used for the treatment of anemia in There are several other clinical trials evaluating Luspa in non–
patients with LR-MDS, being more effective among patients with MDS-RS as well as in combination with other agents, as a first- or
serum erythropoietin (sEPO) levels ≤500 U/L and limited transfu second-line therapy. The interim efficacy analysis of the COM
sion burden, leading to an overall response rate of 30% to 45% MANDS study, comparing in a frontline randomized trial Luspa
and an 18- to 24-month median duration of response.5 Thus, in to ESA (NCT: 03682536) in 301 TD non-del5q ESA-naive patients
EPOANE3021
Darbepoietin alfa ESA LR-MDS with anemia NCT00095264 2 Off-label 6
Luspatercept TGF-β inhibitor MDS-RS or with SF3B1 mutation NCT02631070MEDALIST 3 FDA/EMA approved 12
COMMANDS
CSA, cyclosporine A; EMA, European Medicines Agency; HMA, hypomethylating agent; NA, not applicable; TPO, thrombopoietin.
with MDS-LR, was recently published.13 TI for at least 12 weeks a more individualized, molecularly driven approach to patient
with a concurrent mean hemoglobin increase of at least 1.5 g/dL care is likely going to increase. (Figure 1 and Table 2).
was achieved in 86 (59%) patients in the Luspa group com
pared to 48 patients (31%) in the EPO group (P<.0001) with a
significantly better duration of response with Luspa (P=.005).
Most patients enrolled in this study had RS-MDS, and it should Somatic mutation-driven therapies: Isocitrate
be noted that the responses observed in patients without RS dehydrogenase and spliceosome inhibitors
did not differ between the Luspa and ESA arms. Despite some Isocitrate dehydrogenase (IDH) mutations are gain-of-function
manageable suspected Luspa-related events (fatigue, asthenia, mutations, leading to an hypermethylated phenotype, disrupt
nau sea, dyspnea, hyper ten
sion, and head ache), these results ing TET2 function, and leading to an impaired hematopoietic
suggest that treating transfusion-dependent patients with LR- differentiation. IDH1 or IDH2 mutations are detected in about
MDS with Luspa as a first-line therapy might be benefic ial, at 10% of patients with MDS. Following US Food and Drug Adminis
least among patients with RS. tration approval in acute myelogenous leukemia, IDH1/2 inhibi
Moreover, other new drugs targeting the TGF-β path way tors ivosidenib, olutasidenib, and enasidenib (ENA) are currently
are under investigation (Table 2), includ ing KER-050, a ther developed in higher-risk patients with MDS, but some clinical
apeutic protein designed to increase not only red blood cells trials also evaluate their efficacy in LR-MDS (Table 2).20,21 Of note,
but also platelets by inhibiting the signaling of a subset of the in a preclinical study, ENA was shown to increase the erythroid
TGF-β family of proteins to promote hematopoiesis (phase 2, differentiation of the hematopoietic stem and progenitor cells
NCT04419649). without myeloid differentiation, suggesting an erythroid-specific
differentiation effect independent of its effect on mutant and wild-
type IDH2.22 Based on this preclinical rationale, ENA is under inves
tigation in anemic patients with LR-MDS without IDH2 mutation
(NCT05282459).
CLINICAL CASE 1 (cont inu ed) MDS cells with splicing factor mutations rely on the wild-type
After 6 months, the patient lost his response to Luspa, and allele for splicing, and the preferential inhibition of the wild-type
NGS revealed the acquisition of an IDH1 mutation with 15% VAF, allele results in lethality of the cells. H3B-8800 is an oral small-
while the patient still had LR-MDS. molecule splicing modulator, preferentially targeting the sF3b
Over the past decade, genomic technologies have led to complex, and in preclinical models, including xenograft leuke
a better understanding of the genetic events underlying the mia models with or without core spliceosome mutations, it has
onset and progression of MDS and how they functionally con broad antitumor activity.23 This drug was evaluated in a phase 1,
tribute to specific aspects of the disease pathophysiology. open-label, first-in-human study in patients with myeloid malig
These studies have revealed that MDS is driven by a multistep nancies (n=84) and splicing factor mutations (NCT02841540).24
acquisition of genetic alterations that affect a recurrent set of Unfortunately, no complete or partial responses meeting IWG
genes, which promote the self-renewal of mutant HSCs and criteria were observed; however, RBC transfusion-free intervals
lead to their clonal expansion over their normal counterparts.18 >56 days were observed in 9 patients who were trans fu
sion
New agents targeting altered signaling pathways that induce dependent at study entry (15%). Given the high frequency of
mutant HSC clonal advantage of specific genetic alterations in splicing mutations in MDS, additional splicing inhibitors are also
MDS are currently under investigation, and the trend toward undergoing preclinical assessments.
Roxadustat HIF inhibitor 3 LR-MDS with anemia, low transfusion burden NCT03263091 29
Although remarkable international efforts have been ongoing for over 17 years to improve upon azacitidine, representing
the standard of care therapy for higher-risk myelodysplastic neoplasms (MDS), there still has not been a positive random-
ized trial in comparison to azacitidine. Real-world data from numerous trials have shown similar results with a median
overall survival of 14–18 months, a 40%-50% overall response rate, and a complete remission rate close to 20%. Despite
these outcomes, 6 randomized controlled trials have failed to improve outcomes in this patient population, although rele-
vant issues in some of these studies included improper dose adjustments of the hypomethylating agent, lack of placebo-
controlled studies, and lack of overall survival (OS) as a primary endpoint, among others. Critical updates in MDS man-
agement include the development of molecular prognostication models (eg, the molecular international prognos-
tic scoring system), updates in classification systems highlighting significant overlap in patients with MDS-increased
blasts and acute myeloid leukemia (most relevant to TP53 mutations), and refinement of response criteria. Although
these paradigm-shifting studies have had great impact in MDS management, the current ongoing randomized phase
3 trials were initiated prior, and prognostic stratification remains via the revised international prognostic scoring sys-
tem) and with bone marrow blast counts of <20%. Notably, azacitidine + venetoclax, azacitidine + sabatolimab, and
azacitidine + magrolimab have shown exciting results in large, single-arm studies and have completed accrual in
placebo-controlled, double-blind studies with OS as a primary endpoint. We all eagerly await the results of these studies.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• To understand major updates in HRMDS diagnosis, prognosis, and response evaluation
• To understand potential reasons for past failures to improve upon azacitidine monotherapy
• To review the cuttingedge landscape of novel therapies that ideally will change the standard of care for HRMDS
Figure 1. MDS classification comparison between WHO 2022 and ICC 2022. Bi, biallelic; f, fibrosis; h, hypocellular; IB, increased
blasts; LB, low blasts; NOS-MLD, not otherwise specified with multi-lineage dysplasia; NOS-SLD, not otherwise specified with
single-lineage dysplasia; NOS-MLD RS, ringed sideroblasts.
Figure 2. Comparison between IWG 2006 vs 2023 HR MDS response criteria. BM, bone marrow; CRL, CR with limited count recovery;
CRh, CR with partial hematologic recovery; CRbi, CR with bilineage; CRuni, CR with unilineage; Hb, hemoglobin; PB, peripheral blood;
PLT, platelet.
Unfortunately, as of July 2023, there was a press release that Last, the selective BCL-2 inhibitor venetoclax, which has led
magrolimab will be discontinued for patients with MDS, based to a paradigm change in the management of elderly patients
on futility. Critical questions remain from this study, including the with AML,40 has undergone evaluation in patients with HR-MDS.
molecular demographics and outcomes in TP53 mutant vs wild Specifically, a large phase 1b expansion study with the combina
type populations, among others. Notably, there are 2 additional tion of azacitidine with venetoclax, at a reduced 14-day schedule
phase 3 studies in AML evaluating the doublet for TP53 mutant secondary to cytopenia toxicity, had a CR rate of 40% (16% for
AML (ENHANCE-2; NCT04778397) and a triplet with venetoclax in patients with TP53 mutations) and particularly favorable OS
all-comer elderly AML (ENHANCE-3; NCT05079230). for patients who achieved CR/mCR. These data are supported
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Discuss the clinical benefit of allogeneic hematopoietic stem cell transplantation (HSCT) in older patients
with MDS
• Describe the clinical relevance of genomic profiling in MDS
• Provide evidence for the utility of genomic information to define eligibility for and the optimal timing of
transplantation
suitable candidates for HSCT: these consist of age, performance This issue was addressed by 2 prospective studies using a
status, comorbidity, disease stage, and status after nontrans treatment biologic-assignment. The VidazaAllo study enrolled
plant interventions.5 The complexity of this decision is further 190 patients receiving 4 to 6 cycles of HMAs followed by human
highlighted by the fact that many eligible MDS patients do not leukocyte antigen (HLA)–matched HSCT or by continuous HMAs
receive appropriate assessment or consideration for transplanta if no donor was identified. Some methodological consider
tion, particularly outside academic centers (Table 2). ations regarding immortal time bias for HCST in the study should
Addressing several critical questions is crucial to increase the be taken into account (patients must survive long enough to
implementation of HSCT as a curative option in MDS. receive a transplant; that is, they are immortal until they receive
a transplant. Since the clock to estimate patient survival starts
Benefit of reduced-intensity conditioning regimen long before transplant, this can lead to a bias in favor of HCST).
in elderly patients with MDS Despite these concerns, the analysis on 108 out of 190 patients
Given that most patients are over 60 years old, it is important revealed that after a 2-year period HSCT led to an improvement
to define whether reduced-intensity conditioning (RIC) can pro in event-free survival (though not necessarily overall survival)
vide a valuable clinical benefit in this specific patient population. when com pared to con tin
uous HMAs (event-free and over all
The rationale for using RIC before HSCT is to shift from high-dose survival were 34% and 50% after HSCT and 0% and 32% after
chemotherapy that is aimed at maximizing cytotoxic leukemia continuous HMAs treatment, respectively; P < .0001 and P = .12).7
killing to a more immune-mediated effect by harvesting the graft- Another study, the CIBMTR 1102 trial, com pared reduced-
versus-tumor effect to eradicate the disease.5 The European Soci intensity HSCT to HMAs or best supportive care in 384 high-risk
ety for Blood and Marrow Transplantation conducted a prospec MDS patients aged 50 to 75. Subjects were assigned to the donor
tive study (RICMAC trial) comparing RIC with a myeloablative vs no-donor arms according to the availability of a matched donor
conditioning regimen (MAC) in 129 patients with MDS or acute within 90 days of study registration. After 3 years, the overall sur
leukemia from MDS. The 2 conditioning regimens showed com vival rate in the donor arm was 47.9% compared with 26.6% in
parable 2-year relapse-free and overall survival rates (62% and the no-donor arm (P = .0001), and the leukemia-free survival was
76%, respectively, after RIC and 58% and 63%, respectively, after also greater in the donor arm (35.8% vs 20.6%; P = .003).8 Overall,
MAC; P = .58 and P = .08). The only risk factor for relapse in a multi available evidence suggests that HSCT should be considered as
variable analysis was advanced disease status.6 Based on this evi a reasonable treatment option for high-risk older MDS patients
dence, RIC can be offered as an alternative to a MAC regimen in with HLA-matched donors (recommendation grade 1B).
MDS patients, especially in those subjects without advanced dis
ease and/or high-risk cytogenetics (recommendation grade 2A). HSCT from mismatched HLA-related donor
An HLA-matched donor is available for fewer than 50% of elderly
Benefit of HSCT vs hypomethylating agents patients. The use of HLA-mismatched related donors (especially
The second relevant question is whether HSCT can improve the HLA haploidentical-related donors) significantly increased in the
survival of older MDS patients in comparison with nontransplant last few years, taking advantage of substantial improvements
strategies (hypomethylating agents [HMAs]). such as the administration of posttransplant cyclophosphamide
as a graft-versus-host disease prophylaxis. Recently, the EBMT ity of leukemic evolution is particularly important for lower-risk
reported the outcome of 228 MDS patients transplanted from a patients, in whom treatment approaches, including HSCT, may
mismatched HLA-related donor. One-third of patients were alive be addressed in a refined manner.1,5
and free of disease 3 years after HSCT, and the use of posttrans The IPSS-M reflects the relevance that molecular character
plant cyclophosphamide was found to improve the effective iza
tion can pro vide on clin i
cal out comes. Importantly, in the
ness of the procedure, suggesting that haploidentical HSCT is a original study in the groups with very low, low, and intermediate
suitable option for MDS patients lacking an HLA-matched donor IPSS-R risk, 20% of patients were reclassified into a less favor
(recommendation grade 2C).9 able prognostic categ ory, with over 90% having one or more
mutated IPSS-M genes.4 Therefore, the clinical implementation
Impact of genomic screening on the optimal of IPSS-M is expected to result in a more effective selection of
timing of HSCT candidates to disease-modifying therapies (including HSCT)
Finally, a crucial issue is to define the optimal timing of HSCT, among patients with early-stage disease. Accordingly, patients
which would be a dis ease stage that pro vi
des the best life with higher risk according to IPSS-M should be considered for
expectancy accounting for both pretransplantation and post transplantation earlier than the conventional scoring system
transplantation survival. Patients at early stages may experience (IPSS-R) would dictate (Table 2).
long periods with stable disease after diagnosis, and the risks Genomic features also impact the posttransplantation progno
of morbidity/mortality related to HSCT would be unacceptably sis of MDS. TP53 mutations, especially when combined with com
high for many of them.1,5 However, a number of studies have plex karyotype, resulted in very poor outcomes after HSCT.3,4,11
shown that advanced disease stage at transplantation is asso Recently, it was observed that IPSS-M significantly improved pre
ciated with inferior overall survival.5 Previous decision analyses diction of the probability of survival with respect to IPSS-R in MDS
concluded that delayed transplantation is associated with maxi treated with HSCT. In particular, IPSS-M was a ble to efficiently
mal life expectancy in patients with a lower IPSS-R risk (≤3.5 score capture the probability of relapse, potentially refining the choice
points), while for those with high/very high IPSS-R risk immedi of the optimal conditioning regiment at individual patient level
ate transplantation offers the optimal survival benefit.10 Although and improving the identification of patients who can be consid
these studies provided clinicians with useful information, there ered for preemptive treatments of disease recurrence.12
are still areas of uncertainty that affect decision-making. While prospective studies are needed and the optimal pre-
A precise risk score is essential to improve personalized med HSCT therapy at individual patient level remains to be clarified
icine strategies for MDS. The accurate definition of the probabil (especially in high-risk MDS), genomic screening improves MDS
Pediatric Oncology Branch, Center for Cancer Research (CCR), National Cancer Institute (NCI), NIH, Bethesda, MD
2
The tremendous successes of CD19-directed CAR T cells in children and young adults with B-cell acute lymphoblastic
leukemia (B-ALL) has led to the more widespread use of this important treatment modality. With an ability to induce
remission and potentially lead to long-term survival in patients with multiply relapsed/chemotherapy refractory disease,
more children are now receiving this therapy with the hope of inducing a long-term durable remission (with or with-
out consolidative hematopoietic cell transplantation). While overcoming the acute toxicities was critical to its broad
implementation, the emerging utilization requires close evaluation of subacute and delayed toxicities alongside a con-
sideration of late effects and issues related to survivorship following CAR T cells. In this underexplored area of toxicity
monitoring, this article reviews the current state of the art in relationship to delayed toxicities while highlighting areas of
future research in the study of late effects in children and young adults receiving CAR T cells.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Review the current landscape of subacute/delayed toxicities following CAR Tcell therapy
• Identify approaches to evaluation and management of delayed toxicities following CAR T cells
• Recognize the need for study of late effects in longterm survivors following CAR Tcell therapy
Table 1. Delayed and subacute CAR T-cell toxicities (≥ 30 days post infusion)
he also had cytopenias with decreased bone marrow cellu inflammatory conditions, or the treatment thereof, can impact
larity (5-10%), an absolute neutrophil count of 250 cells/µL, the man i
fes
ta
tions of delayed toxicities that occur beyond
and platelet and red blood cell transfusion dependence. At 30 days following CAR T-cell infusion (Table 1). Emerging experi
3 months, his repeat bone marrow confirms ongoing remis ence has revealed bone marrow dysfunction, immune reconsti
sion, but he remains with severe neutropenia although transfu tution, and neurologic impact as key areas of interest for delayed
sion requirements are starting to decrease. He has not had any toxicities.4
serious infections during this period.
Bone marrow dysfunction
Newly termed as immune effector cell–associated hematotoxic
Delayed toxicities of CAR T-cell therapy ity (ICAHT),5 there is an increasing appreciation that prolonged
Navigating the management of acute CAR T-cell–related toxic cytopenias are a delayed CAR T-cell–associated toxicity, partic
ities such as CRS, ICANS, and more recently immune effector ularly in those with severe CRS.6 Based primarily on literature
cell–asso
ci
ated hemophagocytic lymphohistiocytosis-like syn from adults with lymphoma receiving CAR T cells, hematologic
drome (IEC-HS)3 has been imperative in the ability to broadly use recov ery after lymphodepletion and CD19-CAR T-cell ther apy
these novel immunotherapies. However, implications from these generally follows a bimodal distribution.7,8 While most patients
Recommendations
Long-term monitoring guidelines At present guidelines specific to CAR T-cell long-term follow-up do not exist. Recommend use of existing
guidelines for post HCT (if indicated) or completion of therapy follow-up for specific end-organ monitoring
(eg, endocrinopathies, neurocognitive function, cardiac) as related to impact of therapy a patient may have
received prior to CAR T-cells.
Continue monitoring for B-cell aplasia, hypogammaglobulinemia, and responses to vaccination.
CAR T-cell–associated mutagenesis To date, CAR T-cell–induced malignancies have not been seen with use of standard approaches to
transduction and manufacturing approaches. Continue ongoing monitoring as novel strategies are
Hematopoietic stem cell transplantation (HSCT) represents a consolidated therapeutic strategy for high-risk pediatric
acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL), offering the potential for curative treatment. This manuscript delves into the debate
around the more universal application of HSCT for pediatric ALL in the modern era, considering the ubiquitous availability
of suitable donors. In fact, despite significant advancements in chemotherapy, targeted therapy, and immunotherapy, a
subset of pediatric patients with ALL with high-risk features or relapse continue to encounter poor prognostic outcomes.
For this subgroup of patients, HSCT often remains the only potentially curative measure, leveraging the graft-versus-
leukemia effect for long-term disease control. Nevertheless, the procedure’s complexity and associated risks have tradi-
tionally curtailed its widespread use. However, the scenario is shifting with improvements in HLA matching, availability
of alternative donor sources, less toxic conditioning regimens, and improved supportive care protocols. Concurrently,
emerging therapies like CD19+ CAR T cells present new considerations for definitive therapy selection in relapsed/
refractory ALL. This article reviews critical current evidence and debates the potential of HSCT as a more universal treat-
ment for ALL, reevaluating traditional treatment stratification in light of the constant availability of stem cell donors.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• To understand the current landscape of donor availability for HSCT in pediatric ALL and the reasons why HSCT is
not utilized universally
• To weigh the benefits and drawbacks of HSCT in pediatric ALL, including survival outcomes, risk of GvHD,
and treatmentrelated toxicities
• To explore the potential of integrating HSCT with other treatment modalities such as CAR T therapy
• To understand how advances in HSCT have improved accessibility to treatment for pediatric ALL, reducing
disparities in care
N;
Median Graft GVHD
Reference Design Indication Staging Conditioning aGVHD cGVHD Relapse TRM Survival
age; source prophylaxis
Range
Bethge Prospective 60; ALL CR1 20% MMRD ATG/Flu/ TCRαβ/ Grade II-IV Overall 31% 20% 17% 2 year
et al (2022)19 18.5; AML >CR1 22% TT/Mel CD19 10% Severe 8% OS63%
1-63 MDS NR 13% depletion Grade III-IV DFS 50%
MPS 0% GRFS 39%
MM
NM
ST
Pulsipher Prospective 51; ALL CR1 53% MMRD MAC-TBI 31%, TCRαβ/ 2 year
et al (2022)17 35; AML CR2 37.3% PBSC MAC-Bu 22% CD19 OS 75%
6-61 MDS RIC-Mel 43% depletion DFS 75%
RIC-TLI 4% EFS 69%
Peters Randomized, 417; ALL CR1 54% MSD MAC-TBI 50% MSD-CSA Grade II-IV Overall-TBI TBI-12% TBI-2% 2-year
et al (2021)33 controlled, 4-21 CR2 40% or MD MAC-Bu 24% only TBI 37% 16% Chemo-33% Chemo-9% OS-TBI 91%
Figure 2. Proposed clinical decision-making flowchart for R/R pediatric ALL. This figure proposes a novel schema for clinical deci
sion making regarding the selection of definitive therapy for R/R pediatric ALL. Given the vast number of considerations that influ
ence the selection of definitive therapy in these difficult cases, this schema provides a framework to guide clinical decision making.
CD19-specific chimeric antigen receptor (CAR) T-cell therapy has become an integral part of our treatment armamen-
tarium for pediatric patients with relapsed or refractory B-cell acute lymphoblastic leukemia (B-ALL). However, despite
initial remission rates of greater than 80%, durable remission occurs in only 40% to 50% of patients. In this review we
summarize our current knowledge of the role of consolidative hematopoietic cell transplantation in the management of
pediatric patients who achieved a minimal residual disease-negative complete response post CD19 CAR T-cell therapy. In
addition, we review approaches to enhance effector function CD19 CAR T cells, focusing on how to improve persistence
and prevent the emergence of CD19− B-ALL blasts.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Understand the role of hematopoietic stem cell transplantation post CD19 CAR T-cell therapy
• Explain common mechanisms of ALL recurrence post CD19 CAR T-cell therapy
• Explain approaches to enhance the anti-ALL activity of CD19 CAR T cells
Table 1. Selected studies reporting outcomes of CD19 CAR T-cell therapy +/− consolidative HCT
Center/consortium/study Trial phase Costim Patients (no.) Initial CR (%) HCT in CR#a Relapse post HCT vs no HCT
CHOP 3
1 30 90 3 Relapse: NR vs 8/23 no HCT
ELIANA4,16 2 79 81 11 Relapse: 0/8b vs NR
Seattle5 1/2 64 23 Relapse: 5/23 vs 19/27 no HCT
41BB
St Jude8 1 12 75 5 Relapse: 0/5 vs 4/4 no HCT
PRWCC 10
N/a 185 85 20 NR
CIBMTR17 N/a 255 86 34 NR
NCI 6
1 50 62 21 Relapse: 2/21 vs 7/7 no HCT
MSKCC15 post HCT CD28 15c N/a 15 Relapse: 3/15
SMC 7
2 30 86 25 Relapse: 8/25 vs 4/5 no HCT
HCT while in CR.
a
b
Data available for 8 out of 11 patients.
c
One patient received a CAR/41BB T-cell product.
CHOP, Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia; CIBMTR, Center for International Blood and Marrow Transplant Research; costim, costimulatory domain;
hu, human; St Jude, St Jude Children’s Research Hospital; MSKCC, Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center; mus, murine; N/A, not applicable; NCI,
National Cancer Institute; NR, not reported; Pat, patients; PRWCC, Pediatric Real World CAR Consortium; Seattle, Seattle Children’s Hospital; SMC,
Sheba Medical Center.
patients proceeded to consolidative HCT at a median of 57 days of pursuing HCT, considering i) risk factors prior to CD19 CAR
post infusion. Post HCT, 2 patients suffered disease relapse, and T-cell therapy and ii) monitoring for persistence and response
3 died secondary to HCT complications. Investigators found that post infusion (Figure 1).
patients who received a CD34-selected, T-cell depleted graft or
proceeded to HCT fewer than 80 days from CAR infusion had Risk factors pre CD19 CAR T-cell therapy
better post-HCT outcomes.15 In a second phase 1 trial in which 28 Across several studies, the presence of a high disease burden
patients achieved a CR after CAR T-cell therapy, 21 proceeded to prior to CD19 CAR T-cell therapy has been associated with a
a consolidative HCT, at a median of 54 days post CAR (second higher risk of relapse after treatment. While a universal cutoff of
HCT, n=4). After transplant, 2 patients experienced subsequent high burden has not yet been determined, some data suggest
disease relapse, compared to 7 of 7 patients in the nonconsoli- a cutoff of as little as greater than or equal to 5% blasts.6,8,9,11,19
dative HCT cohort.6 Additionally, outcomes of a third early-phase Prior poor response to blinatumomab has also been associated
clinical study with a CD19/CD28 CAR T-cell product highlighted with a higher relapse risk post CAR.8 Other traditional risk factors
the benefit of consolidative HCT post CD19 CAR T-cell therapy. for treatment failure have not been recapitulated after treatment
Among 30 patients who achieved a CR post CAR T-cell ther with CD19 CAR T-cell therapy, including subgroups with high-risk
apy, 25 (17 HCT naive) proceeded to consolidative HCT (median, cytogenetics,20 Down syndrome,21 infants,22,23 and extramedullary
71 days). Of these, 8 patients relapsed post HCT, and 2 died sec disease.24,25 Thus, CD19 CAR T-cell therapy has the potential to
ondary to treatment toxicity, with allbut 1 patient relapsing in redefine treatments for patients who were historically high risk.
the non-HCT group.19 In the setting of loss of BCA and rising NGS
post CD19 CAR T-cell therapy, a bridging therapy prior to HCT Monitoring post CD19 CAR T-cell therapy
that is readily available (eg, blinatumomab for CD19+ leukemia) Longer CD19 CAR T-cell persistence is associated with improved
might be critical prior to HCT to ensure a disease-free long-term relapse-free sur vival. Post CAR, close mon i
toring of ongo ing
outcome, as illustrated by clinical case 2. BCA and detec tion of recur rent and/or per sistent dis
ease by
These data collectively indicate that regardless of the utilized NGS, polymerase chain reaction, and/or flow cytometry serves
CD19 CAR T-cell product, patients who are HCT naive benefi t as a surrogate of CAR persistence.5,8,18,21,26 Notably, relapse risk
from a consolidative HCT in the setting of limited CAR T-cell per decreases with time postCAR T-cell therapy, and most relapses
sistence. The benefit of a consolidative second HCT is less well occur within the initial year after infusion.6,10,17,21 Even after treat
established and, given the risk of significant toxicities, should be ment with CD19/41-BB CAR T-cell prod ucts, the loss of BCA
considered carefully and individualized based on the patient’s within 6 months or less and/or detectable disease post CAR
risk of relapse and ability to tolerate this therapy. In conclusion, T-cell therapy, including by NGS testing, place patients at high
based on current literature, it is difficult to give clear recommen risk of relapse, and these patients may be considered for HCT
dations regarding which patients should be considered for HCT prior to disease progression.26 It is important to note that BCA is
post CD19 CAR T-cell therapy. Points for consideration are dis- not a perfect surrogate for relapse risk, as patients may relapse
cussed in the next section and summarized in Figure 1. with antigen loss variants or antigen-positive disease concur
rent to findings of loss of BCA. Additional considerations include
HCT post CD19 CAR T-cell therapy: patient/caregiver preferences, provider experience, and often
points for consideration provider assessment of the availability of additional viable treat
Prospective studies, albeit difficult to conduct, are ultimately ment options if the patient were to relapse post CAR T-cell ther
needed to inform the critical question on the role of consol- apy. Importantly, as CAR T-cell therapies continue to evolve and
idative HCT after CD19 CAR T-cell ther apy, identify high-risk the number of patients treated with such therapies increases,
pediatric patients, and support the development of evidence- continued investigation and reevaluation of such predictors will
based clinical-decision algorithms. In lieu of such studies, cur be nec es
sary. Finally, besides patient selec tion the pre ferred
rent approaches to this question weigh the risks and benefi ts HCT approach remains elusive. Ideally, the attainment of deep
Figure 2. Mechanism and prevention of antigen loss variants Figure 3. Strategies to enhance the effector function of CD19
post CD19 CAR T-cell therapy. (A) Mechanism of CD19-targeted CAR T cells. Examples of (A) combinatorial therapies, (B) strate-
immune escape. (B) CAR T-cell products to enable dual targeting gies to improve CAR design, and (C) second genetic modifica-
of CD19 and CD22. tions of CAR T cells. costim, costimulation.
Pyruvate kinase (PK) deficiency is a congenital hemolytic anemia with wide-ranging clinical symptoms and complications
associated with significant morbidity and reduced health-related quality of life in both children and adults. The man-
agement of patients with PK deficiency has been historically challenging due to difficulties in the diagnostic evaluation,
heterogeneity of clinical manifestations, and treatment options limited to supportive care with transfusions and sple-
nectomy. An oral allosteric PK activator, mitapivat, is now a clinically available disease-modifying treatment for adults
with PK deficiency. Phase 2 and 3 clinical trials of mitapivat have demonstrated sustained improvements in hemolytic
anemia, hematopoiesis, and quality of life in many adults with PK deficiency and a generally reassuring safety profile
with continued dosing. Additional long-term benefits include rapid and ongoing reduction in iron overload and poten-
tial stabilization of bone health. Clinical trials of treatment with mitapivat in children with PK deficiency are ongoing. In
addition to disease-modifying treatment with PK activators, gene therapy is a potentially curative treatment currently
under evaluation in clinical trials. With the availability of disease-targeted therapies, accurately diagnosing PK deficiency
in patients with chronic hemolytic anemia is critical. PK activation and gene therapy have the potential to change the
natural history of PK deficiency by improving clinical manifestations and patient quality of life and decreasing the risk of
long-term complications.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Evaluate the available data for pyruvate kinase (PK) activators for the treatment of PK deficiency
• Apply concepts to generate an approach to the diagnostic evaluation and treatment of PK deficiency
Introduction
CLINICAL CASE Pyruvate kinase (PK) deficiency is rare congenital hemo-
A 32-year-old man presents for a new consultation for lytic anemia associated with a wide spectrum of symp-
chronic hemolytic anemia. He was evaluated for anemia toms and complications due to chronic hemolysis. PK is
in early childhood and told that he had hereditary sphero- a tetrameric glycolytic enzyme that catalyzes the con-
cytosis. He has not seen a hematologist in many years. He version of phosphoenolpyruvate to pyruvate and leads
received several red cell transfusions in the first few years to adenosine triphosphate (ATP) production. PK defi-
of his life but has not since been transfused. At age 10 ciency is an autosomal recessive condition caused by
years, he had cholecystitis and underwent laparoscopic mutations in the PKLR gene, which encodes the red cell
cholecystectomy. At the consult visit, he reports long- and liver specific isoforms PK-R and PK-L. Given the reli-
standing fatigue that has worsened over the prior 5 years. ance of mature red cells on glycolysis as their primary
He works full-time as teacher but is unable to exercise, energy source, PKLR mutations cause an insufficiency in
and he limits activities with his children because of fatigue ATP, which leads to red cell dehydration and membrane
and shortness of breath. He would like to know how he abnormalities that cause chronic hemolysis and ineffec-
can improve his energy. tive erythropoiesis.1-4 PK-deficient reticulocytes are par-
ticularly susceptible to injury in the hypoxic spleen due to
Figure 1. Algorithm for the diagnostic evaluation of PK deficiency. An accurate diagnosis of PK deficiency is key for managing patients
with disease-targeted treatments. Diagnostic testing should be considered in patients of all ages with chronic hemolytic anemia. After
hemolysis has been established (low hemoglobin, increased reticulocyte count and indirect bilirubin level), autoimmune hemolytic
anemia, hemoglobinopathies, and membranopathies should be excluded. The peripheral blood film in PK deficiency often does not
have specific red cell morphology except polychromasia. Once the more common causes of hemolysis are excluded, a red cell enzyme
panel or a hemolytic anemia gene panel may be pursued. Falsely normal PK enzyme activity levels may occur with recent red cell trans-
fusions, reticulocytosis, and/or sample contamination with other blood cells. PK enzyme activity is red cell age dependent and will be
low in comparison to other red cell age dependent enzymes, such as hexokinase. In those with a low PK:hexokinase ratio on enzyme
testing, PKLR genetic testing should be pursued given that low PK activity can also be found in carriers of PK deficiency and in those
with mutations in KLF1.38 Up to 20% of patients currently tested will be found to have a PKLR variant of uncertain significance.12 In these
patients, a low PK:hexokinase ratio can confirm the diagnosis. EMA, eosin-5’-maleimide.
high ATP needs and reliance on glycolysis rather than oxidative both evaluation of red cell enzyme activity, with a low PK:hexoki
phosphorylation in the splenic environment.5 The glycolytic nase ratio, and PKLR genetic testing should be pursued to allow
intermediate 2,3-biphosphoglycerate (2,3-BPG) is increased in the diagnosis to be made based on the combination of test
PK deficiency, causing a shift in the hemoglobin-oxygenation results, since each has limitations; expert guidelines for diagnos
dissociation curve with a consequent increase in tissue oxygen tic evaluation are available.10,11 Although useful for diagnosis, PK
ation; in turn, greater tissue oxygenation can lead to improved enzyme activity does not correlate with clinical severity and is
tolerance of anemia in some patients.6 not predictive of clinical course.11
More than 350 path o
genic PKLR muta tions have been
reported, and most patients have compound heterozygous PKLR
variants, leading to wide genotypic variability. The majority have
at least one missense PKLR mutation encoding single amino acid
changes that affect PK catalytic activity, stability, or expression. CLINICAL CASE (continued)
Prior stud ies have not shown a strong geno type-phenotype The patient has a hemoglobin (Hb) level of 8.2 g/dL, reticulocyte
relationship, including among siblings, although assessment has count 20%, indirect bilirubin 3 mg/dl, ferritin 1100 ng/mL, and a
been limited by small patient cohorts and extensive combina peripheral blood film with polychromasia but otherwise bland
tions of genotypes.7 red cell morphology without spherocytes (Figure 2). His direct
The estimated prevalence ranges from 1 to 8 in 1 000 000.8,9 antiglobulin test is negative, and a hemoglobin electrophoresis
Diagnostic testing should be considered in patients of allages is normal. His PK activity is 1.4 EU/g Hb (normal range: 3.2-6.5
with chronic nonimmune hemolysis and requires high clinical EU/g Hb) with a hexokinase (HK) activity of 1.07 EU/g Hb (nor
suspicion given the wide-ranging clinical phenotype and non mal range: 0.14-0.37 EU/g Hb) and PK:HK ratio of 1.31 (reference
specific red cell morphology (Figures 1 and 2). When available, normal PK:HK ratio range: 8.7-22.5). A hemolytic anemia gene
panel reveals two pathogenic missense PKLR variants (1529G>A, Red cell transfusion therapy is initiated based on growth in
1456C>T) consistent with a diagnosis of PK deficiency. Liver iron children, symptoms of anemia with impact on quality of life,
quantification with magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) is 7 mg/g complications, and, to some extent, baseline hemoglobin. The
dry weight liver. A dual energy x-ray absorptiometry (DXA) scan requirement for transfusions decreases over childhood, likely
shows the lowest bone mineral density Z-score is −2.5 at the due to a decrease in the frequency of viral infections and the
femoral neck, consistent with osteoporosis. historic timing of splenectomy in children.12 Erythropoiesis is
supported with folic acid, particularly in the setting of dietary
limitations or pregnancy. Symptoms of chronic anemia may
Symptoms and complications increase during adulthood, leading to the initiation of regular
PK deficiency has a wide clinical spectrum due to both chronic transfusions.
hemolysis and complications of supportive treatment (Figure 3). Splenectomy is often considered in childhood for patients
Severe manifestations can occur in utero that result in hydrops who undergo transfusions or have a poor quality of life due to
fetalis, growth restriction, and/or prematurity.12 Newborns may anemia.18 After splenectomy, many, but not all, patients have
have a presentation ranging widely from compensated anemia an improve ment in hemo glo
bin (mean hemo glo
bin increase
to neonatal hyperbilirubinemia to critical illness with organo- 1.5 g/dL) and transfusion burden.19 Splenectomy leads to a par
megaly, hyperferritinemia, and/or liver fail ure.12,13 Infants and adoxical increase in the reticulocyte count. Those with more
children may have poor growth and irritability related to ane severe hemolysis are less likely to benefit from splenectomy.12,14
mia. Affected individua ls of allages may have jaundice, scleral Hemolysis continues after splenectomy with an ongoing risk of
icterus, fatigue, cognitive effects, or limited exercise tolerance, associated complications in addition to the lifelong risk of sepsis
allof which can affect quality of life.14 Clinical findings include and thrombosis.12
spleno meg aly, iron over load (trans fused and nontransfused), Although HSCT is a curative treatment, there are no clear
osteopenia and osteoporosis, gallbladder disease, extramed- indications for transplant for PK deficiency. Published cohort
ullary hematopoiesis, lower extremity ulceration, and pulmo studies reveal a higher rate of morbidity and mortality associ
nary hypertension. Iron overload, both due to transfusions and ated with transplant when compared with supportive care.19,20
increased iron absorp tion, can cause sig nifi
cant mor bid
ity, A global cohort study described 16 patients with PK deficiency
including cardiac failure, liver disease, and endocrine dysfunc who underwent transplantation in Europe and Asia (median age
tion.12,15,16 Regular monitoring of ferritin and MRI guides treat 6.5 years, median follow up 2.3 years).21 Outcomes were poor,
ment with iron chelation.17 Exacerbations of hemolytic anemia with grade 3-4 graft-versus-host disease in 7 of 16 patients and
may occur with infec tions and preg nancy.12 With advancing a 3-year cumulative survival of 65%.
age, symp toms asso ciated with ane mia may increase in the Gene therapy also represents a potential curative option.22-24 A
presence of additional comorbidities. phase 1 clinic al trial evaluated the safety of autologous gene
ther apy for PK defi ciency using myeloablative conditioning
Non–PK activator treatment strategies and associated with lentivirus-based genetically modified hematopoietic stem
complications cells with the corrected PKLR gene. Interim trial results of 2
Prior to the approval of PK activators, management of PK defi adults have demonstrated a post–gene therapy normal hemo
ciency included supportive treatments of red cell transfusions globin, improvement in both hemolytic markers and quality of
and splenectomy and potentially curative treatment with allo life, and a continuous transfusion-free period with 24 months
geneic hematopoietic stem cell transplant (HSCT). Early results of fol low-up. To date, there have been no seri ous adverse
from a gene therapy trial are promising. Decision-making about events related to the product.25 Long-term safety and efficacy
treatment with a PK activator should be evaluated in the context data collection from the phase 1 trial is ongoing; a phase 2 trial
of these management options. is planned.
PK activators for treatment of PK deficiency dose healthy volunteer study, the maximum ATP increase was
Several oral PK activators are in clinical trials for treatment 60% and the maximum decrease in 2,3-BPG was 47%, consis
of red cell disorders. Mitapivat (AG-348, Agios Pharmaceuti- tent with activation of PK and the glycolytic pathway. The
cals) is an oral allosteric erythrocyte PK activator and is the safety data of both phase 1 studies were reassuring, with no
only PK activator that has been evaluated for treatment of PK serious treatment-emergent adverse events. The safety and
deficiency (Table 1). Mitapivat binds at the dimer-dimer inter pharmacodynamic data provided support for a mitapivat trial
face at a separ ate site from fructose 1,6-bisphosphate on the in adults with PK deficiency.
PK-R tetramer. The drug is orally bioavailable with or without The safety and efficacy of mitapivat in adults with PK defi
food, with a steady state reached after 1 week with twice- ciency who were not receiving regular transfusions, defined as
daily dosing. Mitapivat is cleared through hepatic metabolism <4 transfusions in the prior 12 months, were evaluated in the
by cytochrome P450 enzymes and has an off-target effect open-label randomized phase 2 DRIVE-PK trial.29 Patients were
of mild dose-dependent reversible inhibition of aromatase.26 randomized to 50 mg or 300 mg of mitapivat twice daily for a
Ex vivo human stud ies dem on
strate increased PK enzyme 24-week period with an optional long-term extension. The primary
activity of both wild-type and variant PK and improvement in endpoint of this study was assessment of safety. The therapy was
thermostability in variant PK with exposure to mitapivat.27,28 well-tolerated; the most common reported adverse events—
In samples from patients with PK deficiency, incubation with headache, insomnia, and nausea—tended to be transient and
mitapivat improved red cell deformability as mea sured by resolved within 1 week of drug initiat ion. One patient developed
osmotic gradient ektacytometry, improved proliferation of acute hemolysis when mitapivat was stopped, leading to a rec
erythroid progenitor cells, and led to an increase in ATP in a ommendation for drug taper rather than abrupt discontinuation.
dose dependent manner.28 In this trial, 50% (26/52) of patients had a hemoglobin increase
Two phase 1 studies assessed the pharmacodynamics, phar ≥1 g/dL, with a mean maximum increase of 3.4 g/dL (range: 1.1-
macokinetics, and safety of mitapivat.26 In the multiple ascending 5.8 g/dL). The hemoglobin increase occurred quickly (median
response in 10 days), with a sustained hemoglobin response The safety and efficacy of mitapivat for adults with PK defi
seen in the majority with continued dosing and with durable ciency were demonstrated in two phase 3 clinical trials, lead
improvements in markers of hemolysis and hematopoiesis. There ing to its approval by the US Food and Drug Administration
was a relationship between hemoglobin response and PKLR (FDA).30,31 The ACTIVATE trial, a phase 3 pla cebo-con trolled
genotype: allpatients with a hemoglobin response had at least trial, randomized 80 adults with PK deficiency who were not
1 missense mutation, whereas the patients with 2 non-missense receiving regular transfusions to placebo or mitapivat (5 mg to
mutations had poor or no hemoglobin responses (Figure 4).29 50 mg twice daily).30 Patient eligibility required at least 1 mis
None of the 5 patients who were homozygous for the R479H sense PKLR mutation. The primary endpoint was a hemoglobin
mutation, which is most common in the Amish population, had increase of ≥1.5 g/dL at 2 or more assessments, a higher thresh
a hemoglobin response. PK protein levels also correlated with old for response than the DRIVE-PK study. Mitapivat was well-
hemoglobin response, consistent with the mechanism of PK acti- tolerated, with similar overall adverse event rates in the drug and
vators to bind and stimulate PK.28,29 placebo groups. Of the 40 patients receiving mitapivat, 16 (40%)
met the primary endpoint of hemoglobin response, vs 0% in larly (≥6 transfusions in the prior 12 months).31 Mitapivat was well-
the placebo arm (Figure 5). Additionally, mitapivat decreased tolerated, with no major adverse events leading to treatment
hemolysis as measured by change from baseline in indirect bil discontinuation. In this study, 37% (10/27) experienced a reduc
irubin, lactate dehydrogenase, and haptoglobin and improved tion in transfusion burden (33% reduction in the number of red
hematopoiesis as measured by a reduction in the reticulocyte cell units transfused during the 24-week core period compared
count. Patient-reported outcomes were measured using 2 to the historical transfusion burden), and 22% (6/27) achieved
disease-specific tools, the PK Deficiency Diary and PK Deficiency a transfusion-free response. Significant and sustained improve
Impact Assessment, which were developed to assess quality of ments in report of quality of life were also seen for this trial.
life and evaluate the effect of treatment in PK deficiency. Signif- Data from the ACTIVATE and ACTIVATE-T open-label exten
icant and sustained improvements in both measures were seen sion study have shown sustained benefi ts with continued admin
during the core phase of the trial and have been sustained with is
tra
tion of mitapivat, includ ing ongo ing improve ment and
continuat ion of the drug over several years.32 stability in hemoglobin, hemolytic markers, markers of hemato
A phase 3 open-label trial, ACTIVATE-T, evaluated mitapivat poiesis, and patient-reported outcomes.32-34 Several important
in adults with PK deficiency who underwent transfusions regu long-term benefits have been noted, including a decrease in
erythropoiesis and iron overload with improvements in hepci- ing should be performed to determine whether the PK enzyme
din, erythropoietin, and liver iron concentration measured by activity level is low and whether at least 2 PKLR mutations of any
MRI, as compared with placebo in non-transfused adults in the type are present.
ACTIVATE trial.35 These changes were seen within 6 months of The approved mitapivat dose ranges from 5 mg to 50 mg
drug initiation and were sustained with continued improve twice per day; many patients may require the maximum dose.
ments over time. Long-term follow-up (more than 5 years of Hemoglobin response can be evaluated over the first 3-6 months
monitoring) has also shown general stability of bone mineral of treatment and is often clear within a few weeks of titration to
density as measured by DXA.36 Although continued follow-up is the maximum dose. Ongoing treatment with the drug is required
needed, this stability by DXA in patients with poor bone health for a durable effect and should be tapered rather than abruptly
prior to trial enrollment suggests that decreasing hemolysis and discontinued to avoid withdrawal hemolysis. Mitapivat should be
erythropoies is with mitapivat may lead to an improvement in avoided in patients who have a sulfa allergy, who have moder
bone health. ate to severe hepatic impairment, and who are also using strong
Long-term data from the phase 2 and phase 3 trials demon CYP3A inhibitors or inducers. Two mitapivat trials are ongoing
strate favorable safety profiles with more than 5 years of treatment for children with PK deficiency. Although there have been no
with mitapivat. The phase 3 trials demonstrate that mitapivat has clear implications of the off-target effect of mild aromatase inhi
the potential for efficacy in adults with PK deficiency indepen bition in adults, this will require careful and ongoing monitoring
dent of splenectomy or transfusion status. Despite the geno in children.
type-hemoglobin response relationship observed in the phase
2 trial, adults with iden ti
cal PKLR muta tions have had dif fer
ent hemoglobin responses to mitapivat. In addition, although
patients with 2 non-mis sense PKLR muta tions were excluded
from the phase 3 trials, some of these varia nts have a minor effect CLINICAL CASE (continued)
on PK protein structure or function, and patients with these vari Treatment options of mitapivat, red cell transfusions, splenec
ants may experience clinic al efficacy with mitapivat. Therefore, a tomy, HSCT, and gene therapy clinical trial participation are dis-
response to treatment cannot be predicted based on genotype. cussed. The patient initiates mitapivat, and, 1 month after dose
With the recent FDA approval of mitapivat, convincing efficacy in titration to 50 mg twice daily, his hemoglobin has increased to
many patients, and a reassuring safety profile, a treatment trial of 11.5 g/dl. His reticulocyte count is 8%, and his indirect biliru
mitapivat should be considered in allsymptomatic adults with PK bin is 1.5 mg/dL. He reports a substantial improvement in his
deficiency except for those individuals who are homozygous for energy and has increased his activity level. You start him on oral
the R479H mutation (Figure 6). Before initiating mitapivat, test iron chelation and calcium and vitamin D supplements and refer
Heart, Lung and Blood Vascular Medicine Institute, University of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, PA, USA
2
Division of Hematology, Oncology and Transplantation, Department of Medicine, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN, USA
3
Hemoglobin S (HbS) polymerization, red blood cell (RBC) sickling, chronic anemia, and vaso-occlusion are core to sickle
cell disease (SCD) pathophysiology. Pyruvate kinase (PK) activators are a novel class of drugs that target RBC metabo-
lism by reducing the buildup of the glycolytic intermediate 2,3-diphosphoglycerate (2,3-DPG) and increasing production
of adenosine triphosphate (ATP). Lower 2,3-DPG level is associated with an increase in oxygen affinity and reduction in
HbS polymerization, while increased RBC ATP may improve RBC membrane integrity and survival. There are currently
3 PK activators in clinical development for SCD: mitapivat (AG-348), etavopivat (FT-4202), and the second-generation
molecule AG-946. Preclinical and clinical data from these 3 molecules demonstrate the ability of PK activators to lower
2,3-DPG levels and increase ATP levels in animal models and patients with SCD, as well as influence a number of potential
pathways in SCD, including hemoglobin oxygen affinity, RBC sickling, RBC deformability, RBC hydration, inflammation,
oxidative stress, hypercoagulability, and adhesion. Furthermore, early-phase clinical trials of mitapivat and etavopivat
have demonstrated the safety and tolerability of PK activators in patients with SCD, and phase 2/3 trials for both drugs
are ongoing. Additional considerations for this novel therapeutic approach include the balance between increasing
hemoglobin oxygen affinity and tissue oxygen delivery, the cost and accessibility of these drugs, and the potential of
multimodal therapy with existing and novel therapies targeting different disease mechanisms in SCD.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Learn the therapeutic mechanisms of action of pyruvate kinase activators in sickle cell disease
• Evaluate the existing evidence supporting the use of pyruvate kinase activators in the treatment of sickle cell disease
L-glutamine (an antioxidant), and crizanlizumab (a P-selectin RBC reac tive oxy
gen spe cies lev
els, and RBC mito chondrial
inhibitor). Due to her heavy alloimmunization and severe iron retention in HbSS mice, suggesting potential beneficial mech
overload, chronic transfusion therapy is not recommended. anisms apart from inhibition of HbS polymerization by reducing
Given her severe anemia and high hemolytic rate, a clinic al 2,3-DPG.
trial of a pyruvate kinase activator is also considered.
Table 1. Summary of ongoing and completed clinical trials of pyruvate kinase activators in sickle cell disease
Division of Medical Oncology and Hematology, Department of Medicine, University Health Network, Toronto, ON, Canada
2
Institute of Health Policy, Management and Evaluation, Dalla Lana School of Public Health, University of Toronto, Toronto, ON, Canada
3
Thalassemia is an inherited red blood cell disorder whereby the qualitative and/or quantitative imbalance in α- to
β-globin ratio results in hemolysis and ineffective erythropoiesis. Oxidative stress, from the precipitated excess globin
and free iron, is a major factor that drives hemolysis and ineffective erythropoiesis. Pyruvate kinase activity and adeno-
sine triphosphate availability are reduced due to the overwhelmed cellular antioxidant system from the excessive oxida-
tive stress. Mitapivat, a pyruvate kinase activator in development as a treatment for thalassemia, was shown to increase
hemoglobin and reduce hemolysis in a small phase 2 single-arm trial of patients with α- and β-thalassemia. The ongoing
phase 3 studies with mitapivat and the phase 2 study with etavopivat will examine the role of pyruvate kinase activators
as disease modifying agents in thalassemia.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Understand thalassemia as an inherited red blood cell disorder where both oxidative stress and hemolysis play
a major role in the pathogenesis
• Describe the results of the phase 2 singlearm trial of pyruvate kinase activator mitapivat in patients with
α and βthalassemia
• Appreciate that pyruvate kinase activation is the first mechanism targeted in clinical trials for patients
with αthalassemia
Figure 1. Multisystem complications from risk factors and treatments of thalassemia. Risk factors and their corresponding compli
cations are color-coded. Complications with overlapping colors denote those stemming from and exacerbated by the multiple risk
factors involved. Modified from Taher AT, Musallam KM, Cappellini MD. β-Thalassemias. N Engl J Med. 2021;384(8):727-743. 1°, primary;
2°, secondary; EMH, extramedullary hematopoiesis; HCC, hepatocellular carcinoma; PHT, pulmonary hypertension.
Oxidative stress and hemolysis in α-thalassemia glucose metabolism is shifted away from the glycolytic pathway
Conversely, in α-thalassemia, excess β-globin and γ-globin form and toward the pentose phosphate pathway. PK enzyme activity
tetramers called hemoglobin H and Barts, respectively. Although and stability were found to be reduced in patients with TDT with
hemoglobin H (HbH) and Barts are more stable than α globin no pathogenic PKLR mutation, even when adjusted for RBC age
tetramers, they are still liable to induce the ROS formation and and the presence of reticulocytosis.14 Matte et al have shown that
cause damage to the developing RBC. The phenotype of HbH ROS levels were increased in the RBCs of Hbbth3/+ mice compared
disease, a form of α-thalassemia where three of the four α- to wild-type mice, and that PKR and PKM2 expression was higher
globin genes are mutated, is characterized by chronic hemolytic in both the reticulocyte and older RBC fractions.15 PKM2 was also
anemia.8 The exact mechanism by which α-thalassemia leads to upregulated in the RBCs of Hbbth3/+ mice and may act as a com
hemolysis and ineffective erythropoiesis is less clear, but abun pensatory response to the increased oxidative stress.15 These
dant evidence suggests that the process may be analogous to discoveries led to the hypothesis that pyruvate kinase activation
β-thalassemia in that oxidative stress plays an important compo may reduce oxidative damage, thus reducing hemolysis, improv
nent in the pathophysiology. This includes findings of low gluta ing ineffective erythropoiesis and RBC lifespan, and resulting in
thione levels,9 hepcidin, total antioxidant capacity levels,10 and improvement of anemia. Also, improvement in ineffective eryth
elevated malondialdehyde levels in patients with α-thalassemia.11 ropoiesis may alleviate the dysregulated iron metabolism, lead
ing to reduction in iron overload (Figure 3).
Impairment of glycolysis in thalassemia
There is also evidence to show that in thalassemia, the glyco Pyruvate kinase activation in thalassemia mouse model
lytic pathway is affected by the oxidative stress. Ting et al deter To examine the effect of pyruvate kinase activation in thalassemia,
mined, via 13C and 31P magnetic resonance spectroscopy, that Matte et al administered mitapivat to Hbbth3/+ mice at 50 mg/kg
glucose metabolism in the RBCs of patients with β-thalassemia twice daily for 21 days (by gavage) and 56 days (by oral diet),
intermedia were significantly (approximately three times) higher respectively. After 21 days, improvements were observed in Hb,
than in healthy patients or patients with β-thalassemia trait, even mean corpuscular volume (MCV), mean corpuscular Hb, RBC
when contribution by reticulocytes were excluded.12 However, morphology, and survival (14 vs 9.6 days in treated and untreated
ATP concentrations in the RBCs of patients with β-thalassemia Hbbth3/+ mice compared to 18.9 days in wild-type mice). Concom
major or Hemoglobin E/β-thalassemia were significantly lower itant reduction in markers of hemolysis (lactate dehydrogenase
than healthy controls.13 These two studies together show that [LDH], total and indirect bilirubin), erythropoietin (EPO) level,
Figure 3. Hypothesis on how pyruvate kinase activation, through enhanced glycolysis and increased in ATP availability, reduces
oxidative damage and hemolysis and improves ineffective erythropoiesis and dysregulated iron metabolism, thereby improving
anemia and iron overload.
reticulocyte count, ROS, hemichromes, and α-globin membrane profile, she was offered the opportunity to particip
ate in a
precipitates was observed, accompanied by an increased gluta clinical trial of a pyruvate kinase activator.
thione to glutathione disulfide ratio. An increase in ATP was also
observed. In addition to the amelioration of hemolysis, mitapi
vat improved ineffective erythropoiesis. Splenic extramedullary
hematopoiesis was reduced, and PK activity was increased Pyruvate kinase activation in thalassemia patients
in RBC polychromatic and orthochromatic erythroblasts of Mitapivat
mitapivat-treated Hbbth3/+ mice, accompanied by reduced apo The phase 2, open-label, mul ti
cen
ter study inves ti
gated the
ptotic (annexin-V+) erythroblasts and ROS in maturing erythro efficacy and safety of mitapivat in adult patients with α- and β-
blasts.15 This also resulted in a reduction in the erythroferrone NTDT.18 The primary objective of the study was to evaluate the
(ERFE) level, followed by upregulation of liver hepcidin expres efficacy of mitapivat in NTDT. Twenty patients with NTDT from
sion and a reduction in hepatic iron overload. There is evidence four sites across the US, UK, and Canada were enrolled. The geno
that mitapivat may also reduce duodenal iron absorption via type inclusion criterion was broad and included β-thalassemia
the PKM2-HIF2α axis by downregulation of HIF2α, NF-κb p65 with or without α-globin gene mutations, HbE/β-thalassemia,
active form, FPN1, and Dmt1 in the enterocytes of the mitapiv or α-thalassemia. Patients had to have a hemoglobin less than
at-treated Hbbth3/+ mice.15 10 g/dL, and non-transfusion dependency was defined as less
Recently, Mattè et al demonstrated that in chronically trans than 6 RBC units transfused in the preceding 24 weeks and none
fused Hbbth3/+ mice treated with mitapivat, the results were a in the 8 weeks prior to study drug-dosing. Following screening,
longer interval between transfusions (13.8 vs 10.5 days in mitapi patients entered a 24-week core period where they received an
vat and vehicle-treated mice, respectively) and reduced splenic initial dose of mitapivat 50 mg twice a day orally. At week 6, the
iron accumulation.16 Similar to the Hbbth3/+ mice not on trans dose was increased to 100 mg twice a day based on safety and
fusion treated with mitapivat, α-globin membrane precipitates, tolerability. After the 24-week core period, patients may enter
EPO level and liver iron accumulation were reduced, hepcidin an optional 10-year extension period. The primary endpoint was
increased, and splenic macrophage function was shifted from a defined as an increase of hemoglobin by at least 1 g/dL from
pro-inflammatory to a pro-resolving state.16 Concomitant admin baseline between weeks 4 and 12. Secondary and exploratory
is
tration of mitapivat with deferiprone had a sim i
lar effect.16 endpoints included sustained or delayed Hb response, markers of
These findings provided the preclinical evidence for subsequent hemolysis, hematopoietic activity, and safety. The secondary end
trials of pyruvate kinase activation in both TDT and NTDT. point was defined as meeting the primary response and at least
a 1 g/dL increase in hemoglobin in at least two readings between
weeks 12 and 24. The median age in this cohort was 44 years, 50%
of the population was Asian, and the median Hb at baseline was
8.4 g/dL.18 Overall, 5 patients had α-thalassemia (HbH), and 15
CLINICAL CASE (continued) patients had β-thalassemia. The primary endpoint was met in 80%
The patient was once again counseled on the benefits and (16/20) of the participants; all 5 patients with α-thalassemia and
risks of splenectomy, includ ing the poten tial ben
e
fit of 11/15 patients with β-thalassemia met the primary endpoint. The
increas
ing total hemo globin by 1-2 g/dL, but she declined secondary endpoint of sustained hemoglobin response was met
this approach based on the four- to five-fold risk of venous in 65% of the 20 patients, with all 5 patients with α-thalassemia
thromboembolism and pulmonary hypertension compared to meeting this endpoint. The mean change in Hb from baseline over
non-spelenectomized patients.17 Regular transfusion was also a 12-week interval between weeks 12 and 24 was similar between
offered as an option, but the patient was concerned about the α- and β-thal as
semia (1.2 and 1.3 g/dL, respec tively), and the
need for chronic iron chelation. Given the patient’s hemolytic mean time to ≥1 g/dL increase in Hb among the responders was
Division of Pediatric Hematology and Oncology, Department of Pediatrics, Weill Cornell Medical College, New York, NY
2
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Understand the void filled by gene therapy in the treatment paradigm for transfusion-dependent β-thalassemia
• Evaluate the appropriateness of gene therapy for individual patients with transfusion-dependent β-thalassemia
When should gene therapy be considered for tration uses beti-cel [a product of CD34+ cells transduced
transfusion-dependent β-thalassemia patients? with the BB305 lentiviral vector encoding the β-globin
Case: The parent of a 12-year-old boy of Greek ancestry (βA-T87Q ) gene])2
who has transfusion-dependent β-thalassemia are asking Comparison: Continued standard-of-care management
about curative options. He does not have any matched with regular transfusions and chelation or allogeneic hema-
related donors, and a search through the international topoietic stem cell transplantation (HSCT).
bone marrow donor registry has not identified a match Outcome: Achievement of transfusion independence
either. He is transfused every 3 weeks to maintain a pre- with improvement in quality of life.
transfusion hemoglobin level of 9.5 to 10.5 g/dL and is well
chelated, with a most recent liver magnetic resonance Intervention: Gene therapy
imaging showing a liver iron concentration of 3.4 mg/g dry Gene therapy for β-thalassemia involves harvesting stem
weight and a cardiac T2* of 42 ms. The parents are con- cells by pheresis after plerixafor/granulocyte colony stim-
cerned about school absences and their son’s desire to ulating factor stimulation, modification of these cells
participate in competitive sports as he gets older. (transduction of a lentiviral vector containing a copy of
Transfusion-dependent β-thalassemia is a lifelong condi- the β-globin gene, or genome editing to knock down
tion with a high physical and emotional burden of disease BCL11A to allow for reactivated γ-globin expression so as
with tethering to the medical establishment, a propensity to restore fetal hemoglobin production), and reinfusion
for many systemic complications, and impairment of quality after myeloablative conditioning.2,3 Once engraftment
of life. The recent approval of lentiviral gene addition ther- has occurred (taking somewhat longer than an allogeneic
apy and the likely approval of CRISPR/CAS9-based gene- transplant), endogenous production of red cells containing
editing therapy dramatically increase “curative” options HbA or HbF ameliorates the anemia, leading to transfusion
for this disease.1 However, as a treatment with significant independence. Data from clinical trials have confirmed
potential for toxicity and side effects, patient selection will durable engraftment with stable hemoglobin levels in
be key to ensuring excellent long-term outcomes. Using both adults and children with transfusion-dependent thal-
a population, intervention, comparison, outcome (PICO)- assemia (91% of patients achieving transfusion indepen-
based analysis, we suggest an algorithm to assist in this. dence in the Northstar trials using the lentiviral vector
We have deliberately not included the economics of and 95% in the CLIMB trials using CRISPR/CAS9 editing).1,4
gene therapy to be able to focus on the clinical decision- Early gene addition trials had better outcomes in those
making only. with non-β0/β0 genotypes, but more recent data suggest
Patient population: Individuals with transfusion- that age, genotype, and splenectomy status do not play
dependent (conventionally accepted as ≥8/y) β-thalassemia. a role. Complications are mostly related to the transplant
Intervention: Autologous hematopoietic stem cell procedure itself, including infections during the engraft-
transplant with lentiviral gene addition (the only currently ment period, some delayed platelet recovery, and veno-
approach approved by the US Food and Drug Adminis- occlusive disease (now not seen following introduction
Trial name Study design Inclusion criteria Exclusion criteria Intervention Comparison Outcome
2,6
NorthStar Hgb 204 Phase 1/2 TDT age 12-35 years Severe iron overload Beti-cel Standard of care: Transfusion independence
N=19 Any genotype Prior transplant Transfusion for 24 months in 61%
Multisite dependence and
chelation
Hgb2052,6 Phase 1/2 TDT Malignancy Beti-cel Standard of care: Transfusion independence
Single site (Paris) Age 5-35 years Organ damage Transfusion for 24 months in 75%
N=4 Any genotype Infection dependence and
Neutropenia chelation
Northstar 2 Hgb 2072,3 Phase 3 TDT β0/β0 genotype Beti-cel Standard of care: Transfusion independence
N=23 Age <50 years Known HLA match Transfusion in 91%
Multisite Non-β0/β0 genotype dependence and
chelation
Northstar 3 Phase 2 TDT Presence of a Beti-cel Standard of care: Transfusion independence
Hgb 2122,3 Multisite β0/β0, β0/β+ IVS-I-110, mutation Transfusion in 86%
N=23 and β+ IVS-I-110/β+ IVS- characterized as dependence and
I-110 genotypes other than β0 (eg, chelation
Progression to myelodysplastic syndromes (MDS) and acute myeloid leukemia is one of the most serious complications
of the inherited bone marrow failure and MDS-predisposition syndromes. Given the lack of predictive markers, this risk
can also be a source of great uncertainty and anxiety to patients and their providers alike. Recent data show that some
acquired mutations may provide a window into this risk. While maladaptive mechanisms, such as monosomy 7, are
associated with a high risk of leukemogenesis, mutations that offset the inherited defect (known as somatic genetic
rescue) may attenuate this risk. Somatic mutations that are shared with age-acquired clonal hematopoiesis mutations
also show syndrome-specific patterns that may provide additional data as to disease risk. This review focuses on recent
progress in this area with an emphasis on the biological underpinnings and interpretation of these patterns for patient
care decisions.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Understand the types of somatic clonal mutations in inherited bone marrow failure/MDS syndromes
• Identify somatic genetic rescue mutations in specific bone marrow failure/MDS syndromes
• Understand how to diagnosis rescue mutations in clinical practice
Shwachman-Diamond AR
Germline DDX41 AD
Figure 1. Age-dependent presentation of myeloid malignancy in inherited bone marrow failure and MDS predisposition syndromes.
A schematic demonstrating the typical and peak ages of myeloid malignancy diagnosis in individuals with inherited bone marrow
failure and MDS predisposition syndromes. There is an age-dependent onset depending on the underlying genetic cause that informs
approaches to surveillance and patient counseling. Schema is based on a comprehensive review of myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS)
and/or acute myeloid leukemia (AML) cases reported in the literature in individuals with confirmed germline predisposition. The re
ported incidence of MDS/AML in these disorders is impacted by rates of hematopoietic stem cell transplant for bone marrow failure
and other competing risks, such as pulmonary fibrosis in the short telomere syndromes which accounts for the drop off of MDS/AML
diagnosed in older ages. Horizontal lines demonstrate the published age range where there are isolated cases at those age extremes.
Queried publications are referenced in reference 13 in addition to references 23, 51, and 72 and PubMed IDs 32088370, 30578959,
and 34469508. *Autosomal recessive inheritance is rarely found in the short telomere syndromes (<5%) and more often manifests as
aplastic anemia with few reports of MDS/AML in these individuals. AD, autosomal dominant; AR, autosomal recessive; XL, X-linked.
Table 2. Common adaptive somatic genetic rescue mechanisms and maladaptive responses in inherited bone marrow failure
and MDS predisposition syndromes and their associat ion with risk of progression to MDS/AML
Gain-of-function growth
suppressive effect
Loss-of-
function
mutation
Germline
Positive
missense selection WT Mutant WT WT WT
mutation
Maladapted hematopoiesis
Nonrandom
WT Mutant loss of chromosome 7
SAMD9/9L SAMD9/9L
Oncogenic
mutations
MDS/AML
SETBP1, ASXL1
ETV6, RUNX1
Disappearance
WT
Figure 2. Mechanisms of somatic genetic rescue in the SAMD9/9L syndromes. Pathogenic germline mutations in SAMD9 and
SAMD9L are gain-of-function and have a growth suppressive effect on hematopoiesis. Cells that acquire adaptations that improve
growth or survival are selected in the high turnover environment of the bone marrow. Somatic second-site loss-of-function mutations
in cis or removal of the mutant allele via uniparental isodisomy of chromosome 7q or focal gene deletion are not associated with
progression to MDS/AML. In contrast, the monosomy 7 clone often acquires additional leukemia driver mutations with high risk of
disease progression. WT, wild type.
gain-of-function mutation ameliorated the growth suppressive or UPD7q supporting monosomy 7 as a stronger driver of the
defect.23,24 Interestingly, second-site somatic mutations can be hematologic phenotype toward MDS/AML than the adaptative
either truncating or missense mutations, and both types show mech a
nisms. However, fam ily-based stud ies of chil dren and
comparable restoration of growth in vitro.23 UPD7q, detected adults with SAMD9/9L syndromes without MDS suggests adap
as CN-LOH at 7q by microarray, reverts cells harboring it to the tive UPD7q and somatic second-site mutations with remission
wild-type genotype and is hypothesized to be a more complete potential may be more common than monosomy 7 overall, and
rescue effect.23 In contrast, preferential loss of chromosome 7 there are many exam ples of car ri ers with siz able or mul ti
ple
or 7q containing the germline mutation, resulting in monosomy adaptive SGR clones experiencing a benign hematologic course
7 or del(7q), is a maladaptive, pro-leukemogenic event that, as into adulthood.25,55 Assessing for somatic second-site SAMD9/9L
in other diseases, is associated with development of MDS/AML, mutations, UPD7q, and monosomy 7 at initial SAMD9/9L syn
most likely due to haploinsufficiency of additional genes on 7q.56 drome diagnosis can be done through clinically available testing,
Unique to SAMD9/9L syn dromes, there are reports of mono and their detection, in conjunction with peripheral blood count
somy 7 clones disappearing and the patient obtaining hemato monitoring, can improve risk stratification and tailor surveillance
logic and morphologic remission.23,25 Alternatively, and perhaps interventions.
more often, the monosomy 7 clone acquires additional leukemia
driver mutations in genes such as SETBP1, ASXL1, RUNX1, EZH2, Somatic TERT promoter and POT1 mutations protect
and Ras pathway genes with high risk of disease progression.23 against MDS/AML in the short telomere syndromes
Multiple distinct SGR events can converge in one individual, Some of the earliest identified rescue mechan isms were in the
and many different rescue mechanisms can be found in the same short telomere syndromes. As with the adaptive genetic mecha
family (Figure 3A). Single-cell data recently confirmed these SGR nisms seen in SAMD9/9L syndromes, the initial reports identified
events are mutually exclusive on the cellular level.23 In a cohort mechan isms that directly repaired the germline mutant allele
of children with MDS and SAMD9/9L syndromes, monosomy 7 itself via mitotic recombination with the wild-type allele, somatic
predominated (55% with monosomy 7 at the time of MDS diag second-site mutations, or back mutations.57-59 In adults with het
nosis).23 Of note, nearly half (18 of 37) of the children with mono erozygous germline deletions in the telomerase RNA (TR) gene
somy 7 MDS also had concurrent somatic second-site mutations (located on chromosome 3q), mitotic recombination with the
Childhood onset somatic genetic rescue Adult onset somatic genetic rescue
Figure 3. Distinct somatic genetic rescue mechanisms can be present within the same family and impact clinical course. Repre
sentative pedigrees of SAMD9/9L syndrome (A) and short telomere syndromes (B) showing that within 1 family carrying the same
germline mutation, different somatic adaptations can arise. The consequence of these mutations influences subsequent risk of pro
gression to MDS/AML, and the stochastic nature of these acquired changes on the cellular level may explain some of the variability in
penetrance of MDS/AML in families with inherited bone marrow failure and MDS predisposition syndromes.
7
hr
C
TERT promoter
Chr 5
Mutant Mutant
TERT TERT
17
7
hr
hr
C
C
WT Somatic
Monosomy 7 TP53 loss-of-function
or deletion 7q
Mutant
TP53
TP53 mutation
Figure 4. Somatic genetic rescue mutations that promote telomere elongation are protective of developing MDS/AML in the
short telomere syndromes. TERT promoter mutations arise in trans with the germline TERT loss-of-function mutation and upregulate
transcription of the wild-type TERT. POT1 mutations are a more universal rescue mechanism with no preference for germline mutant
gene, and POT1 loss-of-function mutation improves telomerase access to the telomere and/or increases telomerase processivity.
Monosomy 7 and biallelic TP53 mutations, also shared risk factors in other BMF/MDS syndromes, are associated with progression to
MDS/AML. Chr, chromosome; WT, wild type.
had been associated with a benign course and low risk of Diagnostic evaluation for SGR events in clinical practice
progression to MDS.70,71 However, a recent reg is
try-based The identification of these mechanisms has revealed the impor
cohort study found del20q and i7q were transient findings in tance of incor pora
tion of somatic geno mic test
ing into rou
up to one-quarter of patients.72 Further, there are reports of tine hematologic surveillance for individuals with BMF/MDS
MDS/AML in some individuals with these cytogenetic alter syn dromes. Many SGR mech a
nisms described here can be
ations, although the del20q and i7q were often absent from assessed on commonly-utilized clinical molecular tests, while
the malignant clone. Thus, the clinical significance of these as others require dedicated testing (Table 3). Hematologic malig
low risk or protective findings remains less clear. nancy somatic NGS pan els can detect second-site rever sion
Using ultradeep sequenc ing of two inde pen
dent cohorts, mutations, indirect SGR mutations, and second-hit mutations,
somatic mutations in EIF6 itself are found in up to 60% of indi as long as the genes or regions of interest are captured by the
vidu als with Shwachman-Diamond syn drome due to biallelic particular panel. Genomic microarray is needed to detect copy
SBDS mutations.47,73 Expression of the EIF6 mutations in leukemia number alterations, such as CN-LOH indicative of uniparental iso
cell lines resulted in either decrease in eIF6 protein amount or disomy, which is particularly important in SAMD9/9L syndromes
disruption in eIF6 and 60S binding. When expressed in SBDS- among others (Table 2).
deficient human CD34+ cells, inactivating EIF6 mutations resulted Concordance of muta tion detection between periph eral
in increased colony formation and improvement in the ribosome blood and bone marrow, particularly for larger clonal changes
assembly defect supporting a functional compensation for SBDS (VAF >5%), may allow screening and monitoring of SGR mech
deficiency.47 The presence of somatic EIF6 mutations was also anisms from peripheral blood in some settings.74 For example,
not associated with severe BMF, leukemic transformation or, by clinically relevant TERT promoter and POT1 mutations can be reli
single cell sequencing, TP53 co-mutation.47 Additional longitu ably detected from the peripheral blood in individuals with short
dinal follow-up is needed to further assess the impact of EIF6 telomere syndromes.49 Our practice is to use peripheral blood
mutations on MDS/AML risk, particularly since most mutations NGS to screen older adults with short telomere syndromes (at
were present at low abundance (<1% VAF, below the limit of least over age 40) for protective SGR mutations. Presence of a
clinical detection). TERT promoter mutation with VAF >10% identifies an individual
Hematopoietic cell transplantation (HCT) can cure blood dyscrasias and reduce the risk of hematologic cancers in
patients with inherited bone marrow failure syndromes (IBMFS). However, because of its high mortality rate, HCT is gen-
erally reserved until patients with IBMFS manifest life-threatening cytopenias or myeloid malignancy, at which point out-
comes are poor. Screening tests that accurately predict transformation and enable timely intervention are lacking. These
unknowns and risks limit the use of HCT in patients with IBMFS, sometimes until significant disease-related sequelae have
occurred. A major goal for IBMFS is to reduce cellular therapy–related complications to the point that earlier intervention
can be considered before significant transfusion exposure, occurrence of comorbidities, or malignant transformation.
In recent decades, disease-specific allogeneic HCT trials have yielded significant improvements in outcomes in IBMFS
conditions, including Fanconi anemia and dyskeratosis congenita. This is in large part due to marked reductions in con-
ditioning intensity to address the increased sensitivity of these patients to cytotoxic chemotherapy and radiation. The
success of these approaches may also indicate an ability to leverage intrinsic fitness defects of hematopoietic stem and
progenitor cells across IBMFS disorders. Now with advances in tracking somatic genetic evolution in hematopoiesis and
tailored minimal intensity conditioning regimens, this question arises: is it time for preventative HCT for IBMFS?
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Describe determinants of HCT timing for IBMFS
• Compare diseasespecific factors and approaches for HCT among IBMFS
Inherited bone marrow failure syndromes (IBMFS) encompass a group of rare genetic disorders characterized by bone
marrow failure, non-hematologic multisystemic comorbidities, disease defining congenital anomalies, and a susceptibil-
ity to myelodysplastic syndrome, acute myeloid leukemia,and in some instances solid tumors. The most common IBMFS
include Fanconi anemia, Shwachman-Diamond syndrome, Diamond-Blackfan anemia, and telomere biology disorders/
dyskeratosis congenita. Allogeneic hematopoietic stem cell transplant (HCT) is a well-established curative treatment
to correct the hematological manifestations but does not halt or reverse the nonhematological complications and may
hasten them. With advances in HCT and in our ability to care for patients with IBMFS, an increasing number of survivors
are making it imperative to not only diagnose but also treat late effects from the pre-, peri-, and post-HCT course and
complications relating to the natural history of the syndrome. As the field of HCT evolves to allow for the incorporation
of alternate graft sources, for expansion of donor options to include unrelated and mismatched donors, and for use of
reduced-intensity conditioning or reduced toxicity myeloablative regimens, we have yet to determine if these advances
modify the disease-specific course. While long-term outcomes of these patients are often included under one umbrella,
this article seeks to address disease-specific post-HCT outcomes within IBMFS.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Examine the diseasespecific postHCT outcomes of patients with IBFMS to determine the impact of HCT on
longterm disease outcomes
• Propose screening recommendations for individual IBMFS postHCT
sus
cep ti
bil
ity to clonal evo lu
tion to MDS/AML, and squa an earlier median age at presentation, making posttransplant
mous cell carcinoma (SCC). The Fanconi core complex along cancer surveillance high priority.
with its associated protein complexes are required to ensure HCT for FA was initiated in the late 1970s to 1980s, with excess
timely DNA repair.5 Mutations in this complex lead to exces regimen-related toxicity and mortality secondary to high-dose
sive DNA damage and a high risk for transformation to malig alkylating agents like cyclophosphamide and the use of total-
nancies. The National Cancer Institute IBMFS cohort studies6,7 body irradiation given the underlying hypersensitive to DNA
reported a cumulative incidence of severe BMF of 70% by cross-linking agents.8,9 The following 30 years of advancement
age 50 years and 20% overall solid tumor risk by 65 years. have been summarized,10,11 highlighting the introduction of
The observed to expected rate (O/E) for AML was >200- fludarabine, a powerful adjunct to dose de-escalation of total-
fold, surpassing other IBMFS. Elevated O/E ratios unique to body irradiation/cyclophosphamide, reducing graft failure and
FA included vulvar cancer and brain tumors, with 2098-fold improving overall survival.12 Recently, there has been an effort
and 64-fold, respectively, making long-term outcomes more to eliminate use of radiation therapy.13 In vivo T-cell depletion
challenging given the limited tolerance for chemotherapy has been rou tinely used, but other graft manip u
la
tion strat
and radi a
tion. Comparing can cer risk for transplanted vs egies using CD34+ enrich ment tech niques with and with out
untransplanted patients, the O/E ratio was 55 to 19 and with T-cell add-back or T-cell receptor alpha/beta depletion14 have
ii
Zierhut HA, Bartels DM. Waiting for the next shoe to drop: the experience of parents of children with Fanconi anemia. J Genet Couns. 2012;21(1):45-58.
recommendations from the Diamond Blackfan Anemia Registry. Pediatr Blood Cancer. 2021;68:e28984. doi:10.1002/pbc.28984.
Tisch Cancer Institute, Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai, New York, NY
2
Prevention of acute and chronic graft-versus-host disease (aGvHD and cGvHD) is an important objective of allogeneic
hematopoietic cell transplantation (HCT). While there is has been significant progress in preventative approaches in the
peritransplant period to minimize development of GvHD, no preventative approach has completely eliminated develop-
ment of either aGvHD or cGvHD. Recently, posttransplant immune biomarker profiling early post-HCT by the Mount Sinai
Acute GvHD International Consortium group has resulted in a validated risk assignment algorithm and development of
preemptive approaches to decrease aGvHD and mortality in high-risk patients. cGvHD risk assignment algorithms have
been developed based on measurements at day 100 and may be used for future preemptive intervention trials to mini-
mize cGvHD. This article discusses the current state of the art in aGvHD and cGvHD preemptive algorithms and therapeu-
tic interventions and what is needed to move these into validated approaches.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Understand the status of risk assignment algorithms for prediction of development of acute and chronic graft-
versus-host disease
• Understand the possible design of preemptive trials to prevent future development of acute and chronic graft-
versus-host disease
aGvHD MS-17 14 days before Urine proteome—identified proteins: collagen a-1(II) chain Yes 7,8
onset of aGvHD AAc; collagen a-1 (XXII) chain; serum albumin, N-term;
collagen a-2(I) chain; P-2-microglobulin; collagen a-2(I) chain;
collagen a-2(I) chain; CD99 antigen; collagen a-1 (I) chain
GITMO Day 7 Serum cholinesterase, total protein, blood urea nitrogen, Yes 9
antigen barriers results in higher rates of opportunistic infections was no reduction in grade 3/4 GvHD or improvement in survival.8
and organ toxicity. There is a critical need for clinically validated In another study, 170 patients who were at high risk for severe
bio
mark ers that accu rately predict onset and/or sever ity of GvHD on day +7 post-HCT based on a score calculated from
GvHD to allow clinicians to identify high-risk patients who would blood concentrations of serum cholinesterase, γ-glutamyl trans
benefit from intensified immunosuppression to prevent severe ferase, total serum proteins, and blood urea nitrogen were pre
GvHD as well as low-risk patients in whom it may be possible emptively treated with either 3 doses of ATG totaling 3.75 mg/kg
to reduce GvHD prophylaxis to maximize graft-versus-leukemia (n = 84) or no treatment (n = 86).9,10 Patients who were at highest
(GvL) effect and reduce risk of infections and toxicity. risk and received ATG developed significantly less severe (grade
3/4) GvHD (5% vs 15%, P = .02) but survival was not improved,
Can we predict the onset of acute GvHD? perhaps due to fatal complications related to ATG use.
There have been multiple efforts to develop biomarker panels The endothelial activation and stress index (EASIX) applies
that could be used to predict the onset of acute GvHD. The MAGIC a simple mathematical formula to routine laboratory parame
algorithm probability (MAP) uses the serum concentrations of 2 ters (lactate dehydrogenase [U/L] * creatinine [mg/dL]/platelet
GI GvHD biomarkers, ST2 and REG3α,1 to risk stratify patients for count [109 cells/L]) to quantify endothelial damage. EASIX pre
nonrelapse mortality (NRM) related to GvHD (Table 1).2 Patients dicts mortality from GvHD when calculated at its onset,11 and
with a high MAP on day +7 post-HCT were much more likely to die a pre-HCT EASIX score can risk stratify patients for a variety
of nonrelapse causes within 6 months (28% vs 7%, P<.001), a find of complications prior to HCT, including the development of
ing that was reproduced in 2 validation cohorts. Because most veno-occlusive/sinusoidal obstructive syndrome,12 severe organ
of the deaths were from GvHD, MAGIC conducted a pilot trial dysfunction requiring admission to an intensive care unit,13 and
(n = 30) to prevent GvHD in patients with a high MAP on either day fluid overload.14 However, neither the pre-HCT EASIX score nor
7 or day 14 post-HCT.3 Twice-weekly infusions of α1-antitrypsin, serial monitoring predicts the development of GvHD well15-18 and
a serine protease inhibitor with anti-inflammatory and immuno thus cannot be used for preemptive intervention. Despite the
modulatory properties4 with few toxicities and promising data discovery and validation in cohort studies of aGvHD systemic and
as a treatment for steroid-refractory GvHD,5,6 were administered organ-specific diagnostic, response, and prognostic biomark
for 16 doses fol lowing the first high MAP. Unfortunately, α1- ers and biomarker algorithms, GvHD biomarkers for its prediction
antitrypsin treatment did not reduce the development of severe have not yet led to benefic ial preemptive treatments. The ideal
GvHD or improve NRM or survival when compared to 90 closely strategy for GvHD preemption would effectively prevent severe
matched controls. Furthermore, the relatively few patients (15% GvHD while preserving the GvL effect. One strategy to consider
of those screened) eligible for preemptive therapy added signif is the selective targeting of immune pathways with agents that
icant expense and time. A more selective screening process may appear to preserve GvL while reducing GvHD, such as JAK1/2
be more cost-effective for future trials with different agents but inhibition.19 An intriguing approach would be to protect GvHD
would require a substantially larger pool of patients for screen target organs such as the GI tract from damage with nonim-
ing purposes. munosuppressive agents that pro mote epi the
lial health such
Serial mon i
tor
ing of a uri nary proteomic pat tern (aGvHD_ as interleukin 22,20 RIPK1 inhibition,21 or manipulation of the GI
MS17) was found to have high sen si
tiv
ity and speci
fic
ity for microbiome.22 Severe GvHD-free, relapse-free survival, a widely
patients at high risk for severe (grade 3/4) GvHD approximately used end point for prophylaxis trials, could also be used to mea
14 days prior to onset.7 Although the specific components of sure the effectiveness of preemptive strategies.23
this biomarker have not been published, it includes markers of
inflammation and T-cell activation. In a multicenter prospective
trial, 259 patients were serially monitored for the detection of
aGvHD_MS17 for up to 80 days post-HCT; patients who were pos CLINICAL CASE 2
itive (n = 92) were randomized to preemptive prednisolone ther A 15-year-old girl received a haploidentical-related donor
apy or placebo. Patients negative for aGvHD MS-17 were more trans
plant for acute myeloid leukemia in first complete
likely to survive than those who were positive, but it is not clear remission with posttransplant cyclophosphamide prophylaxis
how much differences in GvHD contributed to these differences followed by tacrolimus and mycophenolate mofetil GvHD
(Table 2). Patients positive for aGvHD MS-17 who were random prophylaxis. The patient developed a maculopapular rash at
ized to prednisolone experienced less grade 2 GvHD, but there day 21 post-HSCT covering 30% of the body and had no GI or
liver manifestation. The patient was classified as skin stage 2, GI The need for late acute and chronic GvHD risk biomarkers
stage 0, and liver stage 0 and an overall MAGIC aGvHD grade of 1. The later onset of cGvHD post-HCT potentially makes it make
She was treated with a short course of prednisone at 2 mg/kg/d more amenable to preemptive intervention; the earliest onset of
with rapid resolution of the skin rash and was tapered off ste cGvHD usually is about 80 days after HCT.24 A number of strat
roids by day 56 posttransplant. Because of high risk of relapse, egies have been shown to decrease the risk of cGvHD onset,
allimmune sup pres
sion was with drawn by day 120. On day including posttransplant cyclophosphamide, ATG, alemtuzumab,
125 after HCT, the patient developed skin changes with lichen umbilical cord blood donor, marrow donor, TCRαβ/CD19, and
planus–like features involving 19% to 50% of the body surface CD45RA deple tion of grafts.25,26 While these have decreased
area and complained of dry, gritty eyes and dry mouth. Exam- the frequency of cGvHD after HCT, cGvHD still remains a major
ination of the mouth had lichen planus–like features. There were cause of lifelong morbidity and mortality, especially in children
no nail changes, GI symptoms, liver abnormalities, or restriction given their longer life expectancy. Risk assignment biomarkers
of mobility or muscle pain. Pulmonary function testing revealed that reliably predict the development of cGvHD measured prior
a normal forced expiratory volume in 1 second (85%). The overall to 100 days post-HCT are optimal as it allows for development
grading of the patients as per 2014 chronic GvHD (cGvHD) diag of an intervention that minimizes both potential onset of late
nostic criteria was moderate cGvHD. The patient was started acute GvHD (aGvHD) and cGvHD in high-risk patients as well as
on prednisone 1 mg/kg/d and reevaluated in 1 month. At the potentially allowing early withdrawal of immune suppression in
1-month evaluation, the skin had changed to superficial scle those patients who are at lower risk of cGvHD. This will allow
rotic features (able to pinch and still involved between 19% and optimal development of post-HCT antiviral immunity and the
50% of the skin). Also noted were dystrophic nail changes. The GvL effect.27
patient also complained of increasing shortness of breath when Several stud ies have iden ti
fied plasma-based proteomic
going up the stairs and had a drop in FEV1 to 70%. A high-res markers at 100 days post-HCT that can predict the development
olution inspiratory and expiratory computed tomography (CT) of cGvHD, including ST2, CXCL9, and α-ketoglutaric acid,28,29 but
confirmed air trapping and small airway thickening upon expi at least 10% of cGvHD cases occur before 100 days (Table 3).19
ration. A bron choscopy con firmed no evi dence of an active Furthermore, none of these markers has been validated by more
infection. The findings were consistent with the diagnosis of than 1 study, as recommended by the National Institutes of
severe cGvHD. Fluticasone, azithromycin, and montelukast ther Health (NIH) cGvHD consensus group.30 Like aGvHD, there is at
apy and ruxolitinib were added to prednisone therapy, and the present no validated risk biomarker algorithm for cGvHD. Due
skin, eyes, and mouth demonstrated improvement. However, to the complex pathophysiology underlying cGvHD, it has been
her lung GvHD progressed worsening over the next number of hypothesized that a polyomic approach to biomarker discovery
months, leading eventually to death from respiratory failure. is necessary to accurately predict cGvHD onset.
Time measured Age group Components ROC AUC, PPV, NPV Validated Reference
cGvHD MS-14 Days 100, 180, 280, 365 Adult Successfully sequenced 6 0.83–0.88 Yes 43
In 2012, the ABLE Team established a pediatric cGvHD bio to identify a difference in the biomarker patterns between atyp
marker study network consisting of 1 European, 6 Canadian, and ical cGvHD and cGvHD that meets current NIH diagnostic crite
20 US HCT centers. The initial ABLE 1.0 study enrolled 302 chil ria,30 but this still requires confirmation before they need to be
dren with more than a 1000 highly annotated samples; a subse considered separately. We have been able to identify at least 2
quent validation pediatric study, ABLE 2.0/PTCTC 1901, opened cGvHD biology patterns and a pattern associated with the devel
in November 2020 with the goal of accruing another 350 chil opment of immunotolerance after HCT.33,34 It is further possible
dren. The ABLE studies evaluated peripheral blood immune cell that certain biological patterns may emerge that are uniquely
mark ers, clinic
al fac tors, and plasma sam ples after HCT and associated with organ-specific manifestations of cGvHD, ideally
linked the results with thoroughly adjudicated NIH cGvHD con enabling more targeted organ-specific therapy.
sensus criteria (NIH-CC). The biomarker categories included clin Risk assignment in the future may also be performed using
ical HCT parameters, cell populations, cytokines/chemokines, clinical algorithms and other nonimmune assays. A cGvHD risk
and metabolomics, allcorrected to post-HCT controls at 3, 6, algorithm was developed based on clinical indicators that can
and 12 months to account for the influence of immune reconsti predict GvHD-free relapse-free survival35 as well as another for
tution on biomarker interpretation. Firstly, the ABLE study iden mortality.36 Pulmonary testing using pulmonary function testing,
tified a significant number of late aGvHD cases after day 100 multiple breath washout, and xenon magnetic reson ance imag
in addition to 10% of cGvHD cases occurring before day 100.24 ing may also be used to assign risk, but none are validated at
Second, based on day 100 ana ly
ses, we iden ti
fied cyto kine, present for this application.37,38 Stool microbiome analysis may
chemokine, and cell populations patterns associated with devel also be useful in the future as well.39,40
opment of cGvHD after day 114 and that late aGvHD had a dis
tinctly different pattern than cGvHD.29 Last, we found that there The way forward for preemptive trial design
were distinct metabolomic patterns at day 100 associated with One of the potential issues with all-inclusive prophylactic ther
the later development of cGvHD.28 Recently, we were able to apy trials in GvHD is that a significant proportion of patients
apply a machine learning approach based on a polyomic evalua are unnecessarily exposed to an immunosuppressant agent
tion of this population that included a broad analysis of immune because they are at low risk for developing GvHD. Preemption
cell populations, cytokines, chemokines, metabolites, and clin of aGvHD is an attractive therapeutic strategy as it limits inten
ical factors to achieve a diagnostic algorithm with a receiver sified immunosuppression to patients most likely to benefit
operator curve of 0.89.31 We have now taken that same approach from such an approach and avoids potential toxicity in patients
to develop a day 100–based risk assignment algorithm to pre likely to do well with standard approaches. Several biomarkers
dict the later development of cGvHD after day 114 (unpublished are being developed to predict severe aGvHD and mortality,
data). This risk assignment algorithm is being valid ated in the but clinical trials have yet to show a benefit from preemptive
multicenter open pediatric ABLE 2.0 study (N = 350) and open treatment. The role of preemptive therapy for cGvHD could
adult ABLE 3.0 study (N = 320). In addition, since 10% of cGvHD be based on applying interventions that were previously suc
cases occur before day 100, we are also attempting to modify cessful in prophylactic trials, but the benefit of a preemptive
the study to a day 60 algorithm. Because late aGvHD appears to trial is that only patients with the highest risk would receive the
be biologically different from cGvHD,29 it will most likely require a intervention. Prophylactic approaches such as posttransplant
separate risk assignment algorithm. Furthermore, it is necessary cyclophosphamide, ATG, alemtuzumab, and ex vivo or in vivo
to account for atypical presentations of cGvHD that do not meet depletion of pathogenic T-cell populations have primarily been
current NIH diagnostic criteria.32 To date, we have not been able used in the peritransplant setting and could not be used in the
The field of graft-versus-host disease (GvHD) has experienced significant growth, with increased number of clinical
trials and the approval of several agents by the US Food and Drug Administration for both acute and chronic GvHD treat-
ment. In addition, the development of prognostic biomarker algorithms has enabled risk stratification in acute GvHD.
However, prevention remains the cornerstone of GvHD management. Notable recent changes include the expansion of
donor options with the increased use of haploidentical donor and unrelated donor transplantation, the development of
ex vivo selective T-cell depletion strategies, recent approval by the Food and Drug Administration of abatacept for GvHD
prevention, and the application of posttransplant cyclophosphamide in matched and mismatched donor settings. In this
article, we review the results of recent clinical trials in GvHD prophylaxis and discuss the changes in clinical practice and
promising emerging strategies driving the field forward.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• The feld of graft-versus-host disease prophylaxis is changing, with expanded options and effective approaches in
matched and alternate donor transplantation
• The choice of graft-versus-host disease prophylaxis should consider factors including donor availability, primary
disease characteristics, and comorbidities
Introduction
The landscape of graft-versus-host disease (GvHD) pre- CLINICAL CASE 1
vention is undergoing signifcant changes from the A 61-year-old man with FLT3+ acute myeloid leukemia in
standard previously accepted calcineurin inhibitor and complete remission is referred for HCT. He has no matched
methotrexate regimens. Posttransplant cyclophospha- sibling donor options. There are several matched unre-
mide (PTCy) and the incorporation of novel agents have lated donors available. He underwent HCT with fludara-
gained broad use across various donor types. Innovative bine and melphalan reduced intensity conditioning and
graft manipulation techniques beyond CD34+ selection PTCy, tacrolimus, and mycophenolate mofetil with a 10/10
and CD3+ depletion now allow for GvHD prevention with matched peripheral blood stem cell (PBSC) graft. He did
more robust immune reconstitution. Furthermore, there not develop acute GvHD and developed mild oral chronic
has been an increase in haploidentical transplants and GvHD at 8 months posttransplant, which was treated with
matched unrelated donor (MUD) options.1 This expan- topical steroids. He developed recurrent cytomegalovi-
sion of donor options, coupled with the introduction rus reactivation requiring antiviral therapy between days
of new regimens for disease control and advancements 60 and 150 posttransplant. At 1 year posttransplant, he
in supportive care, has allowed a greater number of remains in remission with no evidence of GvHD.
patients to undergo hematopoietic stem cell transplan-
tation (HCT). This review primarily focuses on the evolv-
ing landscape of acute GvHD (aGvHD) prevention while Posttransplant cyclophosphamide
acknowledging the vital role of donor selection in mini- The use of PTCy, paired with mycophenolate mofetil
mizing GvHD risk.2 (MMF) and tacrolimus, has broadly expanded access to
Trial/Reference Study design GvHD prophylaxis Acute GvHD Chronic GvHD Relapse Graft failure Survival
Phase II Trial of Costimulation Blockade Phase: 2 CNI/MTX MUD MUD 2-y Relapse: Secondary graft MUD
With Abatacept for Prevention of Acute N: MUD (142), MMUD Randomized± Grade 2-4: 43% Mild-Sev: 52% MUD 22% failure 2-y NRM: 13%
GVHD (ABA2) (43) abatacept (MUD) Grade 3-4: 7% Mod-Sev: 45%, MMUD 9% N=1 (MUD) 2-y EFS: 66%
Ref.16 Recipient Age: CNI/MTX/ MUD Control MUD control MUD control 2-y OS: 74%
>6 years abatacept (MMUD) Grade 2-4: 62% Mild-Sev: 45% 24% MUD control
Donor: MUD, MMUD Grade 3-4: 15% Mod-Sev: 36% 2-y NRM: 16%
Graft Source: PBSC, MMUD MMUD 2-y EFS: 60%
BM Grade 2-4: 40% Mild-Sev: 22% 2-y OS: 64%
Conditioning: MAC Grade 3-4: 2% Mod-Sev: 58% MMUD
or RIC 2-y NRM: 17%
2-y EFS: 74%
2-y OS: 74%
Addition of Anti-Thymocyte Globulin to Phase: 3 CNI/MTX ATG ATG 2-y Relapse: NA ATG
Standard Graft-Versus-Host Disease N: 203 Or Grade 2-4: NA Mild-Sev: 26% ATG 16% 2-y NRM: 21%
prophylaxis Versus Standard Treatment Recipient Age: 16-70y CNI/MMF Grade 3-4: 28% Mod-Sev: NA Control 18% 2-y EFS: NA
Alone in Patients With Haematological Donor: MUD, MMUD + Control Control 2-y OS: 71%
Malignancies Undergoing Transplantation Graft Source: PBSC, Randomized±ATG Grade 2-4: NA Mild-Sev: 40% Control
From Unrelated Donors: Final Analysis of BM Grade 3-4: 28% Mod-Sev: NA 2-y NRM: 31%
a Randomized, Open-Label, Multicentre, Conditioning: MAC 2-y EFS: NA
Phase 3 Trial or RIC 2-y OS: 53%
Ref.33
Post-Transplantation Phase: 3 PTCy/Tac/MMF PTCy/Tac/MMF PTCy/Tac/MMF PTCy/Tac/MMF PTCy/Tac/MMF PTCy/Tac/MMF
Cyclophosphamide-Based N: 431 Or Grade 2-4: 54% Mild-Sev: 22% 1-y Relapse: 21% 3% 1-y NRM: 12%
Graft-Versus-Host Disease Prophylaxis Recipient Age: >18y Tac/MTX Grade 3-4: 6% Mod-Sev: NA Tac/MTX Tac/MTX 1-y EFS: 67%
(CTN 1703) Donor: MSD, MUD, Tac/MTX Tac/MTX 1-y Relapse: 1-y OS: 77%
Ref.10 MMUD Grade 2-4: 52% Mild-Sev: 35% 20% Tac/MTX
Graft Source: PBSC Grade 3-4: 15% Mod-Sev: NA 1-y NRM: 17%
Conditioning: RIC 1-y EFS: 62%
1-y OS: 72%
National Marrow Donor Program-Sponsored Phase: 2 PTCy/Sirolimus/ Grade 2-4: 48% Mild-Sev: 36% 1-y Relapse: 0% MAC, 8% 1-y NRM: 8%
Multicenter, Phase II Trial of HLA- N: 40 MAC, 40 RIC MMF MAC, 35% RIC MAC, 18% RIC 30% MAC, 23% RIC MAC, 10% RIC
Mismatched Unrelated Donor Bone Marrow Recipient Age: 18-70 Grade 3-4: 20% Mod-Sev: NA RIC 1-y EFS: 62%
Transplantation Using Post-Transplant Donor: MMUD MAC, 3% RIC MAC, 68% RIC
Cyclophosphamide (15-MMUD) Graft Source: BM 1-y OS: 72%
Ref.15 Conditioning: MAC MAC, 79% RIC
or RIC
Three Prophylaxis Regimens Phase: 2 PTCy/Tac/MMF PTCy/Tac/MMF PTCy/Tac/MMF PTCy/Tac/MMF PTCy/Tac/MMF PTCy/Tac/MMF
(Tacrolimus, Mycophenolate Mofetil, N: 273 (92 PTCy) Or Grade 2-4: 27% Mild-Sev: 28% 1-y Relapse: 4% 1-y NRM: 11%
and Cyclophosphamide; Tacrolimus, Recipient Age: 18-75y Tac/MTX/ Grade 3-4:2% Mod-Sev: NA 28% Tac/MTX 1-y EFS: 60%
Methotrexate, and Bortezomib; or Donor: MSD, MUD, Bortezomib Tac/MTX Tac/MTX Tac/MTX 0 1-y OS: 71%
Tacrolimus, Methotrexate, and Maraviroc) MMUD Or Grade 2-4: 30% Mild-Sev: 38% 1-y Relapse: Tac/MTX
Versus Tacrolimus and Methotrexate for Graft Source: PBSC Tac/MTX/ Grade 3-4: 13% Mod-Sev: NA 25% 1-y NRM: 16%
Prevention of Graft-Versus-Host Disease Conditioning: RIC maraviroc 1-y EFS: 56%
With Haemopoietic Cell Transplantation 1-y OS: 71%
With Reduced-Intensity Conditioning:
A Randomised Phase 2 Trial With a
Non-Randomised Contemporaneous
Control Group (BMT CTN 1203)
Ref.9
BM, bone marrow; CNI, calcineurin inhibitor; EFS, event-free survival; IST, immunosuppressive treatment; Mod, moderate; MSD, matched sibling donor; NA, not available; NRM, nonrelapse
CD34+ selection
suppression did not result in increased relapse or severe infec
2-y EFS:
PTCy
Table 1. Representative GvHD prophylaxis trials using posttransplant cyclophosphamide, abatacept, and ATG in unrelated donor transplantation (Continued)
CD34+ selection
PTCy
NA
3%
1%
2-y Relapse:
2-y Relapse:
2-y Relapse:
PTCy
26%
39%
21%
14%
Mod-Sev: 27%
Mod-Sev: 34%
Requiring IST:
Mod-Sev: 9%
Mild-Sev: NA
Mild-Sev: NA
Mild-Sev: NA
Mild-Sev: NA
Conditioning: MAC
PBSC (CD34+
study, CD45RA+ deple tion com bined with CD34+ selec tion in
Phase: 3
Phase 2
N: 346
N: 125
chronic GvHD (4% and 7%, respectively) and rapid T-cell recov
ery, with similar results for patients receiving matched sibling
and MUD grafts.25 The generalizability of these techniques is lim
Post-Transplantation Cyclophosphamide,
GvHD Chronic
Approach Study design Acute GvHD Relapse Graft failure Survival
prophylaxis GvHD
Tn-depleted Phase: 2 Tac Grade 2: 71% Mild-Sev:6% 3-y Primary graft 3-y NRM: 8%
PBSC + CD34+- N: 138 Tac/MTX Grade 3-4: Mod-Sev:1% Relapse: 23% failure: 0 3-y EFS: 69%
selected PBSC Recipient Age: 1-60y Tac/MMF 4% Secondary 3-y OS: 77%
Ref.25 Donor: MRD, MUD graft failure:
Conditioning: MAC N=2
Antithymocyte globulin transplant did not show a difference in GvHD, but the ATG group
ATG results in antibody-mediated destruction of T cells and has had an increased risk of relapse and lower leukemia-free survival
been widely used for the prevention of GvHD when combined and overall survival compared to ATG.34 Alemtuzumab (human
with a calcineurin inhibitor and methotrexate or MMF. There are ized anti-CD52 anti body) also results in anti body-medi ated
multiple preparations of ATG (horse and rabbit derived) with dif destruction of lymphocytes and has been shown to be effective
fering degrees of lymphodepletion and half-life, with rabbit ATG in the prevention of acute and chronic GvHD.35
being the most commonly used for GvHD prevention.32 A recent
randomized phase 3 trial of adults receiving MUD or MMUD trans Emerging strategies and ongoing trials
plant with rabbit ATG, calcineurin inhibitor, and methotrexate or New approaches to the pre ven
tion of aGvHD have recently
MMF showed no difference in grade 3 to 4 aGvHD, but a signifi shown promise, with several ongoing trials (Table 3). These tri
cant improvement was observed in cGvHD (26% with ATG vs 41% als encompass repurposing of drugs from other diseases and
with standard prophylaxis). There was no difference in relapse indications, including FDA-approved agents such as sitagliptin
and nonrelapse mortality at 16% vs 17% and 21% vs 31% in the ATG and alpha-1 antitrypsin, the extension of drugs with efficacy in
and standard prophylaxis groups, respectively.33 A retrospective GvHD treatment to prevention such as ruxolitinib, and testing
analysis from the European Society for Blood and Marrow Trans- of novel combinations to optimize the prevention of both acute
plantation registry comparing ATG with PTCy in haploidentical and chronic GvHD such as combinations of abatacept and PTCy.
High Dose Thymoglobulin Instead of Cyclosporine ATG, CSA, MTX Phase: 2 Disease: Malignant
With a Low Dose of Thymoglobulin for GVHD High-dose ATG with low-dose N: 200 Recipient Age: >18y
Prophylaxis (ATG2017) CSA Donor: MSD, MUD, MMUD
NCT03456817 Graft Source: PBSC
Conditioning: MAC
Naive T Cell Depletion for Preventing Chronic Naive T-cell depletion, Phase: 2 Disease: Malignant
Graft-Versus-Host Disease in Children and Young CNI/MTX N: 68 Recipient Age: 6 mo to 22y
Adults With Blood Cancers Undergoing Donor Stem Donor: MRD, MUD
Cell Transplant Graft Source: PBSC, BM
NCT03779854 Conditioning: MAC
Study agent/approach in bold.
Noncomprehensive list of actively recruiting trials extracted from ClinicalTrials.gov.
UCB, umbilical cord blood.
Immune reconstitution/
Approach Severe aGvHD cGvHD Graft failure Relapse Optimal use
viral infections
Abatacept Decreased No impact No impact No impact No impact/increased Unrelated donor
observed reactivation without severe (especially mismatched)
disease
Posttransplant Decreased Decreased Possibly Increased in Delayed in some studies/ Unrelated, haploidentical
cyclophosphamide increased some studies increased grade 2 infections
Allogeneic hematopoietic cell transplantation (allo-HCT) is a curative therapy for many malignant and non-malignant
hematologic disorders. Chronic graft-versus-host (cGVHD) disease remains a significant hurdle for long-term survival in
patients post allo-HCT, and it remains the leading cause of late non-relapse mortality. The risk factors for development
of cGVHD include degree of human leukocyte antigen (HLA) disparity, increasing recipient age, use of peripheral blood
stem cells as a source, myeloablative conditioning regimens, prior acute GVHD (aGVHD), and female donor to male
recipient. Our biological understanding of cGVHD is mostly derived from transplantation mouse models and patient
data. There are three distinct phases in the development of cGVHD. Approaches to prevent GVHD include pharmaco-
logic strategies such as calcineurin inhibitors (cyclosporine, tacrolimus) combined with methotrexate or mTOR inhibitors
(sirolimus),and IMP dehydrogenase inhibitors (mycophenolate mofetil). Increasingly, posttransplant cyclophosphamide is
emerging as a promising strategy for GVCHD prevention especially in a setting of reduced intensity conditioning. Other
approaches include serotherapy (ATG, Campath) and graft manipulation strategies. A significant obstacle to evaluating
the response of novel GVHD-directed therapies has been standardized response assessments. This has functioned as
a barrier to designing and interpreting clinical trials that are structured around the treatment of cGVHD. Novel end-
points including failure-free survival, Graft-versus-host disease-free, relapse-free survival (GRFS), and current GVHD-free,
relapse-free survival (CGRFS) may create a clearer picture for post-HCT outcomes. Targeted therapies including Bruton’s
tyrosine kinase inhibition, JAK1/2 inhibition, and ROCK2 inhibitors have improved cGVHD therapy, especially in the ste-
roid refractory setting. Continued improvement in prophylactic strategies for cGVHD, identification of accurate cGVHD
treatment endpoints, and access to novel therapeutic agents are expected to improve cGVHD outcomes.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Be able to recognize FDAapproved targeted therapies in cGVHD
• Understand the basic strategy of prevention techniques of cGVHD
Chronic GVHD: review advances in prevention, novel endpoints, and targeted strategies | 165
MAC setting.29 A few stud ies directly com pare T/S ver sus ABA3 will be performed to evalua te whether an extended abata
Tac/MTX in the RIC setting. Pidala et al reported in the long- cept dose compared to a short-term dose can prevent cGVHD
term follow-up of their randomized phase 2 study significantly (NCT04380740).
lower rates of NIH moderate-severe cGVHD in favor of the T/S Graft manipulation strategies are emerging as promising
arm in contrast to Tac/MTX.30 Another randomized study com strateg ies for preventing GVHD in early clinical trials. These strat
paring T/S to CNI/MTX found no differences in key outcomes egies involve the removal of specific T-cell subsets from a PBSC
of aGVHD, NRM, or five-year OS between the two groups.31 Cut graft or decreasing the inoculum of conventional T cells (Tcons)
ler et al reported clinical outcomes of T/S vs Tac/MTX in acute after infusion with regulatory T cells (Tregs).
myeloid leukemia (AML)/MDS patients under going allo-HCT Investigators at the University of Perugia pioneered the strat
Chronic GVHD: review advances in prevention, novel endpoints, and targeted strategies | 167
Table 1. Clinical reports of JAK inhibitor treatment for cGVHD
Prior Follow-up
GVHD
Reference JAK inhibitor Study type Patients treatments, duration, Response OS (95% CI)
severity
median (range) median (range)
cGVHD
Khoury et al67 Ruxolitinib Retrospective Severe 19 NA 18 (6-27) mo ORR, 89% NA
Zeiser et al68-69 Ruxolitinib Retrospective Moderate 41 3 (1-10) 22.4 (3-135) wk ORR, 85% (CR, 7%) 6 mo, 97%
or severe (92%-100%)
post-HCT outcomes. A large number of trials evaluated the end response time of five weeks. AEs were seen in 54% of patients.64
points of GRFS/cGRFS at one year, and it is essential to note that Belumosodil was approved in July 2021.
though the median time to onset is four to six months after HCT, Colony-stimulating factor 1 receptor (CSF-1R) dependent
up to 10% are diagnosed beyond one year with treatment for a macrophages promote inflammation and tissue injury, leading
median of two to three years.61 These studies of short duration to cGVHD fibrosis. Axatilimab is an IgG4 monoclonal antibody
may under/overestimate the significance of cGVHD in alloHCT in with a high affinity for CSF-1R, leading to impaired CSF-1R sig
their time-to-event endpoint analysis. naling via two ligands, CSF-1 and IL-34.65 A phase I/II open-label
study evaluating axatilimab in patients with active cGVHD after
Targeted therapies two lines of systemic therapy. Among the 22 evaluable patients
Ibrutinib targets Bruton’s tyrosine kinase (BTK) pathway in B in phase II, there were high response rates (ORR 50% at cycle
cells and IL-2 inducible T cell kinase (ITK) in T cells and was the 7, day 1, and 82% for the first six cycles) in the phase II cohort.
first FDA-approved agent in cGVHD. Its approval was based on In the entire study population, ORR was 67% (26 of 39), with
a multicenter, open-label, phase 1b/2 study in patients with responses seen in allorgans with no differences in outcomes
active cGVHD who were steroid-dependent/refractory. The for moderate vs severe cGVHD. Responses were rapid, with a
median follow-up was 14 months, and the overall response rate median response time of four weeks. Treatment-related grade
was 67% (CR 21% and PR 45%), with 71% of responders having ≥3 AEs were in 20% of patients. A phase 2 study evaluating
a durable response (>20 weeks). Responses were seen in all axatilimab in cGVHD at three different dose levels is ongoing
organs. The update follow-up (median follow-up of 26 months) (AGAVE-201; NCT04710576).66
published two years after the initial publication revealed ORR
69% and CR 31% with sustained responses >44 weeks at 55%.
Conclusion
The most common grade 3 adverse effects (AEs) were pneumo
We anticipate continued improvement of prophylactic strat
nia, fatigue, and diarrhea.62
egies for preventing GVHD; the identification of more accu
JAK1-JAK2 signaling is vital to inflammation and tissue dam
rate endpoints for determining the efficacy of treatment for
age in acute and chronic GVHD. Ruxolitinib, a JAK1/2 inhibitor,
cGVHD; and access to novel therapeutic agents to treat new
was evaluated in a phase 3 open-label study in patients with
and refractory cGVHD as well as established cGVHD. We fur
steroid-refrac tory cGVHD, com par
ing ruxolitinib 10mg twice
ther expect that cGVHD outcomes will continue to improve in
daily to investigators’ choice (REACH 3). The overall response
allo-HCT recipients.
(CR + PR) at week 24 was 49.7% in the ruxolitinib arm compared
to 25.6%. Those randomized to the ruxolitinib arm had longer
FFS compared to controls (18.6 vs 5.7 months; p<0.001)63 (see Authorship
Table 1). A phase I/II study evaluating pacritinib, a novel selec *Monzr M. Al Malki and Amandeep Salhotra are joint senior authors.
tive JAK2/IRAK inhibitor in refractory chronic GVHD, is ongoing
(NCT05531786). Conflict-of-interest disclosure
Belumosodil is an oral selective rho-associated coiled-coil- Idoroenyi Amanam: no competing financial interests to declare.
containing protein kinase 2 (ROCK2) inhibitor. ROCK2 acts on Salman Otoukesh: no competing financial interests to declare.
the dysregulated adaptive immune system and fibrosis due to Monzr M. Al Malki: no competing financial interests to declare.
aberrant tissue repair.64 ROCKstar was a phase 2 mul ti
cen
ter Amandeep Salhotra: no competing financial interests to declare.
registration study in cGVHD patients who previously received
two to five lines of therapy. High response rates (ORR 74% and Off-label drug use
77% for 200 mg daily and 200 mg twice daily, respectively) were Idoroenyi Amanam: nothing to disclose.
seen in allorgans, including high levels of CR, and responses Salman Otoukesh: nothing to disclose.
were seen in allsubgroups in addition, including those who pre Monzr M. Al Malki: research funded by Incyte and serves on their
viously received ruxolitinib, which was 68%, and ibrutinib, which board of advisors.
was 74%. Responses were also generally rapid, with a median Amandeep Salhotra: research funding by Orcabio.
Chronic GVHD: review advances in prevention, novel endpoints, and targeted strategies | 169
39. Aversa F, Tabilio A, Velardi A, et al. Treatment of high-risk acute leukemia 56. Holtan SG, DeFor TE, Lazaryan A, et al. Composite end point of graft-
with T-cell-depleted stem cells from related donors with one fully mis versus-host disease-free, relapse-free survival after allogeneic hematopoi
matched HLA haplotype. N Engl J Med. 1998;339(17):1186-1193. etic cell transplantation. Blood. 2015;125(8):1333-1338.
40. Martelli MF, Di Ianni M, Ruggeri L, et al. HLA-haploidentical transplantation 57. Battipaglia G, Ruggeri A, Labopin M, et al. Refined graft-ver sus-host
with regulatory and conventional T-cell adoptive immunotherapy prevents disease/relapse-free survival in transplant from HLA-identical related or
acute leukemia relapse. Blood. 2014;124(4):638-644. unrelated donors in acute myeloid leukemia. Bone Marrow Transplant.
41. Pierini A, Ruggeri L, Carotti A, et al. Haploidentical age-adapted myeloab 2018;53(10):1295-1303.
lative transplant and regulatory and effector T cells for acute myeloid leu 58. Sangiolo D, Storb R, Deeg HJ, et al. Outcome of allogeneic hematopoi
kemia. Blood Adv. 2021;5(5):1199-1208. etic cell trans planta
tion from HLA-iden ti
cal sib
lings for severe aplastic
42. Meyer EH, Laport G, Xie BJ, et al. Transplantation of donor grafts with anemia in patients over 40 years of age. Biol Blood Marrow Transplant.
defined ratio of conventional and regulatory T cells in HLA-matched recip 2010;16(10):1411-1418.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Examine the adult experience for haploidentical stem cell transplant with PTCy and how it informs its application
to pediatric patients
• Compare survival outcomes and incidence of GVHD in pediatric regimens using PTCy to the current standard or
care for GVHD prophylaxis
Table 1. Comparison of haploidentical stem cell transplant outcomes using PTCy for pediatric hematologic malignancies
Intensive chemotherapy in combination with allogeneic hematopoietic cell transplantation and supportive care can
induce long-term remissions in around 50% of acute myeloid leukemia patients eligible for intensive treatment. Several
treatment optimization trials helped to refine schedule and dosing of the historic “7+3” combination. Together with
the addition of novel agents, increased efficacy and tolerability led to improved long-term outcomes. Unsatisfactory
outcomes in fit elderly patients and unfavorable genetic subgroups have raised the question of whether less-intensive
venetoclax-based approaches may be beneficial as an alternative. Although tempting and worth exploring, this issue
will remain controversial until the results of randomized comparisons appear. To date, intensive chemotherapy remains
the only evident curative treatment option for long-term disease eradication in a fixed treatment time. With the advent
of more novel agents and advances in minimal residual disease (MRD) detection and maintenance approaches, the
face of intensive treatment could change in many ways. Several are being explored in clinical trials, such as (1) com-
binations of more than 1 novel agent with the intensive backbone, (2) head-to-head comparisons of novel agents,
(3) replacement or dose reduction of cytotoxic components such as anthracyclines, and (4) MRD-guided escalation and
de-escalation strategies. The combination of intensive treatment with individualized tailored innovative strategies will
most certainly reduce treatment-related toxicities and increase the chances for long-term remission in the future.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Outline the development and describe current standards of intensive chemotherapy in AML
• Compare strengths and shortcomings of intensive induction versus nonintensive approaches
• Explain novel approaches and sketch future scenarios for intensive AML treatment
CLINICAL CASE 2 Why should we use intensive chemo for fit patients?
A 70yearold man seeks medical advice in the emer Before the 1960s with no effective cytoreductive treat
gency department for fever and shortness of breath that ment options, our patients would have to face a life
expectancy of only around 2 to 4 months as shown from his Based on these argu ments, I would recommend intensive
toric reports1 or recent outcomes in elderly patients treated induction therapy to our case patients. Although there is no
with best supportive care only.2,3 A couple of decades ago, general consented definition of fitness, our two patients would
the advent of intensive chemotherapy led to a significant pro be considered fit according to allexisting sets of criteria, which
portion of AML patients being cured. In the late 1960s, cytar generally incorporate performance status, adequate end-organ
abine and daunorubicin were identified as most effective to function, age, and geriatric assessment. Assuming patients or
induce com plete remis sions even as sin gle agents.4,5 Since family had a medical background, we may anticipate several
the establishment of their combination in the 7 + 3 schedule questions regarding clonal disease evolution under cytostatic
in the 1980s,6 cure rates and life expectancy in patients fit for drugs and the alternative use of venetoclax plus hypomethylat
intensive treatment have continued to go up, mainly based on ing agents (HMA). However, despite preclinical data supporting
significant progress in supportive care and allogeneic hema clonal evolution and selection processes,18 its clinical impact on
topoietic cell transplant (HCT) technology, but also based on long-term outcomes and the need for continuous treatment is
treatment optimization in the use of the cytostatic components less clear. And although the combination of venetoclax plus HMA
(Figure 1). Recent data from clinical trials in younger fit AML means an outstanding leap forward for patients who cannot tol
patients across genetic subgroups show long-term remission erate intensive chemotherapy, its capacity to achieve cure or
rates around 60%, whereas 50% long-term remission can be even superiority over intensive induction has not been demon
achieved in combination with allogeneic HCT even in elderly strated in prospective randomized comparisons in fit patients.
fit patients with secondary AML.7,8 Therefore, based on high Retrospective analyses are prone to relevant issues around
evidence from thousands of treated patients, intensive chemo selection bias and statistical matching methodology, leading to
therapy is the most certain way to cure. mixed and partly contradictory results.
Whereas treatment is more manageable and delivers bet Therefore, while venetoclax will certainly play a role in the
ter results in younger patients, increased toxicity and fewer future of AML treatment, possibly also in fit patients in the con
long-term remis sions with inten sive chemo in fit elderly text of combination approaches, for the time being, the value
patients led to an ongoing debate about its value. However, of HMA plus venetoclax compared to intensive treatment in fit
numerous arguments support the intensive approach also in patients has not been shown convincingly.
this patient group. Several clinical trials explore the role of HMA plus venetoclax
compared with standard intensive chemotherapy, as shown in
1. There is no alternative treatment achieving better long-term
Table 1. In addition, the alternative use of venetoclax not instead
remission results than intensive chemo in first-line treatment.
of but with intensive chemo is being explored in clinical trials
2. Depending on genetic risk, more than 50% of elderly patients
(see section “The future of intensive chemotherapy in AML” and
can be cured with a combination of intensive induction and
Table 2).
postremission treatment including allogeneic HCT.9-11
Since our two case patients are convinced by our arguments
3. Disease eradication and prognostically relevant MRD reduc
and agree with intensive induction, let us move on to see what
tion is quickly and profoundly achieved after 1 to 2 cycles of
we have learned about its use and what we should pay attention
intensive induction with 60% to 80% of patients becoming
to during their induction.
MRD negative, providing a stronger disease control before
postremission treatment or allogeneic HCT.12-16
4. Early mortality rates in intensively treated elderly AML pa How to use intensive induction
tients have continually decreased throughout the past de General aspects of induction
cades due to better supportive care.17 There are several ways to combine cytarabine and anthracy
5. Intensive chemotherapy is generally a time-limited treat clines, and there are many variations of 7+3. They should alllead
ment, ie, patients will become treatment-free within a few to sim i
lar out
comes when these com bi
na
tions are used cor
months. rectly. A few points are of general importance:
Planned
Target population/AML Experimental Primary Name PI, country
Age (years) Experimental arm Control arm patient Registry number
subgroup* agent/intervention endpoint† (cooperative group)
number
• All comers ≥18 Venetoclax + Venetoclax + 7+3‡ or CPX-351 EFS 172 Fathi, USA NCT04801797
• No CBF azacitidine azacitidine
• No NPM1 mut in <60y
• No FLT3-ITD or –TKD
• NPM1 mut ≥60 or relevant Venetoclax + LDAC Venetoclax + LDAC DA+GO Modified EFS 186 Dillon, UK EudraCT 2020-000273-24,
• No FLT3-ITD comorbidity (NCRI) ISRCTN 15567173
• NPM1 mut 18-70 Venetoclax + Venetoclax + DA + GO Modified EFS 146 Röllig, Germany EudraCT 2021-00348-26,
• No FLT3-ITD azacitidine azacitidine (SAL-AMLCG) NCT05904106
• Adverse risk (ELN2017) 18-59 7+3/CPX-351 + 7+3/CPX-351 + 7+3 or CPX-351 MRD after 268 Shami/NCI, USA, Canada NCT05554406
• No FLT3-ITD or –TKD venetoclax or venetoclax or induction (SWOG)
• No t(9;22) azacitidine + azacitidine +
venetoclax venetoclax
• Intermediate risk 18-59 7+3 + venetoclax 7+3 + venetoclax 7+3 MRD after 153 Savoie/NCI, Canada, USA NCT05554393
• No FLT3-ITD or -TKD or azacitidine + or azacitidine + induction (CCTG)
venetoclax venetoclax
• All comers 18-59 Venetoclax Venetoclax + 7+3 ORR§ 188 Suning, China NCT05177731
decitabine
• TP53 mut ≥18 Magrolimab Magrolimab + Venetoclax + OS 356 Gilead, USA NCT04778397
azacitidine azacitidine or 7+3
• Adverse risk, 18-70 Magrolimab Magrolimab + DA, DA + GO, CPX- EFS 164 Craddock, UK ISRCTN71474257
intermediate risk, venetoclax + 351, or FLAG-Ida (NCRI)
and 50-70 y azacitidine
• No FLT3-ITD
Trials for unfit patients, children, APL, relapsed or refractory disease and with purely maintenance or conditioning questions were excluded.
CBF, core binding factor; CRi, complete hematologic remission with incomplete hematologic recovery; DA, daunorubicin plus cytarabine (ara-c); EFS, event-free survival; GO, gemtuzumab
ozogamicin; LDAC, low-dose cytarabine; MRD, measurable residual disease; mut, mutation; OS, overall survival; PI, principal investigator.
*sAML/tAML/HMA pretreatment not accounted for/mentioned in table. †Secondary end points for alltrials include response rates, MRD, tolerability, rate of allogeneic HCT, patient-reported
outcomes, and survival end points. ‡“7+3” stands for allvariations of standard-dose cytarabine plus anthracycline/mitoxantrone and includes intensive consolidation for patients ineligible for
allogeneic HCT. §ORR, overall response rate (CR+CRi+morphologic leukemia-free state MLFS).
Planned
Target population/AML Age Experimental Primary PI, country (cooperative
Experimental arm Control arm patient Registry number
subgroup* (years) agent/intervention endpoint† group)
number
• All comers 18-65 Venetoclax Venetoclax + 7+3 7+3 EFS 300 Wang, China NCT05356169
• Intermediate or favorable ≥60 Venetoclax Chemo Chemo consolidation with RFS 134 Pigneux, France NCT04968015
cytogenetics consolidation idarubicin + cytarabine (FILO)
• In CR/CRi after intensive with venetoclax +
induction cytarabine
• AML/MDS-EB2, ≥18 Venetoclax Venetoclax + 7+3 7+3 EFS 650 Döhner, Germany NCT04628026
• No FLT3 mut (AMLSG/HOVON)
• Favorable/intermediate 18-60 Venetoclax Venetoclax + IDAC as IDAC as consolidation RFS 200 Peterlin/Gastaud, France NCT02416388
risk consolidation (FILO/ALFA)
• No CBF-AML
• All comers 18-65 Venetoclax Venetoclax + DAC Placebo + DAC EFS 311 Wierzbowska, Poland, EudraCT 2023-
• No CBF-AML and FLT3 mut (PALG) 503394-37-00
• AML or MDS-EB2 with ≥18 Gilteritinib Gilteritinib + 7+3 Midostaurin + 7+3 EFS 768 Raajimakers, Netherlands NCT04027309
Planned
Target population/AML Age Experimental Primary PI, country (cooperative
Experimental arm Control arm patient Registry number
subgroup* (years) agent/intervention endpoint† group)
number
• MDS-IB2, MDS/AML, AML ≥18 CPX-351 CPX-351 CLAG-M OS 60 Walter, USA NCT04195945
• Increased TRM score
(less fit)
• HR-MDS, AML ≤30% blasts 18-75 CPX-351 CPX-351 before 7+3 or Aza before alloHCT EFS 150 Platzbecker, Germany NCT04061239
alloHCT (SAL)
• All comers with ≥50 CPX-351 CPX-351 7+3 MRDneg 210 Foussat, France (ALFA) NCT05260528
• No FLT3-ITD or –TKD, no CR/CRi
NPM1
• No CBF or APL
• No AML-MRC
• Intermediate/adverse risk ≥18 CPX-351 CPX-351 7+3 OS in de novo 882 Döhner, Germany (AMLSG) NCT03897127
(ELN2017) including AML
AML-MRC and tAML
• All comers in CR after 60-75 Idarubicin Idarubicin + IDAC§ for IDAC for consolidation RFS 320 Hu, China NCT04216771
intensive induction consolidation
• FLT3-ITD AML 18-65 Treatment HIDAC-based second Standard second EFS 172 Vannucchi, Italy (GIMEMA) NCT04174612
intensification induction and early induction and
based on early alloHCT postremission treatment
blast clearance
during 7+3 +
midostaurin
• Intermediate risk in CR 14-60 Decitabine Decitabine + IDAC IDAC consolidation MRD 100 Jiang, China NCT03417427
after induction consolidation
• CBF-AML in CR after 18-60 Fludarabine Fludarabine + IDAC HDAC for consolidation Relapse rate 200 Song, China NCT02926586
intensive induction for consolidation
Selection of trials currently recruiting or planned at the time of writing. Trials for unfit patients, children, APL, relapsed or refractory disease and with purely maintenance or conditioning
questions were excluded.
CBF, core binding factor; CRi, complete hematologic remission with incomplete hematologic recovery; CRmol, molecular CR; DA, daunorubicin plus cytarabine (ara-c); EFS, event-free
survival; GO, gemtuzumab ozogamicin; HDAC, high-dose cytarabine; IDAC, intermediate-dose cytarabine; LDAC, low-dose cytarabine; MRD, measurable residual disease; MRDneg, MRD
negativity; mut, mutation; OS, overall survival; PI, principal investigator; RFS, relapse-free survival; TRM, treatment-related mortality.
*sAML/tAML/HMA pretreatment not accounted for/mentioned in table.
‡“7+3” stands for allvariations of standard-dose cytarabine plus anthracycline/mitoxantrone and includes intensive consolidation for patients ineligible for allogeneic HCT. †Secondary end
points for alltrials include response rates, MRD, tolerability, rate of allogeneic HCT, patient-reported outcomes, and survival end points. §IDAC=intermediate-dose cytarabine.
First trial, quizartinib or placebo were added to standard induc drug was approved by the FDA in July 2023 for combination with
tion and chemoconsolidation treat ment and as main tenance intensive chemotherapy and as maintenance in newly diagnosed
for up to 36 cycles after chemoconsolidation or allogeneic FLT3-ITD-mutated AML. By the time of writing, trial data were still
HCT in 539 fit newly diagnosed AML patients aged 18-75 years under review by the EMA.
with an FLT3-ITD-mutation. While responses and event-free sur Gemtuzumab ozogamicin (GO) is a well-established standard
vival (EFS) were similar, quizartinib led to a significant prolonga in patients with CBF-AML based on the results of the ALFA-0701
tion of both RFS (median 39.3 versus 13.6 months, hazard ratio study and the meta-analysis of 5 randomized trials, showing a
[HR] 0.61) and OS (median 31.9 versus 15.1 months, HR 0.78) with considerable survival prolongation in this subgroup, while the
a similar toxicity profile as placebo.52 In contrast to the pivotal benefi
cial effect is smaller in inter medi
ate-risk and absent in
trial for midostaurin (RATIFY),53 the QuANTUM-First trial with adverse-risk patients. The results of the AMLSG-0909 study have
quizartinib also enrolled patients ≥60 years, maintenance was 36 shown that patients with NPM1 mutation also benefit from the
instead of 12 cycles and also allowed after allogeneic HCT. The addition of GO to intensive chemotherapy. A single dose of GO
results of the trial do not allow a direct comparison to midostau led to a deeper molecular remission and subsequently signifi
rin, but in the younger subgroup of patients 18-59 years, the HR cantly prolonged RFS. Increased toxicity for the combination
for OS in FLT3-ITD patients was approxim ately 0.80 in RATIFY, of GO with the quadruplet chemotherapy backbone (ICE plus
whereas it was 0.68 in QuANTUM-First, indicating at least com ATRA) led to higher early mortality in patients 70 years and older
parable or higher efficacy of quizartinib. Based on this data, the and early crossing of EFS curves.54 Subgroup analyses show a
Treatment options for acute myeloid leukemia (AML) have expanded over the last 5 years. New regimens are increasing
the options for patients who previously may not have been offered any antineoplastic therapy. The use of the hypometh-
ylating agent (HMA) decitabine or azacitidine combined with the BCL2 inhibitor venetoclax (HMA-VEN) has improved
overall survival in an older and unfit population compared to HMA therapy alone. Delivering these regimens outside
academic centers allows more patients with AML to be treated, though support and collaboration with allogeneic stem
cell transplant (SCT) centers should still be considered to determine eligibility and promptly initiate a donor search for
potential transplant candidates. Expanding the use of HMA-VEN to younger and fit patients who are also candidates for
intensive chemotherapy (IC) is being studied prospectively and is not recommended at this time outside of a clinical
trial. Retrospective studies suggest populations that may benefit from HMA-VEN over IC, but this is not yet confirmed
prospectively. Utilizing HMA-VEN prior to allogeneic SCT is also under investigation, and some retrospective data show
feasibility and the ability to achieve measurable residual disease negativity pretransplant. Upcoming prospective ran-
domized clinical trials aim to answer the comparability or superiority of HMA-VEN vs IC in fit populations and its potential
use as a standard pretransplant induction regimen.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Describe the role of HMAs plus VEN in the treatment of older patients with AML
• Review data from the use of HMAs plus VEN in younger, ft patients with AML
Table 1. VEN and AZA compared with induction chemotherapy for newly diagnosed patients with acute myeloid leukemia
Median OS
P ORR (%) P CR/CRi favored OS favored
(days)
Entire cohort
HMA-VEN (n=143) 483 .002 76.9 .2109 • Age >64 • Age >64 and RUNX1
• RUNXI mutated mutated
• sAML
IC (n=149) 884 70.5 • Monocytic subtype • Undifferentiated or minimal
maturation subtypes
• ELN intermediate risk
• FLT3-ITD mutated
• RAS mutated
Propensity matched for age, biological risk
HMA-VEN NR .0667
IC 705
NR, not reached; ORR, overall response rate; sAML, secondary AML.
Reproduced from Cherry et al.27
Table 2. Prospective studies evaluating younger, fit patients eligible for IC compared to AZA-VEN
Relapse
Participating Number of 12-month 12-month 12-month 12-month OS
Study Type (%)/median
sites patients NRM (%) CIR RFS (%) OS (%) (months)
LFS (month)
Pasvolsky et al35 Retrospective Multicenter 24 19.1 58 63
Winters et al36 Retrospective Single center 29 66.1 74.5
Pollyea et al37,38
Retrospective Single center 21 11 80 NR
Kennedy et al39,40 Retrospective Multicenter 88 17 18 73
Patients on HMA-VEN can show improvement in leukemia symp Tara L. Lin: research funding: Bio-path Holdings, Astellas Pharma,
toms and therefore improved fitness and proceed to allogenic Celyad, Aptevo Therapeutics, Cardiff Oncology, Cleave Biosci-
SCT. Several retrospective studies utilizing AZA-VEN as a path to ences, Ciclomed, Jazz Pharmaceuticals.
allogeneic SCT demonstrated the feasibility of obtaining favor
able outcomes and MRD negativity (Table 3). This is highlighted Off-label drug use
in a study showing that for patients who achieved a CR, CRi, or Heather J. Male: Nothing to disclose.
morphologic leukemia-free state, 70% of patients achieved MRD Tara L. Lin: Nothing to disclose.
negativity by multiparameter flow cytometry in the AZA-VEN
group compared to 64% in the IC arm (1 patient in the IC arm Correspondence
had refractory disease prior to allogeneic SCT).35 Another study Tara L. Lin, University of Kansas Medical Center, Kansas City, KS;
showed that those achiev ing a CR and MRD neg a
tiv
ity with e-mail: tlin@kumc.edu.
AZA-VEN, either in the frontline or relapsed settings, and then
proceeding to SCT demonstrated a 1-year OS of 90% and 78%, References
respectively, and that those who proceeded to up-front alloge 1. Sekeres MA, Guyatt G, Abel G, et al. American Society of Hematology 2020
guidelines for treating newly diagnosed acute myeloid leukemia in older
neic SCT lived longer than those who delayed allogeneic SCT.36,37
adults. Blood Adv. 2020;4(15):3528-3549.
Prospective studies remain a need in this space. Gruppo 2. Siegel RL, Miller KD, Wagle NS, Jemal A. Cancer statistics, 2023. CA Cancer
Italiano Trapianto di Midollo Osseo recently completed a pro J Clin. 2023;73(1):17-48.
spective multicenter study exploring HMA-VEN as a cytotoxic 3. American Cancer Society. Cancer facts and figures 2023. https://www
che mo therapy-free bridge to allo ge neic SCT and enrolled . cancer . org /content /dam /cancer - org /research /cancer - facts - and
-statistics/annual-cancer-facts-and-figures/2023/2023-cancer-facts-and
newly diagnosed AML patients aged 60 to 75. Patients were
-figures.pdf.
treated with decitabine and VEN, and those who achieved CR, 4. Lancet JE, Uy GL, Cortes JE, et al. CPX-351 (cytarabine and daunorubicin)
CRi, or mor phologic leu ke mia-free state after 2 cycles pro- liposome for injection versus conventional cytarabine plus daunorubicin in
ceeded to allogeneic SCT (NCT04476199). We eagerly await older patients with newly diagnosed secondary acute myeloid leukemia. J
Clin Oncol. 2018;36(26):2684-2692.
the results.
5. Abuelgasim KA, Albuhayri B, Munshi R, et al. Impact of age and induction
therapy on outcome of 180 adult patients with acute myeloid leukemia; ret
Conclusion rospective analysis and literature review. Leuk Res Rep. 2020;14(5):100206.
Our patient had a matched unrelated donor and proceeded 6. Ma E, Bonthapally V, Chawla A, et al. An eval u a
tion of treat ment pat
to allogeneic SCT after achieving an MRD-negative CR after 2 terns and out comes in elderly patients newly diag nosed with acute
myeloid leukemia: a retrospective analysis of electronic medical records
cycles. The use of a nonintensive remission-induction strategy in
from US community oncology practices. Clin Lymphoma Myeloma Leuk.
this patient highlights the ability to improve initial performance 2016;16(11):625-636.e3.
status with disease control and shows that early evaluation for 7. Kantarjian HM, Thomas XG, Dmoszynska A, et al. Multicenter, randomized,
allogeneic SCT can improve outcomes for patients previously open-label, phase III trial of decitabine versus patient choice, with physi
cian advice, of either supportive care or low-dose cytarabine for the treat
excluded from any antileukemic therapy. The use of HMA-VEN
ment of older patients with newly diagnosed acute myeloid leukemia. J
in a younger, fit population is best studied in the context of Clin Oncol. 2012;30(21):2670-2677.
clinical trials, as its benefit over IC is yet to be demonstrated 8. Dombret H, Seymour JF, Butrym A, et al. International phase 3 study of
prospectively. HMA-VEN combinations expand options for anti- azacitidine vs conventional care regimens in older patients with newly
leukemia treatment beyond academic centers and large cities, diagnosed AML with >30% blasts. Blood. 2015;126(3):291-299.
9. Cashen AF, Schiller GJ, O’Donnell MR, DiPersio JF. Multicenter, phase II
and collaboration with leukemia centers is recommended for
study of decitabine for the first-line treatment of older patients with acute
optimal long-term treatment planning for this complex patient myeloid leukemia. J Clin Oncol. 2010;28(4):556-561.
population. 10. Al-Ali HK, Jaekel N, Junghanss C, et al. Azacitidine in patients with acute
myeloid leukemia medically unfit for or resistant to chemotherapy: a multi
center phase I/II study. Leuk Lymphoma. 2012;53(1):110-117.
Conflict-of-interest disclosure 11. Zeidan AM, Podoltsev NA, Wang X, et al. Patterns of care and clinical out
Heather J. Male: research funding: Takeda, Chimerix, Jazz Phar- comes with cytarabine-anthracycline induction chemotherapy for AML
maceuticals. patients in the United States. Blood Adv. 2020;4(8):1615-1623.
The routine use of next-generation sequencing methods has underscored the genetic and clonal heterogeneity of acute
myeloid leukemia (AML), subsequently ushering in an era of precision medicine–based targeted therapies exemplified
by the small-molecule inhibitors of FLT3, IDH1/IDH2, and BCL2. This advent of targeted drugs in AML has broadened the
spectrum of antileukemic therapies, and the approval of venetoclax in combination with a hypomethylating agent has
been a welcome addition to our AML patients unable to tolerate intensive chemotherapy. Mounting evidence demon-
strates that molecularly targeted agents combined with epigenetic therapies exhibit synergistic augmented leukemic
cell kill compared to single-agent therapy. With such great power comes greater responsibility in determining the appro-
priate frontline AML treatment regimen in a molecularly defined subset and identifying safe and effective combination
therapies with different mechanisms of action to outmaneuver primary and secondary resistance mechanisms in AML.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Compare frontline treatment approaches in ICineligible IDH1mutant AML and explain how to sequence targeted
therapies upon relapse
• Evaluate frontline AZAVEN therapy and targeted treatment options for ICineligible AML patients with IDH2, FLT3,
NPM1, or TP53 mutations
unresolved questions regarding the categorical frontline treat (95% CI, 13.0-NE). With a median fol low-up of 12.4 months,
ment approach; namely, do we combine, add on, or sequence median OS in the IVO-AZA arm was 24.0 months (95% CI, 11.3-
HMA-VEN and molecularly targeted therapies? Here we present 34.1), compared to 7.9 months with AZA-placebo (P=.001). Among
case studies that illustrate the genomic complexity of AML and patients treated with IVO-AZA, 70% had grade ≥3 hematological
how we approach treatment in different settings. AEs; 28%, febrile neutropenia; and 24%, thrombocytopenia. AEs
of special interest (grade ≥3) included 10% QTc prolongation and
Clinical scenario: older adult with ND IDH1-mutant AML 4% differentiation syndrome, which resolved with conservative
Mr. X, a 79-year-old man who dislikes hospitals, presented with management.2
a white blood cell (WBC) count of 1.0×109/L, hemoglobin level In this case scenario, we will propose either AZA-VEN or IVO-
of 7.4 g/dL, and platelet count of 120×109/L during his periodic AZA as a frontline treatment for IC-ineligible IDH1mut AML after
cardiac checkup. Bone marrow biopsy confirmed AML with 28% care fully consider
ing the patient’s comorbidities and the AE
myeloblasts and trisomy 12, and molecular studies identified profile of the treatment regimen. Depending on test availability
NPM1 (variant allele fraction [VAF], 40%), DNMT3A (VAF, 35%), and institutional turnaround time for molecular studies, practi
and IDH1-R132C (VAF, 48%) mutations. What is the appropriate cal issues may arise with obtaining IDH1 mutation status prior to
frontline treatment option for this patient? initiating therapy, particularly in proliferative patients who may
The National Comprehensive Cancer Network® version 3.2023 require more urgent treatment.
AML guidelines endorse either AZA-VEN or ivosidenib (IVO, an
orally administered IDH1-targeted inhibitor) plus AZA as a cate Relapsed/refractory IDH1-mutant AML
gory 1 recommendation (Table 1). Preclinical data have shown that IVO or olutasidenib (OLU) is approved to treat relapsed/refrac
IDH1/2-mutant cells exhibit BCL2 dependence, thus rendering tory (R/R) IDH1mut AML (Table 2).12 In the phase 1b study evaluat
them sensitive to VEN, a BCL2 inhibitor.10 In the pooled analysis of ing IVO in R/R IDH1mut AML,13 the rate of CR plus CRh was 30.4%
AZA-VEN studies,11 44 patients with ND AML (n=498, 8%) harbored (95% CI, 22.5-39.3), including a 21.6% CR rate in the primary effi
IDH1mut. Among those who received AZA-VEN (n=33), the CRc and cacy population. With a median follow-up of 14.8 months (range,
CR rate was 66.7% and 27%, respectively. Most patients achieved 0.2-30.3), the median duration of CR or CRh was 8.2 months
CR or CRi in the first cycle, the median duration of objective (95% CI, 5.5-12.0), and the median OS was 8.8 months (95% CI,
response (DoR) was 21.9 (95% CI, 7.8-NE [not estimable]) months, 6.7-10.2). AEs of special interest (grade ≥3) included QTc prolon
and median OS was 15.2 months (95% CI, 7.0-NE). In this pooled gation (7.8%) and IDH differentiation syndrome (3.9%). Of note,
analysis of IDH1/2mut AML patients treated with AZA-VEN (n=81), this study did not include patients exposed to VEN due to their
87% had grade 3 or higher hematological adverse events (AEs); contemporaneous approvals.13
42%, febrile neutropenia; and 46%, thrombocytopenia.11 OLU (FT-2102), an oral, selec tive IDH1mut inhibitor, was
In the phase 3 AGILE trial, IVO (500 mg daily) plus AZA approved in 2022 for R/R IDH1mut AML. The phase 1 study evalu
(parenterally for 7 days) was compared to AZA-placebo in ND, ated OLU monotherapy and a combination with AZA (OLU-AZA)
IC-ineligible IDH1mut AML patients.2 In the intention-to-treat pop in both treatment-naive and R/R IDH1mut AML/MDS, and a sig
ulation (n=146), 72 patients received IVO-AZA: among those, the nal of efficacy was observed in allcohorts.12 In the pivotal phase
rate of CR or CR with partial hematologic al recovery (CRh) was 2 cohort in R/R IDH1mut AML, 153 IDH1 inhibitor-naive patients
53%, including a CR rate of 47%. The median time to CR was 4.3 received OLU at 150mg twice daily.12 In this cohort the CR plus
months (range, 1.7–9.2), and the median DoR was 22.1 months CRh rate was 35% (95% CI, 27.0-43.0), with a 32% CR rate. The
Targeted inhibitor sequencing or HMA plus venetoclax triplet combinations in AML | 193
Table 2. Comparison of baseline demographics and efficacy outcomes in patients with R/R IDH1mut AML treated on the pivotal
registrational trials of IVO and OLU
IVO OLU
Efficacy-evaluable population
N=125 N=147
Age, median (range or IQR) 67 (18-87) 71 (range, 32-87)
ECOG PS, n (%)
0 27 (22) 45 (31)
median duration of CR plus CRh was 25.9 months (95% CI, 13.5- treatment-naive AML and R/R patients without prior exposure to
NE), and median OS was 11.6 months (95% CI, 8.9-15.5). AEs of an HMA or IDH1 inhibitor.16 The activity of OLU after IVO treatment
special interest (grade ≥3) included hepatic enzyme elevation failure is unknown, although preclinical studies suggest it may
(15%) and IDH differentiation syndrome (9%). In updated results have activity in second-site mutations.17
from allphase 2 cohorts, 17 patients (15 receiving OLU monother In R/R IDH1mut AML, the management decision is dictated by
apy and 2 in combination with AZA) had prior exposure to VEN, the first-line treatment. Given available data, we would propose
of which 7 achieved a CR, CRh, or CRi (41%), and the median IVO or OLU monotherapy or an HMA-VEN regimen (prospective
duration of CR/CRh (5 patients) was 18.5 plus months at the data data are with decitabine) for patients with prior exposure to IC
cutoff date.14,15 OLU-AZA was evaluated in multiple subcohorts on and consider OLU monotherapy for patients with prior exposure
the phase 2 study and demonstrated durable clinical activity in to AZA-VEN, given the limited prospective data.18,19
Table 3. Comparison of baseline demographics and efficacy outcomes in patients with IDH2mut AML treated on the VIALE-A
(pooled analysis), AG221-AML-005, and ENA (registrational trial)
Targeted inhibitor sequencing or HMA plus venetoclax triplet combinations in AML | 195
regimens may improve outcomes in these patients.25 In addition, with a WBC of 2.5×109/L, a hemoglobin level of 7.9 g/dL, and a
preclinical studies have shown that deregulation of the HOXA9/ platelet count of 45×109/L. Bone marrow biopsy confirms AML
MEIS1 axis drives leukemogenesis in NPM1mut AML and that menin- with 67% myeloblasts and a complex karyotype with 17p dele
MLL inhibition abrogates this phenotype.26 In a phase 1 study tion, and molecular studies identified a TP53 R282W (VAF, 73%)
evaluating patients with R/R AML including NPM1mut, revumenib mutation. What is the appropriate frontline treatment option for
(SNDX-5613), a selective oral menin inhibitor, demonstrated toler this patient?
ability and clinical activity (CRc, 36% in NPM1mut AML) in a heav Improving the short-lived remissions and inferior survival in
ily pretreated population. AEs of special interest included QTc TP53mut AML remains the Sisyphean endeavor of the leukemia
prolongation (53%) and differentiation syndrome (16%).27 In the research community. In particular, TP53 multihit status is noto
Targeted inhibitor sequencing or HMA plus venetoclax triplet combinations in AML | 197
HEMATOLOGIC TOXICITY OF IMMUNOTHERAPIES
Department of Blood and Marrow Transplant and Cellular Immunotherapy, Moffitt Cancer Center, Tampa, FL
3
Autologous CAR-T cell therapy (CAR-T) has improved outcomes for patients with B-cell malignancies. It is associated
with the well-described canonical toxicities cytokine release syndrome (CRS) and immune effector cell-associated neu-
rotoxicity syndrome (ICANS), which may be abrogated by corticosteroids and the anti-IL6 receptor antagonist tocili-
zumab. Practitioners and researchers should be aware of additional toxicities. Here we review current understanding and
management of hematologic toxicities after CAR-T, including cytopenias, coagulopathies, bleeding and clotting events,
hemophagocytic-lymphohistiocytosis, and tumor lysis syndrome. We pay particular attention to cytopenias, recently
termed immune effector cell-associated hematological toxicity (ICAHT). While the “H” is silent, hematotoxicity is not:
ICAHT has the highest cumulative incidence of all immune adverse events following CAR-T. Early cytopenia (day 0–30) is
closely linked to lymphodepleting chemotherapy and CRS-related inflammatory stressors. Late ICAHT (after day 30) can
present either with or without antecedent count recovery (e.g., “intermittent” vs “aplastic” phenotype), and requires
careful evaluation and management strategies. Growth factor support is the mainstay of treatment, with recent evidence
demonstrating safety and feasibility of early granulocyte colony-stimulating factor (G-CSF) (e.g., within week 1). In G-CSF
refractory cases, autologous stem cell boosts represent a promising treatment avenue, if available. The CAR-HEMATOTOX
scoring system, validated for use across lymphoid malignancies (B-NHL, multiple myeloma), enables pretherapeutic risk
assessment and presents the potential for risk-adapted management. Recent expert panels have led to diagnostic scor-
ing criteria, severity grading systems, and management strategies for both ICAHT and the recently termed immune
effector cell-associated hemophagocytic lymphohistiocytosis-like syndrome (IEC-HS), now clarified and defined as a
distinct entity from CRS.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Review the classifications, categories, incidence, and management of ICAHT
• Evaluate baseline and postinfusional risk factors for prolonged cytopenia and infectious complications
• Characterize further hematologic complications of CAR-T, including coagulopathies, bleeding and thrombosis,
IEC-HS, and tumor lysis syndrome
Figure 1. Phenotypes of neutrophil recovery following CAR T-cell therapy. Left panel: Quick recovery is defined as sustained neutro-
phil recovery without a second dip below an ANC <1000/µL. Intermittent neutrophil recovery (ANC >1500/µl) is followed by a second
dip with an ANC <1000/µL after day 21. Aplastic is continuous severe neutropenia (ANC <500/µL) ≥14 days. (Adapted with permission
from Rejeski et al., Blood. 2021.8) Right panel: Pie chart shows the relative distribution of neutrophil recovery phenotypes in a cohort
of 344 relapsed/refractory LBCL patients treated with axi-cel or tisa-cel in a real-world setting. The duration of severe neutropenia
(ANC <500/µL) during the first 60 days following CAR-T infusion is shown on the bottom. (Adapted with permission from Rejeski
et al., ASH annual meeting 2022, abstract number 198721). ANC, absolute neutrophil count.
Sample Definition of
Reference Disease Product Neutropenia Thrombocytopenia Comments
size prolonged, day
Nahas et al. Leuk Lymph LBCL 21 Axi-cel 42 38% - 2 cases of MDS
202082
Strati et al. Haematologica LBCL 31 Axi-cel 30 29% 42% MDS (n=4)**
202183
Fried et al. BMT 201914 ALL, 35 Local product/ 42 62% 44% Biphasic neutropenia and thrombocytopenia; proposed
B-NHL CD19/CD28 mechanism for late CART cytopenia: SDF-1 alterations
Cordeiro et al. BBMT 202013 ALL, 86 Local product/ 90 16% - 4 cases of MDS, long-lasting nature of cytopenia after CAR-T
B-NHL, CLL CD19/4-1BB infusion
Jain et al. Blood Adv 202028 BCL, ALL 83 Axi-cel, tisa-cel, 90 20% 10% Delayed hematopoietic recovery associated with high-grade
MM local product CRS/ICANS, MDS (n=1)*
Rejeski et al. Blood 20218 LBCL 235 Axi-cel, tisa-cel 21 64% - Description of 3 typical neutrophil recovery phenotypes;
thrombo-cytopenic nadir in month 2; development of
CAR-HEMATOTOX score with independent validation
Wang et al. Front Oncol ALL 76 Local product/ 80 70% 48%
202184 CD19; CD22/
4-1BB
Logue et al. Haematologica LBCL 85 Axi-cel 30 30% 26% Description of long-term immune reconstitution in LBCL
202141 patients treated with axi-cel
Logue et al. Blood Adv MM 52 Ide-cel 30 39% 51% Real-world data on hematotoxicity in multiple myeloma
202242
Juluri et al. Blood Adv ALL, 173 Local product/ 28 9% 14% F/U (40M): persistent neutropenia (9%) and
202253 B-NHL, CLL CD19/4-1BB thrombocytopenia (14%);
association of hematotoxicity with high-grade CRS and
CRS-related inflammatory patterns
Bethge et al. Blood 202285 LBCL 319 Axi-cel, tisa-cel 28/100 26%/10% 67%/32% Defined as absence of count recovery; delayed
hematopoietic recovery associated with NRM
Bachy et al. Nat Med 202220 DLBCL 418 Axi-cel, tisa-cel 30/90 17%/6% 16%/5% Matched-paired comparison of CAR products; increased
hematotoxicity incidence with axi-cel > tisa-cel
Penack et al. JITC 202386 LBCL 398 Axi-cel, tisa-cel 30/100 severe (CTC grade ≥3) cytopenia: Association between number of prior treatment lines and
9%/12% incidence of cytopenia
Axi-cel, axicabtagene ciloleucel; ALL, acute lymphoblastic leukemia; BCL, B-cell lymphoma; BCMA, B-cell maturation antigen; B-NHL, B-cell non-Hodgkin lymphoma; brexu-cel, brexucabtagene
autoleucel; CD, cluster of differentiation; CLL, chronic lymphocytic leukemia; CRS, cytokine release syndrome; d , day; DLBCL , diffuse large B-cell lymphoma; F/U , follow-up; G, grade; ide-
cel, idecabtagene vicleucel; ICANS, immune effector cell-associated neurotoxicity syndrome; M, month; M1, neutropenia/thrombocytopenia at 1 month; MDS, myelodysplastic syndrome; MM,
multiple myeloma; NHL, non-Hodgkin lymphoma; NRM, non-relapse mortality; LBCL, large B-cell lymphoma; SDF-1, stromal cell-derived factor 1; tisa-cel, tisagenlecleucel.
*MDS diagnosed in relapse after CAR-T-cell treatment.
**No difference in MDS incidence between patients with and without >G3 cytopenia at M1.
Adapted with permission from Rejeski, Subklewe et al, Blood. 2023.9
Grading I II III IV
Early ICAHT (day 0-30)
ANC ≤ 500/µL <7 days 7-13 days ≥14 days Never above 500/µL
ANC ≤ 100/µL - - ≥7 days ≥14 days
Late ICAHT (after day +30)*
ANC ≤ 1500/µL
or ICANS, typ i
cally during the first 2 weeks). Hesitation to IEC-HS (further described later). In patients without prior pro
administer G-CSF stems from preclinic al data suggesting that phylactic G-CSF, we advocate initiation of G-CSF support on day
GM-CSF may exac er
bate toxicities.22 However, retrospec 5-7 in neutropenic patients, particularly those with a high base
tive analyses from real-word data sets have demonstrated an line CAR-HEMATOTOX score and in case the first diagnostic tests
acceptable safety profile with early G-CSF without increases are inconclusive. If counts have not recovered despite G-CSF
in the rate of high-grade (e.g., ASTCT grade 3 or higher) CRS support, BM aspiration and biopsy should be employed no later
or ICANS.23-27 For example, Miller et al showed that patients than day 28 to rule out persistent BM infiltration (e.g. progres-
receiving prophylactic G-CSF prior to CAR-T infusion (mostly sion), perform IEC-HS diagnostics, and evaluate for dysplasia
pegylated G-CSF) displayed faster neutrophil recovery, compa indicative of underlying myeloid dyscrasias which can evolve
rable treatment outcomes, and similar rates of severe ICANS.26 rapidly following CAR-T infusion.29 The longer cytopenia persists
Importantly, patients presenting with low-grade toxicity did not beyond CAR-T infusion, the greater the impetus to perform in-
exhibit worsening CRS severity with G-CSF. A separate study depth cytogenetic studies and/or next-generation sequencing
by Lievin et al found that early G-CSF administration (day +2) (myeloid panel). This is particularly important for workup of pro-
reduced febrile neutropenia without increased high-grade CRS longed (day 30-90) and late (beyond day 90) cases of marrow
or ICANS.25 Notably, G-CSF did not impact CAR-T expansion or aplasia or new-onset cytopenias long after CAR-T infusion.
efficacy.24,25 Taken together, these data support early G-CSF in
high-risk patients to shorten severe neutropenia and prevent Therapeutic interventions for severe and/or
infections. Nonetheless, the optimal day of initiat ion and G-CSF persistent ICAHT
protocol (prophylactic vs early; pegylated vs non-pegylated) In G-CSF refractory cases with an available cryopreserved autol
in the context of CAR-T remains unclear. It must be noted that ogous or allogeneic stem cell product from a prior treatment
most CAR-T patients (>80%) will adequately respond to growth line (Figure 2), hematopoietic cell boosts should be strongly
factor support with count recovery.12,28 considered given their favorable safety profile and encouraging
engraftment rates.30-34 Unfortunately, these are available in only
a minority of cases, with myeloma patients sometimes having
extra stem cells for a potential second consolidative transplant.35
CLINICAL CASE (continued) Other options include thrombopoietin receptor agonists (TPO-
On day 21, the patient had con tin
ued pancy
topenia despite RA) such as eltrombopag or romiplostim, though the data are
daily G-CSF and was transfusion-dependent for platelets and red restricted to a few small case series.36-38 The potential improve
cells. He developed hospital-acquired pneumonia and received ment of hematopoietic function would mirror the efficacy of
broad anti-infective treatment. Bone marrow studies demon- TPO-RA in other cases of acquired BM failure.40 If the underlying
strated aplasia and no MCL. Viral causes and substrate defi etiology is deemed associated with inflammation or is HLH-like
ciency were ruled out. Myelotoxic co-medications were paused. in nature, anti-inflammatory measures such as pulse-dose ste
roids or anticytokine therapy with anakinra or tocilizumab can
be pursued. If the options described above do not facilitate
count recovery and grade 4 ICAHT persists, allogeneic hema
Clinical management of G-CSF refractory ICAHT cases topoietic cell transplantation (allo-HCT) represents the last
Diagnostic evaluation resort. However, gradual count recovery can occur over weeks
Cases of ICAHT in which patients do not respond to G-CSF to months, and allo-HCT will inevitably eradic ate CAR T-cells.
can be challenging, and this typifies the aplastic neutrophil Before commencing with allograft, it is imperative to carefully
recovery phenotype.8,12 For diag nostic workup, a judi cious consider allfactors including time from CAR-T, the possibility
incremental approach is warranted (Table 4). A first diagnostic of spontaneous count recovery, the risk for fatal infections, the
tier should rule out other causes of BM insufficiency, including likelihood of disease progression, donor suitability/availability,
medications, viral infections, substrate deficiency, and severe and the patient’s goals of care.28,41,42 Regardless of the treatment
Figure 2. Treatment algorithm for immune effector cell associated hematotoxicity. *Consider dexamethasone-pulse (20 mg over
4 days) or anticytokine-therapy (e.g., anakinra or tocilizumab). **Consider eltrombopag (e.g., 50 mg×7 days). ***If available, contact
apheresis unit.
strategy, mitigating the risk of severe infections with adequate CAR-HEMATOTOX (HT) score was developed and externally
and broad anti-infective therapy is critic al. Fatal infections are validated to predict severe hematotoxicity in relapsed and/or
possible and represent the main driver of non-relapse mortal refractory (r/r) LBCL.8 It was then subsequently extended to
ity.11,15,43,44 Due to the broad spectrum of opportunistic patho patients receiv ing CAR-T ther apy for r/r MCL and mul ti
ple
gens, infectious disease consultation is recommended. myeloma.17,45 Calculated prior to lymphodepletion (day −5),
the score incorporates both factors that relate to the baseline
Moving toward risk-adapted management of ICAHT inflammatory state (e.g., C-reactive protein [CRP], ferritin) and
using the CAR-HEMATOTOX score the patient’s hematopoietic reserve (e.g., hemoglobin, abso
The management of CAR-T-related toxicities ideally should be lute neutrophil count [ANC], platelet count) (Figure 3). High-
tailored to the patient’s individual risk profile. To this end, the risk patients (score ≥2) exhibited increased rates of severe
Figure 3. Using the CAR-HEMATOTOX score for risk-adapted toxicity management. Reproduced with permission from Rejeski et al.,
Blood 2023.9
Checkpoint inhibitors
Immune checkpoint inhibitors are a class of antineoplastic therapies that unleash immune cells to kill malignant cells.
These medications commonly cause immune-related adverse effects due to activated adaptive and innate immune cells,
autoantibody production, and/or cytokine dysregulation. Hematologic toxicities are rare and of uncertain mechanism,
and therefore management is often based on experiences with familiar conditions involving these perturbed immune
responses. Management is challenging because one must attend to the hematologic toxicity while simultaneously attend-
ing to the malignancy, with the imperative that therapeutic effects be maintained or minimally interrupted when possible.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Recognize ICI toxicity within a complex clinical milieu
• Manage hematologic toxicity without threatening the management of malignancy
bone marrow examination done on 24 patients suggested pleio 2900/µL. Prednisone was continued at 30 mg twice daily for
tropic pathologic mechanisms: ~45% were normal, ~10% were 2 weeks followed by 20 mg twice daily for 2 weeks, at which
hyperplastic, and ~45% demonstrated either myeloid hypopla time the ANC was 2300/µL. Prednisone tapering continued.
sia or maturation arrest.13 These results provide insight into the
mechanism and may direct therapy (see below). Antineutrophil
antibodies were not measured in this case, as this same case Was this patient treated appropriately?
series showed that they are unlikely to be useful: only 4 of 32 It is recommended that ICIs be held when neutrophils fall below
patients were tested, 2 of whom tested positive and none of 1500/µL (Figure 3). Our case supports this recommendation, as
whom were managed differently.13 the additional cycle of dual checkpoint inhibitors given at the
time her ANC was below 1500/µL culminated in severe neutro-
penia, permitting speculation that this could have been miti
CLINICAL CASE (cont inu ed) gated had the ICIs been stopped immediately after neutropenia
Nivolumab and pembrolizumab were stopped because of pro was identified. As done in this case, active therapy begins when
gressive melanoma coincident with the development of severe the ANC falls below 1000/µL using corticosteroids without or
neutropenia (ANC 10/µL). She was started on pred ni
sone. with granulocyte colony-stimulating factor (G-CSF). G-CSF was
After 2 weeks of prednisone 40 mg twice daily her ANC rose to not needed in this case because the patient was asymptomatic
HOLD MEDICATION*
CBC, blood smear, CBC, blood smear, reticulocyte CBC, blood smear, CBC, blood smear, CBC, reticulocyte count, Ultrasound -Doppler
bone marrow aspirate count, Coombs testing, cold consider bone reticulocyte count, bone blood smear, ferritin, and/or CT angiogram
and biopsy, review agglutinins, LDH, indirect marrow aspirate marrow aspirate and fibrinogen, soluble CD25 ,
EVALUATION medications, consider bilirubin, haptoglobin and biopsy biopsy, consider vitamin triglycerides, bone marrow
vitamin and mineral and mineral measurements aspirate and biopsy
measurements
Figure 3. Management of immune checkpoint inhibitor hematologic toxicity. *Recommended thresholds for holding therapy are 1500/µL neutrophils, 75 000/µL platelets,
and 8 g/dL serum hemoglobin concentration. **Please be aware of the possibility of Duffy null associated neutrophil count (previously designated “benign ethnic neutrope-
nia”) among patients of African or Middle Eastern ancestry. CBC, complete blood cell count.
Management of hematological malignancies is rapidly evolving from chemotherapy-based regimens toward targeted
agents and immunotherapies, including bispecific antibodies (BsAbs). These novel and highly active treatments come
with new side effect profiles. The hematological toxicities are common and potentially harmful, and the side effects have
hitherto not been reviewed. With many BsAbs recently approved and entering routine clinical use, we have reviewed
the rather limited published data and propose recommendations on the management of these toxicities. Our review of
the available data confirms that hematological toxicities are among the most common toxicities, with potentially harm-
ful consequences for the patients. Fortunately, hemophagocytic lymphohystiocytosis and disseminated intravascular
coagulation are rare. Severe neutropenia and hypogammaglobulinemia are manageable, and their timely treatment and
prevention may reduce morbidity and mortality.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Review the incidence and severity of hematological toxicities associated with bispecific antibody therapies in
hematological malignancies
• Discuss the background for such hematological toxicities and their potential complications
• Propose management strategies to prevent and/or treat the hematologic toxicities
4(2%)/NA
1(0.9%)/
limits. As expected, mosunetuzumab induced deep and durable
NA/NA
1(0.9%)
DIC**
NA/NA
NA/NA
4(1.5%)
NA/NA
NA/NA
7(2.6%)
1), the distribution of AEs was consistent with other BsAbs. Most
common grade ≥3 AEs were anemia (25%), lymphocytopenia
NA/NA
NA/NA
53(28%)/
Multiple myeloma
48(25%)
10(9.1%)
Febrile
Table 1. Incidence of hematological toxicities on bispecifics for acute lymphoblastic leukemia published trials
relapse and ulti mately develop dis ease resistant to con ven
21(11%)/16(8%)
*N is the population considered for that extracted data, which may be the whole cohort or a subpopulation.
ing ther a
pies have the poten tial to improve the land scape
of R/R MM.25,26
Teclistamab is a bispecific IgG4 antibody targeting BCMA on
plasma cells and CD3 on the T-cells. In the Majestec-1 trial study,
among patients treated at the RP2D (N = 40), hematological
Neutropenia**
NA/101(37.8%)
11(10%)/
10(9.1%)
30(16%)
38(20%)/
1-2 study with the RP2D of 1.5 mg/Kg, AEs followed the same
27(14%)
5(4.5%)
188
110
Blinatumomab
Blinatumomab
CD19×CD3
CD19×CD3
Pediatric
R/R ALL
R/R ALL
Adult
23.6%.30
ABBV-383 is a fully human monoclonal IgG4 targeting BCMA and
Kantarjian et al.
NA/NA
NA/NA
NA/NA
NA/NA
NA/NA
NA/NA
NA/NA
NA/NA
DIC& cells and CD3 on T-cells. MonumenTAL-1 was the first-in-
human, phase 1 study with 232 R/R MM subjects. As other BiTEs,
most common grade ≥3 AEs were hematological. For RP2D SC
NA/NA
NA/NA
NA/NA
NA/NA
NA/NA
NA/NA
NA/NA
NA/NA
cohorts (N = 130), grade ≥3 hematological events were neutro
HLH&
NA/NA
NA/NA
NA/NA
NA/NA
NA/NA
NA/NA
NA/NA
In the ongoing phase 1 study of the GPRC5D×CD3 targeting
9(4.5%)/8(4%)
neutropenia ≥ grade 3 from 11.8% to 16.7% for different routes of
NA/5(3.2%)
administration.34
NA/4(6%)
32(22%)/
28(19%)
Cevostamab tar gets FcRH5 and CD3. FcRH5 is expressed
NA/NA
NA/NA
NA/NA
4(2.5%)/NA
NA/5(5.7%)
NA/2(5.7%)
7(3.6%)/
0/0
38(24.7%)/12(7.7%)
40(28%)/20(14%)
Table 2. Incidence of hematological toxicities on bispecifics for non-Hodgkin lymphoma published trials
9(10%)/4(4%)
important.
NA/3(8.3%)
NA/3(3.4%)
NA/8(12%)
to biscpecific antibodies
Hematological toxicities are among the most common adverse
Neutropenia&
NA/17(25%)
56(28.4%)/
24(27.3%)/
58(37.7%)/
34(21.7%)/
35(25%)/
41(26.6%)
19(21.6%)
50(25%)
24(27%)
27(19%)
15(17%)/8(9.1%)
37(18.8%)/
28(17.8%)/
NA/0(0%)
16(10.2%)
Anemia&
10(6.5%)
tutional standards:
18(9.1%)
145
157
197
N*
90
88
68
35
Mosunetuzumab
Mosunetuzumab
Odronextamab
Epcoritamab
Drug/target
CD20×CD3
CD20×CD3
CD20×CD3
CD20×CD3
CD20×CD3
CD20×CD3
CD20×CD3
CD20×CD3
Glofitamab
Glofitamab
CD20+ NHL
CD20+ NHL
CD20+ NHL
CD20+ NHL
CD20+ NHL
CD20+ NHL
CD20+ NHL
Population
Adult
Adult
Adult
Adult
Adult
Adult
Adult
Hutchings et al.
Dickinson et al.
Budde et al.
(2022)20
(2022)22
(2022)19
(2023)18
(2023)21
(2021)15
(2021)17
DIC, disseminated intravascular coagulation; HLH, hemophagocytic lymphohystiocytosis; MM, multiple myeloma; NA, not available; R/R, relapsed/refractory; RP2P, recommended phase 2 dose.
NA/NA
NA/NA
NA/NA
NA/NA
laxis: They may be considered in individual cases but cannot
DIC&
NA/NA
NA/NA
NA/NA
7-14 days in patients with recent invasive fungal infections or
HLH&
NA/NA
in the direct context of CRS, but more classic HLH is typic ally
7(9.6%)
NA/3(2.3%)
NA/NA
Febrile
Thrombocytopenia&
*N is the population considered for that extracted data, which may be the whole cohort or a subpopulation.
18(45%)/8(20%)
67(51.5%)/
59(45.4%)
26(65%)/
46(37%)/
106(64%)
36(29%)/
36(27.7%)
20(16%)
61(37%)
ventional DIC.
11(28%)
40
Teclistamab
Teclistamab
BCMA×CD3
BCMA×CD3
BCMA×CD3
R/R MM
R/R MM
R/R MM
R/R MM
Conflict-of-interest disclosure
Adult
Adult
Adult
Adult
(2022)28¥
(2022)33#
#
¥
Anemia is common during pregnancy, and while most anemia is physiologic, the most common pathologic cause is
iron deficiency. The American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists (ACOG) recommends confirmation of iron
deficiency anemia with iron studies when anemia is diagnosed during pregnancy but acknowledges that presumptive
treatment for suspected iron deficiency anemia is common in practice. Currently ACOG does not recommend treating
iron deficiency without anemia during pregnancy. Though the benefits of treating iron deficiency anemia during preg-
nancy are clear, the optimal route of iron repletion remains uncertain. Results of ongoing large, randomized trials will help
define the optimal route of iron treatment for pregnant patients diagnosed with iron deficiency anemia.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Overview physiologic versus pathologic anemia during pregnancy
• Discuss screening and treatment guidelines for iron deficiency anemia in pregnancy
• Review current data on optimal iron treatment method (oral versus intravenous) for iron deficiency anemia
in pregnancy
Table 2. Ongoing trials comparing IV to oral iron for iron deficiency anemia during pregnancy36–40
Location/
Trial Inclusion IV iron (1) IV iron (2) Oral iron Masking Primary outcome N
funding
EDIVA39 Bangladesh Hb <10 at 13-32 Ferric - Ferrous sulfate, No Maternal anemia 900
Gates weeks carboxymaltose, 60 mg bid (Hb <11) at
1000 mg 36 weeks
IVIDA236 US Hb <10 & ferritin Ferric - Ferrous sulfate, Yes Maternal 746
NIH <30 at 24-28 derisomaltose, 65 mg qd-tid peripartum blood
weeks 1000 mg transfusion
IVON37 Nigeria Hb <10 at 20-32 Ferric - Ferrous sulfate, No Maternal anemia 1056
Gates weeks carboxymaltose, 65 mg tid (Hb <11) at
1000 mg 36 weeks
RAPID IRON38 India Hb <10 at 13-26 Ferric Ferric Ferrous sulfate, No Low birth weight 4320
Children weeks carboxymaltose, derisomaltose, 60 mg bid Maternal anemia
Investment Fund 1000 mg 1000 mg (Hb <11) at
Foundation (UK) 30-34 weeks
REVAMP-TT40 Malawi Hb <10 at 27-35 Ferric - Ferrous sulfate, No Maternal anemia 590
Gates weeks carboxymaltose, 60 mg bid (Hb <11) at
1000 mg 36 weeks
RANDOMIZATION
OUTCOMES
Primary: maternal blood transfusion at delivery
IVIDA234 Secondary: safety, other maternal outcomes, neonatal outcomes, infant brain myelin
content and neurodevelopmental scores at 6 and 36 months, cost-effectiveness
mentation in pregnant people without anemia affects perinatal Furthermore, the iron demands of normal pregnancy may
outcomes.8 Thus, providing more than 27mg of elemental iron increase the risk of iron deficiency anemia later in pregnancy.
daily for pregnant people without anemia is not currently the As untreated iron deficiency anemia increases the risk of peri
standard of care. natal complications,17 waiting for iron deficiency anemia to
If performed, evaluation for iron deficiency anemia during develop prior to initiating treatment may in fact cause harm.
pregnancy by obstetric care providers is usually with serum fer Data on interventions designed to prevent the development
ritin only, as it is more easily interpretable compared with the of iron deficiency anemia among pregnant people with iron
full panel of iron studies,3 despite being an acute phase reactant deficiency and normal hemoglobin remain scant. A recent
that may vary during normal pregnancy due to the physiologic randomized controlled trial conducted in Denmark compared
rise in hepcidin levels.9 Furthermore, ferritin is considered to be a the efficacy of a single-dose (1000 mg) intravenous (IV) iron
more sensitive and specific marker for iron deficiency than other (fer
ric derisomaltose) with 100 mg daily oral iron (fer rous
markers, including serum iron and transferrin saturation.10,11 How fumarate) in preventing anemia among 201 pregnant people
ever, the WHO and ACOG have different thresholds of serum at 14 to 21 weeks with iron deficiency (ferritin <30 ng/L).18
ferritin required to diagnose iron deficiency during pregnancy Over the 18-week follow-up period, those receiving IV iron
(Table 1). The WHO defines iron deficiency during the first tri had a higher mean hemoglobin increase and were less likely
mester of pregnancy as serum ferritin <15 ng/L,12 whereas ACOG to develop anemia compared with those receiving oral iron
defi nes iron defi ciency dur ing preg nancy as a serum fer ri
tin (9% vs 27%; 18% difference, 95% CI [10%, 25%]).18 There was
<30 ng/L in any trimester.3 We use the ACOG diagnostic thresh no significant difference between the 2 groups in treatment-
olds for iron deficiency during pregnancy as the higher ferritin related adverse events.18 While these results are promising,
level has much higher sen si
tiv
ity (92%) with out a sig nifi
cant 11% of the analytic population had iron deficiency anemia at
compromise of specificity (98%).11 randomization. Thus, these results may not be applicable to
pregnant people with iron deficiency but not anemia. More
Management of iron deficiency without anemia high-qual ity data are urgently needed to clar ify whether
during pregnancy treating iron deficiency without anemia during pregnancy
By apply ing ACOG defi
nitions of iron defi ciency and ane improves perinatal outcomes.
mia, we can define iron defi ciency with out anemia dur
ing pregnancy as a serum ferritin <30 ng/L but hemoglobin Treating iron deficiency anemia in pregnancy
≥11.0 g/dL.3 Currently, ACOG does not recommend treatment Unlike the clinical conundrum of iron deficiency without anemia
for iron deficiency without anemia,3 perhaps because there during pregnancy, iron deficiency anemia has been associated
are no compelling data showing that maternal iron deficiency with increased rates of cesarean delivery, postpartum depres
is associated with reduced fetal or neonatal iron stores or sion, and perinatal blood transfusion,17,19,20 the major driver of the
adverse child hood neurodevelopmental sequellae.13,14 How CDC’s severe maternal morbidity composite quality metric.21
ever, new approaches for evalua ting iron homeostasis have Iron deficiency ane mia is also asso ci ated with increased risk
prompted a call to change this paradigm.15 Data generated of low birth weight, pre term birth, and small-for-ges ta
tional-
from novel iron testing methods have suggested that neo age neonates.17,19 Moreover, those who are iron deficient during
nates born to mothers with lower ferritins have significantly pregnancy are at risk of delivering iron-deficient neonates, who
lower ferritins than neonates born to mothers with normal them selves are at risk for delayed growth and devel op ment
ferritins.16 More research is needed to untangle the potential even after post natal iron reple
tion.22 Fetal-neo natal iron defi
relationship between maternal iron deficiency without anemia ciency has been linked to neurological impairments in infants23
and abnormal neonatal outcomes. that may persist into adulthood.22 Animal studies have identified
Bleeding disorders, including von Willebrand disease (VWD), hemophilia, other coagulation factor deficiencies, platelet
disorders, defects of fibrinolysis, and connective tissue disorders, have both maternal and fetal implications. Successful
management of bleeding disorders in pregnant women requires not only an understanding of bleeding disorders but also
an understanding of when and how bleeding occurs in pregnancy. Bleeding does not occur during a normal pregnancy
with a healthy placenta. Bleeding occurs during pregnancy when there is an interruption of the normal utero-placental
interface, during miscarriage, during an ectopic pregnancy, or at the time of placental separation at the conclusion of
pregnancy. Although mild platelet defects may be more prevalent, the most commonly diagnosed bleeding disorder
among women is VWD. Other bleeding disorders are less common, but hemophilia carriers are unique in that they are at
risk of bleeding themselves and of giving birth to an affected male infant. General guidance for maternal management of
a woman who is moderately or severely affected includes obtaining coagulation factor levels at a minimum in the third
trimester; planning for delivery at a center with hemostasis expertise; and anticipating the need for hemostatic agents.
General guidance for fetal management includes pre-pregnancy counseling; the option of preimplantation genetic test-
ing for hemophilia; delivery at a tertiary care center with pediatric hematology and newborn intensive care; consider-
ation of cesarean delivery of a potentially severely affected infant; and avoidance of invasive procedures such as scalp
electrodes and operative vaginal delivery in any potentially affected infant.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Understand when and how bleeding occurs in pregnancy
• Be able to provide general guidance for the maternal and fetal management of a woman with a bleeding disorder
during pregnancy
Deficiency Treatment*
Factor VII deficiency
20%-50%—mild
10%-20%—moderate; at risk for mild or provoked bleeding
<10%—severe Low-dose rFVIIa or plasma
Factor XI deficiency
20%-60%—variable risk for bleeding
<20%—still variable risk for bleeding Plasma or FXI concentrate where available
Fibrinogen deficiency
<60mg/dL—at risk for miscarriage Fibrinogen concentrates where available are the treatment of choice
for patients with quantitative or qualitative deficiencies; otherwise,
<100mg/dL—at risk for placental abruption
cryoprecipitate for antepartum as well as peripartum prophylaxis.
<150mg/dL—at risk for placental abruption in labor and PPH
Factor XIII deficiency
<10%—severe; high risk for miscarriage and PPH FXIII concentrate where available for antepartum as well as peripartum
prophylaxis
*Includes the general guidance described under “Management of pregnant women with any bleeding disorder.”
Venous thromboembolism (VTE) is a leading cause of maternal morbidity and mortality worldwide. Despite the impact
of VTE on pregnant and postpartum people and on society, guidelines addressing prevention, diagnosis, and manage-
ment of VTE in pregnant and postpartum people frequently are based on recommendations from expert opinion and
are extrapolated from data in nonpregnant populations. Pregnant individuals are frequently excluded from clinical trials,
which is a barrier to providing safe, effective care. Anchoring to a case discussion, this review provides an update on
recently published and ongoing randomized clinical trials (RCTs), prospective clinical management studies, and other
research in this area. It highlights, in particular, the results of the Highlow RCT, which addresses optimal prevention of
recurrence during pregnancy in people with prior VTE. Finally, we raise awareness of the impact of national and interna-
tional clinical trial networks on the conduct of RCTs in pregnancy. We conclude, based on these data, that academic VTE
clinical trials in pregnant women can and must be done.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• To understand the impact of VTE in pregnancy and the crucial importance of excellent prevention and diagnostic
and management pathways
• To review the most recently published data and guidelines addressing optimal prevention, diagnosis, and
management of VTE in pregnancy
algorithm, the sensitivity, failure rates, and efficiency (number CLINICAL CASE (continued)
of CTPA scans avoided) were 98% (95% CI 88%-100%), 1.4% As a nurse, Aries was interested to know whether similar stud
(95% CI 0.49%-3.3%), and 43% (95% CI 40%-46%), respectively. ies were evaluating algorithms for suspected DVT in pregnancy.
The efficiency of CUS in patients without DVT symptoms was
low, at 0.79% (95% CI 0.16%-2.4%), but 10-fold higher in those
with DVT symptoms, at 7.9% (95% CI 3.9%-15%). The baseline
pulmonary embolism prevalence was 5.4%. Diagnosis of DVT during pregnancy
Efforts to further improve pulmonary embolism diagnosis in D-dimers and clinic al prediction rules are not currently vali
pregnancy are ongoing, including the recent derivation of a novel dated for DVT exclusion in pregnancy, and diagnostic imag
pretest probability score: the pregnancy-adapted Geneva (PAG) ing is essential. The LEFt clinic al decision rule shows promise
score.15 In contrast to previous rules, the PAG score includes only in eval u
at
ing preg nant peo ple with suspected DVT. Points
objective items that are relevant to pregnant people, exclud are given for Left leg symptoms (1 point), Extremity swelling
ing items such as age >65 years or cancer. The authors derived (≥2 cm differ
ence in calf cir cum fer
ence; 1 point) and First-
the PAG score using data from the CT-PE-Pregnancy study.11 The trimester symptom onset (1 point). People with 0 or 1 point
area under the curve of the PAG and the origin al Geneva pretest have an “unlikely” clinical probability, and those with >1 point
probability scores were 0.795 (95% CI 0.690-0.899), and 0.684 a “likely” clinical probability. In retrospective analyses of 2
(95% CI 0.563-0.805), respectively. cohort studies, the diagnostic failure rate of the LEFt rule was
3.1% (95% CI: 0.8%-7.7%)16 and 0% (95% CI: 0%-8.2%),17 respec Management of ther apeutic LMWH in the peripartum
tively, highlighting the need for more data. The ongoing LEaD period for preg nant peo ple lacks high-qual ity supporting
study (Safely Ruling Out Deep Vein Thrombosis in Pregnancy data.18 Guidelines con sider com peting risks and ben efits
With the LEFt Clinical Decision Rule and D-Dimer: A Prospective when making recommendations on the timing of peripartum
Cohort Study; NCT02507180) aims to prospectively evaluate regional analgesia.2,19 These guidelines suggest that regional
the performance of the diagnostic algorithm. analgesia should be avoided unless LMWH has been discontin
ued at least 24 hours before delivery (assuming normal renal
Back to the case; management of acute VTE function and including risk assessment at extremes of body
in pregnancy weight). ESC guidelines recommend that “LMWH should not
In line with 2019 ESC guidelines,2 Aries’s antenatal and peri be given for at least 4 hours after removal of the epidural cath
partum care was guided by a mul ti
dis
ci
plin
ary team with eter; the decision on timing and dose should consider whether
experience in pulmonary embolism management in preg the epidural insertion was traumatic and take into account the
nancy. In the Rotunda Hospital, Dublin, Ireland, where Aries risk profile of the (pregnant person).”2 For example, if a shorter
was being cared for, written plans are jointly agreed on by a time interval between the removal of the epidural catheter and
multidisciplinary team and discussed with the patient them commencement of the first LMWH is selected following this
selves. This approach is now also endorsed by the authors risk assessment, the first dose could initially be a prophylactic
of a recent expert consensus toolkit from the Foundation for one. Indeed, UK guidelines20 make the following suggestion:
Women and Girls with Blood Disorders Thrombosis Subcom “A thromboprophylactic dose of LMWH . . . should be given 4
mittee on the multidisciplinary care of pregnant people with hours postoperatively (at least 4 hours after removal of the epi
VTE or at risk of VTE,18 with recommendations being pro dural catheter, if appropriate) and the treatment dose recom
vided on the roles of individual team members in the care menced 8 to 12 hours later.”1 Importantly, LMWH can be given
of pregnant people with VTE. Low-molecular-weight heparin to breastfeeding people.
(LMWH) is recommended by international guidelines and by Postpartum hemorrhage (PPH) is also a leading cause of
these consensus recommendations for the treatment of VTE maternal death.21 As we manage acute VTE during pregnancy
during pregnancy, and direct oral anticoagulants are con with anticoagulation, the potential increased bleeding risk is
traindicated.2,18 Importantly, the Foundation for Women and therefore highly relevant.2,22 A recent systematic review sought
Girls with Blood Disorders Thrombosis Subcommittee expert to characterize the risk of bleeding in pregnant people man
consensus toolkit18 makes recommendations on the specific aged with therapeutic LMWH.23 The authors noted variability in
contents of a delivery plan, which should include the timing, bleeding definitions used in individual studies. Because of this
route, and location of delivery; an intrapartum anticoagula limitation, only a descriptive report of outcomes was possible.
tion plan (with guidance on the time to discontinue antico The authors reported major bleeding in 2.9%-5.0% and PPH
agulation in the event of a planned or unplanned delivery and risk of 12%-30% in people receiving therapeutic anticoagula
whether bridging anticoagulation is required); the timelines tion. Importantly, the authors highlighted the lack of high-qual
required for eligibility for neuraxial anesthesia; and, where ity data despite this critical fact: both VTE and bleeding are
relevant, a postpartum anticoagulation plan (with advice on global health priorities that kill thousands of pregnant people
options based on the infant feeding plan). every year.21,24 In a 2019 systematic review only 34% of pregnant
people included in an LMWH trial had bleeding events prospec Furthermore, the ongoing Pregnancy AND Anticoagulation
tively recorded using a standardized definition.25 Arising from (PANDA) study, being conducted via the “Venous thromboEm
this unmet clinical need, a new classific ation of bleeding during bolism Network U.S.” (VENUS) national VTE research network
and after pregnancy for use in clinical trials has been proposed is a prospective observational cohort of 250 pregnant people
by the Scientific and Standardization Subcommittee on Control who require anticoagulation. The primary objective is to com
of Anticoagulation of the International Society on Thrombosis pare the incidence of pregnancy complications associated with
and Haemostasis (ISTH)25 (Figure 4). anticoagulation around the time of delivery between pregnant
High-qual ity data are eagerly antic i
pated from ongo ing people treated with either unfractionated heparin or LMWH
cohort studies. For example, the prospective, multicenter “PREP around the time of delivery. The Pregnancy AND Anticoagula
and GO” (PRospective Evaluation of Peripartum Anticoagulation tion study has a composite endpoint of cesarean delivery, labor
manaGement for thromboembolism; NCT05756244) study will induction, inability to give epidural or spinal anesthesia, post
evaluate peripartum anticoagulation management among preg partum hemorrhage, and venous thrombosis from 36 weeks to
nant people with VTE and its impact on patient outcomes using 6 weeks postpartum.
standardized definitions and adjudicated outcomes. The primary
objective is to estimate the combined incidence of major and Back to the case; postpartum management
clinically relevant nonmajor bleeding up to 6 weeks postpartum Aries recovered well and continued therapeutic LMWH until
for the most common 6 antepartum strategies (Table 2). 6 weeks post par
tum, in line with guide line and consen
sus
statement recommendations favoring limited duration antico of recurrence during pregnancy than outside pregnancy.1,11,28-30
agulation (no fewer than 3 months in total and usually continu In contrast, pregnancy-associated VTE recurrence risk is
ing for at least 6 weeks postpartum) for a pregnancy-provoked lower (1.0%; 95% CI: 1.9%-5.7%) in peo ple with a pre vi
ous
VTE event.2,26 VTE provoked by a major nonhormonal transient risk factor.31
Consequently, there had been, prior to 2022, a con sis
tent
recommendation in international and society guidelines for
pharmacologic thromboprophylaxis during pregnancy and for
CLINICAL CASE (cont inu ed) 6 weeks postpartum in individuals in these higher-risk catego
It is now Janua ry 2023, and Aries presents to the outpatient ries32-34 (Figure 5). However, the optimal LMWH dose for recur
clinic, 6 weeks into their second pregnancy. They are keen to rent VTE prevention was not known.
understand how they can optimally protect themselves from This situation was rectified by the publication in late 2022
experiencing VTE recurrence. We discuss this and the results of the multicenter, multinational academic Highlow RCT.27 This
of the recently published landmark Highlow randomized con RCT recruited 1110 pregnant individuals aged ≥18 years and
trolled trial (RCT).27 ≤14 weeks’ gestation who had experienced prior objectively
Aries is aware that people with previous VTE, particularly confirmed VTE that was either unprovoked or provoked by a
an unprovoked or hormone-provoked event, are at higher risk hormonal (or pregnancy-related) risk factor; 70 hospitals from
The primary objective is to estimate the combined incidence of major and clinically relevant nonmajor bleeding up to 6 weeks postpartum for the
most common 6 antepartum strategies. Of the 8 strateg ies listed above, the investigators expect 6 predominant strategies. If other possible strate
gies are used other than those listed above (eg, continuing anticoagulation throughout labor intentionally or stopping anticoagulation early at 37-38
weeks’ gestation), they will also be recorded. Prophylactic-dose LMWH: enoxaparin 40 mg daily, dalteparin 5000 IU daily, tinzaparin 4500 IU daily,
nadroparin 2850 IU daily; more-than-prophylactic-dose LMWH: Anything higher in dose than what is listed above, including intermediate-dose and
therapeutic-dose LMWH.
IOL, induction of labor; UFH, unfractionated heparin.
9 countries participated. Individuals were randomized to low-dose groups (RR 1.16 [95% CI 0.65-2.09]), demonstrating that
either weight-adjusted inter me di
ate-dose or fixed low-dose low-dose LMWH is the appro pri
ate dose for pre vention of
LMWH. There was no sig nifi
cant differ
ence between the 2 pregnancy-related recurrent VTE. Interestingly, postpartum
groups in the primary efficacy outcome (recurrent, objectively VTE recurrence occurred more frequently in people receiving
con firmed, centrally adju di
cated VTE up to 6 weeks post low-dose than intermediate-dose LMWH (2% and 1%, respec
partum), which occurred in 3% and 2% in the low- and inter tively). Although it is important to point out that this was a
mediate-dose groups, respectively (relative risk [RR] 0.69 [95% post hoc analysis, for which the study was not powered, it sug
CI 0.32-1.47]; P = 0.33). The pri mary safety out come (major gests a potentially interesting hypothesis that an intermediate
bleeding) occurred in 4% of each of the intermediate-dose and postpartum LMWH dose could result in reduced VTE rates in
the postpartum period. However, to definitively answer this insufficient data to make evidence-based recommendations.1,37 A
question, an adequately powered study for this outcome is major issue has been that the use of LMWH injections limits the
required. feasibility of a large RCT, as seen in the experience of the pilot
PROSPER trial (LMWH vs placebo among postpartum people
with VTE risk factors). Among eligible people refusing consent,
Primary VTE prevention 27.2% were uncomfortable with LMWH injections.38
We know that prior VTE is an important risk factor for VTE dur However, there is hope on the horizon (Table 3). Aspirin has
ing pregnancy and postpartum (and that people with prior VTE shown promise in VTE prevention in nonobstetric populations,
should receive postpartum pharmacologic thromboprophylaxis notably following hip or knee arthroplasty.39,40 Although these
[Figure 5]), but that this risk factor is identified in only 1%-2% of data cannot, at this time, be extrapolated to VTE prevention
pregnant individuals.35 How should VTE prevention be optimized in pregnancy and postpartum, the use of an oral drug could
postpartum in individuals with other, more commonly occurring hypothetically improve patient acceptance of a postpartum
risk factors and combinations of these risk factors? trial intervention. Low-dose aspirin (ASA) is considered safe
Identifying people at increased risk of developing postpar during breastfeeding.32
tum VTE may allow for targeted intervention.32 In postpartum The pilot PARTUM multicenter, randomized, double-blind,
individua
ls with high VTE risk, the benefits of thromboprophy placebo-controlled trial (ClinicalTrials.gov Identifier: NCT041
laxis may outweigh the risks.1 VTE risk factors are common: 53760), now nearly complete, randomizes eligible individuals
in an Irish study including 21,019 postpartum VTE risk assess at elevated VTE risk to low-dose oral aspirin or placebo daily
ments,36 we reported that 78% of pregnant people had at least for 6 weeks. The primary outcome of this pilot trial is to deter
one VTE risk factor and that one-fifth of people developed new mine the feasibility of a full multicenter RCT by determining
VTE risk factors in the peripartum period that would not have the mean recruitment rate per center per month, calculated
been identified antenatally,35 high light
ing the cru cial impor over 6 months.
tance of VTE risk assessment not only during pregnancy but The sin gle-center “PP-HEP” pilot trial (“Preventing post
also postpartum. partum venous thromboembolism with low-molecular-weight
This question remains one of the most urgent knowledge heparin: a feasibility randomized controlled trial”) in Geneva
gaps in obstetric and VTE practice internationally. Despite its (NCT05878899) has also recently shown that approximately 1 in
importance, there is a striking lack of data to guide either ante 4 people deemed to be at intermediate risk of VTE were willing
partum and particularly postpartum thromboprophylaxis, at to participate in a pragmatic, open-label trial of a 10-day post
a time when VTE risk is highest and when risk assessment can partum LMWH course. Data from this pilot trial were presented
be challenging. International guideline recommendations vary at the International Society on Thrombosis and Haemostasis
widely and are based on expert consensus because there are congress 2023. One hundred twenty-two participants were
b
As judged by physician and/or local investigator.
ASA, aspirin; × /40, × weeks’ gestational age.
randomized to enoxaparin 40-60mg per day for 10 days or no for 6 weeks (treatment B). Recruitment and adherence appear
treatment. The overall recruitment rate was 12.8 per month,41 promising, with an enrollment rate reported at American Soci
providing further evidence that recruitment of people to post ety of Hematology of 69.2% (18/26) and treatment adherence
partum LMWH trials is possible, even if projected VTE rates are rates of 98.2% and 94.1% in groups A and B. At 6 weeks quality-
low, and that regional or country-specific variations in recruit of-life scores (measured by the Duke Anticoagulation Satisfac
ment rates may be important. tion Scale) improved by 33.3% in group A compared with group
Furthermore, an ongo ing pilot single-cen ter RCT pre B (P = 0.01).
sented at the American Society of Hematology Meeting 2022 There is a similar dearth of RCT evidence guiding optimal
(NCT05058924)42 randomized postpartum individuals deemed antepartum pri mary VTE pre ven
tion. No VTE risk assess ment
to be at ele vated VTE risk to either pro phy
lac tic LMWH for model has been sufficiently validated. However, the research
3 weeks followed by low-dose aspirin for the following 3 weeks question has been prioritized. A multicenter study performed
(treatment A) or standard-care prophylactic-intensity LMWH by the French STRATHEGE inves ti
ga
tors com pared VTE and
Acute promyelocytic leukemia (APL), a phenotypically and genotypically unique subtype of acute myeloid leukemia, has
seen unprecedented advances in its management since the introduction of all-trans retinoic acid (ATRA) and arsenic tri-
oxide. However, the phenomenal pharmacologic conversion of this once highly fatal disease to one with a long-term sur-
vival exceeding 90% among patients who survive induction remains impaired by the significant incidence of early death
(ED) reaching 30% in some real-world studies. The key driver for ED in APL is catastrophic hemorrhage with a proclivity
for cranial sites. Most EDs in APL are currently considered preventable. Here, we discuss the concept of early death in APL
and its characteristics. Importantly, we outline implementable strategies to reduce the incidence of ED. Early recognition
of APL underpins these preventive measures as significant delays in the diagnosis increase the likelihood of ED. While
early administration of ATRA is often taught to all hematology trainees, this lifesaving intervention is only possible if pro-
viders, including those in emergency departments and urgent/immediate care settings, are trained to have a high index
of suspicion and competence to recognize the morphologic and clinical characteristics of the disease. Other proposed
strategies tackle the complications that can be present at diagnosis or arise during induction therapy and address the
issues of expert consultation and protocol adherence in the management of these patients. While some of these mea-
sures appear intuitive and others aspirational, widespread adoption could bring about an era of cure for almost every
patient with APL.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Describe the concept of early death in acute promyelocytic leukemia (APL), its characteristics, and its key drivers
• Propose strategies to prevent early death in APL
expressed surface protein, contributes to thrombocytopenia bicin in the induction phase of therapy on days 2, 4, 6, and 8
and bleeding by promoting platelet aggregation and consump with ATRA and ATO, as well as ATRA and ATO in consolid ation for
tion; ATRA downregulates the expres sion of podoplanin and 2 cycles and maintenance, results in 5-year disease-free survival
decreases risk of bleeding.31 Proteolysis of procoagulant pro and overall survival rates of 95% and 87%, respectively.4 An alter
teins is another proposed mechanism.27 It was initially thought native strategy is the addition of GO, 9 mg/m2, given on day 1 of
that the coagulopathy in APL is merely disseminated intravascu induction therapy, to ATRA and ATO in high-risk patients, which
lar coagulation. However, fibrinolysis and proteolysis also play results in a 5-year disease-free survival and overall survival of
integral roles. APL appears less characterized by the formation 89% and 86%, respectively.2 Other clinical trials have also shown
of microvascular thrombi, and there are more marked derange the benefit of adding GO in this patient population.11,33
ments in coagulation parameters such as prothrombin time (PT), Our approach to the management of patients with high-risk
activated partial thromboplastin time (aPTT), fibrinogen, fibrin APL involves the combination of ATRA and ATO with GO. Consol-
split products, and D-dimer while levels of anticoagulant pro idation therapy is given with 4 courses of ATRA and ATO without
teins, such as proteins C and S, are preserved.32 maintenance. The addition of an anthracycline, often idarubicin,
Thrombosis also can be a manifestation of disordered coag is a very acceptable alternative if this is the clinician’s preference
ulation in APL, albeit far less commonly compared to hemor or GO is unavailable. The use of GO may preserve cardiac func
rhage.19 This may be attributable to hypercoagulability promoted tion and decrease long-term cardiac toxicity, desired goals in
by cytokines such as interleukins and tumor necrosis factor α, both younger and older patients.34
which enhance the activity of tissue factor and PA inhibitor 1 In addition to early initiation of ATRA, proactive management
while decreasing the production of the endothelial anticoagu of coagulopathy is vital and should be considered as important
lant thrombomodulin.26 as ATRA. Due to the high risk of bleeding, there is essentially
no role for prophylactic or therap eutic anticoagulation (includ
Treatment of high-risk APL: Focus on prevention ing low-dose unfractionated heparin, which has historically been
of early death used in this patient population), and it should be avoided except
The modern treatment of APL is anchored on aggressive man possibly in the very rare setting of life-threatening thrombosis,
agement of the coagulopathy and early initiation of ATRA. Differ- an event the authors have never had to confront.
entiating agents, ATRA and ATO, have become the backbone of Although the benefit is not clearly established, we administer
the treatment of APL. prophylactic steroids to all patients with APL given the minimal
Patients with high-risk APL should be treated according to toxicities and would have done so in the clinical case presented.
one of several protocols for high-risk disease, initially aimed at The choice of steroid and dose should be as administered in the
controlling the WBC count and therefore perhaps decreasing regimen being followed. In patients managed without prophy
the risk of ED. One approach is the addition of an anthracycline lactic steroids but who develop DS, the use of dexamethasone
to ATRA and ATO. The APML4 study, which incorporates idaru- 10 mg every 12 hours until resolution has become the standard
While immune thrombocytopenia often presents with mild bleeding manifestations or surprising findings of throm-
bocytopenia on routine complete blood counts in patients without symptoms, some patients can present with new
thrombocytopenia and life-threatening bleeding. Emergent assessment and treatment are needed to prevent substan-
tial morbidity and even mortality. These patients present to the emergency room with bleeding, and hematologists
are subsequently consulted. Understanding the approach to making the diagnosis and excluding other life-threatening
illnesses is essential, as is rapid initiation of treatment in the bleeding patient even when the diagnosis of immune-
mediated thrombocytopenia is tentative. Using a case-based format, we review how to approach and treat patients
presenting with new thrombocytopenia and bleeding.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Evaluate adult patients who present with new thrombocytopenia and life-threatening bleeding
• Determine the best treatment plan for adults who have newly diagnosed ITP and life-threatening bleeding
counts greater than 30 000/µL and no bleeding manifesta not to achieve an artificial threshold for intervention (such as a
tions can be treated as outpatients.8 Factors such as age,9 request for a platelet count of 100,000/μL to go to surgery). If
comorbid disease, including renal insufficiency, and medica patients do not respond one or two units of transfused plate-
tions affect the risk of bleeding and the need for hospitaliz a lets, repeat transfusion of additional units is unlikely to be effec-
tion and urgency for treatment. tive and puts the patient at higher risk of transfusion-associated
The patient in this case meets the definition of critical bleed complications. Platelet transfusion is best considered part of a
ing. She requires not only hospital admission but also urgent multi-modality hemostatic strategy, along with antifibrinolytics,
treatment to prevent further life-threatening bleeding. while waiting for glucocorticoids and IVIG to work.
Hemophagocytic lymphohistiocytosis (HLH) is one of the life-threatening emergencies that a hematologist may be called
upon to diagnose and manage. It is a hyperinflammatory process that develops in patients with genetic abnormalities,
hematologic malignancies, chronic inflammatory states, or infections. The main clinical challenges are recognizing HLH,
determining whether the immune response is aberrant or appropriate, and deciding upon therapy. Patients may present
with fever, central nervous system symptoms, cytopenias, or elevated liver enzymes.
Recognizing HLH is challenging because its features overlap with numerous systemic disorders, thus requiring a high
level of suspicion and timely investigations to confirm the diagnosis and detect the underlying trigger. Once HLH is diag-
nosed, careful consideration of immunosuppressive therapy’s potential benefit versus harm is necessary. Such therapy
can sometimes be tailored to the underlying trigger. In the acute setting, the competing pressures of completing a thor-
ough diagnostic process (including evaluation for the presence of lymphoma and infection) and the need for expedited
treatment must be balanced. During the management of an HLH patient, continuous vigilance for the presence of as-yet
unrecognized disease triggers, monitoring response, and identifying emerging complications is critical. This review will
discuss the recognition and management of HLH in the inpatient setting.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Recognize the HLH syndrome in the inpatient setting
• Identify HLH disease triggers and their appropriate treatments
• Determine when to start immunosuppressive therapy for suspected HLH
fever, neurologic symptoms, splenomegaly, cytopenias, elevated have been critical in this regard. The mechanism of dysregu
triglycerides, decreased fibrinogen, elevated liver enzymes, and lated immune response in HLH (Figure 1) was first described in a
increased ferritin and solub le CD25 (sCD25). These may present mouse model of the genetic version of the disease, familial HLH
in combination or individually, which may be particularly per (F-HLH). The underlying genetic defects of lymphocyte cytotox
tinent in instances of unexplained fever or liver enzyme eleva icity cause inadequate control of T-cell activation and failure to
tions. Patients with HLH are frequently among the most severely clear infections, particularly viral. This results in persistent CD8+
ill in the hos pi
tal, often encoun tered in inten sive care units T–cell activation with massive cytokine elaboration, commonly
with multiorgan dysfunction. The nonspecific nature of disease called a cytokine storm. Preeminent among these is interferon-
phenotypes in HLH makes the distinction from other causes of gamma (IFN-γ), the main driver of the disease phenotype. IFN-γ
severe multisystem disorders, particularly sepsis, difficult.1 Char activates macrophages associated with hemophagocytosis and
acteristically, HLH patients have an unremitting fever accom tissue infiltration and damage.7,8
panied by severe cytopenias, particularly thrombocytopenia. HLH is commonly defined when a patient meets 5 or more of
Early assessment of ferritin and soluble CD25, typically markedly the 8 enrollment criteria from the HLH-2004 study, developed
increased in HLH, may expedite the diagnosis. Recently, a spe as entry criteria for a clinical trial in F-HLH.9 The appropriateness
cific T-cell phenotypic signature has been suggested to discrim of these criteria for diagnosing other types of HLH is uncertain.10
inate between HLH and sepsis: CD38/HLA-DR bright CD8+ T cells Furthermore, while some of these features are driven by inappro
were increased in a cohort of children with familial HLH but not priate immune activation in F-HLH,7 their presence in the context
in children with a confirmed diagnosis of bacterial sepsis; the of cancer may represent nonimmunologic effects of the malig
presence of as few as 7% of cells with this unique phenotype nant clone itself, such as infiltration of the marrow or spleen.
was suffic ient to distinguish between children with HLH from Thus, some patients fulfilling the HLH-2004 criteria mimic F-HLH,
those with sepsis, although in HLH levels are usually higher.2-4 and not only may such patients not benefit from HLH-directed
HLH may mimic several conditions that must simultaneously be therapy, but they may even be harmed by it.11 Regardless of
considered possible mimics or true triggers of HLH (Table 1). In whether therapy may be helpful, if it obscures a critical diagno
a rapidly deteriorating HLH patient, prompt evaluation of these sis, such as prompt identification of malignancy, then it is poten
conditions is necessary. Novel serologic biomarkers, such as tially harmful.
C-X-C motif chemokine ligand 9 (CXCL9)5 and interleukin 18,6 are
emerging as markers with the potential to distinguish between How to approach a patient with suspected HLH
HLH and clinic al syndromes with overlapping features. Once HLH is suspected, the provider should pose 3 questions:
HLH is not an autoimmune disorder, but rather an aberrant
1. Does my patient have HLH syndrome?
inflammatory response characterized by excessive and mal
2. What is the underlying cause (genetic?) and trigger (infec
adaptive T-cell activation. Hence, when a critically ill patient
tion, malignancy)?
has a widespread inflammatory response, it is imperative to
3. Will my patient benefit from immunosuppressive therapy?
establish a conceptual framework that distinguishes between
an appropriate immunologic response, such as one to a seri
ous bacterial or viral infection, and a disordered and unregu Does my patient have the HLH syndrome?
lated response, which characterizes HLH. Seminal advances in All patients fulfilling the required num ber of HLH diag nos
tic
understanding the molecular and cellular underpinnings of HLH features of HLH-2004 diagnostic criteria9 or HScore12 (Table 2)
may potentially have HLH syndrome. However, not allindivid ITK, CD27) are associated with HLH, as are those associated
uals fulfilling these criteria have a hyperinflammatory process with inflammasome activation, such as defects in the XIAP and
and may not benefi t from immune suppression. Such patients NLRC4 are also genes. A recent whole exome–based study has
should be considered to have an HLH mimic instead of HLH expanded the list of potentially HLH-associated genes.15 Adult
disease. For example, while a patient with spontaneous famil HLH is not associated with germline mutations but may be asso
ial HLH or another with macrophage activating syndrome (MAS) ciated with clonal hematopoiesis and somatic mutations.16
associated with a rheumatologic disease would be considered In adults, malignancies are the most common trigger of HLH
to have HLH disease, a patient with disseminated tuberculosis and may occur in 3 settings. The first is HLH presenting concur
with the requisite number of features resulting from an appro rently with malignancy (M-HLH).17 While the mechanism of this
priate immune response would best be thought of as having an syndrome is unknown, patient outcome is especially poor, with
HLH mimic. Thus, establishing an HLH diagnosis begins with rec a 5-year overall survival of only 10%-20%. Hematologic malig
ognizing HLH syndrome followed by exclusion of HLH disease nancies are the most common cancers associated with this form
mimics (Figure 2).11 of HLH. They may be particularly difficult to recognize given
Serum fer ri
tin is the most widely avail able biomarker for the clinical similarity between the malignancy and HLH, which
HLH and can be measured immediately upon suspicion of the frequently begs whether the patients truly have HLH disease
process. However, hyperferritinemia is common in critically ill or an HLH mimic.18 M-HLH can be accurately identified by the
patients with sepsis, liver disease, and hematological malignan Optimized HLH Inflammatory Index, which comprises the com
cies,13 conditions that may mimic or trigger HLH. Lachman et al bined elevation of sCD25 > 3900 U/mL and ferritin >1000 ng/mL
recently demonstrated that 4 rather than 5 of the HLH-2004 cri (Table 2).19 An increased sCD25 to ferritin ratio has been reported
teria with optimized values (serum ferritin >3000 µg/L and fever to suggest an underlying lymphoma.20 HLH consensus recom
>38.2°C) and an HScore of 168 improve the sensitivity and spec mendations strongly support positron emission tomography–
ificity of HLH diagnosis.14 This application of the HLH diagnostic guided imaging, repetitive tissue sampling, and consultation
criteria in critic
ally ill hyperferritinemic patients may facilitate the with a lymphoma reference pathologist in adult patients with
timely diagnosis of HLH. HLH (Figure 3).21
Another important test, albeit not widely available globally, In the sec ond sce nario, HLH develops after che mo ther
is sCD25. This assay and ferritin have a high negative predictive apy that results in immune compromise, marrow suppression,
value; when both are nor mal, hyperinflammation is excluded and/or associated infection; the condition is best thought of as
(Figure 3). The only exception is infants under 1 year of age in HLH arising in the context of immune compromise (IC-HLH). The
whom HLH may present with a low but rising ferritin, necessitat final context is iatrogenic HLH resulting from immune-activating
ing serial measurement. therapies (Rx-HLH).22 Rx-HLH is always caused by (intentional)
immune hyperactivation and thus should be considered “HLH
What is the underlying trigger? disease” (Figure 2). These treatment modalities have in com
F-HLH should be considered in allchildren and young adults mon the activation of T-cell responses against a variety of hema
with HLH (especially in male patients because some defects are tologic malignancies and include chimeric antigen receptor
X linked). A genetic panel should be sent as soon as possible, (CAR) T cells, bi-specific T-cell engager antibodies, and check
but treatment initiation should not be delayed until results are point inhibitors, the latter also being associated with Rx-HLH in
received. Lesions in genes affecting perforin function (UNC13D, solid organ tumors.23 Recently, delayed onset Rx-HLH follow
STX11, STXBP2, RAB27A, LYST) or effector T-cell function (SH2D1A, ing CD22-directed CART cell administration c haracterized by
AST, aspartate aminotransferase; EULAR/ACR/PRINTO, European League Against Rheumatism/American College of Rheumatology/Pediatric
Rheumatology International Trials Organization; NK, natur al killer; sCD25, soluble CD25/soluble interleukin-2 receptor alpha; WBC, white blood cell.
extreme hyperferritinemia24 has been described and is termed because the HLH syndrome does not appear to have a largely
“immune effector cell-associated hemophagocytic lymphohis immune-mediated etiology in these patients. Importantly, some
tiocytosis-like syndrome (IEC-HS).”25 patients with atypical infections benefit from immunosuppres
Infections may either trigger or mimic HLH. Therefore, testing sive therapies.11
for common HLH-associated viruses by polymerase chain reac HLH in the context of rheumatologic diseases is termed MAS or
tion (PCR) should be routine in HLH patients. Epstein-Barr virus rheumatologic (R)-HLH and deserves special consideration. Since
(EBV) and cytomegalovirus are two of the most common infec patients with chronic inflammation have intrinsically elevated
tious HLH triggers. EBV is associated with a worse prognosis than plate lets and mark ers of inflammation, the European League
other subtypes.26 Hyperinflammation in COVID-19 patients has Against Rheumatism/American College of Rheumatology/
proven to have common immunologic profiles with HLH disease Paediatric Rheumatology International Trials Organization con
and may be considered on this spectrum.4 Atypical infections sortium developed unique diagnostic criteria for patients with
that may lead to cytopenias, elevations of inflammatory markers, juvenile systemic arthritis presenting with MAS (Table 2). Simi
and other features of HLH include visceral leishmaniasis; dissem larly, patients with SLE may have underlying cytopenias making
inated atypical/tuberculous mycobacteria; histoplasmosis; Ehrli- MAS difficult to identify. These patients may present with neu
chia, Bartonella, and Brucella species; disseminated adenovirus; trophilia rather than neutropenia and have other unique clinical
and disseminated herpes simplex. In most cases, these infections symptoms such as arthritis and rash. Evidence from preclinical
should be considered as HLH mimics, and specific antimicrobial and clin i
cal stud
ies sug gests that interleukin 18 distinguishes
treatment is preferable to HLH-directed immune suppression MAS from F-HLH.6
Will my patient benefit from immunosuppressive therapy? oxyglucose uptake and no lymphadenopathy. Testing for rheu
After determining that the patient meets the criteria for the matologic disorders was negative. EBV PCR was elevated with
HLH syndrome (Table 2), appears to have these features due to 51,000 copies/mL. A presumptive diagnosis of EBV-associated
a hyperinflammatory process (Figure 2), and has been tested HLH was made. Genetic testing did not reveal any known
for underlying triggers (Figure 3), the clinician should consider F-HLH-associated mutation.
whether the patient would likely ben efi
t from immu no sup The patient was treated using the HLH-94 protocol; in addi
pressive therapy. Our patient was started on steroids because tion, 3 doses of rituximab as EBV directed therapy were added.
of an ongoing uncontrolled inflammatory process without a After the third dose, virus elimination was confirmed by PCR
definite diagnosis; though not optimal, this is a very common testing. During treatment, the clinical and laboratory abnormal
real-life scenario. ities gradually resolved.
Approach to therapy
CLINICAL CASE (cont inu ed)
Because patients with F-HLH and often other forms of HLH may
Following the elevated ferritin test, sCD25 was obtained and deteriorate rapidly, prompt and aggressive therapy is critical in
was elevated at 8390 U/mL, and a bone marrow biopsy showed improving outcomes and may require treatment initiation before
hemophagocytosis. HLH syndrome was established based on the conclusion of diagnostic testing.21 While the backbone of
fever, elevated sCD25, ferritin, bicytopenia, triglycerides, and therapy is etoposide, dexamethasone, and other immunosup
hemophagocytosis. pressive agents, treatment should be individualized accord
The trigger for HLH was sought: positron emission tomography– ing to spe cific triggers such as the presence of malig nancy
guided imaging demonstrated increased splenic18 fluorode or active viral infection. Though it may obscure the diagnosis
HLH
Yes unlikely
D iagnostic workup
Diagnostic Classify
Diagnose active HLH HLH-2004+ Treat
CBC HScore+ underlying
Fibrinogen OHI Index+ triggers
Triglycerides MAS criteria+
ALT
Ferritin
sCD25
Bone marrow biopsy
Specialized tests Consider risk/
Lymphocyte benefits of
Degranulation HLH-directed
CXCL9 therapy
IL-18
Perforin/granzyme
protein
Identifying the trigger
PET-CT
Repeated diagnostic
biopsies (consider
splenectomy)
Viral PCR: EBV, CMV,
adenovirus
Genetic testing
Figure 3. Algorithm for the evaluation of suspected hemophagocytic lymphohistiocytosis (HLH). ALT, alanine transaminase; CBC,
complete blood count; CXCL9, C-X-C motif chemokine ligand 9; HPI, history of present illness; PE, physical examination; sCD25,
soluble CD25 or soluble interleukin-2 receptor alpha.
of lymphoma or leukemia, early corticosteroid administration Other targeted therapies are currently being tested in clinical tri
should be considered, particularly if organ dysfunction occurs.27 als. These include the JAK inhibitor ruxolitinib in a phase 2 trial
F-HLH is treated according to the HLH-94 protocol (Figure 428): (NCT04551131),29 and a phase 3 trial of Tadekinig alpha, a recom
8 weeks of etoposide and dexamethasone treatment followed binant interleukin-18 binding protein (r-hIL-18BP) in patients with
by allogeneic hematopoietic stem cell transplantation (HSCT). deleterious NLRC4 and XIAP mutations which are associated with
Patients with refractory or recurrent disease or who cannot toler autoinflammatory syndromes (NCT03512314).
ate etoposide treatment (eg, because of severe cytopenias) can Rx-HLH should be treated with anticytokine therapy, which
be treated with emapalumab, an anti-IFN-γ monoclonal antibody. preserves immunotherapy’s efficacy, with tocilizumab and anak
inra being the preferred agents.25,30 Data regarding the efficacy gesting the need to consider this strategy more widely among
of emapalumab27 in this setting are emerging. these patients.38
The optimal treatment for M-HLH treatment is unknown.22
Currently, a 2-phase approach is advised.22,31 First, quench the
Conclusions
uncontrolled inflammation using corticosteroids or specific anti
Without rapid diagnosis and appropriate treatment, the natural
cytokine therapy, sometimes with etoposide. Evidence is also
course of HLH disease may be fatal. Due to the rarity, diversity,
emerging for ruxolitinib as successful therapy for inflammation
and complexity of the HLH syndrome, diagnosis is difficult and
con trol in these patients.32,33 Second, pro vide tumor-spe cific is often delayed. Increasing awareness of HLH in recent years
antineoplastic therapy, possibly augmented with etoposide, as has improved early diagnosis but may carry the risk of overdiag
soon as feasible. nosis and inappropriate immunosuppression in mimicking con
Treatment of IC-HLH requires thorough evaluation to identify ditions. Early measurement of serum ferritin and sCD25 levels,
possible bacterial, fungal, and viral triggers (including testing for particularly in M-HLH, can expedite diagnosis with a high degree
viral triggers with PCR), which, if present and treated expedi of specificity. Increasing the availability and awareness of these
tiously, may lead to the resolution of the syndrome. In addition, important diagnostic tests, along with comprehensive testing to
anti-inflammatory therapy with steroids and anticytokine agents identify an HLH trigger, such as malignancy or viral infection, is
is sometimes appropriate. crucial for improving patient outcomes.
MAS treatment is based predominantly on corticosteroids
and rarely requires etoposide. Recent reports have shown a Conflict-of-interest disclosure
good response to emapalumab in refrac tory patients, and a Adi Zoref-Lorenz: received consulting fees and research support
long-term follow-up trial is ongoing.34 Anakinra, a recombinant from Sobi.
IL-1 receptor antagonist, and agents targeting IL-6 have been Martin Ellis: no competing financial interests to declare.
reported as beneficial in MAS patients.35 Michael B. Jordan: received consulting fees and research support
Allogeneic HSCT is the standard of care for patients with from Sobi.
F-HLH, patients with refractory disease, and patients with M-HLH
that have no alter nate defin i
tive ther apy. Reduced-inten sity Off-label drug use
con di
tioning reg i
mens have reduced toxicities and improved Adi Zoref-Lorenz: Off-label use of ruxolitinib, emapalumab, and
survival rate36 but are often complicated by mixed chimerism.37 anakinra is discussed.
Excellent outcomes of HSCT in 21 patients with adult HLH have Martin Ellis: Off-label use of ruxolitinib, emapalumab, and anakinra
been reported with a 3-year OS of 75% (95% CI, 51%-89%), sug is discussed.
Patients with advanced liver diseases frequently acquire profound alterations in their hemostatic system. Simultane-
ous changes in procoagulant and anticoagulant systems result in a reset in the hemostatic balance with a relatively
neutral net effect, although there are notable hypocoagulable and hypercoagulable features in the hemostatic system
in patients with liver disease. Laboratory and clinical studies have demonstrated that patients have a relatively well-
preserved hemostatic system even though routine diagnostic tests of hemostasis (prothrombin time, platelet count)
suggest a bleeding tendency. Routine diagnostic tests of hemostasis are unsuitable to assess the hemostatic status of
patients with liver disease, as these tests are insensitive for the concurrent prohemostatic and antihemostatic changes in
these patients. These tests are, however, frequently requested in patients with liver disease, as they are well established
indicators of severity of liver disease. This paper will discuss commonly used diagnostic and research-type hemostatic
tests and will outline how test results should be interpreted in patients with liver disease.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• To identify limitations of common laboratory tests performed in patients with complex hemostatic alterations
as a result of liver disease
• To differentiate use of hemostatic tests in patients with liver disease as markers of disease severity from use
in prediction of bleeding
for levels of anticoagulant drivers, including the protein C system hemostatic status identified by more sophisticated tests of
and antithrombin. Due to a simultaneous decline in procoagulant hemostasis, and clinical bleeding which is often unrelated to
and anticoagulant proteins, thrombomodulin-modified thrombin hemostatic failure.
generation test results are normal or even show enhanced throm Recent clinical guidance documents suggest that routine
bin generation in patients with liver disease. Additional studies diag nos tic tests of hemo stasis are not help ful in predicting
have demonstrated that low levels of procoagulant proteins are spontaneous or procedure-related bleeding in patients with
compensated for by low levels of protein C and antithrombin and advanced chronic liver dis ease.8-11 Some of these doc u
ments
elevated levels of factor VIII.4-6 even advise not using such tests prior to invasive procedures.
The third category of studies is plasma-based fibrinolytic However, this advice is ignored in clinical practice for 2 impor
tests that demonstrate normal fibrinolytic potential in many tant reasons. First, routine diagnostic tests of hemostasis are
patients with liver disease due to simultaneous changes in useful indicators of severity of liver disease. The prothrombin
profibrinolytic and antifibrinolytic pro teins.7 Clinical obser time (PT) or international normalized ratio (INR) are part of clini
vations in support of the concept of rebalanced hemostasis cal scores for the severity of liver diseases such as the Child-Pugh
in liver disease include low transfusion requirements in many and model of end-stage liver disease scores, as they are indica
contemporary liver transplantation programs; also included tors of the synthetic capacity of the liver. The platelet count is
is the notion that clinically relevant bleeds in patients with a well-established indicator of severity of portal hypertension,12
cirrhosis are often independent of hemostatic failure and are which relates to the decrease in platelet count caused by portal
instead driven by portal hypertension (eg, variceal bleeds) or hypertension–related splenomegaly, which itself increases plate
mechanical injury to blood vessels (eg, bleeding following let sequestration in the spleen. The PT/INR and platelet count
invasive procedures) (Figure 2).8-11 Importantly, these nonhe- are thus helpful in staging patients with liver disease, and longi
mostatic bleeds require different strategies to treat or pre tudinal assessment of these tests can be used to monitor disease
vent. As in the case described herein, there is a seemingly progres sion. Second, it is com monly per ceived that base line
paradoxical disconnect between routine diagnostic tests of PT/INR values and platelet counts are useful to guide hemostatic
hemostasis that suggest a bleeding tendency, the rebalanced management in case bleeding occurs.
Thus, hemostatic testing is commonly used to help assess ease. In addition, I will examine whether more advanced hemo
severity of liver disease and to establish baseline values in case static tests are helpful in assessing hemostatic capacity in these
patients bleed during follow-up. In the presented case, however, patients.
there is concern that the abnormal INR and platelet count indi
cate a bleeding risk, even though there is generous evidence What do routine tests of hemostasis in patients
that these tests are unsuitable to assess the hemostatic status in with severe liver disease tell us?
patients with liver disease. Although the concept of rebalanced This section will discuss the interpretation of routine diagnostic
hemo sta
sis pro poses that patients with liver dis eases, even hemostasis tests in patients with liver disease, their limitations,
those that are critically ill,13 remain in hemostatic balance, there and the relation to bleeding. Table 1 summarizes key aspects of
may be conditions in which the hemostatic balance in individual this section.
patients becomes hypocoagulable.14-16 Such conditions include
acute kid ney injury, infec tion, and devel op ment of acute-on- PT/INR
chronic liver failure.17 There is very limited evidence that, in these The PT is a functional coagulation test that assesses the func
cases, the development of a net hypocoagulable state increases tional activity of coagulation factors V, VII, X, prothrombin, and
the risk for hemostasis-related bleeding.16,18 fibrinog en. The PT or INR will thus be prolonged when there are
In this paper, I will discuss how routine diagnostic tests of qualitative or quantitative defects in one or more of these 5 pro-
hemo sta
sis should be interpreted in patients with liver dis coagulant proteins. This test thus is useful to diagnose isolated
Table 1. Summary of how routine diagnostic hemostasis tests should be interpreted in liver disease patients
Laboratory test Sensitive for Does not assess Utility in liver disease
PT/INR Factors VII, X, V; prothrombin, and fibrinogen Other procoagulant factors and Reflects synthetic capacity of the liver
anticoagulant proteins but has no relation to hemostatic status
or bleeding
APTT Prekallikrein; high-molecular weight kininogen; Factor VII and anticoagulant proteins Has no relation to hemostatic status
factors XII, XI, IX, VIII, X, and V; prothrombin; or bleeding
and fibrinogen
Fibrinogen Fibrinogen level and function Polymerisation defects due to Relation between low fibrinogen
increased sialic acid content, altered and bleeding in liver disease unclear
physical properties of the fibrin clot
Platelet count Platelet number Compensation of thrombocytopenia Reflects severity of portal hypertension;
by high VWF levels relation between low platelet count
and bleeding risk debated
APTT, activated partial thromboplastin time; INR, international normalized ratio; PT, prothrombin time; VWF, von Willebrand factor.
Laboratory test Sensitive for Does not assess Utility in liver disease
Whole blood viscoelastic Blood cells, coagulation proteins, VWF levels, protein C system, Better representation of hemostatic
tests fibrinolytic proteins. platelet function defects, role of capacity compared to routine
flow in clot formation. diagnostic tests, reduces blood
product use, likely underestimates
hemostatic capacity.
Platelet function tests Platelet function, most tests also for Interplay between coagulation Most platelet function tests are
platelet count. and platelet activation, other not helpful because they are not
and platelet count. When prophylactic transfusion management Thrombin generation tests
of patients with liver disease was guided by viscoelastic tests The use of thrombin generation tests has revolutionized the
instead of rou tine diagnostic tests of hemostasis, a dra matic assessment of hemostatic status in patients with liver disease.
decrease in blood component transfusions was observed in mul Tripodi and coworkers were the first to report preserved throm
tiple studies.37 bin gen erat
ing capac ity in patients with cir rho
sis by using
Viscoelastic tests have 3 drawbacks that need to be taken thrombomodulin-modified thrombin generation tests.42 These
into account when interpreting test results in patients with liver tests accurately assess the balance between procoagulant and
diseases. First, the platelet count is a major determinant of clot anticoagulant proteins and, in my opinion, these are the best
formation in these assays. However, viscoelastic tests are insen tests currently available to assess plasma coagulation potential.
sitive for plasma levels of VWF, and the potential compensation Importantly, thrombin generation tests have been automated,
of thrombocytopenia by elevated VWF in liver disease patients is and the Genesia device appears suitable for use in specialized
not taken into account, leading to an underestimation of hemo diagnostic laboratories.43 The obvious limit ations of the throm
static capacity.38 Second, viscoelastic tests are insensitive for bin generation test are the lack of cellular components and
plasma levels of the protein C system, and the compensation of the fact that thrombin generation, not clot formation, is the
low levels of procoagulant proteins by low levels of protein C and endpoint of the test. Thus, thrombin generation tests should
S is not taken into account, again resulting in an underestimation always be interpreted in the context of tests assessing other
of true hemostatic potential.38 Finally, the strength of the initia aspects of hemostasis, such as platelet function, clot formation,
tor of clot formation may alter the interpretation of viscoelastic and clot stability. Whole blood thrombin generation tests are
test results. For example, in patients with liver disease, TEG test in development, and initial results in patients with liver disease
results are more often within normal ranges compared to ROTEM have been reported.44
test results, which are frequently hypocoagulable.39,40 This likely
relates to the difference in composition of the reagents between Plasma-based fibrinolysis tests
tests that lead to slower clot initiation in TEG. This slower clot Historically, liver diseases were considered to be associated with
initiation better allows anticoagulant mechanisms to control a hyperfibrinolytic state. More modern labor atory tests and clini
coagulation. cal observations have challenged this dogma. There is a plasma-
based fibrinolysis assay in which clot formation is initiated by tis
Platelet function tests sue factor, lysis is induced by tissue-type plasminogen activator,
Platelet function tests are notoriously difficult in patients with and turbidity measurements are used to monitor clot formation
liver diseases, as most platelet function tests are strongly influ and fibrinolysis.45 This particular assay has been extensively used
enced by platelet count, which is often decreased in patients to profile the fibrinolytic system in patients with liver diseases,
with liver disease. In recent reports, researchers have studied and, impor tantly, has been exten sively val
i
dated in the con
ratios of platelet function test results with the platelet count,30 text of thrombotic disease.45 Fibrinolytic test results measured
but it is ques tion
able whether there is a truly lin ear rela
tion with this assay vary widely: normal fibrinolytic capacity is seen
between platelet count and platelet function test results.41 Flow in compensated cirrhosis; hyperfibrinolysis, in decompensated
cytometry–based plate let func
tion tests are inde pendent of patients; and hypofibrinolysis, in critically ill patients with acute-
platelet count, but such tests as not yet suitable for use in rou on-chronic liver failure and sepsis or acute liver failure.7 Although
tine diagnostics. a hypofibrinolytic state identified by this test correlates with
Patients with advanced chronic liver disease (CLD) often need procedures to both treat and prevent complications of
portal hypertension such as ascites or gastrointestinal bleeding. Abnormal results for hemostatic tests, such as pro-
longed prothrombin time, international normalized ratio, and/or thrombocytopenia, are commonly encountered, raising
concerns about increased bleeding risk and leading to transfusion to attempt to correct prior to interventions. However
hemostatic markers are poor predictors of bleeding risk in CLD, and routine correction, particularly with fresh frozen
plasma and routine platelet transfusions, should be avoided. This narrative review discusses the hemostatic management
of patients with CLD using 2 case descriptions.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• To evaluate periprocedural bleeding risk in patients with liver disease
• To understand the role and limitations of prophylactic hemostatic interventions in the periprocedural setting
There is significant agreement in the recommended procedures, despite comparable definitions for bleeding risk. A
approach to periprocedural hemostatic management of pa recent observational cohort of 302 patients requiring diagnostic
tients with liver disease among recently published guidelines.4-8 liver biopsy reported a low rate of major bleeding (0.6%), with
All guidelines advocate considering the procedural bleeding no deaths and only 2 patients requiring vascular embolization to
risk and patient-spe cific bleed ing risk fac
tors. There is also control bleeding.9 This study supports the EASL classification of
agreement on avoiding fresh fro zen plasma (FFP) and other both transjugular and percutaneous liver biopsy as low bleeding
blood components to correct prolonged PT/INR. The need for risk procedures.
correction of thrombocytopenia and/or hypofibrinogenemia is
less certain. The rationale for guidance recommendations is fur Patient-specific factors for periprocedural bleeding risk
ther presented in this manuscript. Factors contributing to pro In patients with established cirrhosis, the severity of liver syn
cedural bleeding risk are summarized in Figure 1. thetic failure and/or portal hypertension may modulate bleed
ing risk. As highlighted above, the risk of bleeding is higher in
Procedural bleeding risk critically ill patients, largely due to increased variceal bleeding.
Estimation of procedural bleeding risk for commonly performed Procedural bleeds remain infrequent in these patients. Whilst
procedures in patients with liver disease is largely derived from procedural liver synthetic failure leads to profound changes on
observational cohorts with variable use of prohemostatic ther routine laboratory testing, with prolonged PT, prolonged INR,
apy. Recent guidance categorizes procedures as low bleeding and/or throm bo
cytopenia, as reviewed in detail by Lisman,
risk, for which the major bleeding rate is <1.5%, or high bleed these parameters poorly predict bleeding tendency.10 Data
ing risk, for which the rate exceeds 1.5% or there is potential for demonstrating this lack of association has been available for
uncontrolled bleeding or severe consequences (eg, organ failure over 40 years; Ewe reported no association between PT and
or death).4-6 There is a need for data from large observational liver bleeding time for liver biopsies performed under direct
studies without empiric blood component support to accurately laparoscopic vision in 1981.11 In the more recent prospective
evaluate procedural bleeding risk; one such study is the PROC- observational study, detailed hemostatic profiling took place,
BLeeD, the results of which are awaited (www.clinicaltrials.gov including a bleeding questionnaire, evaluation of individual
/ct2/show/NCT04076605). The suggested classification of coagulation factors, platelet count, platelet function (mea
bleed ing risk for commonly performed procedures proposed sured with PFA-100), thromboelastometry (TEM), throm bin
by International Society of Thrombosis and Haemostasis is pre generation, and clot lysis assays; the authors found no asso
sented in Table 1. There is some variation in risk stratification ciation between heemostatic profile and hematoma formation
between guidance documents; for example, the American Asso on planned postprocedural ultra sound.9 A small prospective
ciation for the Study of Liver Disease considers both transjugular study of patients with decompensated cirrhosis (n = 72) found
and percutaneous approaches to liver biopsy to be high bleed an association between maximum amplitude <30 mm mea
ing risk procedures, while the European Association of Liver Dis sured with thromboelastography (TEG) and major bleed ing
ease (EASL) considers both approaches to be low bleeding risk (n = 3).12 Clauss fibrinogen and functional measures of fibrinogen
were not measured, but there was no significant difference in Prohemostatic therapies to address abnormal
platelet count between patients who bled and those who did hemostatic parameters
not. Low fibrinogen has been reported inconsistently as asso Fresh frozen plasma
ciated with bleeding in observational studies, and it is possible Fresh fro zen plasma is often con sid
ered (and used) in the
this is simply another marker of severity of liver disease rather periprocedural setting in attempts to correct the prolonged
than a risk factor for bleeding.13,14 While there are data to sug PT/INR.25,26 However, as discussed earlier in this article (and
gest viscoelastic hemostatic assays (eg, TEG/TEM) can reduce in detail by Lisman10), the PT/INR does not reflect the com
inappropriate blood component transfusion,15 the single study plex hemostatic changes in liver disease and does not predict
incor po rat
ing a no-inter vention arm demonstrated that the procedural bleeding. Laboratory studies clearly demonstrate
‘no-intervention’ approach was the most cost-effective without that administration of therapeutic doses of FFP (10-20 mL/kg)
compromising safety in low bleeding risk procedures.16 Further do not improve the INR (with few patients achieving an INR
limitations of TEG/TEM include the lack of sensitivity to pro <1.5), and that FFP administration increases hypercoagulability
tein C and von Willebrand Factor, the lack of validated thresh measured by thrombin generation (Figure 2)27,28 and markers
olds to guide transfusion, and the lack of clinically meaningful of in vivo activation of coagulation.28 Additionally, there is evi
endpoints in published studies to date.17 Further evaluation of dence that FFP can be harmful, as it associated with signifi
Clauss fibrinogen and TEG/TEM, including functional fibrino cant risks of both transfusion-associated acute lung injury and
gen in larger prospective cohorts, are required to confirm any circulatory overload.29,30 This risk is further illustrated by the
potential clinical utility as a predictor of bleeding. demonstrated association between increased portal pressures
Acute kidney injury (AKI) commonly complicates acute decom and FFP administration, which may paradoxically increase the
pensation of CLD, affecting up to a third of patients admitted potential for harm of bleeding (eg, in endoscopic variceal band
to hospital, and is reported to be associated with an increased ligation).31 This association is supported by retrospective data
risk of procedural bleeding.18,19 Acute kidney injury is associated from a multicenter study of variceal bleeding management that
with plate let dys function, reduced fac tor XIII, and endo the lial found increased mortality and 5-day rebleed risk in patients
dysfunction, which may allcontribute to an increased bleeding receiving FFP.32
risk.20 Active infection/sepsis is thought to increase risk of bleed
ing based on published reports of a heparin-like effect, platelet Prothrombin complex concentrate and recombinant
dysfunction, and/or hyperfibrinolysis.20,21 However, some patients factor VIIa
exhibit hypofibrinolysis and/or hypercoagulability.22 In more Both prothrombin complex concentrate (PCC) and recombi
recent clinical studies of acutely ill patients with cirrhosis, there nant factor VIIa (rFVIIa) may appear to be attractive alternatives
are conflicting data on the relationship between AKI, sepsis, and to FFP, particularly as smaller administration volumes avoid the
bleeding risk.2,3,12 In acutely ill patients with cirrhosis, particularly risk of circulatory overload. A systematic review identified low-
those with sep sis, alternate causes for dete ri
ora
tion in hemo quality data to suggest the efficacy of PCC in correcting PT/INR
static parameters (thrombocytopenia and hypofibrinogenemia) compared with FFP.33 However, PCC use did not result in fewer
should be considered. bleeding events than FFP use; furthermore, thromboembolic
Just as in patients without cirrhosis, the use of antiplatelet events were associated only with PCC. In vitro spiking experi
and anticoagulant agents may increase the risk of periproce ments in plasma from patients with CLD demonstrate a stronger
dural bleed ing. Standard approaches to safe inter ruption of prothrombotic effect of PCC than of FPP on thrombin generating
these agents should be adopted and based on the procedural capacity, and this effect increased in parallel with progressive
bleeding risk and the individual’s thrombotic risk.23,24 liver disease severity.34 A recent small, retrospective multicen
Table 2. Licensed dosing for thrombopoietin-agonists for patients with cirrhosis and platelet count <50×109/L
prior to invasive procedures
BSIR 20228 EASL 20225 ISTH 20216 AGA 20217 AASLD 20204 SIR 201951
PT/INR Do not correct Do not correct Do not evaluate Do not correct Do not correct INR >2.5*
Platelets Consider if <50×10 /L
9
Case by case for <50×10 /L 9
Do not correct †
Do not correct Do not correct >30×109/L
Fibrinogen Consider if <1.2 g/l Correction discouraged Do not evaluate No recommendation Do not correct >1 g/L
AASLD, Americ an Association for the Study of Liver Disease; AGA, American Gastroenterology Association; EASL, European Association for the Study
Table 4. Research needs in periprocedural management of hemostasis as proposed by European Association for Study
of the Liver5
should thrombocytopenia be corrected prior to low bleeding risk Trust, Denmark Hill, London SE5 9RS, United Kingdom; e-mail:
procedures. There is less certainty regarding the need to correct lara.roberts@nhs.net.
thrombocytopenia prior to high bleeding risk procedures, and this
is reflected by variation in the guideline recommendations.4-8,51 References
Research recommendations proposed by EASL to address knowl 1. Basili S, Raparelli V, Napoleone L, et al; PRO-LIVER Collaborators. Platelet
count does not predict bleeding in cirrhotic patients: results from the PRO-
edge gaps in this domain are summarized in Table 4.
LIVER Study. Am J Gastroenterol. 2018;113(3):368-375.
2. Drolz A, Horvatits T, Roedl K, et al. Coagulation paramet ers and major bleed
Conclusion ing in critically ill patients with cirrhosis. Hepatology. 2016;64(2):556-568.
It is important to recognize that the majority of commonly per 3. Ow TW, Fatourou E, Rabinowich L, et al. Prevalence of bleeding and throm
bosis in critically ill patients with chronic liver disease. Thromb Haemost.
formed procedures in patients with advanced CLD are associated
2022;122(6):1006-1016.
with a low procedural bleeding risk. While prolonged PT/INR 4. Northup PG, Garcia-Pagan JC, Garcia-Tsao G, et al. Vascular liver disorders,
and/or thrombocytopenia are commonly encountered, they portal vein thrombosis, and procedural bleeding in patients with liver dis
are not reliable indicators of hemostasis or procedural bleeding ease: 2020 practice guidance by the American Association for the Study of
risk in this patient group. Accordingly, FFP and/or platelet trans Liver Diseases. Hepatology. 2021;73(1):366-413.
5. Villa E, Bianchini M, Blasi A, et al. EASL clinical practice guidelines on pre
fusion should not be used routinely to prevent periprocedural vention and management of bleeding and thrombosis in patients with cir
bleeding in patients with ACLD. rhosis. J Hepatol. 2022;76(5):1151-1184.
6. Roberts LN, Lisman T, Stanworth S, et al. Periprocedural man age
ment
Conflict-of-interest disclosure of abnormal coagulation parameters and thrombocytopenia in patients
with cirrhosis: guidance from the SSC of the ISTH. J Thromb Haemost.
Lara N. Roberts: no competing financial interests to declare. 2022;20(1):39-47.
7. O’Shea RS, Davitkov P, Ko CW, et al. AGA clinical practice guideline on the
Off-label drug use management of coagulation disorders in patients with cirrhosis. Gastroen-
Lara N. Roberts: Prothrombin complex concentrates, recombinant terology. 2021;161(5):1615-1627.e1.
8. Bent, C, Das, R, Gomez, K, Lester, WB; SIR Safety and Quality Committee;
factor VIIa, and fibrinogen concentrate are not recommended BSH Haemostasis and Thrombosis Task Force. Interventional Radiology
in the periprocedual hemostatic management of patients with Procedure Bleeding Risk Guidance. 2022. Accessed 16 April 2023. https://
liver disease. www.bsir.org/media/resources/IR_BLEEDING_RISK_GUIDANCE_FINAL_
BSIR_BSH_2022.pdf.
9. Bissonnette J, Riescher-Tuczkiewicz A, Gigante E, et al. Predicting bleed
Correspondence ing after liver biopsy using comprehensive clinical and laboratory inves
Lara N. Roberts, King’s Thrombosis Centre, Department of Hae tigations: a prospective analysis of 302 procedures. J Thromb Haemost.
matological Medicine, King’s College Hospital NHS Foundation 2022;20(12):2786-2796.
Liver cirrhosis and splanchnic vein thrombosis (SVT) are strictly correlated. Portal vein thrombosis, the most common
location of SVT, is frequently diagnosed in liver cirrhosis (pooled incidence 4.6 per 100 patient-years), and liver cirrhosis is
a common risk factor for SVT (reported in 24%-28% of SVT patients). In cirrhosis-associated SVT, anticoagulant treatment
reduces mortality rates, thrombosis extension, and major bleeding, and increases the rates of recanalization, compared
to no treatment. Achieving vessel recanalization improves the prognosis of cirrhotic patients by reducing liver-related
complications (such as variceal bleeding, ascites, hepatic encephalopathy). Anticoagulation should be therefore rou-
tinely prescribed to cirrhotic patients with acute SVT unless contraindicated by active bleeding associated with hemo-
dynamic impairment or by excessively high bleeding risk. Of note, early treatment is associated with higher probability
of achieving vessel recanalization. The standard treatment consists of low-molecular-weight heparin, followed by oral
anticoagulants (eg, vitamin K antagonists or direct oral anticoagulants), if not contraindicated by severe liver dysfunc-
tion. Cirrhotic patients with SVT should be treated long-term (especially if candidate for liver transplantation) since liver
cirrhosis is a persistent risk factor for recurrent thrombosis. In this review, we discuss the management of SVT in patients
with liver cirrhosis, with a focus on the anticoagulant treatment in terms of indications, timing, drugs, duration, and par-
ticular scenarios, such as gastroesophageal varices and thrombocytopenia.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• To identify which cirrhotic patients with SVT need anticoagulant treatment
• To choose the most appropriate anticoagulant treatment for cirrhotic SVT
AGA • Anticoagulation suggested for Not mentioned • No data to support the Not mentioned
(2021)25 cirrhotic patients with acute or use of 1 anticoagulant over
subacute nontumoral PVT another
Baveno VII • Anticoagulation recommended in Not mentioned • Initial treatment with • Anticoagulation
(2022)24 cirrhotic patients with: LMWH should be:
o recent com plete or partial • Maintenance with LMWH, o maintained for at least
thrombosis of the PV trunk if: o use with cau tion in recanalization in all
o throm bus progression at 1-3 Child-Pugh B for possible patients, balancing
months follow-up accumulation; risks and benefits
o involve ment of superior MV o not recommended in
Figure 1. Proposed treatment algorithm for cirrhotic patients with acute splanchnic vein thrombosis. CP, Child-Pugh; DOACs, direct
oral anticoagulants; HCC, hepatocellular carcinoma; INR, international normalized ratio; LMWH, low-molecular-weight heparin; SVT,
splanchnic vein thrombosis; VKAs, vitamin K antagonists.
EVIDENCE-BASED MINIREVIEW
A 59-year-old female with Child-Pugh class B cirrhosis attributed to nonalcoholic steatohepatitis complicated by hepatic
encephalopathy, portal hypertension with esophageal varices, and thrombocytopenia is seen for management of an
acute segmental right lower lobe pulmonary embolism in a clinic. She is hemodynamically stable. Complete blood count
is notable for hemoglobin 11.6 g/dL and platelets 80 K/μL. Prothrombin time is 12.6 seconds; partial thromboplastin time,
33.7 seconds; and fibrinogen, 221 mg/dL. She was referred to discuss if a direct oral anticoagulant (DOAC) can be used
for anticoagulation. What would you suggest?
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Review the limited data on the use of the DOACs to treat deep vein thrombosis and/or pulmonary embolism for
patients with cirrhosis
• Understand considerations for optimizing bleeding risk for patients with cirrhosis receiving anticoagulation
with DOACs can be of paramount significance for patients with studies report pooled outcomes for DOACs when used for any
Child-Pugh B and Child-Pugh C cirrhosis.3 We should, therefore, indication (ie, DVT, PE, splanchnic vein thrombosis and/or atrial
examine the available data carefully to inform clinical practice fibrillation; Table 2) despite the potential for these groups to
regarding treatment of DVT and PE in patients with cirrhosis be clinically dissimilar. When used for splanchnic vein throm
and to identify areas in need of research. bosis, DOACs recanalize splanchnic vasculature, hence reduc
ing portal pressures, risk of variceal bleeding, and progressive
DOACs for DVT and PE in patients with cirrhosis liver dysfunction.9 The outcomes for treatment of splanchnic
Recently, meta-analyses of smaller retrospective studies and vein thrombosis may not correlate with outcomes for DVT/PE
prospective pilot studies assessed efficacy and safety of DOACs treatment. Given these differences, caution should be exercised
for treatment of atrial fibrillation and/or splanchnic vein throm extrapolating data on use of DOACs for splanchnic vein throm
bosis in patients with cirrhosis.6-8 Available data, however, are bosis or atrial fibrillation to make treatment decisions in patients
limited for the use of DOACs to treat extremity DVT and PE in with cirrhosis presenting with DVT and/or PE until better data
this population. A review of available literature suggests that are available.
the efficacy of DOACs is comparable to traditional anticoag
ulants when mea sured by rates of throm bus res olu
tion and Prediction of anticoagulant-related bleeding and
recurrent thrombosis. Most of these studies report the risk of optimizing bleeding risk in patients with cirrhosis
bleeding with DOACs to be similar to or even lower than the Available risk-prediction models for anticoagulant-related bleed
risk with tra di
tional anticoagulation; how ever, these stud ies ing are unlikely to guide safe selection of cirrhotic patients for
are limited by potential selection bias, sample sizes too small initiation of DOACs10 because they were developed in a gen
to detect sig nifi
cant dif
ferences, short fol low-up times, and eral noncirrhotic population and most of these models were for
concerns about publication bias (Table 2). The risk of recurrent traditional anticoagulants. These risk-prediction models incor
thrombosis and bleeding correlate with the severity of liver dis porate conventional coagulation abnormalities, including throm
ease, and patients with Child-Pugh C cirrhosis were unlikely to bocytopenia, that are suboptimal predictors of hemostasis in
receive DOACs in these observational studies. Moreover, these cirrhosis. Moreover, these risk-prediction models do not account
N 27 18
DVT/PE n (% of N) 12 (39) 8 (44)
Child Pugh-B (n) 12 9
Child Pugh-C (n) 4 2
Bleeding (n) 8 10
Thrombosis (n) 1 1
Jones14
N 42 37
DVT/PE n (% of N) 9 (21) 8 (22)
Child Pugh-B (n) 8 19
Child Pugh-C (n) 0 2
Bleeding (n) 7 8
Thrombosis (n) 3 3
Davis 14
N 27 82
DVT/PE n (% of N) 19 (70%) 62 (76%)
Child Pugh-B (n) 16 49
Child Pugh-C (n) 0 15
Bleeding* (n) 2 11
Thrombosis (n) 3 10
Coons15
N 44 41
DVT/PE n (% of N) 11 (25) 8 (20)
Child Pugh-B (n) 24 17
Child Pugh-C (n) 8 9
Bleeding (n) 10 14
Thrombosis (n) 1 2
Aquite 15
N 48 52
DVT/PE n (% of N)
1
10 (21) 11 (21)
Child Pugh-B (n) N/A N/A
Child Pugh-C (n) N/A N/A
Bleeding (n ) 2
9.1/100-patient years 14.4/100 patient years
Thrombosis (n) N/A N/A
Deferring donors at higher risk for transfusion transmissible infections is an important part of ensuring blood safety.
The deferral for gay, bisexual, and other men who have sex with men (gbMSM) was implemented in the 1980s in many
countries, since they were identified as a high-risk group for AIDS/HIV. With the introduction of increasingly sensitive
HIV antibody testing, augmented by nucleic acid testing, the window period for HIV infection—when a donor may be
infectious but have negative test results—has shrunk dramatically. In Canada, this has led to progressively shorter defer-
ral periods for gbMSM, decreasing from a permanent deferral for sex with another male since 1977 to a 5-year, 12-month,
and eventually 3-month deferral period. These time-based deferrals maintained safety; however, they are seen as stigma-
tizing by many and still result in the deferral of sexually active gbMSM. More recently, several countries have moved to a
donor screening approach based on assessing sexual risk behaviors in all donors. This article outlines research supporting
changes in policy, current eligibility screening policies in several countries, and preliminary results postimplementation
of new eligibility policies in Canada in September 2022.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Explain the evolution of deferral policies for high-risk sexual behaviors over time
• Compare time-based deferrals for gay, bisexual, and other men who have sex with men with sexual risk-based
policies for all donors
• Identify methods of evaluating the safety of policy changes postimplementation
behaviors and markers of risk. Focus groups and surveys of stake let pheresis, source plasma) in September 2022 are shown in
holders were undertaken to assess the feasibility and accept Figure 1. Implementation was preceded by an extensive staff
abil
ity of poten tial questions. FAIR recommended defer ring training program. Héma-Québec implemented identical crite
donors with a new partner or multiple sexual partners in the last ria, first for source plasma and then for allother donation types,
3 months only if they had anal sex, since anal sex carries the high- slightly later in 2022. Results in the first 6 months postimple-
est rate of HIV transmission and deferral of alldonors with a new mentation have shown no increase in HIV rates, no HIV NAT-
partner or multiple partners would have too great an impact on only positive donors, few complaints from donors, and lower
the adequacy of the blood supply.17 Donors who participated in than expected donor deferral rates. Walter and Bill may now be
chemsex (use of drugs such as amyl nitrite to enhance sexual eligible, while Casanova may find himself deferred, depending
experience) in the past 3 months are also deferred since this was on specific sexual behaviors. Table 2 shows actual compared
identified as a marker of HIV risk. These recommendations were with predicted deferral rates.19,24 A similar discordance between
implemented by the blood services in the UK in 2021. expected and observed rates was seen at Héma-Québec, the
blood supplier for the province of Québec. Reasons for this dis
Canadian research programs and policy changes cordance are unclear but may relate to how thoughtful peo
In 2017, the Cana dian fed eral govern
ment funded research ple are about answering survey questions compared with the
programs, admin is
tered by Cana dian Blood Services and actual donor questionnaire. As expected, younger donors are
Héma-Québec, the two Canadian blood suppliers, to develop more likely to be deferred by the new criteria. These observa
the evi dence for a sex ual risk behav ior approach for whole tions would be strengthened by a longer observation period.
blood, plateletpheresis, and source plasma donation. Research Additionally, an anonymous donor survey will be performed in
themes, developed at a kickoff meeting, included safety, opera late 2023 to access compliance and provide some data on the
tional feasibility, acceptability to donors and gbMSM community
members, and the impact of pathogen reduction. Nineteen pro Table 2. Observed vs expected answers to new donor
jects at 11 different research sites were funded, resulting in over questions, % of alldonation attempts
20 publications to date.18 Many studies, such as risk modeling of
possible changes, risks for HIV infection identified in a prospec In the last 3 months: Deferrals
tive cohort of gbMSM, operational feasibility of various policies,
Sex with a new partner 2.1% + anal sex ➞ 0.06%
and acceptability of various approaches to donors and high-inter
(5.2%) (0.4%)
est stakeholder groups, proved critical to supporting a success
ful regulatory submission to move to an approach very similar Sex with >1 partner 0.94% + anal sex ➞ 0.03%
(2.7%) (0.4%)
to FAIR.19-23
Criteria implemented at Cana dian Blood Services for all One or both 2.3% + anal sex ➞ 0.085%
(6.3%) (0.6%)
donors and alldonation types (whole blood, plasma and plate
Healthy volunteer donors are committed to contributing key medical resources. Repeated, regular donation of whole
blood represents a specific trigger of hematopoietic stress. Hematopoietic stem cells (HSCs) are known to respond
to environmental triggers by altering their differentiation and/or proliferative behavior. This can manifest in long-term
changes in the clonal dynamics of HSCs, such as the age-associated expansion of HSCs carrying somatic mutations in
genes associated with hematologic cancers—that is, clonal hematopoiesis (CH). A recent study revealed a higher prev-
alence of CH in frequent donors driven by low-risk mutations in genes encoding for epigenetic modifiers, with DNMT3A
and TET2 being the most common. No difference in the prevalence of known preleukemic driver mutations was detected
between the cohorts, underscoring the safety of repetitive blood donations. Functional analyses suggest a link between
the presence of selected DNMT3A mutations found in the frequent donor group and the responsiveness of the cells to
the molecular mediator of bleeding stress, erythropoietin (EPO), but not inflammation. These findings define EPO as one
of the environmental factors that provide a fitness advantage to specific mutant HSCs. Analyzing CH prevalence and
characteristics in other donor cohorts will be important to comprehensively assess the health risks associated with the
different types of donation.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Discuss the long-term effects and safety of large-volume phlebotomy in healthy individuals
• Review adaptive clonal hematopoiesis in the context of erythropoietic stress
in frequent vs control donors using a detection limit of 0.5% and In the con text of malig nant transformation, muta tions in
2%, respec tively) and well within the range of math e
mat
i
cal epigenetic modifiers represent the so-called very early events
modeling–based predictions for a given age and sequencing that do not cause immediate, stark changes in the proliferative
detection range.33 behavior or in the differentiation potential of the cells. Accord-
Furthermore, the spectrum of drivers was similar in that, in ingly, while many CH mutations have been directly linked to
agreement with all CH studies in individuals without hemato hematologic malignancies, with the exception of IDH1/2, epi
logic malignancies published to date,2-4,13,14 DNMT3A and TET2 genetic modifier mutations were associated with a low hazard
were by far the 2 most commonly mutated genes in both cohorts ratio when the risk of malignant transformation vs persistence in
(Table 1). However, frequent donors showed an overall signifi the form of a CH clone was assessed in large cohorts.13,14,23 More-
cant increase in CH driven by mutations in genes encoding for over, as mentioned above, mutations in DNMT3A alone display
epigenetic modifiers (44.7% vs 22.3%), including DNMT3A and a markedly benign profile—that is, a low risk of myeloid neo
TET2. plasms compared to other CH genotypes.13,14,23
b
Assigned as unclear risk mutation due to controversial predictions in the literature.
Data compiled from Karpova et al.32
Adaptive hematopoiesis in frequent blood donors mathematical models and previously published cohorts,2,23,33
In addition to the differences in the overall characteristics of CH the link between CH and cardiovascular pathologies remains to
between frequent donors and controls, the type and distribution be verified in frequent blood donors, a cohort preselected for
of DNMT3A mutations also differed between the groups (Figure 1).32 exclusively healthy individuals.
When selected mutations were analyzed functionally (Figure 1), In the specific case of donor 101X, both the presence of 2 (most
3 out of 3 DNMT3A mutations chosen from the frequent donors likely independent) DNMT3A clones as well as the fact that neither
showed responsiveness toward EPO but not to inflammatory of the clones is driven by an R882 mutation is in line with what
stimuli. This is in striking contrast to the proliferative behavior one would expect for a blood donor with a decades-long history
of the well-known preleukemic DNMT3A mutations, R882H and of regular whole-blood donations in general and given the low
R882C, that expand under inflammatory conditions but not with frequency of R882 mutations (only 10%) found in blood donors in
EPO (Figure 2).11,32 Importantly, there was no difference in the particular.32 As a relative of a patient with a myeloid malignancy,
incidence of R882 DNMT3A mutations between frequent and donor 101X is more likely to be a myeloid CH carrier,21 yet the
control donors. acquisition of DNMT3A mutations per se must have occurred in
This observation implies several new and important insights. his 30s and was not triggered by regular blood donation.9,10
First, EPO is identified as a novel factor shaping the clonal dynam Naturally, the presence of DNMT3A-mutant CH does not pre
ics of the human hematopoietic system at the level of the HSCs. clude donor 101X from further donation since (as expected) no
Second, it defines a new class of DNMT3A mutations that pro blood count abnor mal i
ties (signs of cytopenia, aberrant red
mote a proliferative advantage to HSCs in EPO-rich as opposed to blood cell paramet ers, low Hb) have ever been detected in the
inflammatory environments known to favor preleukemic R882 hits. donor. Moreover, if he continues to donate, his blood parameters
And third, it suggests that in frequent blood donors, in addition can and should be monitored closely as changes in Hb, hemat
to the spectrum of age-associated mutations, CH is likely driven ocrit, mean corpuscular volume, and red-cell distribution width
by mutations with a competitive advantage in EPO-rich environ represent very early phenotypic abnormalities that occur in indi
ments. Given that the acquisition and accumulation of mutations viduals with CH years prior to developing myeloid neoplasms.13
in HSCs is an inevitable process, it is tempting to speculate that Additionally, clonal composition can be assessed via sequencing
repeated large-volume phlebotomy favors the benign, lower-risk at intervals of 2 to 3 years. Preleukemic clones have been shown
mutations such as the EPO-responsive DNMT3A variants. to have markedly augmented growth kinetics; that is, they grow
quickly and continuously as compared to benign CH.13-15,33 By
Blood donation is safe contrast, DNMT3A-driven clones show very slow growth kinetics
Overall, the assessment of clonal dynamics in individuals with a compared to other CH drivers,13,14 consistent with their benign
lifelong blood donation history confirmed that blood donation profile.23 If the hypothes is is true and the donor’s EPO-responsive
is safe. Even decades of donating whole blood several times clones indeed emerge and persist at the expense of preleuke-
per year do not result in a significant overall transformation of mic ones, one would predict the 2 DNMT3A clones to remain
the clonal hematopoietic composition. An increase in CH driven at a stable size within the next decades. Lastly, the decision
by mutations in genes encoding for epigenetic modifiers was of the treating physician to exclude donor 101X as a stem cell
observed in frequent compared to control donors. Given the donor, primarily due to the concern that the CH clones would
mild pathophysiological profile of these mutations, it is unlikely undergo disproportional expansion in the recipient (as has been
these outgrowths will lead to myeloid malignancy over a life shown for DNMT3A-mutant CH21,22) was debatable. In the HLA-
time. Moreover, no increase in CH driven by established pre- matched related alloHSCT set ting, AML/myelodysplastic syn
leukemic hits is found in frequent blood donors. With regard to drome patients who received DNMT3A CH-positive grafts have
nonhematologic comorbidities, detailed risk-assessment studies been demonstrated to have a lower risk of relapse/disease pro
assigning CH-positive individua ls into high- vs low-risk catego- gression due to higher rates of chronic graft-versus-host disease,
ries have not yet been performed. Despite the overall CH prev in particular when transplantation was performed in a noncom-
alence and mutational spectrum being well in agreement with plete remis sion state.21 Moreover, low rates of donor-derived
In the United States, more than 2 000 000 apheresis platelet units are collected annually from volunteer donors. Platelet
donors in the United States and elsewhere are permitted to donate up to 24 times per year. Recently, frequent apher-
esis platelet donation has been associated with severe T-cell lymphopenia. Several frequent platelet donors have been
found to have peripheral blood CD4+ T-cell counts below 200 cells/µL, the threshold for AIDS in HIV-positive individuals.
Independent risk factors for plateletpheresis-associated lymphopenia include lifetime donations, age, and donations on
the Trima Accel instrument (Terumo BCT), which uses a leukoreduction system (LRS) chamber to trap white blood cells.
Less often, severe lymphopenia can occur in donors collected on the Fenwal Amicus instrument (Fresenius Kabi), which
has no LRS. For Trima Accel donors, lymphopenia can be partially mitigated by performing a plasma rinseback step at the
end of collection. To date, there is no definitive evidence that plateletpheresis-associated lymphopenia is harmful. In a
study of frequent platelet donors with lymphopenia who were administered COVID-19 messenger RNA vaccines, immune
responses were normal. The homeostatic mechanisms responsible for maintaining a normal peripheral blood T-cell count
remain obscure, as do the causal mechanisms underlying plateletpheresis-associated lymphopenia.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Examine risk factors for plateletpheresisassociated lymphopenia
• Evaluate clinical consequences and mitigation approaches for plateletpheresisassociated lymphopenia
the potential risk of lymphocyte depletion.2 A 2008 editorial by age and platelet donations were independently associated with
Ronald Strauss3 asserted, “Donor lymphocytes collected or lost reduced CD4+/CD8+ counts. All the donors in this study reported
during plateletpheresis are so few that the risk of significant lym being in good health.4
phocytopenia and/or immune dysfunction is nil, and no addi The Trima Accel instrument’s circuit incorporates a leukore
tional measures are needed.” That is where things remained until duction system (LRS) chamber, which is a small plastic cone
2017, when a frequent platelet donor in Boston was incidentally that traps approximately 15% to 20% of circulating lymphocytes
discovered to have a CD4+ T-cell count below 200 cells/µL. The and monocytes. Approximately 1 to 2 × 109 of mononuclear cells
observation of severe T-cell lymphopenia in this donor led to are retained in the LRS following a platelet donation.4,5 Donor
subsequent investigations in frequent plateletpheresis donors, centers often pro vide postplateletpheresis LRS cham bers to
summarized below. researchers, as they provide a convenient source of mononu
clear cells.5 It was hypothesized that bulk removal of T cells by
Risk factors for acquiring plateletpheresis-associated the LRS could contribute to the development of plateletpheresis-
lymphopenia associated lymphopenia in donors collected on the Trima Accel.
In 2019, Gansner et al4 reported a single-center, cross-sectional On that basis, a cross-sec tional study was performed of fre
study of 60 apheresis platelet donors. The donors were divided quent platelet donors collected on the Fenwal Amicus (Frese
into 3 groups based on the number of platelet donations in the nius Kabi) apheresis instrument, which does not have an LRS.
past 365 days: 1 or 2, 3 to 19, or 20 to 24. All donors had donated Among 30 fre quent plate let donors col lected on the Fenwal
on the Trima Accel (Terumo BCT) instrument exclusively. CD4+ Amicus, none had a CD4+ T-cell count below 200 cells/µL. In
T-cell counts below 200 cells/µL were found, respectively, in 0 contrast, a large single-center retrospective study conducted
of 20, 2 of 20 (10%), and 6 of 20 (30%) donors in the 3 groups in Germany found that frequent donors collected mainly using
(P = .019). Similarly, CD8+ T-cell counts in the 3 groups were below the Amicus instrument had a median lymphocyte count of 1530
the lower limit of normal in 0 of 20, 4 of 20, and 11 of 20, respec cells/µL, compared with 1960 cells/µL among new donors. The
tively (P < .001). There appeared to be a cumulative donation authors concluded that plateletpheresis-associated lymphope
effect: a lifetime history of donating platelets 50 or more times nia can occur without an LRS, only to a lesser degree than when
was associated with a significant decrease in CD4+ and CD8+ an LRS is used.6 In a recent international study conducted by the
T-cell counts (Figure 2). In multivariable analyses, both donor Biomedical Excellence for Safer Transfusion Collaborative, CD4+
T-cell counts below 200 cells/µL were observed in 10% of fre In a nationwide cohort study, Zhao et al9 attempted to look for
quent platelet donors collected on the Trima Accel and 4% of fre signs of clinical risk in frequent platelet donors using the Swedish
quent platelet donors collected on the Fenwal Amicus (Richard Scandinavian donations and transfusions (SCANDAT3-S) database.
M. Kaufman, unpublished data). Fenwal Amicus donors had lym SCANDAT3-S pulls together data from national registers in Sweden
phocyte counts and CD4+/CD8+ counts that were intermediate and Denmark on blood donors, blood products, transfusions, and
between those of age-matched whole-blood donor con trols, transfusion recipients. The data span from 1968 through 2017 and
who had higher counts, and frequent Trima Accel donors, who encompass over 26 million person-years of donor follow-up.10 At
had lower counts. Donation on the Trima Accel vs the Fenwal the time the SCANDAT3-S study was performed, lymphopenia
Amicus was thus determined to be an independent risk factor had been observed in platelet donors collected on the Trima
for plateletpheresis-associated lymphopenia. However, severe Accel instrument but not yet among donors collected on the Fen
lymphopenia can develop following frequent platelet donation wal Amicus.8 Zhao and colleagues9 also sought to avoid poten
on the Fenwal Amicus instrument, in the absence of an LRS. tial confounding by donor self-selection—the so-called healthy
donor effect—whereby donors who feel unwell donate less often.
Are platelet donors with severe T-cell lymphopenia Therefore, the investigators chose to compare apheresis platelet
immunodeficient? donors collected using an LRS chamber (COBE Spectra and Trima
An intrinsic problem with studying volunteer platelet donors is Accel) with platelet and plasma donors who donated the same
that they are, by definition, healthy. (To qualify for blood dona number of times but without an LRS (Spectra Optia; all 3 instru
tion, donors must answer “yes” to the first ques tion on the ments from Terumo BCT). A second maneuver to mitigate against
Donor History Questionnaire: “Are you feeling healthy and well the healthy donor effect involved using a time-dependent anal
today?”7) Rahmani et al8 attempted to contact individuals who ysis. The investigators defined a 10-year exposure window that
used to donate platelets frequently but had stopped donating excluded donations in the most recent 1 year, to try to prevent
for at least 1 year for any reason. Of 15 former donors, 2 were imbalances in the numbers of donations analyzed due to donors
found to have CD4+ T-cell counts below 200 cells/µL despite becoming ill and donating less frequently as a result.
not donating for 1 to 2 years. Thus, plateletpheresis-associated A total of 74 048 plateletpheresis and plasmapheresis donors
lymphopenia can persist long after donors stop donating. But were included in the SCANDAT3-S analysis. Among donors with
does severe T-cell lymphopenia in plate let donors reflect an the same number of donations, there were significantly more
acquired immunodeficiency state, or is it simply an abnormal immunosuppression-related infections (Figure 3A) and common
laboratory result without meaningful clinical consequences? bacterial infections (Figure 3B) among donors collected using an
1 and 11 years in the past, modeled as a restricted cubic spline. (A) Immunosuppression-related infections. (B) Common bacterial
infections. Confidence intervals are shown in gray. HR, hazard ratio.
LRS compared to those collected without an LRS. Notably, no donors: just 95 donors in the data set (1.4%) had donated 20 or
immunosuppression-related infections were observed among more times in a single year. Finally, as noted above, the number
the highest-risk group, LRS donors who had donated more than of infection events was small.11
50 times. In all, only 11 immunosuppression-related infections Laumaea et al12 evaluated the ability of frequent apheresis
were found among LRS donors, mainly herpes zoster. No donor platelet donors to respond to COVID-19 vaccination. The investi
was found to have had a severe illness (eg, disseminated myco gators recruited a cohort of 43 COVID-19 infection-naive platelet
bacterial infection or aspergillus). While provocative, there were donors who had donated more than 5 times per year on the Trima
important limitations to the Zhao et al9 study. This was a retro Accel instrument. The donors were administered 2 doses of a
spective, observational study with potential for residual con COVID-19 messenger RNA vaccine. Blood samples were collected
founding. There were rel atively few fre quent plateletpheresis at baseline and approximately 5 or 6 weeks after the first dose and
second doses, respectively (Figure 4A). The donors were divided results suggest that Trima Accel plasma rinseback partially mit
into 2 groups: those with CD4+ T-cell counts below 400 cells/µL igates against the development of plateletpheresis-associated
(n = 27) and those with CD4+ T-cell counts at or above 400 cells/µL lymphopenia. Among 40 frequent platelet donors collected on
(n = 16). Consistent with earlier studies, donors in the CD4+-low the Trima Accel using rinseback, the mean CD4+ T-cell count was
group had a median of 166 lifetime donations vs a median of 24 significantly lower than that of matched whole-blood donor con
lifetime donations in the CD4+-high group (P < .0001). Antibody to trols. However, 0 of 40 Trima Accel donors receiving rinseback
SARS-CoV-2 receptor binding domain was low at baseline (V0) had a CD4+ T-cell count below 200 cells/µL, compared with 13 of
in both groups and increased significantly in both groups follow 91 Trima Accel donors (14%) collected without rinseback.
ing vaccination. The IgG response in the CD4+-high group was
slightly higher than in the CD4+-low group, but the difference was T-cell homeostasis and other open questions
not statistically significant (Figure 4B). The CD4+-low and CD4+- In adult humans, approximately 1011 naive T cells circulate in the
high groups were also similar in their IgM and IgA anti–receptor peripheral blood and through lymphoid organs.14 T-cell progen
binding domain responses, in spike-specific antibody formation, itors origin
ate in the bone marrow, then migrate to the thy
in pseudovirus neutralization assays, and in an anti–SARS-CoV-2 mus, where they undergo maturation and selection. Some of
antibody-dependent cellular cytoxicity assay. In aggregate, these these cells are eventually released from the thymus as naive
data provide reassuring evidence of preserved immune function T cells, ready to respond should they encounter specific anti
in frequent plateletpheresis donors. gen. In mice, the thymus continually produces large numbers
of naive T cells throughout the life of the organism. In contrast,
Mitigation thymic export of naive T cells is sharply curtailed in childhood
T-cell lymphopenia tends to be more frequent and severe when in humans. A small number of new thymic emigrants can be
donating on the Trima Accel instrument vs the Fenwal Amicus found in middle-aged adults, but the bulk of the naive T-cell
instrument, consistent with mononuclear cell capture by the LRS population in adult humans is sustained by cell proliferat ion in
contributing to the development of lymphopenia. Although not other lymphoid organs.15-18 T cells circulating in the blood are
routinely used by most blood donor centers, the Trima Accel pro easy to access and can provide critical prognostic informa
vides a “plasma rinseback” option, which returns to the donor tion, as in patients infected with HIV. But only about 2% to 3%
22%13 to 74% (A. Razatos, personal communication, 2022) of white of the body’s total T cells circulate in the peripheral blood at
blood cells remaining in the disposable tubing of the apheresis any given time.16,19 Most naive T cells reside in lymph nodes.18
circuit. The rinseback procedure was designed to minimize red Mouse experim ents suggest that within lymph nodes, IL-7 and
blood cell loss in the disposable tubing and does not flush cells IL-15 provide key survival and proliferation signals to resident
out of the Trima Accel’s LRS chamber. In 2013, Canadian Blood T cells.20 More recently, the cysteine-rich with EGF-like domains
Services (CBS) insti tuted rinseback for allplate let col
lec
tions 1 (CRELD1) gene has been implicated as a regulator of T-cell
using the Trima Accel instrument. Multiple CBS blood centers homeostasis in humans.21
contributed data to the Biomedical Excellence for Safer Transfu Overall, however, how the peripheral blood T-cell count is
sion Collaborative study of plateletpheresis-associated lympho normally maintained remains poorly understood. In frequent
penia. The CBS blood centers were directly compared to other platelet donors with low blood T cells, nothing is known at
centers using the Trima Accel that do not perform rinseback. The this point about T-cell numbers and homeostatic proliferative
Hematologic malignancies often present acutely with a constellation of infectious complications, pancytopenia, tumor
lysis, and renal dysfunction. Acute leukemias and aggressive lymphomas often require hospitalization for rapid diagnostic
evaluation, urgent management of complicating presentations, and timely management of intensive systemic therapies.
There is an emerging paradigm whereby complex cancer care can be safely and effectively provided in the community,
where the majority of cancer is treated. A substantive and effective network between local oncologists and their aca-
demic counterparts will enhance care for the patient, advance research, and help bring complicated therapies to local
centers, thereby improving access. Here we present several cases that highlight a collaborative approach to complicated
hematologic malignancies in the community.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Identify aggressive hematologic malignancies and initiate appropriate diagnostic and supportive measures
rapidly
• Understand the timing of involving an academic center or disease expert
• Explore the role and use of sophisticated therapies along with toxicities in the community
Introduction
Acute leukemias (acute myeloid leukemia/acute lympho CLINICAL CASE 1
blastic leukemia) and nonHodgkin lymphoma (NHL) rep An 18yearold woman with heavy menses/gingival bleed
resent about 1.3% and 4.1%, respectively, of all new cancer ing presents with the following: white blood cell (WBC)
cases annually, with the aggressive NHL subgroup approx count, 28; hemoglobin, 10; platelets, 15; coagulopathy;
imation likely to be in the 2% to 3% range.1,2 The combina and a peripheral smear showing 75% blasts. She was
tion of rarity, the need for intensive and urgent therapies, empirically initiated on all transretinoic acid (ATRA) for
protracted transfusion support, and significant complica possible acute promyelocytic leukemia (APL) vs M4 acute
tions have traditionally left these challenges to be man myeloid leukemia. She was aggressively transfused to
aged largely in the academic arena with disease experts. maintain platelets >50 000, fibrinogen >150, and fresh fro
While the historical precedent was tertiary center refer zen plasma to normalize prothrombin time/partial throm
ral if options were locally unavailable, geographic and boplastin time. Prophylactic prednisone (0.5 mg/kg/d)
socioeconomic considerations limit this option for most was instituted with ATRA to preemptively address the
patients. Fortunately, runaway advances in immune engager possibility of highrisk APL presenting with a WBC >10.
therapy and the expansive infrastructure of community
based clinical trials that has developed over the past 2
decades have helped bridge this gap considerably. We APL has historically had the highest incidence of early
present cases that crystalize the democratized access to mortality rates mostly due to hemorrhagic complications
sophisticated therapy in patients with hematologic malig leading to death. Early intervention with ATRA, along
nancies in the community. with transfusion support to remediate coagulopathies,
Table 1. Infrastructure required to support delivery of supportive care after intensive chemotherapy in the outpatient setting
Figure 1. Therapeutic algorithm for patients with relapsed/refractory DLBCL. (a) For transplant-eligible patients, depending on the
time point of relapse, either an anti-CD19 CAR-T therapy (using axicabtagene ciloleucel or lisocabtagene maraleucel) or platin-based
induction followed by high-dose therapy (HDT) and autologous stem cell transplantation (ASCT) represents the standard approach
(*within 12 months after completion of first-line therapy). (b) For transplant-ineligible patients, chemoimmunotherapy, antibody
drug conjugates, and chemotherapy-free regimens represent potential therapeutic options in second line. Third-line therapy using
anti-CD19–directed CAR-T represents a potentially curative option for eligible patients.
Figure 2. Possessing a Fab specific to an epitope on CD20 of Durable remis sions can be chal leng
ing after CAR-T ther
malignant lymphoma cells along with a separate Fab segment apy, but bispecific monoclonal antibodies (BsAbs) are offering
for CD3 binding and subsequent T-cell activation, bispecific an- encouraging results (see Figure 3).26 With antibodies targeted at
tibodies facilitate the creation of an immune synapse, resulting the CD20 on DLBCL and the CD3 on T cells, glofitamab has shown
in T-cell–mediated cytotoxicity. Falchi et al.26 complete response in about 39% of heavily treated patients for
a median of 12.6 months. However, much like CAR-T, these BsAb
CAR-T has revolutionized treatment for patients with therapies have significant toxicities, including CRS and ICANS,
relapsed/refractory DLBCL who cannot attain a complete remis which need to be carefully considered and managed.27
sion to move to allogeneic hematopoietic cell transplantation
(AHCT) or have relapsed after AHCT. While response rates are
high, dura ble remis sion is achieved in approx i
mately 30% to
40% of patients. Axicabtagene ciloleucel, tisagenlecleucel, and CLINICAL CASE 2 (continued)
lisocabtagene maraleucel are the 3 anti-CD19 CAR-T therapies
Unfortunately, his disease proved to be resistant to epcorti
that are approved by the US Food and Drug Administration for
mab and a further salvage with tafasitamab/lenalidomide as a
relapsed DLBCL after ≥2 prior lines of systemic therapy or for
bridge to a trial with allogeneic CAR-T cell therapy. He suc
primary refractory disease. Significant toxicities such as cytokine
cumbed to his progressive disease with hepatic failure after an
release syn drome (CRS) and immune effec tor cell-asso
ciated
18-month struggle.
neurotoxicity syndrome (ICANS) can impact up to 20% and 30%
of patients, respectively (see Figure 2).17-20 Accessibility and cost
remain barriers to broader utilization as well. While the outcome in this young adult with primary refractory
Phase 3 trials are exploring the benefit of second-line CAR- NHL was quite devastating, his parents and family took solace in
T over standard of care (SOC) followed by AHCT.21,22 Westin the fact that he received novel options and were deeply grate
et al22 show in the ZUMA 7 trial an overall survival benefit with ful for our guidance and quaternary care collaboration toward a
axicabtagene ciloleucel in the sec ond-line set ting com pared common goal.
to SOC. However, Bishop et al21 show in the BELINDA trial that
tisagenlecleucel did not show a higher response rate or event-
free survival in the AHCT group. Comparison is hindered by the
differing number of salvage regimens, bridging therapy, organ-
compromising disease, and percentage of patients receiving CLINICAL CASE 3
CAR-T. The PILOT study also offers an evolving CAR-T landscape An 84-year-old man with excel lent health and an Eastern
for transplant-ineligible patients in the second line as well.23 Our Cooperative Oncology Group Performance Status of 0 devel
patient’s cytopenias precluded pheresis, and rapid disease pro oped mantle cell lymphoma 6 years before presentation to
our clinic. He achieved a durable response to rituximab ben Fortunately, our center was participating in a clinic al trial
damustine followed by rituximab maintenance. Approximately evaluating outpatient administration of a BsAb therapy. The
2 years after completion of maintenance, he developed rap study is pivotally tasked with assessing both efficacy and safety,
idly progressive abdominal adenopathy with compression of with emphasis on community-based outpatient management
the renal vasculature, resulting in acute kidney injury. Succes of CRS and ICANS. The patient received the inves ti
gational
sive trials of acalabrutinib and rituximab lenalidomide were agent on a weekly step-up dosing regimen before commenc
met with an attenuated response, a lymphoma mass effect ing the maintenance phase. His course was complicated by
upon the inferior vena cava resulting in volume retention, and grade 1 CRS, managed entirely as an outpatient with support
electrolyte derangements. ive care medications, close monitoring with daily phone calls
and home vital signs, and immediate office evaluat ion for con
cerning symptoms. After the first 3 weeks of therapy, he had
Relapsed mantle cell lymphoma has been a notoriously chal complete resolution of his significant lower extremity edema,
lenging disease, with the historical literature reporting 20% to orthopnea, and acute kidney injury. Surveillance imaging cor
30% response rates on various combinations of salvage chemo roborated the clinical improvement with a complete metabolic
immunotherapy, discouragingly brief progression-free survival response on functional imaging, which remains ongoing. It is
intervals,28 and the absence of a coalescent approach. Conse not difficult to envision a scenario where this patient would
quently, the efficacy of Bruton tyrosine kinase inhibit ors (BTKis) have been recommended entirely supportive measures with a
was particularly welcomed. First reported by Wang and col transition to end-of-life care in the recent past. The availability
leagues,29 ibrutinib resulted in unprecedented response rates of an investigational bispecific antibody at an experienced non
of 68% and a pro gression-free survival of 17.5 months. Acal academic research center, however, was able to meaningfully
abrutinib30 and zanubrutinib31 have similarly improved upon this extend a life of excellent quality in a previously dire scenario.
benchmark and are regularly used by community oncologists,
familiar with this class of agents after almost a decade of experi Discussion
ence with chronic lymphocytic leukemia. Nonetheless, they are Hematologic malignancies can present in a clinical crisis with a
not curative, and at the inexorable progression, there is a dearth high disease burden, transfusion needs, complicated infections,
of choices. While cellular therapy with brexucaptagene autocel and rapid proliferation all requiring a rapid activation of medi
has regulatory approval, the geographic logistics precluded our cal, diagnostic, and therapeutic interventions. Traditionally, this
ability to realistically consider this as an option.32 has been the domain of disease experts in academic centers.
The care of the multiple myeloma (MM) patient is complex, with most patients requiring multiple lines of therapy over
a span of many years to decades. Since the days when autologous stem cell transplantation became the standard of
care for a large subset of patients, it was imperative that community practices and specialized academic centers work
together to optimize the initial care of patients. Now, with the unprecedented number of treatment options and the
introduction of chimeric antigen receptor T-cell therapies and bispecific T-cell engagers, that collaboration has become
even more important and stretches from the upfront treatment to the relapsed and refractory disease setting. I will dis-
cuss the unique safety profile and logistical aspects that pose challenges and opportunities for the safe and successful
delivery of these therapies. Close interaction, communication, and established partnerships between the primary oncol-
ogist, the myeloma specialist, and the transplant or immune effector cell provider will be required to provide the optimal
care longitudinally for each patient. This multidisciplinary approach to treating MM can serve as a paradigm for blending
community and academic care.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Identify best practices for safe and successful delivery of therapies for multiple myeloma
• Identify opportunities to anticipate and address acute phase and late phase toxicity
• Prepare and plan for a clinical model that promotes a good rapport between academic and community practices
NDTE MM
Continue treatment Defer ASCT Collect and store Stem cell collection
ASCT
+/-Consolidation
“Day 100” response
assessment
Maintenance Disease surveillance, infection
prevention
Figure 1. Management of a newly diagnosed transplant-eligible (NDTE) patient with multiple myeloma (MM): key roles of the
primary oncologist and transplant physician. ASCT, autologous stem cell transplantation.
5 Chemotherapy
4 Quality and
2 T-cell activation /
transduction
3 Modified T-cell expansion
Figure 2. Overview of CAR T therapy. Reproduced with permission from the slide library of the chimeric antigen receptor (CAR) T
Working Group (v2 9.4.2019).
Intervention
PBMC cell Cell processing
between collection
collection off site
and infusion
• Sponsor-specific method • CAR T manufacturing
• Sponsor-specific documentation and expansion • Due to slow timelines, need for
• Vein to vein 4-6 weeks bridging therapy is common and
• Sponsor-specific labeling
clinical deterioration more of an
• Sponsor-specific IT interface
issue
Figure 3. AHCT vs CAR T therapy: similarities and differences. AHCT, autologous hematopoietic cell transplantation; CAR, chimeric
antigen receptor; IT, information technology; PBMC, peripheral blood mononuclear cells.
by both the primary oncolog ist and the immune effector cell phase, cytokine release syndrome, neurotoxicity, and cyto-
provider, which again highlights the importance of close com penias predominate. The rapidity and onset of these potential
munication and collaboration. toxicities require expert, multidisciplinary vigilance, availability,
and management. Currently, these toxicities are treated mostly
Toxicity profile in the inpatient setting, but they are slowly starting to be man
The toxicity profile associated with cellular redirecting therapies aged as in outpatient settings as well.
have been extensively described elsewhere and are summarized For the most part, late-phase tox ic
ity can be dom i
nated
in Table 2.13-16 In general, toxicity can be divided into an acute by per sis
tent or recur rent cytopenias and increased infec tion
phase (30 days) and a late phase (beyond 30 days). In the acute risk. Issues pertaining to infec tious pro phylaxis, revaccination,
Consideration Comments
Indication • Does the patient meet the label indication or clinic
al trial eligibility?
Kinetics of disease progression • Is the patent able to come off alltherapy, including a 2-week washout,
prior to leukapheresis?
• Does the patient need alternative therapy prior to CAR T-cell therapy consideration?
Immediate therapy prior to leukapheresis • How would this affect the ability to successfully manufacture CAR T-cells (ie, obtain
sufficient numbers of T-cells and expand)?
Indications
dicat
c Regimens Regimen selection
• Rapidly growing disease • Dexamethasone • Prior therapies
• Bulky disease • Local radiation • Regimen-related toxicities
• Symptoms (pain) • Multiagent chemotherapy • Site(s) of disease
(DCEP, VDPACE) • Comorbidities
• Major organ involvement or
obstruction • Prior combos with • Blood counts
PI/IMID/CD38…
• Expected delay in CAR T-
cell production • Avoid BCMA-directed
therapy
Figure 4. Bridging therapy considerations for CAR T therapy. BCMA, B-cell maturation antigen; CAR, chimeric antigen receptor;
CD, clusters of differentiation; DCEP, dexamethasone, cyclophosphamide, etoposide, and cisplatin; PI, proteasome inhibitor; IMID,
immunomodulatory drugs; VDPACE, bortezomib, dexamethasone, cisplatin, adriamycin, cyclophosphamide, and etoposide.
i mmunoglobulin deficiency, and need for replacement predomi In fact, the FDA recommends 48-hour hospitalization following
nate. More and more, longer-term sequelae, such as fatigue, mem each of the first 3 doses (first full dose and 2 step-up doses)
ory loss, and lapses in concentration, are starting to become better of teclistamab. Some practices may continue the paradigm of
described.16-18 Although the optimal management of patients con referring patients to a specialized center for the entire treatment
tinues to evolve and be defined, there are clear processes and or at least the initial cycle, when the risks of cytokine release syn
resources required for the safe delivery of these therapies. drome and neurotoxicity and the need for hospitalization may
be high. Others practices will develop a spoke and wheel setup,
Bispecific T-cell engagers with certain clinics but not others having the expertise to deliver
Unlike ASCT and autologous CAR T-cell therapy, which are usu the treatment. It should be noted that long-term data are not
ally done only once, the bispecific T-cell engagers require con available. As studies mature, there is an emerging infection sig
tinuous therapy, much like other standard myeloma therapies. nal that does not abate but continues and may increase for as
Furthermore, the off-the-shelf nature of these products signifi long as patient is on therapy. Thus, continuo us surveillance and
cantly simplifies the overall process and allows for prompt initia monitoring is imperative. The degree of collaboration between
tion of therapy (Table 3) Thus, this therapy has the most potential the primary oncologist and the academic center will depend on
for direct management and treatment by the community oncol the treatment setting in place to deliver this therapy.
ogist. However, although acute and late-phase toxicities are sim The patient in this case was given the option of enrolling in
ilar, both differ qualitatively and quantitatively from CAR T-cells a clinical trial or proceeding with FDA-approved therapy. The
and require careful attention to determine how to proceed next. patient opted for teclistamab as a standard of care. In our large
Most patients with high-risk hematologic malignancies are treated in community oncology practices near their res-
idence. This is partly due to patients’ ardent desire to be closer to home and trust in local caregivers. Treatments
are increasingly complex, even as initial therapy, and more so upon relapse. Improved outcomes in the past decade
are largely available through clinical trials primarily offered through academic medical centers. Limited availability of
clinical trials at community oncology practices is a major contributor to outcome disparities among minorities, rural,
and elderly patients, all of whom are underrepresented in clinical trials. Between 2003 and 2023, the National Cancer
Institute (NCI) established programs to address these challenges: the Community Clinical Oncology Program, Minority-
Based Community Clinical Oncology Program, NCI Community Cancer Centers Program, and NCI Community Oncol-
ogy Research Program. However, disparities have persisted, particularly for pharmaceutical-directed clinical research.
Lack of representation in clinical research results in data absenteeism, data chauvinism and hallucination, and a delay in
treatment availability for high-risk hematologic malignancies in community practice. To address this, the US Congress
enacted the Food and Drug Administration Omnibus Act in 2022 to help establish diversity plans that would broaden
clinical trial patient enrollment in the United States. We recommend using these initiatives in community oncology
practices, including the adoption of the DRIVE strategy in collaboration with pharmaceutical companies, as well as
using the NCI-established programs to promote clinical trial availability for patients with high-risk malignancies treated
in community oncology practices.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Evaluate opportunities and challenges in clinical trials for patients with hematologic malignancies treated in
community oncology practices
• Identify, use, and apply effective strategies to improve availability and enrollment in clinical trials in community
oncology practices
• Apply governmental and nongovernmental processes to improve access to clinical trials, health care outcomes
and research disparities
Figure 1. Experience of the National Cancer Institute Community Cancer Centers Program on community-based cancer clinical
trials activity. Change in the accrual of underserved patients by (A) number and (B) percentage of total accrual. Reproduced with
permission from Hirsch BR, Locke SC, Abernethy AP. Experience of the National Cancer Institute Community Cancer Centers Program
on community-based cancer clinical trials activity. J Oncol Pract. 2016;12(4):e350-8.12
data hallucination (the assumption and use of nonexistent data to Structural barriers
generalize treatment recommendations, outcomes, and results). 1. Access to a clinic can be influenced by many structural fac
For illustration and relevant to our clinic
al case, examples of these tors, such as transportation, travel costs, access to insurance,
problems are seen in the clinical studies of polatuzumab29 in the and availability of childcare
initial treatment of DLBCL (7% Black and Hispanic enrollment), 2. Availability of a clinical trial for the patient’s histology and
chimeric antibody receptor T-cell therapy in relapsed DLBCL (5% stage
Black and Hispanic enrollment),30 and the generation of the widely
used IPI31 respectively (no racial or ethnicity data reported). Clinical barriers
1. Narrow eligibility criteria
Barriers to participation in clinical trials32
Barriers to participation in clinical trials (Figure 3) typically dis- Physician attitudes
proportionally affect minority patients and ultimately results in 1. Physician decision or preference, a primary reason for non
delayed accrual, delayed generation of clinical data, and the gen participation in half the patients for whom a protocol was
eralizability of such data to all persons, thus promoting outcome available and the patient was eligible
disparities. Therefore, addressing such barriers may also improve 2. Lack of appropriate incentives to participate in clinical
cancer population outcomes. Improving clinical trial availability in research
community oncology practices where most cancer patients are 3. Time-consuming trial paperwork
treated can uniquely improve and address these disparities. 4. Obtaining informed consent
Patient attitudes curative therapy was impacted by the lack of this therapy’s
1. Patient unease or fear about the prospect of participating in immediate availability in the community due to the limited
clinical trials, including residual mistrust of medical science participation of community oncologists in CAR-T trials, thus
due to past abuses such as the infamous Tuskegee Syphilis impacting its clinical availability at community practices and
Study or the history of human experimentation with radiation resulting in fur ther out come disparities. Thus, strat e
gies to
following World War II overcome and minimize these barriers are desperately needed
2. Complicated consent forms to improve outcomes for high-risk hematologic malignancies.
3. Patient dislike of randomization These strategies include enhancing community oncology
4. Patient’s unease about potentially toxic effects of chemother access to clinical trials and the participation of diverse popula
apy in trials, especially for experimental therapies tions, including our patient.
5. Patient’s ardent desire for a particular treatment they wish to We rec om mend the adop tion of our 5-step strat egy at
receive after discussion with their physicians research sites and sponsors to overcome these disparities and
6. More frequent monitoring than nontrial care, for example, to promote clinical research in community oncology practices.
traveling to and from the clinic DRIVE33 is a practical, immediately actionable 5-step strategy for
7. Concern about how to pay for trials promoting and improving diversity, equity, inclusion, and access
(DEIA) in clinical trials for minority patients. DRIVE aims to use
Demographic and socioeconomic disparities these strateg ies to correct inequalities and promote the overall
1. Older age health of humankind, as established in the Greenberg Report,34
2. Race equating diversity and safety due to the potentially generaliz
3. Low socioeconomic status able clinical data generated. Additionally, DRIVE uses proven
principles and techniques to create meaningful improvements in
Overcoming barriers to participation in community cancer care and outcomes.
clinical research for high-risk hematologic malignancies
Our patient illustrates the challenges of clinical trial partici DRIVE
pation for minor ity high-risk lym phoma patients treated in D: Diversity officer for clinical research studies; to develop
the community. First, the lack of minority enrollment in major an actionable, flexible, and prospective diversity plan for clinical
clinical trials prevents us from truly estimating his prognosis research. Diversity officers should be funded by study sponsors
using the IPI, potentially resulting in us underestimating his and institutions as part of the clinical trial enterprise, very simi
clinical risk (data hallucination). Second, significant structural larly to funding of data safety and monitoring boards.
and personal barriers precluded his participation in clinical R: Ranking of clinical studies for diversity; generating an infor
stud ies that could have improved his sur vival. Additionally, mational tool for determining clinical research diversity (Figure 4).
upon relapse, his access to more complicated but potentially Ranking should be based on independent audits of self-reported
1. Identify disease burden (eg, prevalence) by demographic mix, in this case race and ethnicity.
2. Calculate the proportion of the disease burden that minority groups* account for individually and as a
group (ie, the proportion of the disease burden for all minority groups combined).
3. Calculate the proportion of the trial enrollees that minority groups account for individually and as a
group (ie, the proportion of enrollees for all minority groups combined).
4. Divide the proportions of enrollees from each group, and minority groups combined, by their
Scoring:
Figure 4. DRIVE rank score. *Minority groups in the US are self-defined by the participants and are listed as follows: Hispanic White
and Hispanic and non-Hispanic African American or Black, Native American, Asian, Pacific Islander, and mixed race. In other countries,
minorities should be defined as appropriate, based on societal norms and internationally medically acceptable groups/nationalities.
†Studies will be ranked at the next lower rank if all criteria for next higher rank are not reached. Reproduced with permission from
Birhiray and Birhiray.33
Figure 5. Lymphoma survival. Five-year relative survival for selected cancers by race and stage at diagnosis, United States, 2012 to
2018. White and Black race categories are exclusive of Hispanic ethnicity. Reproduced with permission from Siegel RL, Miller KD,
Wagle NS, Jemal A. Cancer statistics, 2023. CA Cancer J Clin. 2023;73(1):17-48.23
Targeted immunotherapy has significantly improved the outcome of patients with hematological malignancies by
leveraging the power of the immune system to eliminate tumor cells. In multiple myeloma (MM), bispecific T-cell engagers
(BsAb) targeting B-cell maturation antigen (BCMA), G protein–coupled receptor, class C, group 5, member D (GPRC5D),
and Fc receptor-like 5 (FcRL5) have already demonstrated remarkable clinical activity in triple-class refractory patients.
However, responses to BsAb are not universal, and resistance often emerges while on therapy. Mechanisms mediating
resistance are tumor intrinsic or immune dependent. Reported tumor intrinsic factors include antigenic loss (biallelic
or functional) through deletions or mutations of target genes, increased soluble BCMA (for BCMA targeting BsAb), high
tumor burden, and extramedullary disease. Immune-mediated resistance are largely dependent on T-cell fitness and tol-
erant immune environment. Understanding these mechanisms will allow the design of optimized BsAb therapy and an
informed approach to sequencing and combining these molecules with other anti-MM agents and immune therapies.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Current use, efficacy, and sequencing of bispecific antibodies in multiple myeloma
• Understanding the mechanisms of action and escape to bispecific antibodies in multiple myeloma
Route
Bispecific antibody Target Format Valency Properties
of administration
Teclistamab BCMA × CD3 IgG4 duobody Monovalent CD3 binding Subcutaneous Fc mutated ↑ half-life, and
(JNJ-640079957) Monovalent BCMA binding ↓ immunologic effector
function–mediating CRS
Elranatamab BCMA × CD3 IgG2a BsAb Monovalent CD3 binding Subcutaneous Fc mutated ↑ half-life,
(PF-06863135) Monovalent BCMA binding heterodimerization, and
↓ immunologic effector
response. Similarly, in the MagnetisMM-3 phase 2 study cohort ing data regarding the sequencing of BsAb with adoptive cellular
of BCMA-naïve patients (N = 123), ORR was 61%. Predictors of therapies support sustained efficacy of BsAb post CAR T therapy
poor response included ISS stage III disease and the presence (CAR T → BsAb), while the reverse sequence (BsAb → CAR T)
of extramedullary disease. At a median follow-up of 10.4 months, significantly reduces the PFS of CAR T recipients.4,5,8,17-19
median PFS and overall survival were not reached.5
The MonumenTAL-1 trial examined the safety and efficacy of Resistance to bispecific antibody therapies
talquetamab, an anti-GPRC5D BsAb in patients with a median of Resistance to BsAb therapy in MM can occur through various
6 prior lines of therapy.4 At the active subcutaneous and intrave mechanisms, which can be broadly classified into two catego-
nous doses, 68% and 72% of patients responded, respectively. At ries: (1) immune dysfunction (T cell or immune microenviron
11.7- and 4.2-month follow-up for the 405 µg/kg and 800 µg/kg ment) and (2) tumor-intrinsic adaptation (antigenic drifting and
doses, the response was 10.2 months and 7.8 months, respec disease burden). A summary of these mechanisms are illustrated
tively. Responses were seen in 55.6% to 66.7% of patients with in Figure 2. Understanding the interplay among these mecha
high-risk cytogenetics, 40% to 45% of patients with extramed- nisms and developing strateg ies to overcome them are critical
ullary disease, and 50% of patients previously treated with anti- to improving the efficacy of BsAb.
BCMA CAR T or BsAb.4
In addition to the aforementioned BsAbs listed, other BCMA Immune-related factors
(linvoseltamab, alnuctamab, ABBV-383) and non-BCMA targeting T-cell dysfunction
BsAb (cevostamab, forimtamig) have reported similar efficacy in The efficacy of BsAb ther apy depends on the fit ness of the
advanced MM.7,8,14-16 As clinical trials continue to provide encourag immune effector cells. MM is characterized by progressive T-cell
ing updates on the efficacy of single-agent BsAb in inducing deep dysfunction. Marrow-infiltrating lymphocytes (MIL) in MM con
remission in heavily pretreated MM patients, important questions sist of heterogeneous T-cell populations that undergo exhaus
remain regarding the optimal duration of therapy (fixed vs. con tion characterized by terminal differentiation, loss of effector
tinuous schedules), sequencing of BsAbs and CAR T, and combi functions, and expression of inhibitory receptors from subopti
nations with other anti-MM backbone therapies (summarized in mal priming and chronic antigen stimulation in the immunosup
Table 2). Of note, while BsAbs have similar reported activity in pressive tumor microenvironment.20-24 Functional and numerical
early-phase 1/2 trials, they do differ based on their target, valency, defects in T cells not only promote MM disease progression but
affinity, and structural design (Table 1). These differences may also portend poor response to BsAb therapy. Correlative stud
have therapeutic relevance, as discussed further below. Emerg- ies from the MajesTEC-1 trial presented at ASH 2022 suggested
Followed by:
TEC + Dara + Len maintenance
MajesTEC-7 (NCT05552222) NDMM transplant noneligible TEC + Dara + Len Phase 3
vs.
Dara + Len + dex
MagnetisMM-7 (NCT05317416) NDMM Post-autologous stem cell transplant: Phase 3
ELRA
vs.
Len
MajesTEC-2 (NCT04722146) NDMM and RRMM TEC + Dara + Pom Phase 1b
vs.
TEC + Dara + Pom + Bort
(21- or 28-day cycle)
vs.
TEC + nirogacestat
vs.
TEC + Len
vs.
TEC + Dara + Len
MajesTEC-3 (NCT05083169) RRMM, 1-3 prior lines including PI and Len TEC + Dara Phase 3
vs.
Dara + Pom + dex
or Dara + Bort + dex
MajesTEC-9 (NCT05572515) RRMM, 1-3 prior lines including anti-CD38 TEC Phase 3
and IMiD vs.
Pom + Bort + dex
or Carf + dex
MagnetisMM-6 (NCT05623020) Part 1: RRMM 1-2 prior lines of therapy ELRA + Dara + Len Phase 3
including IMiD and PI vs.
or Dara + Len + dex
NDMM transplant noneligible
Part 2: NDMM transplant noneligible
MagnetisMM-1 (NCT03269136) RRMM, triple-class refractory ELRA Phase 1
vs.
ELRA + dex
vs.
ELRA + Len
vs.
ELRA + Pom
MagnetisMM-3 (NCT04649359) RRMM, triple-class refractory ELRA Phase 2
Cohort A: no prior anti-BCMA
Cohort B: prior anti-BCMA ADC or CAR T
MagnetisMM-4 (NCT05090566) RRMM, triple-class refractory ELRA + nirogacestat Phase 1b/2
vs.
ELRA + Len + dex
MagnetisMM-5 (NCT05020236) RRMM, prior therapy including IMiD and PI ELRA Phase 3
vs.
ELRA + Dara
vs.
Dara + Pom + dex
that a higher number of baseline peripheral T cells, increased observed in MM patients prior to the initiat ion of BsAb therapy,
frequency of naïve CD8 T cells (CD45RA+ CD27+), and lower repetitive T-cell engagement with BsAb administration may fur
regulatory T cells (Treg) were seen in the peripheral blood of ther exacerbate T-cell dysfunction27; integrating treatment-free
responding patients than in nonresponders. Clinical response interval into the therapy regimen may mitigate this effect, allow-
to teclistamab was also associated with lower-expression inhib ing for a more durable therapeutic benefit while attenuating
itory receptors (PD-1, TIM3, and CD38) on T cells.12 A comprehen treatment-emergent adverse events.27
sive single-cell interrogation of marrow and peripheral blood
T cells dem onstrated that increased fre quency of exhausted Immunosuppressive bone marrow microenvironment
CD8+ TOX+T cells is asso ci
ated with response fail ure while Malignant plasma cells in MM are in complex interplay with the
clonal expansion of fit preexisting T cells is found in patients bone marrow accessory cells within the tumor microenviron
with clinical response.25 In this study, CXCR3-positive CD8 cells ment, which together promote MM cell survival and growth
are demonstrated to be the main mediators of BsAb cytotox while suppressing effec tive anti-tumor immune activ ity. The
icity. Furthermore, serial interrogation of the TCR repertoire bone marrow microenvironment is characterized by the pres
from patients who respond to anti-BCMA BsAb suggest that ence of stromal cells, osteoclasts, myeloid-derived suppressor
the expansion and persistence of putatively tumor-reactive TCR cells, tumor-associated macrophages, plasmacytoid dendritic
clonotypes between the pre- versus post-therapy timepoints is cells, and regulatory T or B cells.28 These cells, in combination
associated with therapy response while such clonotypic persis with the secretion of immunosuppressive cytokines, includ
tence is lacking in nonresponders. BsAb, in effect, induce the ing IL-6, IL-8, IL-10, IL-15, IL-18, and VEGF, and the expression
pooling of peripheral blood T cells to the bone marrow–tumor of inhib i
tors such as sol uble MICA, TGF-β, and indoleamine
microenvironment and enable the selective expansion of 2,3-dioxygenase, impair effective T-cell responses.21,29 The suc
tumor-reactive clonotypic CD8+ T cells.26 A preexisting global cess of BsAb therapy relies on recruiting T cells into this immu
exhausted T-cell profile, in both the peripheral blood and bone nosuppressive milieu, where they must overcome multiple
marrow compartments, is therefore an impediment to effec mechanisms that hinder T-cell metabolism and counter their
tive BsAb response. In addition to preexisting T-cell exhaustion activation, expansion, and persistence.
Cellular Therapy Service, Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center, New York, NY
2
Anti–B-cell maturation antigen (BCMA) chimeric antigen receptor (CAR) T-cell therapies currently approved by the US
Food and Drug Administration (FDA) have dramatically improved clinical outcomes for patients with heavily pretreated
multiple myeloma who have disease refractory to conventional proteasome inhibitors, immunomodulatory drugs, and
anti-CD38 monoclonal antibodies. However, despite this progress, multiple myeloma remains an incurable hematologic
malignancy. In this review, we discuss practical considerations for currently FDA approved CAR T-cell therapies, includ-
ing newer data evaluating those agents in earlier lines of therapy. We also discuss considerations for patients following
relapse from anti-BCMA CAR T-cell therapy, which currently represents an unmet clinical need.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Discuss practical considerations for CAR T-cell products currently approved by the US Food and Drug
Administration and potential expanded indications for those agents
• Explore currently available research regarding challenges with therapy
• Evaluate treatment options following relapse from CAR T-cell therapy
gene-vicleucel (ide-cel) and cilta-cel.2,3 Both agents were therapy associated toxicities. Additionally, the contribution of
approved based on results of sin gle-arm phase 2 tri als with rapidly progressing disease to poor performance status during
commercial use permitted for patients with MM with at least the time required for CAR T-cell manufacturing may make this
4 prior lines of therapy, including a proteasome inhibitor, an treatment option less feasible for this population. As patient
immunomodulatory drug, and an anti-CD38 monoclonal anti age was highly variable in all trial populations, assessments of
body. The initial KarMMA-1 (ide-cel) and CARTITUDE-1 (cilta-cel) fitness is often done clinically.
trials demonstrated high response rates to their respective CAR There remain no reported or pending prospective data sets
T-cell products in their heavily pretreated patient populations, comparing outcomes between available FDA-approved BCMA
with both trials having a significant percentage of patients with targeting CAR T-cell products, leaving product selection up to
triple-class refractory (84% and 88%, respectively) and penta- the discretion of individual clinicians. The patient populations
drug refrac tory (26% and 42%, respec tively) dis
ease. These for both the KarMMa-1 and CARTITUDE-1 studies were similar
data indicate that CAR T-cell therap ies are an appropriate treat (Table 1) with regards to prior therapy exposure and patient fit
ment option for heavily pretreated patients, including “penta- ness, although the patients included in CARTITUDE-1 were less
refrac tory” patients. This pop ula
tion has been esti mated to likely to have extramedullary disease or high-risk cytogenetic
have a median overall survival (OS) of less than 6 months,8 with abnormalities. Nevertheless, the outcomes between these 2 tri
available treatment options in this setting having poor efficacy als are distinct, with cilta-cel patients included in CARTITUDE-1
and high toxicity.9 achieving a 94% overall response rate (ORR) with 67% reaching
There is cur rently no con sen sus with regards to patient a complete response (CR) while ide-cel patients achieved a 73%
selection for CAR T-cell therapies from available data sets. With ORR with 25% reaching CR in KarMMA-1. Safety profiles were
regards to disease status, patients with several disease features notable for similar rates of any grade and grade 3 or 4 cytokine
typically associated with aggressive myeloma, including extra- release syndrome (CRS) with both cilta-cel and ide-cel (95%, 4%
medullary disease, high-risk cytogenetic abnormalities, and vs 84%, 5%) and similar rates of any grade neurotoxicity (21% vs
high tumor burden, were included in the KarMMa-1 and CAR- 18%) but perhaps higher rates of grade 3 or 4 neurotoxicity with
TITUDE-1 trials. For patient-specific factors, patients included cilta-cel (9% vs 3%).
in these trials typically had good performance status with less With regards to real-world data sets, 1 real-world analysis of
than 5% of patients in alltrials having an Eastern Cooperative 159 commercial ide-cel–infused patients, 75% of whom would
Oncology Group performance score of 2 or higher. Performance have been inel ig
ible for KarMMa-1 based on comorbidities,
status considerations with regards to CAR T-cell therapy may showed an ORR of 84% (42% ≥ CR) compared with 76.4% (30% ≥
be due to both tolerating lymphodepleting therapy prior to CR) in KarMMa-1.10 However, a similar real-world study of commer
CAR T-cell infusion, which included combination therapy with cial ide-cel outcomes in 190 KarMMa-1–eligible patients identified
fludarabine (30 mg/m2 body surface area) and cyclophospha significantly inferior outcomes when compared to KarMMA-1
mide (300 mg/m2 body surface area) in alltrials and expected data, with an ORR of 32.2%, with these results remaining when
Median time since diagnosis (range),† y 6 (1-18) 4.1 (0.6-21.8) 5.9 (4.4-8.4) 3.0 (0.3-18.1)
R-ISS†
I 14 (11) 50 (20) 61 (63) 136 (65.4)
II 90 (70) 150 (59) 22 (23) 60 (28.8)
III 21 (16) 31 (12) 14 (14) 12 (5.8)
Unknown 3 (2) 23 (9) 0
Cytogenetic abnormalities†
High risk 45 (35) 107 (42) 23 (24) 123 (59.4)‡
del(17p) 23 (18) 66 (26) 19 (20) 49 (23.7)
t(4;14) 23 (18) 43 (17) 2 (2) 30 (14.5)
t(14;16) 6 (5) 8 (3) 3 (3) 3 (1.4)
No. (%) requiring bridging therapy † 112 (88) 213 (84) Not reported All
Response rate
MRD negative, No. (%) 33 (24) 51 (20)* 43 (38) 126 (60.6)
sCR or CR 42 (30) 98 (39) 80 (71) 152 (73.1)
≥ VGPR 68 (48) 153 (60) 92 (81) 169 (81.3)
≥ PR/ORR 85 (67) 181 (71) 95 (84) 176 (84.6)
Median PFS (95% CI),† mo 8.8 (5.6-11.6) 13.3 (11.8-16.1) 34.9 (25.2-NR)39 NR (Not reported)
Grade 3-4 heme tox, No. (%)† 114 (89) 218 (87) 96 (99) 196 (94.2)
ASCT, Autologous stem cell transplantation; ECOG, Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group; IMiD, immunomodulatory drug; NE, Not estimable; NR, Not
reached; PI, proteasome inhibitor; PR, partial response; R-ISS, Revised International Staging System; sCR, stringent complete response; VGPR, very
good partial response.
*ORR are for allpatients enrolled (and not enriched for those receiving cell infusion as reported in the manuscript).
†
Values reported for only the patients who received ide-cel infusion (full data not reported) in the KarMMa-1 and CARTITUDE-1 population. Values include
allenrolled patients in the KarMMa-3 and CARTITUDE-4 populations.
‡
High risk in this trial included +1q in addition to del(17p), t(4;14), and t(14;16) as included in the other studies.
CARTITUDE-5 CARTITUDE-6
Setting NDMM following VRd without planned ASCT NDMM, transplant eligible, following DVRd
Product Cilta-cel Cilta-cel
Control arm Rd maintenance ASCT
Primary end point PFS PFS, sustained MRD-CR
Estimated enrollment 650 750
IKEMA trials,20-22 the KarMMA-3 population was nearly entirely cause in the CARTITUDE-4 study were not higher in the cilta-
refractory to anti-CD38-based therapy, which was not the case cel arm than in the control arm (18.8% vs 21.8%). However, this
for patients recruited to those phase 3 studies. It should be did not include patients who had evidence of disease progres
noted that, in the standard care group, Kd was highly repre- sion prior to receiving cilta-cel on trial and were subsequently
sented as a clinician-chosen treatment option, with clinicians given cilta-cel as postprotocol therapy per trial design (with
for 23% of patients selecting it, indicating favor for carfilzo- 10/20 such patients dying at the time of trial publication). Side
mib’s use in this setting. Furthermore, 38% of patients in the effects related to neurotoxicity, as represented by ICANS and
stan dard ther apy group received daratumumab-containing movement disorders, showed lower frequency than in clinical
regimens (daratumumab in combination with pomalidomide trials evaluating cilta-cel in more heavily pretreated disease.
and dexamethasone or daratumumab in combination with bor- This may be due to the fact that toxicity associated with CAR
tezomib and dexamethasone) despite 94% of patients having T-cell therapy has been observed more frequently in patients
daratumumab refractory disease. While not specific to dara- with higher disease burden at the time of cell infusion, as is the
tumumab, prospective trials evaluating anti-CD38 monoclonal case with our patient described above.
antibodies in the daratumumab refractory setting have shown Overall, it is difficult to compare the relative efficacy of
0% ORRs.23 ide-cel and cilta-cel in these trials, as they recruited patients
CARTITUDE-4 specifically recruited patients with lenalido- in different settings, which is reflected in the disparate out
mide refractory disease with 1 to 3 prior lines of therapy, and comes in their respective control arms. Further, comparisons
patients were randomized (1:1) to either cilta-cel or physicians’ of treatment arms across these trials should be done with sig
selection of standard-of-care therapies, including bortezo- nificant caution as the ide-cel population in KarMMA-3 had
mib in combination with pomalidomide and dexamethasone, a significantly higher percentage of triple-class refractory
as well as daratumumab in combination with pomalidomide disease when compared to the cilta-cel population in CAR-
and dexamethasone (DPd).13 This trial also met its pri mary TITUDE-4 (65% vs 25.5%). This discrepancy is primarily due
end point, showing superior PFS in the cilta-cel group when to a sig nifi
cantly higher daratumumab refrac tory pop ula
compared to the standard therapy group (PFS not reached tion in KarMMa-3 compared to CARTITUDE-4 patients (95%
vs 15.9 months). Like in KarMMa-3, carfilzomib-containing vs 24.5%), a population with notable poorer treatment out
triplets were notably not included in the control arm of this comes.8 It should be noted, however, that a recently reported
study, despite carfilzomib in combination with dexamethasone real-world data set of 143 cilta-cel patients, 71% of whom
and daratumumab being FDA approved within 2 months of were triple-class refractory, had an ORR of 89% with median
trial enrollment. This is of particular relevance when compar PFS not reached, albeit with a short median follow-up time
ing the outcomes of these 2 trials to each other as patients of 5.8 months.12 Both the KarMMa-3 and CARTITUDE-4 stud
in the cilta-cel arm included in this study had far lower carfil- ies appropriately analyzed data via intention-to-treat analysis,
zomib exposure compared to bortezomib exposure (37.0% vs but neither phase 3 study has reported OS in either group,
97.6%) and far lower daratumumab exposure than the patients which, when available, will further inform clinical decision-
included in KarMMa-3 (24.5% vs 95%). The control arm may making. Additionally, there are current ongoing clinical trials
have had more success if the protocol had been amended to evaluating cilta-cel in the frontline setting (Table 2), which has
include these regimens, particularly carfilzomib in combina to potential to further expand the indications for CAR T-cell
tion with dexamethasone and lenalidomide as per the ASPIRE therapy in MM.
trial. The significant prior bortezomib exposure is reflected in
the observation that, for patients included in the control arm, Therapy considerations for patients with prior exposure
86.7% were given DPd by their treating clinician as opposed to to anti-BCMA targeting agents
bortezomib in combination with pomalidomide and dexameth There are no fully reported prospective data sets evalua ting
asone, likely to avoid retreatment with a previously received the efficacy of ide-cel or cilta-cel in patients with prior expo
agent. Unlike the KarMMa-3 study, deaths on study due to any sure to other BCMA targeting agents, including the antibody
Penta refractory, No. (%) 18 (42) Not reported Not reported Not reported
Prior anti-BCMA CAR T-cell therapy, No. (%) Excluded 8 (47) † 9 (27) 5 (50)†
Received bridging therapy, No. (%) 0 16 (94)† Not reported 2 (80)†
ORR, No. (%) 24 (56)† 12 (71)† 30 (91) 10 (100)†
CR, No. (%) Not reported 6 (35)† 21 (64) 6 (60)†
ORR in patients with prior anti-BCMA CAR T-cell 7/10 (70) † 9/9 (100) 5 (100)†
therapy, No. (%)
Median PFS Not reported Not reached Not reached Not reached
CRS grade 3+, No. (%) 1 (2) 1 (6) 0 (0) 0 (0)
ICANS grade 3+, No. (%) 0 (0) 1 (6) 1 (3) 0 (0)
Trial ID NCT04093596 NCT04555551 ChiCTR2100048888 NCT05016778
*Thirteen patients were screened for the trial, but 1 was excluded due to low plasma cell GPRC5D expression.
†
Values listed are for only the enrolled patients receiving product infusion.
drug conjugate belantamab mafodotin, other BCMA targeting ORR was 67%, compared with the 98% ORR among infused cilta-
CAR T-cell products, or BCMA targeting bispecific antibody cel patients in CARTITUDE-1.27 Notably, this patient population
therapies. In a small subset of patients receiving anti-BCMA was more heavily pretreated, with a median of 8 prior lines of
CAR T-cell and anti-BCMA BsAbs, single-cell genomic sequenc therapy compared to CARTITUDE-1’s 6 median prior lines. While
ing of myeloma cells at relapse identified BCMA biallelic loss this data set reported worse outcomes for cilta-cel in the post-
and BCMA missense mutations at relapse, indicating that prior BsAb setting (ORR, 57.1%; median PFS, 5.3 months) than in the
BCMA-directed ther apy expo sure may limit the effi cacy of CARTITUDE-1 study, it is difficult to draw generalizable conclu
further BCMA-directed therap ies, although there are no clin sions from a 7-patient data set.
ical data available linking these.24-26 In 1 retrospective study Overall, these data indicate that anti-BCMA CAR T-cell ther
of real-world ide-cel outcomes, PFS following ide-cel infusion apy should remain a con sid
er
ation for patients with relapse
was found to be inferior in 33 patients with prior exposure following other anti-BCMA therapies, although responses rates
to either belantamab mafodotin or anti-BCMA BsAbs with a may be diminished. There may also be utility in assessing the
median PFS of 9.0 months (7.6-not reached) in the anti-BCMA genetic integrity of TNRSF17, the gene coding for BCMA, prior to
therapy-naive group and 3.2 months (2.8-not reached) in the consideration for therapy.
anti-BCMA therapy-exposed population (P ≤ .001).10 While this
may be due to resistance mechanisms to anti-BCMA therapies Response assessment and PFS prediction
that follow anti-BCMA therapy, it is unclear if the anti-BCMA Response assessments following MM treatment, classified
refractory population represents a more heavily pretreated according to International Myeloma Working Group cri te
population with more aggressive disease regardless. Further ria,28 were strongly predictive of duration of response in both
data sets will be required to determine if prior BsAb ther KarMMA-1 and CARTITUDE-1, with patients achieving a CR hav
apy is disruptive to lymphocyte apheresis prior to CAR T-cell ing drasti
cally improved out comes com pared to those with
manufacturing and if this represents a cause of CAR T-cell very good partial response or partial response following infu
therapy failure with clinical significance. sion. Additionally, the prognostic role of minimal residual dis
An early report of CARTITUDE-2 cohort C, a phase 2 study ease (MRD) negative status remains critical in this population.
evaluating the efficacy of cilta-cel in patients with prior noncel A recent single-center retrospective study of CAR T-cell therapy
lular anti-BCMA therapy exposure, has been reported. Among outcomes in MM identified that median PFS for MRD-positive vs
20 cilta-cel–infused patients, 7 with prior anti-BCMA BsAb and MRD-negative patients was drastically different, with a median
13 with prior anti-BCMA antibody drug conjugate exposure, the PFS of 2.9 vs 17.5 months, favoring the MRD-negative group.29
Department of Medicine, Division of Blood and Marrow Transplantation and Cellular Therapy, Stanford University School of Medicine, Stanford, CA
2
Chimeric antigen receptor T-cell therapy and bispecific T-cell recruiting antibodies have transformed the treatment
landscape for relapsed/refractory multiple myeloma, with B-cell maturation antigen being the most common target
and other targets in clinical development. However, these therapies are associated with unique and severe toxicities,
including cytokine release syndrome (CRS), immune effector cell-associated neurotoxicity syndrome (ICANS), delayed
neurotoxicity, cytopenias, and infection. In addition, immune effector cell-associated hemophagocytic lymphohistio-
cytosis (HLH)–like syndrome (IEC-HS), which exhibits overlap between CRS and HLH, can be challenging to diagnose
and treat. In this review, we provide an overview of toxicities associated with novel immunotherapies for treatment of
multiple myeloma and describe management recommendations. The pathophysiology and risk factors behind these
toxicities are not yet comprehensively understood. Based on consensus recommendations, treatment for CRS consists
of tocilizumab and steroids, while treatment for ICANS includes steroids and anakinra in severe cases. Management of
cytopenias and infection is similar to post–hematopoietic cell transplantation principles with antimicrobial prophylaxis,
growth factor support, immunoglobulin replacement, and vaccinations. In contrast, effective treatments for delayed
neurotoxicity and IEC-HS are lacking, although steroids and anakinra are commonly used. Management of all these tox-
icities should include a broad differential and multidisciplinary collaboration with infectious diseases, neurology, and/or
critical care providers.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Recognize immunologically mediated toxicities with novel immunotherapies for multiple myeloma (chimeric
antigen receptor Tcell and bispecifc antibodies)
• Identify standard and emerging treatment options for cytokine release syndrome, immune effector cellassociated
neurotoxicity syndrome, and immune effector cellassociated hemophagocytic lymphohistiocytosis–like syndrome
• Evaluate and treat cytopenias following novel immunotherapies
• Understand key principles in preventing infection in patients with multiple myeloma treated with novel
immunotherapies
CRS and ICANS GPRC5D-specific: dysgeusia and rash; potential for cerebellar toxicity
Toxicities IEC-HS Delayed neurotoxicity, certain constructs (cranial nerve palsies, Parkinsonism)
Cytopenias and infections
Figure 1. Early, late and delayed toxicities with CAR-T cell therapy and bispecific antibodies in multiple myeloma.
Idecabtagene Ciltacabtagene
Teclistamab Elranatamab Linvoseltamab
vicleucel autoleucel Alnuctamab6* ABBV-3837
(MajesTEC-1)3 (MagnetisMM-3)4* (Linker-MM1)5*
(KarMMa)1 (CARTITUDE-1)2
CRS
Any grade 84% 95% 72% 56% 44% 53% 57%
Grade ≥3 5% 4% <1% 0% 1% 0% 2%
ICANS
CRS is usually limited to step-up doses and first full dose and ized stud ies. Anakinra, an IL-1 recep tor antago
nist, is often
occurs at median of 1 to 2 days after the dose.4 Recurrence of used as second-line therapy for CRS.19-22 For example, in 18
CRS can be seen with subsequent bispecific antibody doses, patients who developed CRS in the phase 1b/2 CARTITUDE-1
although this is also typic ally limited to the first few doses.5,12 Risk trial of cilta-cel, administration of anakinra at 100 to 200 mg
factors for development of CRS after CAR T-cell therapy, particu every 8 to 12 hours over a median of 2.5 days led to CRS resolu
larly severe CRS, are not well defined for myeloma, although dis tion in allbut 1 patient.21 Additional therapies for refractory CRS
ease burden is associated with higher-grade CRS after ide-cel,13 include siltuximab (anti–IL-6 monoclonal antibody),23 etaner
similar to that seen for other hematologic malignancies treated cept (tumor necrosis factor α [TNF-α] inhibitor),24 infliximab
with CD19-directed CAR-T cell therapy. The risk factors for CRS (anti–TNF-α monoclonal antibody),16,25 and lenzilumab (anti–
following bispecific antibody therapy are unknown. granulocyte-macrophage colony-stimulating factor monoclo
Management of CRS is dependent on severity, and similar prin nal antibody).26
ciples apply to CRS management with both CAR-T cell therapy Similarly, prevention of CRS is an unmet need. All patients
and bispecific antibodies, with the notable addition for bispecific should have comorbidities optimized prior to CAR T-cell ther
antibodies being to hold further doses until CRS has resolved. apy. As disease burden is the strongest predictor for CRS,14,27
The FDA label for the only bispecific anti body approved prelymphodepletion bridging chemotherapy for patients with
to date, teclistamab, recommends step-up dosing with inpa high tumor burden can be used as a mitigation strategy.3 Other
tient monitoring for CRS for 48 hours after administration of meth ods, such as pro phy lactic tocilizumab and anakinra, are
both step-up doses and first full dose and the lable for elranat currently being studied in patients with MM receiving bispecific
amab recommends inpatient monitoring for 48 hours after first antibodies28 and in patients with B-cell non-Hodgkin lymphoma
step-up dose and 24 hours after the second step-up dose. Both receiving CD19 CAR T-cell therapy29-31 and, if effective, may be
labels do not have specific guidelines on the use of tocilizumab considered in the future.
and steroids for management, but these should be used sim
ilarly to CAR T-cell therapy. Patients with grade 1 CRS can be
managed with close observation and supportive care, although
many institutions use tocilizumab, an interleukin (IL) 6 recep CLINICAL CASE 1 (continued)
tor antagonist for grade 1 CRS, especially if persistent. Grade 2 On day 16 of CAR T-cell therapy, the patient presented to the
CRS is managed with tocilizumab and steroids. Tocilizumab can emergency department with right-sided facial droop consistent
be repeated every 8 hours usually for a maximum of 3 doses. with a cranial nerve VII palsy. Workup for stroke, including mag
For grade 2 CRS, steroid treatment is usually of limited duration netic resonance imaging (MRI) of the brain, was normal. Differ
and can be stopped once CRS resolves to grade 1. Grade 3 or 4 ential diagnosis included delayed neurotoxicity from cilta-cel
CRS is life-threatening and requires vasopressor support, along vs cranial nerve VII palsy related to herpes zoster reactivation.
with tocilizumab, and high-dose corticosteroids in an intensive There were no cutaneous lesions suggestive of herpes zos
care unit, with potential use of other treatments if symptoms ter, and she had also been on acyclovir prophylaxis. She was
are not rapidly improving (Table 2). started on steroids with dexamethasone 4 mg twice daily and
While the role of tocilizumab and corticosteroids for CRS is received intravenous immune globulin (IVIG). Her facial droop
well established,2-4,7,8,14-18 the optimal treatment for CRS that is gradually improved over sev eral days, although she devel
refractory to tocilizumab and corticosteroids remains unclear, oped side effects to steroids, which were decreased and then
and experiences are limited to retrospective or nonrandom stopped after 2 weeks. Her facial droop continued to improve
but had not completely resolved at last follow-up (8 weeks and apraxia, and can progress to seizures and coma.1 Neuroimag
from CAR T-cell infusion). ing is generally normal, but MRI can demonstrate cerebral edema
or hyperintensities in the limbic system and brainstem.1,32-34 Median
time to onset of ICANS is 2 days after ide-cel2 and 8 days after
Neurotoxicity cilta-cel3; for bispecific antibodies, ICANS is usually restricted to
Neurotoxicity is another class effect seen with both CAR T-cell the step-up doses and first full dose, with median time to onset
therapy and bispecific antibodies, with around 20% of patients of 2 to 3 days.4,5,35
experiencing it after CAR T-cell therapy, while the incidence is While occasional cases of delayed neurotoxicities have been
lower with bispecific antibodies (Table 1).2-8 As shown in Table 1, described with several BCMA-targeted CAR T-cell therapies, an
up to 5% of patients develop ICANS after BCMA-targeted bispe unusually high incidence has been seen after cilta-cel. These
cific antibodies, though it has been seen in around 10% of patients delayed neurotoxicities include cra nial nerve palsies, most
after GPRC5D-targeted bispecific antibodies.2-8 In a phase 1 dose commonly seventh nerve palsy, neuropathy, and Parkinsonism-
escalation trial of GPRC5D CAR T-cell therapy with MCARH109, like syndrome, which is characterized by movement, cogni
1 patient experienced grade 4 ICANS at the highest dose level tive, and personality changes (also called movement and neu
(450×106 CAR T cells).9 rocognitive treatment-emergent adverse events, or MNTs). In
Neurotoxicity after immunotherapies typ i
cally man ifests as the CARTITUDE-1 trial, cranial nerve palsies and MNTs occurred
ICANS in the first few days after infusion or initial doses, although in 1 (1%) and 5 (5%) patients, respectively36; in CARTITUDE-4,
other unusual delayed neurotoxicities have also been seen. Symp the inci dences of cra nial nerve palsies and MNTs were 9%
toms of ICANS include tremor, dysgraphia, expressive aphasia, and 0.5% (n = 1), respectively.37 In addition, a real-world study
Idecabtagene Ciltacabtagene
Teclistamab Elranatamab Linvoseltamab
vicleucel autoleucel Alnuctamab6* ABBV-3837
(MajesTEC-1)3 (MagnetisMM-3)4* (Linker-MM1)5*
(KarMMa)1 (CARTITUDE-1)2
Neutropenia
Any grade 91% 96% 71% 48% 25% 37% 37%
Grade ≥3 89% 95% 64% 48% 23% 32% 34%
Thrombocytopenia
ASH 2022 presentation. 6. Wong et al,7 ASH 2022 presentation. 7. D’Souza et al,8 JCO 2022. 8. ABECMA FDA package insert. 9. CARVYKTI FDA
package insert.
*Data from updated data presented at the 2022 American Society of Hematology Annual Meeting.
Management of cytopenias following BCMA-targeted immu tions with fungal organisms such as Aspergillus and Rhizopus
notherapies is supportive. For early cytopenias (<30 days after have also been observed.2,52-56
CAR T-cell infusion), infectious prophylaxis and management While prolonged hypogammaglobulinemia is a com pli
as described below are critical. Granulocyte-colony stimulat cation of both CD19- and BCMA-targeted immunotherapies,
ing factor (G-CSF) should be used during periods of prolonged BCMA-targeted immunotherapies cause addi tional humoral
neutropenia (ANC <500 × 109/L).47 Protocols vary at each cen immunodeficiency by destroying all plasma cells.57,58 While
ter, with some centers recommending G-CSF for ANC <1000 rates of hypogammaglobulinemia and IVIG use have not been
and others restricting it to ANC <500 × 109/L. Some centers reported consistently across clinical trials (Table 3), retrospec
also restrict use of G-CSF in patients with active or high-risk tive studies of BCMA CAR T-cell therapy have demonstrated
CRS due to initial reports of longer or more severe CRS after high rates of hypogammaglobulinemia.45,52,54 Patients with
G-CSF admin is
tration in patients receiv ing CD19 CAR T-cell severe infec tions had lower serum IgG con cen tra
tions than
therapies,48,49 although other studies report no association of those with mild or moderate infections,45 and infections tended
G-CSF use with CRS or ICANS in BCMA CAR T-cell therapies.50,51 to occur during periods of hypogammaglobulinemia.52 In addi
In real-world studies of BCMA CAR T-cell therapy, approxima tion, patients receiving BCMA CAR T-cell therapy experienced
tely 90% of patients required G-CSF within 1 month of CAR a decline in pathogen-specific antibody titers to vaccina
T-cell infusion, with requirements decreasing over time.52,53 tions54 and, in 1 cross-sectional study, were half as likely to have
Treatment of prolonged or late cytopenias (>30 days after seroprotective antibody titers and had fewer IgG-targeted
CAR T-cell infu sion) consists of growth fac tor support with pathogen-specific epitopes compared to patients receiving
G-CSF, thrombopoietin-recep tor agonists, and, for prolonged CD19 CAR T-cell therapy.59
and late multilineage cytopenias, stem cell boost.47 At this time, Thus, prevention of infections after BCMA-targeted immuno
bone marrow evaluation for the presence of persistent or recur therapies is critical. Following CAR T-cell therapy, patients should
rent disease, opportunistic viral infections, marrow fibrosis, or receive polymicrobial prophylaxis, including with trimethoprim-
secondary malignancy should be considered, particularly if there sulfamethoxazole for Pneumocystis jirovecii pneumonia pro
is no or minimal response to G-CSF.47 phylaxis and, during periods of prolonged severe neutropenia
(ANC <0.5×109/L), levofloxacin and fluconazole (Table 4).47,60
Infections While similar principles of antimicrobial prophylaxis apply after
Infections occurred in over half of patients receiv ing BCMA- bispecific antibody therapy, the duration of prophylaxis would
targeted immunotherapies on the pivotal clinical trials (Table 3).2-5 depend on an individual patient’s treatment duration and result
Viral and bacterial infections are most common, although infec ing cytopenias.
There are limited data to recommend standard post-cellular real-world studies range from 13% to 62%.2,52,53 According to con
therapy vaccinations, although COVID-19 revaccination and influ sensus and expert recommendations, IgG replacement should
enza vaccination are highly recommended. If feasible, patients be considered in patients with serum IgG ≤400 mg/dL, those
should be up to date on allappropriate vaccines prior to the with serious or recurrent bacterial infections, and those with low
start of therapy. Pathogen-spe cific IgG titers should be con pathogen-specific antibody titers (Table 4).17,60-62 Lastly, during
sid
ered and more data are needed to rec om mend uni
versal periods of prolonged neutropenia or active neutropenic infec
revaccination after CAR T-cell therapy, similar to post-HCT man tion, G-CSF should be considered.17,47
agement (Table 4). It is important to note that viral reactivations with viruses
There is no clear con sen
sus for mon i
tor
ing or treating like cytomegalovirus, human herpesvirus 6, Epstein-Barr
hypogammaglobulinemia after CAR T-cell or bispecific therapy. virus, and adenovirus have been seen after both CAR T-cell
Rates of immunoglobin replacement therapy in clinical trial and therapy and bispecific antibodies.10,55,56,63,64 Viral reactivation
We discuss different pre-infusion, post-infusion and post-CAR T-cell relapse prognostic factors influencing the outcomes
of anti-CD19 CAR T-cell therapy in patients with relapsed or refractory large B-cell lymphomas. Despite the overall pos-
itive results of anti-CD19 CAR T-cell therapy, a significant percentage of patients relapse. We summarize the efforts
made to identify predictive factors for response and durable remissions and survival. In the pre-infusion setting, the
patient-related factors discussed include Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group performance status, age, and comor-
bidities. Disease-related factors like tumor burden, histology, and biological features are also considered. In addition,
inflammation-related factors and CAR T-cell product-related factors are considered. After CAR T-cell infusion, factors
such as disease response assessed by 18FDG-PET/CT scan, liquid biopsy monitoring, and CAR T-cell expansion become
crucial in predicting survival outcomes. Response to 18FDG-PET/CT scan is a widely used test for confirming response
and predicting survival. Liquid biopsy, in combination with 18FDG-PET/CT scan, has shown potential in predicting out-
comes. CAR T-cell expansion and persistence have shown mixed effects on survival, with some studies indicating their
association with response. In the setting of post-CAR T-cell relapse, prognostic factors include refractory disease, time of
relapse, and elevated lactate dehydrogenase levels at CAR T-cell infusion. Enrollment in clinical trials is crucial for improv-
ing outcomes in these patients. Overall, we discuss a comprehensive overview of prognostic factors that can influence
the outcomes of anti-CD19 CAR T-cell therapy in patients with relapsed or refractory large B-cell lymphomas, highlighting
the need for personalized approaches in treatment decision-making.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Identify prognostic factors related to CAR Tcell for lymphoma therapy in the preinfusion, postinfusion,
and postCART relapse setting
• Interpret how the presence of risk factors could have an impact on treatment or a followup approach
Introduction
AntiCD19 CAR Tcell therapy dramatically changed the CLINICAL CASE
clinical scenario of patients affected by Bcell malignan In August 2018, a 48yearold man presented to our depart
cies. In adult patients, the pivotal clinical studies ZUMA1, ment for multiple peripheral enlarged lymph nodes and
JULIET, and TRANSCEND showed the curative potential of the presence of Bsymptoms. Later, a cervical lymph node
such cell therapies in the setting of large Bcell lymphomas biopsy was made with a diagnosis of diffuse large Bcell
beyond second line therapy.13 Considering such promis lymphoma (DLBCL) not otherwise specified (NOS), non
ing results, antiCD19 CAR Tcell therapy was also tested in germinal center subtype. Molecular analysis detected a
secondline therapy. The ZUMA7 and the TRANSFORM trials TP53 mutation, while fluorescence in situ hybridization
demonstrated the superiority of CAR Tcell vs autologous studies showed no evidence of MYC, BCL2, or BCL6
stem cell transplant.4,5 Newer CAR Tcell products and their rearrangements. The staging positron emission tomog
use in firstline therapy and in patients who are not can raphycomputed tomography scan (18FDGPET/CT)
didates for autologous stem cell transplant are currently revealed multiple hypermetabolic adenopathies with a
being tested. bulky abdominal lesion infiltrating the pancreas, spleen,
leukapheresis, as a surrogate of genomic instability, was cor expansion and durable response. In a real-world analysis, day 0
related with inferior +3 months CR (p = 0.0029), PFS, and OS.24 CRP <30 mg/L correlated with improved duration of response
(median not reached [NR] vs 3.6 months; p = 0.0030), PFS
Inflammation-related (median NR v 2,5 months; p = 0.001), and OS (median NR v 6,5
The inflam
matory state, directly related to tumor bur den, months; p = 0.001).7 Moreover, a reduced peak ferritin was asso
appears to be inversely correlated with in vivo CAR T-cell cell ciated to an improved PFS (median 6.8 vs 2.2; p = 0.020) and
Table 2. Risk factors associated with survival outcomes for lymphoma patients after anti-CD19 CAR T-cell infusion
Table 3. Risk factors associated with survival outcomes for lymphoma patients with relapse after anti-CD19 CAR T-cell infusion
City of Hope National Medical Center, Department of Hematology & Hematopoietic Cell Transplantation, Duarte, CA
2
Several recent advances have affected the treatment landscape of diffuse large B-cell lymphoma. Chimeric antigen
receptor (CAR) T-cell therapy has transformed the management of chemorefractory disease. Two randomized stud-
ies in early relapse disease have expanded the label to provide access to CAR T-cell therapy as early as second line for
some patients. Despite the durable remissions that have been achieved, many patients will experience relapse. There
is a growing population of patients previously treated with CAR T-cell therapy facing dismal outcomes. We review the
prospective studies that inform treatment options in later lines and highlight the limited data examining outcomes with
novel therapies after CAR T-cell failure. The treatment landscape is anticipated to continue to evolve with the emergence
of bispecific antibodies that appear to be a promising approach, particularly after CAR T-cell therapy, although little is
known about overlapping mechanisms of resistance. Enrichment for patients who have received prior CAR T-cell therapy
on prospective trials is a critical unmet need to inform the preferred management for these high-risk patients.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Evaluate the available evidence that may inform treatment strategies for patients after chimeric antigen receptor
(CAR) T-cell therapy, including emerging therapies
• Understand potential mechanisms of resistance of CAR T-cell therapy that may inform subsequent treatment
Figure 1. Treatment algorithm, after CAR T-cell therapy management. allo, allogeneic; BR, bendamustine-rituximab; pola, polatu-
zumab; R-chemo, rituximab plus chemotherapy; tafa + len, tafasitamab plus lenalidomide; tx, treatment.
after CAR T-cell therapy as opposed to those with refractory dis the prescription of CAR T-cell therapy for patients with chemore-
ease (objective response rate [ORR] 36% vs 17%), suggesting fractory disease; therefore, expecting to overcome early signs of
a higher chance of success among those who respond to CAR chemoresistance is unlikely with retreatment. Can we enhance
T-cell therapy but then relapse. CD20 targeting and omit chemotherapy after CAR T-cell ther
Lonca is approved for relapsed DLBCL after 2 lines of ther apy? An emerg ing class of bispecific antibodies that tar get
apy based on the LOTIS-2 trial.16 This heavily pretreated and tumor antigen and recruit T cells may provide a new and effec
refractory population achieved an ORR of 48%, including similar tive option for the post–CAR T-cell space (Table 2).
responses among 13 (9%) patients who had prior anti-CD19 CAR Glofitamab is a 2:1 CD20 × CD3 bispecific monoclonal anti
T-cell therapy (Table 1). Patients were required to have a biopsy body with promising efficacy in a phase 1/2 study of patients
demonstrating CD19 expression to be eligible for this prospec with relapsed or refractory DLBCL after at least 2 prior lines of
tive trial. One potential advantage of lonca is that it is an intrave therapy.20 A third of the study population (51 patients) had prior
nous formulation readily available for refractory patients in need CAR T-cell therapy, including 30% who were refractory to CAR
of urgent therapy. We might consider this first among those T. The CR rates were similar for this subgroup, 35% vs 39% com
patients with refractory disease. pared with the overall study population. There were also no
Among patients with loss of CD19 or prescriber preference reports of increased toxicity among patients receiving a bispe-
for an alternate target, polatuzumab vedotin is an antibody cific antibody after CAR T-cell therapy. Epcoritamab, a subcu
drug conjugate targeting CD79b approved for relapsed DLBCL taneous CD20 × CD3 bispecific antibody, was also explored in a
in combination with R-bendamustine based on a randomized phase 1/2 study of patients with relapsed or refractory DLBCL
phase 2 study in transplant-ineligible patients. The polatuzumab- after at least 2 prior lines of therapy.21 Nearly 40% (61 patients)
containing arm resulted in a sig nifi
cant improve ment in of this study population included patients with prior CAR T-cell
progres sion-free sur vival (PFS, 9.2 vs 3.7 months) and over therapy, with 46 (75%) having progressed within 6 months of
all survival (OS, 12.4 vs 4.7 months) (Table 1).17 The efficacy of CAR T-cell ther apy. The ORR among patients who received
the control arm (R-bendamustine) was limited, leading many prior CAR T-cell therapy was 54%, 34% achieved a CR, and the
to question the role of bendamustine in relapsed DLBCL and median duration of response was 9.7 months. The CR rate was
omission of bendamustine in some retrospective series report- lower among those refractory to prior CAR T-cell therapy, 28%
ing outcomes with polatuzumab-based approaches after CAR but still meaningful.
T-cell therapy.11,18 Responses ranged from 44% to 48% with Odronextamab, a fully human IgG4-based CD20×CD3 bispe-
polatuzumab-based approaches, but responses were not cific, included 33 patients with relapsed/refractory DLBCL and
durable in either series. prior CAR T-cell therapy in a phase 1/1b study.22 Among these
Selinexor, a selective inhibitor of the nuclear export protein patients, ORR was 33%; 24% achieved a CR, with an estimated
XPO1, is an oral option approved for patients with relapsed or 4.4-month duration of response; and duration of CR was not
refractory DLBCL who have received at least 2 lines of therapy. reached. Mosunetuzumab, a CD20×CD3 bispecific anti body
The SADAL study was a single-arm phase 2 trial demonstrat currently approved for the treatment of relapsed follicular lym
ing an ORR of 28% (12% CR) with single-agent selinexor.19 With phoma following at least 2 lines of therapy, included 19 (n=15
the modest efficacy and common grade 3 to 4 cytopenias, DLBCL) patients who had received prior CAR T-cell ther apy
selinexor should be reserved for those without an acceptable in the dose escalation study.23 The responses observed were
alternative option. comparable to the those observed with aggressive lymphoma
Targeting CD20 has been an established approach for B-cell who had not under gone CAR T-cell ther apy. As a class, the
lymphomas for the past 2 decades. Chemotherapy in combina CD20-bispecific antibodies appear very promising for patients
tion with CD20 monoclonal antibodies after CAR T-cell therapy who have progressed following CAR T-cell therapy. The favor
has not resulted in favorable outcomes.10,11 This may be due to able toxicity profile lends itself to combination approaches that
are under investigation (Table 3). Little is known about overlap- editing to knock out the native TCR, eliminate immune check
ping mechanisms of resistance such as T-cell exhaustion. Effort points, or enhance avoiding immune detec tion, includ
ing
should be made to enroll patients on ongoing prospective trials enhanced lym pho
cyte-deplet ing ther apy (Table 3). Other
to gain more experience. sources such as natural killer cells or dual-targeting CARs are
Several trials are under way exploring the safety and pre also under exploration. A number of studies are targeting the
liminary activity of allogeneic CAR T-cell therapy, using T cells postautologous CAR T-cell failures given the unmet clinical need.
from healthy donors to overcome limitations of T-cell fitness and Prioritizing trial enrollment is critical.
the delay necessary to manufacture from an autologous prod Radiation can also be an effec tive treat
ment option for
uct (Table 3). Many of these trials are recruiting patients who patients with relapsed disease after CAR T-cell therapy that is
have had prior autologous CAR T-cell therapy given the nature localized. In the large mul ti
cen ter French reg is
try DESCAR-T
of the experimental treatment. ALLO-501A is an allogeneic study, patients with localized disease (n=12) who received radia
anti-CD19 CAR T-cell product with disrupted T-cell receptor tion therapy had an ORR of 35.7% with a CR of 14.3%, median PFS
(TCR) α gene (reduce graft-versus-host disease risk), and the of 3.7 months, and a median OS of 9.6 months.25 Another series of
edited CD52 gene may per mit use of ALLO-647 (a human 14 patients with localized relapse after CAR T-cell therapy dem
ized anti-CD52 mono clo
nal anti
body) to selec tively deplete onstrated sustained benefit with site-specific radiation, includ
host T cells to enhance lymphocyte depletion.24 The ongoing ing in high-risk patients with double-hit lymphoma and patients
ALPHA2 study allows prior CD19 autologous CAR T-cell therapy if refrac tory to che mo ther
apy, with a median response rate of
tumors retain CD19 expression. Several other phase 1 studies 43% and median OS of 10 months. While radiation alone may
are actively recruiting, using allogeneic CARs with novel gene not achieve durable remissions, radiation therapy can also be
Patients with relapsed and refractory (R/R) aggressive B-cell non-Hodgkin lymphomas have historically poor survival
outcomes, with chimeric antigen receptor T-cell (CAR-T) therapy now presenting a curative option for a subset of those
patients. However, with the approval of several novel bispecific monoclonal antibody (BsAb) therapies with consider-
able activity in R/R aggressive large B-cell lymphomas (LBCL), patients and oncologists will be faced with decisions
regarding how to sequence CAR-T and BsAb therapies based on patient- and disease-related factors. In this review,
we compare CAR-T and BsAb therapies for R/R LBCL, highlighting data on the efficacy and toxicity of each treatment
paradigm, and provide a roadmap for sequencing these highly effective therapies.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Understand the efficacy and safety of chimeric antigen receptor T-cell (CAR-T) and bispecific antibody therapies
for aggressive large B-cell lymphoma in the third-line setting
• Examine the real-world efficacy and safety of CAR-T therapies in patients who were not eligible for the initial
registrational trials
• Compare advantages and disadvantages of initial sequencing of CAR-T first vs bispecific antibodies first in
relapsed and refractory large B-cell lymphomas
Introduction
CLINICAL CASE
Survival of patients with relapsed and refractory (R/R)
aggressive large B-cell lymphomas (LBCLs) was histori- A 70-year-old man with a good performance status and
cally dismal in the chemotherapy era. However, the regu- history of atrial fibrillation was diagnosed with stage IV
latory approval of chimeric antigen receptor T-cell (CAR-T) diffuse large B-cell lymphoma (DLBCL) (germinal center
therapy has not only improved outcomes for heavily pre- cell of origin, MYC-amplified) 3 years ago and received
6 cycles of rituximab, cyclophosphamide, doxorubicin,
treated patients with R/R LBCL but also heralded a new
vincristine, and prednisone with a complete response
epoch of immunotherapeutic trials in non-Hodgkin lym-
(CR) at the end of treatment. He relapsed 15 months later
phomas (NHLs). Leading these trials are CD20-directed
and subsequently received second-line chemotherapy
bispecific monoclonal antibody (BsAb) therapies, which
followed by autologous stem cell transplantation (ASCT).
have shown excellent efficacy and safety in R/R LBCL.
He did well for 11 months when he unfortunately developed
With new regulatory approval of several BsAb agents, it a biopsy-proven relapse of DLBCL.
is imperative to conceptualize a roadmap for sequencing
these agents with CAR-T therapy in the treatment para-
digm of aggressive LBCL. In this review, we will compare Third-line CAR-T therapy for aggressive LBCL
CAR-T and BsAb therapies for R/R LBCL and propose a There are 3 CAR-T constructs that are approved by the US
treatment algorithm to guide practicing clinicians, high- Food and Drug Administration (FDA) in the third-line setting
lighting data and arguments for the use of CAR-T first vs for LBCL: axicabtagene ciloleucel (axi-cel) in 2017, tisagen-
BsAb first in R/R LBCL. lecleucel (tisa-cel) in 2018, and lisocabtagene maraleucel
Longest Treatment-
Response Survival Duration Rates of Rates of FDA
Clinical trial Construct Patients Histologies median related
rates outcomes of response CRS neurotoxicity approved
follow-up mortality
CAR-T therapies for third-line LBCL
ZUMA-11,5 Axi-cel 101 DLBCL, PMBCL, ORR 82% mPFS 5.9 mo 63.1 mo mDOR 11.1 mo 93% 64% 3 patients Yes
tFL (CR 54%) 12 mo: mDOCR (13% (28% grade (3%), 1 death
PFS 44%, OS 59% 62.2 mo grade 3+) 3+) due to CRS,
1 death due to
5y: HLH
PFS 32%, OS 43%
JULIET2,6 tisa-cel 115 DLBCL, tFL, ORR 53% mPFS 2.9 mo 60.7 mo mDOR NR 58% 21% 0 patients Yes
HGBL (CR 39%) 12 mo: (22% (12% grade
RFS 65%, grade 3+) 3+)
OS 49%
40 mo:
PFS 38%,
OS 39%
median duration of complete response; mDOR, median duration of response; mOS, median overall survival; mPFS, median progression-free survival; NR, not reached; PMBCL, primary mediastinal
refractory
approved
FL 3B, grade 3B follicular lymphoma; HGBL, high-grade B-cell lymphoma; HLH, hemophagocytic lymphohistiocystosis; ICANS, immune effector cell-associated neurotoxicity syndrome; mDOCR,
relapsed
atively fast time to response of 1.4 months, which is particularly
Yes, for important for an off-the-shelf therap eutic that does not require
FDA
No
FL
or
manufacturing. Other novel CD20xCD3 BsAb agents are under
development, including odronextamab and plamotamab with
7 patients (5%)
ORR 33% to 53% (CR 27%-53%) and ORR 47% (CR 26%) in LBCL,
Treatment-
3 patients
(3.4%) in heavily pretreated LBCL, several trials with BsAb therapies are
(1.5%)
line therapy.23
grade 3+)
grade 3+)
Rates of
12% (3%
grade 3+)
grade 3+)
grade 3+)
27% (1%
Prior CAR-T:
of response
mDOCR NR
mDOR NR
Duration
23 mo
who did not meet the inclusion criteria of the initial trials may
incur excess toxicity and mortality. Several retrospective,
“real-world” stud ies of CAR-T out comes have dem onstrated
follow-up
Longest
median
4.2 mo
mPFS 2.0 mo
mPFS 3.2 mo
mOS 11.5 mo
mPFS 1.4 mo
mPFS 1.4 mo
Prior CAR-T:
Prior CAR-T:
ORR 42%
ORR 35%
ORR 23%
ORR 53%
ORR 33%
(CR 53%)
(CR 24%)
(CR 27%)
(CR 12%)
(CR 19%)
No prior
CAR-T:
CAR-T:
rates
Prior
Prior
refractory B-cell
Any relapsed or
Any relapsed or
NHL
exposure
33 (39%)
Patients
129 with
of LBCL
85 with
88
Mosunetuzumab
Odronextamab
(phase II data)
(phase I data)
(NCT02290951)14
Percent of
Median Rates of Treatment-
Real-world study patients ineligible Survival Rates of
Constructs Patients Response rates duration of neurotox related Conclusions
design for CAR-T clinical outcomes CRS
response icity mortality
trials
Locke et al.28 Axi-cel 1343 38% aged ≥65, ORR 74% (CR 18 mo: 18 mo: 83% 55% Not Patients aged ≥65 with
Postapproval safety 4% with ECOG PS 56%) PFS 42%, OS DOR 61% assessed moderate to severe
observational study 2+, 13% cardiac ORR 78% 52% pulmonary disease and
comorbidities, (CR 62%) for ECOG 2-3 had inferior
2% hepatic patients aged ORR.
comorbidities, ≥65 Age ≥65 was not
2% renal associated with inferior
comorbidities, ORR 57% (CR
29%) for hepatic survival, but was
15% double/ associated with higher
triple-hit comorbidities
rates of CRS and ICANS.
lymphoma, 66% ORR 70% (CR
refractory disease 43%) for renal ECOG PS significantly
comorbidities affected all efficacy
outcomes.
ORR 47% (CR
Percent of
Median Rates of Treatment-
Real-world study patients ineligible Survival Rates of
Constructs Patients Response rates duration of neurotox related Conclusions
design for CAR-T clinical outcomes CRS
response icity mortality
trials
Bachy et al.30 Axi-cel 452 axi-cel Not assessed Axi-cel: 1y: 1y: Axi-cel: Axi-cel: Axi-cel: Real-world response
Retrospective Tisa-cel 277 tisa-cel ORR 80% (CR PFS 47% DOR 54% 86% (5% 49% (14% no grade and survival rates were
French DESCAR-T 60%) axi-cel, 33% axi-cel, 42% grade 3+) grade 3+) 5 CRS, similar to clinical trials.
registry study with Tisa-cel: tisa-cel tisa-cel Tisa-cel: Tisa-cel: 1 patient Real-world ORR, CR,
propensity score ORR 66% (CR OS 64% 76% (9% 22% (3% grade 5 PFS, and OS better with
matching between 42%) axi-cel, 49% grade 3+) grade 3+) ICANS axi-cel compared to
axi-cel and tisa-cel tisa-cel Tisa-cel: tisa-cel, although axi-cel
2 grade 5 with more toxicity.
CRS, no
grade 5
ICANS
No other
treatment-
related
grade 5 AEs
Chihara et al.31 All CAR-T 551 31% of patients in Not assessed Age ≥75: Not Not Not Not Older patients,
Retrospective this cohort were mPFS 160 d assessed assessed assessed assessed particularly those age
cohort from Medi age ≥75 mOS 403 d ≥75, had significantly
care claims data Age 70-74: worse PFS and OS
mPFS 379 d compared to
mOS 603 d younger patients as
well as compared to
Age 65-69: clinical trials.
mPFS 194
mOS 518
1y PFS:
Age ≥75 34%
Age 70-74
52%
Age 65-69
43%
Nastoupil et al.32 Axi-cel 298 43% were ORR 82% (CR 1y: mDOR NR 91% (7% 69% (31% 4.4%, 1 Real-world outcomes
Retrospective ineligible for 64%) PFS 47% (median grade 3+) grade 3+ death due and safety were
cohort from the US ZUMA-1 due to OS 68% follow-up of to HLH, 1 comparable to ZUMA-1,
Lymphoma CAR-T comorbidities PFS 34% for 12.9 mo) death due although ECOG PS 2-4
Consortium ZUMA-1 to ICANS had worse PFS, OS, and
ineligible toxicities.
patients Patients ineligible for
ZUMA-1 had inferior PFS
and OS.
Sano et al.33 Axi-cel 272 Not assessed Age ≥65 Age ≥65 Not assessed Age ≥65 Age ≥65 2 deaths (1 Rate of complete
Retrospective 30% were aged ORR 84% (CR mPFS 9.2 92% (7% 78% (35% in age ≥65 response was higher in
cohort from the US ≥65 71%) mo, mOS not grade 3+) grade 3+) and 1 age patients aged ≥65
Lymphoma CAR-T Age ≤65 assessable Age ≤65 Age ≤65 <65) compared to age <65.
Consortium ORR 82% (CR Age ≤65 91% (7% 65% (31% There was no difference
51%) mPFS 7.4 mo, grade 3+) grade 3+) in PFS, OS, and toxicities
Percent of
Median Rates of Treatment-
Real-world study patients ineligible Survival Rates of
Constructs Patients Response rates duration of neurotox related Conclusions
design for CAR-T clinical outcomes CRS
response icity mortality
trials
Bethge et al.34 Axi-cel 173 axi-cel 13% eligible for Axi-cel: Axi-cel: Not Axi-cel: Axi-cel: Axi-cel: Real-world ORR, CR,
Retrospective Tisa-cel 183 tisa-cel ZUMA-1 ORR 74% (CR 1y PFS 35%, assessed 81% (10% 44% (16% 2y and OS were
cohort from the 89% eligible for 42%) OS 55% grade 3+) grade 3+) 10.4% comparable to clinical
German Registry JULIET Tisa-cel: Tisa-cel: Tisa-cel: Tisa-cel: Tisa-cel: trials, but real-world PFS
for Stem Cell ORR 53% (CR 1y PFS 24%, 65% (13% 22% (7% 2y 3.5% was worse.
Transplantation 32%) OS 53% grade 3+) grade 3+) Higher rates of delayed
infection-related NRM in
real-world cohort.
Riedell et al.35 Axi-cel 168 axi-cel 61% axi-cel Axi-cel: Axi-cel: Axi-cel: Axi-cel: Axi-cel: Axi-cel: Real-world outcomes
Retrospective Tisa-cel 92 tisa-cel ineligible for ORR 52% (CR 1y PFS 42%, 1y DOR 70% 85% (9% 56% (38% 9%, 4 were slightly lower
cohort of 8 US ZUMA-1 44%) OS 62% Tisa-cel: grade 3+) grade 3+) deaths from compared to ZUMA-1
centers 43% tisa-cel Tisa-cel: Tisa-cel: 1y DOR 75% Tisa-cel: Tisa-cel: ICANS and JULIET, although
ineligible for ORR 41% (CR 1y PFS 32%, 39% (1% 11% (1% Tisa-cel: safety outcomes were
JULIET 35%) OS 59% grade 3+) grade 3+) 7% comparable.
Relapsed LBCL
High risk
primary refractory LBCL and/or CAR-T eligible * and CAR-T available
relapse ≤12 months after initial therapy
yes no yes no
CAR-T eligible *
Transplant eligible CAR-T Bispecific antibodies
and CAR-T available
yes no no yes
relapse relapse
chemo-
refractory Bispecific Clinical trials
CAR-T Clinical trials
CAR-T Second-line antibodies Antibody-based therapies
Antibody-based therapies chemotherapy
liso-cel per PILOT
ASCT for fit patients
in complete response after
second-line chemotherapy * CAR-T eligibility
(if CAR-T not available) chemo-
relapse Patients should not be automatically excluded from CAR-T based on chronological
sensitive
age, comorbidities, or cognitive/functional impairments.
relapse Consider referral to a multidisciplinary clinic and/or physical medicine and
Bispecific rehabilitation for the following patients:
ASCT
antibodies ● Age 70-75 or older
● ECOG performance status of 2 or greater
relapsed disease ● Multiple comorbidities as assessed by the “Severe4” comorbidity index
● Significant weight loss and/or poor nutrition
● Secondary CNS involvement and/or baseline cognitive impairment
See “CAR-T eligibility” section in manuscript for further discussion.
Bispecific antibodies
tafasitamab/lenalidomide, polatuzumab/bendamustine/rituximab, loncastuximab
Figure 1. Our approach to sequencing CAR T-cell and bispecific antibody therapies in relapsed large B-cell lymphomas.
EVIDENCE-BASED MINIREVIEW
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Recognize common barriers limiting access to cellular therapies for patients with large Bcell lymphoma
• Explore strategies for improving access to cellular therapy among patients treated in community settings
and potentially loss of eligibility for CAR T due to decline in clin tion for CAR T therapy. Numerous patients considered for CAR
ical status. These delays are particularly relevant for patients T-cell therapy have lymphoma with some degree of chemother
receiving care in the community who require referrals to cer apy resistance. Novel targeted agents such as antibody drug
tified centers. Several real-world studies at academic centers conjugates and bispecific antibodies have shown promising effi
report CAR T administration rates after leukapheresis ranging cacy for disease control and can improve eligibility for CAR T-cell
from 90% to 93%.7 However, community-based practices have therapy. Notably, these therap ies also are expensive, and pro
reported lower CAR T completion rates with 1 large community- viders may encounter difficulties in obtaining access depending
based practice noting that 47% of patients referred for CAR T on insurance coverage and approval. Thus, early initiation of this
eval u
ation ulti
mately received CAR T ther apy, with a median process is crucial.
time from referral to CAR T infusion of 143 days.8 The primary
reasons for inability to receive CAR T were disease-related issues Cost and insurance coverage
such as disease progression and decline in clinical status. Unlike Current list pricing for the 5 FDA-approved CAR T-cell thera
auto-HSCT, patients receiv ing CAR T ther apy do not require pies ranges between $373000 and $475000 per one-time infu
demonstration of chemosensitive lymphoma at the time of infu sion. However, the average total cost of care for patients was
sion, though their disease should not be rapidly progressing to >$700000, and 12% of patients had costs exceeding $1 million.9
allow time for leukapheresis, manufacturing, and infusion of the The high cost relates to com bined costs of the CAR T-cell
CAR T cells. Early recognition of patients eligible for cellular ther product, patient prep a
ration (eg, leukapheresis and lympho
apies is important to decrease delays. depletion), product infusion, pre- and post-infusion patient man
Additionally, use of effective bridging therapy is particularly agement, and monitoring for side effects. Despite the high cost,
important to improve disease control while undergoing evalua CAR T-cell therapy products are significantly efficacious and
Langerhans cell histiocytosis (LCH) is a rare myeloid neoplasm driven by activating mutations in the MAPK pathway, most
commonly BRAF-V600E and MAP2K1. It affects children and adults, with a wide spectrum of clinical presentations ranging
from self-limited to multisystem (MS) life-threatening forms. LCH is defined by the accumulation of CD1a+/CD207+ cells
in different organs, and patients with liver, spleen, or hematopoietic system involvement have a higher risk of mortality.
Patients with neurodegeneration (ND) have devastating outcomes and are resistant to systemic therapies. MS-LCH is
treated with risk-adapted therapy, but many patients require multiple salvage regimens that are myelosuppressive and
expensive. MAPK inhibitors are increasingly being used, but most patients relapse upon discontinuation of therapy. Here,
we review the management of central nervous system disease and how novel cerebrospinal fluid biomarkers might pre-
dict patients at high risk of ND who could benefit from early MAPK inhibition. Further, we discuss treatment strategies
for refractory/relapsed (R/R) LCH, with a focus on MAPK inhibitors’ efficacy and challenges (ie, the unknown): long-term
toxicity in children, optimal duration, if they are curative, whether it is safe to combine them with chemotherapy, and
their high price tag. Lastly, emerging strategies, such as the new panRAF inhibitor (Day 101) in patients with R/R LCH,
ERK1/2 or CSF1R inhibition in patients with MEK1/2 inhibitor resistance, and targeting the microenvironment (checkpoint
plus MEK inhibition) or senescent cells (mTOR or BCL-XL inhibitors) in R/R patients, are also examined.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Discuss the treatment approach to patients with neurodegeneration and the potential role of novel cerebrospinal
fluid biomarkers
• Learn how comprehensive genomic profiling at the diagnosis of Langerhans cell histiocytosis can add prognostic
information and positively impact clinical care
• Describe the promises and caveats of MAP kinase targeted therapies in refractory/relapsed high-risk Langerhans
cell histiocytosis
Introduction
CLINICAL CASE LCH is a rare disorder characterized by expansion of myeloid
Federico, a 2-year-old boy, presented with scalp rash precursors that differentiate into CD1a+/CD207+ lesions. It
(Figure 1A), polyuria, polydipsia, hepatosplenomegaly, affects children and adults with a wide spectrum of clinical
pancytopenia, and liver dysfunction. Skin biopsy revealed manifestations, ranging from single-system (SS) to multi-
CD1a+/CD207+ histiocytes (Figure 1B, C), compatible with system (MS) disease. LCH is an inflammatory myeloid neo-
Langerhans cell histiocytosis (LCH); BRAF-V600E was pos- plasm due to the presence of MAPK-ERK pathway mutations
itive (Figure 1D). Brain magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) in most cases, beyond BRAF-V600E.1-3 Next-generation
showed pituitary stalk thickening, absent posterior bright sequencing (NGS) showed that BRAF wild-type LCH har-
spot (Figure 1E). Vinblastine/prednisone for 6 weeks were bors other mutations, like MAP2K1 (in 15%), KRAS, NRAS,
given with no response. Salvage with cladribine/cytara- ARAF, MAP3K1, ERBB3,3 kinase fusions (BRAF, NTRK1, ALK),
bine followed by oral mercaptopurine (6-MP)/methotrex- BRAF duplications, insertions, deletions, and PI3K-AKT-
ate led to complete remission (CR) for 8 years. mTOR pathway/receptor-colony stimulating factor 1 recep-
tor (CSF1R) mutations3,4 (Figure 2A). LCH incidence ranges
Table 1. Clinical classification of LCH learning or psychiatric problems. Some patients may develop a
progressive cerebellar syndrome, spastic tetraparesis, pseudob-
Children ulbar palsy, and cognitive deterioration.10,11 Adult patients usually
present with cerebellar deficits.9
Clinical group Description
Whether ND represents active disease or a sequela of prior
Multisystem Two or more systems involved active dis ease is not clear. A recent study iden ti
fied CD1a-
With risk organ Involvement of liver, spleen, or bone negative BRAF-V600E+ myeloid precursors in brain biopsies of
involvement marrow patients with ND-LCH. Further, BRAF-V600E+ cells were identi
Without risk organ Without involvement of liver, spleen, or fied in the blood of patients with ND who had no systemic find
involvement bone marrow ings of active LCH12; responses to BRAF inhibitors further support
Single system Only 1 system involved this notion.13 Cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) biomarkers could be a
promising tool for patients with ND-LCH. BRAF-V600E mutation
Single site Skin, bone, lymph node, thyroid, thymus
can be detected in CSF cell-free DNA in only 10% of cases. CSF
Multiple sites Multifocal bone disease osteopontin12 and neurofilament light protein (NFL) are elevated
Special site Skull-base lesion with intracranial in patients with ND14; indeed, CSF NFL levels normalized within
extension or vertebral lesion with 9 months in children receiving MAPK inhibitors, with clinical/
intraspinal soft tissue extension radiologic improvement.14 In sum mary, novel CSF bio markers
Pulmonary LCH Isolated lung disease might predict patients at high risk of ND, who could potentially
CNS-LCH Tumorous lesions benefit from early MAPK inhibition.
Neurodegenerative disease
LACI Surveillance
LACS A clinical assessment by a neurologist with standardized tests,
such as International Cooperative Ataxia Rating Scale (ICARS)
Adults
and neuropsychological testing, should be performed initially
Unifocal Solitary lesion involving any organ (as soon as radiologic changes suggestive of ND appear on brain
Single-system pulmonary Isolated lung involvement, predominantly MRI) and at regular intervals for better longitudinal assessment
smoking related and therapeutic decision-making.11 An ICARS score increase of
Single-system multifocal ≥1 lesion involving any organ 5 points indicates clinical deterioration, which, together with
Multisystem ≥2 organ/system involvement
radiologic progression on MRI, should merit initiation of ther
apy.11 Patients with symptoms suggestive of hormonal deficits
should be assessed and monitored by an endocrinolog ist for
bone lesions, or BRAF-V600E–mutated LCH. The onset of radio appropriate testing and possible hormonal replacement.11
graphic or clinical findings can occur with the initial diagnosis of
LCH, although it more commonly occurs years (up to 10) after Treatment of CNS-LCH
the resolution of LCH. LACS is a neurodegenerative syndrome There is no standard therapy for CNS-LCH. For children with
of variable severity and course. Symptoms in children may ini granulomatous lesions and new-onset DI, systemic treatment
tially include ataxia, dysarthria, tremors, behavioral changes, and with a standard LCH regimen, such as vinblastine/prednisone,
is advocated with the goal of preventing ND disease and ante the presence of CNS and lung disease, with an inability to lead
rior pitu i
tary dys func
tion. Reversal of DI has been achieved independent lives in the most severely affected patients.17
only in anecdotal cases, and almost allpatients require lifelong Neurologic problems such as cerebellar ataxia, learning diffi
replace ment ther apy with desmopressin. Parenchymal mass culties, and psychological symptoms can develop concurrently
lesions of the brain due to LCH may respond to vinblastine/ or, more often, several years after the diagnosis of LCH. Cer-
prednisone, cytarabine, cladribine, or clofarabine.15 For adult ebellar damage may be seen in up to 12% of allpatients with
granulomatous lesions, cladribine, higher doses of cytarabine, LCH, but this increases to 60% in patients with recognized CNS
or MAPK inhibitors are preferred.9 involvement. Neuropsychological sequelae of LCH include intel
Treatment of LACS is challenging and less defined; early treat lectual loss, learning deficits, poor school performance, prob
ment in patients with worsening symptoms is recommended. lems with immediate auditory verbal memory, and emotional
Clinical and radiologic stabilization was previously reported disturbances.11
with cytarabine, intravenous immunoglobulin, infliximab, or rit-
uximab.16 A retrospective study of children with LCH on BRAF or Molecular analysis for somatic MAPK-ERK mutations
BRAF/MEK inhibitor combinations showed favorable clinical and Immunohistochemical staining/molecular testing for BRAF-
radiologic responses in 12 of 13 children with LACS.13 Patients V600E should be performed at diagnosis. Quantitative polymer
with radiographic ND lesions without symptoms (LACI) do not ase chain reaction (PCR) or droplet digital PCR is more sensitive
require any treatment, as there is no proof that starting treat than immunohistochemistry or NGS.18 In LCH lesions with out
ment would prevent progression to clinical ND (LACS). BRAF-V600E, NGS for other MAPK mutations is recommended.
In summary, the prevention and management of LACS is quite Peripheral blood (PB) cell-free DNA testing is a good alternative
challenging and requires a multidisciplinary approach. Early start in cases with insufficient lesional tissue, but its correlation with
of therapy with MAPK inhibitors, with a close neurologic and tissue NGS is higher for BRAF-V600E than other mutations.18,19
neuropsychologic monitoring, is recommended (Figure 3). Novel
inhibitors with better CNS penetration are urgently warranted Clinical implications of BRAF and other MAPK mutations
(see section on Day 101). In case of intolerance to, or unavail BRAF-V600E correlated with high-risk (HR) LCH, frontline ther
ability of, inhibitor therapy, then treatment with cytarabine or apy resistance, DI, ND, and relapse in 315 children.19 However,
immunoglobulin should be considered. a clinicogenomic study (377 children) questioned the indepen
dent prognostic value of lesional BRAF-V600E, which was asso
Quality of life and survivorship ciated with HR-MS and skin involvement, CNS-risk bones, and
Overall mor bidity can be sig nifi
cant, resulting in dis abil
ity in gastrointestinal involvement20 (additive unfavorable prognostic
more than half of survivors of MS-LCH. Health-related quality of factor in HR-LCH21), whereas MAP2K1 mutations associated with
life, which assesses the patient’s perspective of disease burden, SS-bone/skin and less MS disease and BRAF exon 12 deletions
has been studied in these patients and was found to correlate correlated with lung involvement20 (in accordance with adult
closely with morbidity, as measured by professionals. Health- PLCH9). Although BRAF-V600E correlated with reduced event-
related quality of life parameters were particularly affected by free survival (EFS) in allpatients, neither BRAF-V600E nor MAP2K1
Parcipate in Clinical
Relapsed/Refractory LCH
Trials with Novel Agents
RO+
RO-
BRAF +ve
BRAF WT
• Indomethacin • Cladribine +Cytarabine
• Bisphosphonates Smoking cessaon • Clofarabine
• Hydroxyurea • MEK Inhibitor
• MTX
• Hydroxyurea • Cytarabine
• Cytarabine/ Prednisone
• 6MP/MTX Observaon PD • Cladribine+/-cytarabine
/ Vincrisne
• Thalidomide • Clofarabine
• Radiotherapy (adults)
• MEK inhibitor
BRAF +/-
• Cytarabine MEK inhibitor
• Cladribine
• Inhibitors
(BRAF)
LCH Vemurafenib* 20 mg/kg/d 54 0.2-14 BRAF-V600E RR-MS CR 38/54 PR Relapse 14/30 30
(BRAF) 16/54
LCH Dabrafenib* NA 21 0.4-21 BRAF-V600E RR-MS CR 4/21 NA 13
(BRAF) PR 14/20
SD 2/20
PD 4/20
LCH Dabrafenib* D: 4.5- 25 1-13 BRAF-V600E RR-MS (24) ORR: NA 33
MAPK activity. Interestingly, Day 101 does not cause paradoxical therapy is essential. BRAFN486_P490indel mutation is resistant to dab-
activation of wild-type RAF kinase dimers in cells with moder rafenib/vemurafenib but responds to trametinib34 or sorafenib.41
ate RAS activity; thus, there is less risk of skin rash/cancer.39 An Further, RAF-dependent MAP2K1 muta tions respond to RAF
upcoming Children’s Oncology Group trial (NCT05287295) will inhibitors,42 but RAF-independent mutations (MAP2K1p.L98_K104>Q)
test the efficacy/safety of Day 101 in children, adolescents, and are resistant to trametinib.43 Ulixertinib (oral ERK1/2 inhibitor)
young adults with R/R LCH. recently led to CR/partial response in 3 of 4 adults with histio
Higher grades (3 or 4) are reversible with dose reduction or cytic neoplasms (including LCH) with class 3 MAP2K1 mutation
inhibitor discontinuation. Successful rechallenge of inhibitor
(exon 3 p.E102-1103 in-frame deletion) who progressed after
combination was reported in an adult patient with melanoma
MEK inhibition44 (see Figure 2B).
after trametinib-induced rhabdomyolysis.40 It is common prac
MAPK inhibitors modulate the differentiation and function of
tice in adults, in case of toxicity, to reduce the dose or have
intermittent dosing/treatment holidays.9 Patients on BRAF LCH cells rather than eradicate precursors, like chemotherapy
inhibitors need dermatology follow-up to monitor for skin does; thus, they are not curative. The BRAF-V600E+ cells per
rash/cancer, while patients on MEK inhibitors need, in addi sist in PB after MAPK inhibition, although this was not correlated
tion to dermatology, echocardiogram/electrocardiogram and with clinical responses.13,34,45,46 Eight of 9 infants receiving salvage
ophthalmology follow-up. vemurafenib/chemotherapy responded without toxicity. Never-
Not all mutations respond to inhibition; thus, evaluating theless, 5 of 8 patients relapsed after discontinuing vemurafenib
the mutational landscape of patients with LCH before inhibitor and required vemurafenib maintenance.46
Regimen-dose/cost: USD/month
Drug
Adults Children (weight=20kg)
Vemurafenib 480-960 mg bid/$6500-$12 500 20 mg/kg/d div bid/$2600 (200 mg bid)
Dabrafenib 75-150 mg bid/$8500-$16 500 5.25 mg/kg/d div bid/$5500 (50 mg bid)
Trametinib 1-2 mg qd/$8400-$16 800 0.025 mg/k/d qd/$4200 (0.5 mg/d)
Cobimetinib 20-60 mg qd × 21 of 28-day cycle/$10 000-$30 000 1 mg/kg/d $10 000-$13 000 (20-25 mg/d)
Mastocytosis demystified
Mastocytosis is a rare, clinically heterogenous clonal hematological neoplasm. Over 95% of patients harbor the driver KIT
D816V mutation resulting in mast cell (MC) accumulation and proliferation in various organs, leading to variable symptom
manifestations that result from MC mediator release in patients with systemic mastocytosis (SM) and end-organ damage
in those with advanced SM. The accurate diagnostic and clinical classification of patients with SM is vital to underpin
appropriate treatment options and personalize therapy. This review evaluates the current diagnostic criteria, clinical
classification, risk stratification, and therapeutic options available for adult patients with nonadvanced and advanced SM.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Review the diagnostic criteria and classification of mastocytosis
• Summarize the current treatment options for patients with SM
• Discuss the impact of potent TKIs in the current and future management landscape for patients with SM
Tryptase, histamine,
IL-6, IL-8, IL-33, TNF,
Respiratory PAF, TNF, PAF, PGD2
Nasal congestion & pruritis, Cardiovascular
Tryptase, histamine,
Histamine, IL-6, PAF, PGD2 IL-6, PAF, TNF, VIP, serotonin,
neurotensin, TNF, CRH Musculoskeletal neurotensin, PGD2
Bone pain, aches, osteopenia,
osteoporosis
Figure 2. MC mediator release with biological and clinical consequences. CRH, corticotropin-releasing hormone; CysLTs, cysteinyl
leukotrienes; IL-6/8/33, interleukin 6/8/33; PAF, platelet-activating factor; PGD2, prostaglandin D2; RANKL, receptor activator of
nuclear factor kβ ligand; TNF, tumor necrosis factor; VIP, vasoactive intestinal peptide. Adapted from Theoharides et al.3
osteoporosis, idiopathic anaphylaxis, or significant mediator are useful. Bone marrow biopsy can confirm SM diagnosis. In
symptoms lacking skin lesions and may have BMM. The pres clinical practice it is vital to review any histology looking for
ence of lymphadenopathy/organomegaly points to a possible an occult associated myeloid-neoplasm, if somatic mutations
diagnosis of AdvSM. Patients with idiopathic anaphylaxis and in addition to KIT D816V are detected. The reverse applies
BMM may have tryptase levels lower than 20 µg/L, and apply when patients with the most commonly associated myeloid
ing the REMA score or the European Competence Network neoplasm, CMML, also have a KIT D816V mutation detected,
on Mastocytosis/Fuchs score may be helpful when considering then clinician should look for clonal mast cells.
whether a bone marrow biopsy is warranted.15 A DEXA scan is required in alladult patients at diagnosis and
Baseline blood tests include a full blood count with dif on follow-up for assessment of T scores to evalua te for osteo
feren tial as the lat ter may sub tly indi
cate the pres ence porosis or osteopenia. Generally patients with ISM osteop oro
of an AMN, eg, monocytosis/eosin ophilia. A blood film is sis need treating while osteosclerosis is an expected finding in
informative in AdvSM cases; morphological signs of dyspla patients with AdvSM. The need for additional radiological inves
sia, atypical monocytes suggestive of a myelodysplastic or tigation, such as skeletal survey for lytic lesions or magnetic
myelomonocytic component, leukoerythroblastic blood film, resonance imaging for sclerotic lesions, should be guided by
leukocytosis, or thrombocytosis may point to a myeloprolif clinical presentation.
erative disorder or myeloid leukemia. Circulating MCs confer
a diagnosis of MCL; in acute MCL these are medium/large Treatment options
atypical blastic MCs with coarse metachromatic granules Nonadvanced SM
with pleomorphic nuclei and nucleoli. In chronic MCL they are The mainstay of nonadvanced SM management in most patients
round, hypergranular forms with inconspicuous nuclei. Serum is symptom control with a combination of antimediator medi
tryptase, liver, and renal profiles and lactate dehydrogenase cations16 (Figure 3). Identified triggers exacerbating symptoms
WHO ICC
CM CM
Urticaria pigmentosa/maculopapular cutaneous mastocytosis Urticaria pigmentosa/maculopapular cutaneous
• Monomorphic variant mastocytosis
• Polymorphic variant Diffuse cutaneous mastocytosis
Diffuse cutaneous mastocytosis Mastocytoma of skin
Cutaneous mastocytoma
• Isolated mastocytoma
should be avoided. Antihistamine medications (both anti H1 and elenastinib (BLU-263/HARBOR), masitinib, and bezuclastinib
anti H2)17,18 in combination with MC-stabilizing agents are effec (CGT9486/SUMMIT) are currently being evaluated within trials.
tive, the latter with gastrointestinal symptoms.19,20 A short course In May 2023 avapritinib was approved by the Food and Drug
of corticosteroids helps minimize “flares” of severe symptoms. Administration for the treatment of symptomatic ISM patients
In a small cohort of patients, leukotriene receptor inhibitors upon meet ing the pri mary end points in the PIONEER trial
(Montelukast) or cyclo-oxygenase inhibitors (Aspirin) may be of (Blueprint Medicines Corporation; ClinicalTrials .gov num ber
use.21,22 Neuropathic symptoms may be managed with tricyclic NCT03731260).30 This double-blind, placebo-controlled, phase
antidepressants and anticonvulsants (eg, gabapentin). Medica 2 trial randomized patients with moderate to severe ISM (total
tions will need adjustment due to fluctuating patient symptoms, symptom score [TSS] ≥28) 2:1 to avapritinib 25 mg once daily
with higher doses required than recommended in national formu (n=141) or placebo (n=71), both with BSC. The primary end point
laries. Immune tolerance therapy is recommended for patients was mean change in TSS (range 0-110) based on the 14-day aver
with BMM or ISM presenting with anaphylaxis due to bee/wasp age of patient-reported severity of 11 symptoms. Secondary end
venom allergies.23,24 Omalizumab has shown benefit in this subset points included ≥50% and ≥30% reduction in TSS; ≥50% reduc
of patients.25-27 Some patients experience significant symptoms tions in serum tryptase, blood KIT D816V VAF, and bone marrow
despite combinations of high doses of antimediator treatments MCs; and QoL measures. Primary and key secondary end points
and have a poor quality of life (QoL). These refractory patients were assessed from baseline to week 24. Avapritinib significantly
should be considered for cytoreductive therapy with cladribine improved TSS (mean change −15.6 vs −9.2; P=0.003) and the like
(2CdA)28,29 or targeted TKI agents if avail able. Avapritinib, lihood of achieving a ≥50% TSS (25% vs 10%; P=0.005) and ≥30%
ICC
Presence of the major criterion is sufficient for diagnosis. In the absence of the major criterion, at least 3 of the 4 minor criteria must be present.
Major criterion
Multifocal dense infiltrates of tryptase- and/or CD117-posit ive MCs (≥15 MCs in aggregates) detected in sections of BM and/or other extracutaneous
organ(s)
Minor criteria
a. In BM biopsy or in section of other extracutaneous organs >25% of MCs are spindle-shaped or have an atypical immature morphology
b. MCs in BM, PB, or other extracutaneous organs express CD25, CD2, and/or CD30, in addition to MC markers
TSS reduction (45% vs 30%; P=0.009) compared with placebo. progression or unacceptable toxicity. Results from 89 patients
A greater pro portion of avapritinib-treated patients achieved in the primary efficacy population of the study (16 ASM; 16 MCL;
≥50% reductions in serum tryptase, KIT D816V VAF, and bone 57 SM-AHN) with a median follow-up of 26 months (range 12-54
marrow MC burden (all P<0.0001). QoL scores showed up to months) demonstrated an ORR of 60% (45% major response
4.1-fold greater improvement with avapritinib versus placebo. and 15% partial response) as per the modified Valent and mod
Safety profiles were similar between treatment groups with few ified Cheson criteria. The median duration of response was 24.1
discontinuat ions due to adverse events (AEs). Avapritinib 25 mg months, median OS 28.7 months, and median progression-free
once daily appeared to be well tolerated by most patients. survival (PFS) 14.1 months. Response rates reported were ASM,
75%; SM-AHN, 58%; and MCL 50%, regardless of prior therapy,
Advanced systemic mastocytosis AHN status, or KIT D816V status. Significant decreases were seen
Over the last decade, TKIs have moved to the forefront of in tryptase levels and bone marrow MC burden in >50% and
treatment in the limited licensed therapeutic options available spleen size in 77% of patients with improvements in C-findings.
for AdvSM patients. Patients usually presenting with end-organ Objective improvements in disease-related symptoms and skin
damage due to MC infiltration should be considered for cytore lesions were noted. Eighty-two percent of patients reported
ductive or targeted treatment with TKIs (Figure 4). mild gastrointestinal AEs at allgrades, with 6% to 8% expe
riencing grade 3-4 symptoms. Nausea and vomiting (related
Treatment options to the capsule) were the main adverse symptoms, and most
TKIs patients tolerated midostaurin with adjunctive antiemetic
Imatinib. Twose et al. reported on the efficacy of imatinib in medication (ondansetron + domperidone). Myelosuppression
KIT D816V–negative well-differentiated systemic mastocytosis seen in patients with cytopenias (neutropenia [24%], anemia
patients treated with 300 or 400 mg daily for 12 months31,32 [41%], and thrombocytopenia [29%]) was managed with dose
with an overall response rate (ORR) of 50%. Imatinib is also effec reduction and growth factor support.
tive in patients with SM and a coexisting chronic eosinophilic Additional analysis of 38 patients treated with midostaurin
leukemia associated with the PDGFR-α/β rearrangements. The (in the global trial or the compassionate-use program) reported
lack of activity against the common KIT D816V mutation excludes poorer outcomes and survival of patients who harbored addi
it as a treatment in most SM patients. Imatinib was approved in tional high-risk mutations (S/A/R) and did not achieve a >25%
2006 for the treatment of adult ASM patients with wild-type KIT reduction in their KIT VAF.34 The development of additional muta
or unknown mutational status. tions and an increase in the VAF of non–KIT D816V mutations
Midostaurin has in vitro activity against kinase domain KIT (K/N -RAS, RUNXI, IDH2, and NPM1) was seen in these patients
D816V and D816Y mutations and FMS-related tyrosine kinase 3, with disease. No acquired resistance mutations were noted on
PDGRF α/β, and vascular endothelial growth receptor 2 muta midostaurin treatment.
tions. Midostaurin gained approval in 2016 following results from Avapritinib is a potent and selec tive oral type 1 multi-
a mul ti
center international phase 2, single-arm study of 116 kinase inhibitor with activity against KIT D816V, targeting
patients demonstrating a favorable safety and efficacy profile.33 active kinase formation and preventing it from binding to its
Patients received midostaurin 100 mg twice daily until disease substrates. Avapritinib was approved in patients with AdvSM
NO YES
Is patient symptomatic?
Symptomatic treatment
Annual review - Anti-H1/-H2 antihistamines
- Symptom assessment - MC stabilizers
- Blood counts - Analgesia as appropriate
- Clinical examination - Bisphosphonates if appropriate
- Psychological support if
appropriate
- Anti-IgE therapy – Omaluzimab
- Immune tolerance therapy
NO
Are symptoms managed? YES
Continue monitoring
Reassess
Adequate dosage of medications?
Adjust treatment as
Disease progression?
needed
Compliance?
Refractory to maximized supportive
treatment?
Then consider TKI/clinical trial
Figure 3. Management of nonadvanced SM. PROs, patient-reported outcomes. Adapted from Gerds AT, Gotlib J, Ali H, et al.
Systemic mastocytosis, version 1.2022, https://www.nccn.org/guidelines. Clinical Practice in Oncology (NCCN Guidelines):
National Comprehensive Cancer Network; 2022.
with a plate let count >50 × 109/L by the Food and Drug CR with incomplete count recovery [CI]) of 75% (n = 24). A
Administration in June 2021 and European Medicines Agency modified response criteria CRh was developed for patients
in March 2022 following data reported from the registrational who achieved a complete pathological response to the SM
PATHFINDER study. This single-arm, phase 2 study demon component (CR demonstrated in the bone marrow with loss
strated the efficacy and safety of avapritinib with a starting of MC aggregates, normalization of tryptase, and spleen size)
dose of 200 mg once daily in patients with AdvSM, exclud but had partial hematological recovery (hemoglobin of >80
ing patients with SM-AML and high-risk MDS.35 A prespecified but <100 g/L, platelet counts between 50-100 × 109/L, and
interim anal y
sis was carried out in 32 response-evaluable neutrophil count between 0.5-1.0 × 109/L). The myelosuppres
patients within the PATHFINDER study using modified IWG- sive effect of avapritinib and/or the presence of a concom
MRT-ECNM criteria. The median follow-up was 10.4 months itant AMN may be responsible for the partial hematological
with a confirmed ORR (complete remission [CR], CR with par recovery. A CRh was reported in 6 patients (19%), PR in 10
tial hematologic recovery [CRh], partial remission [PR], and patients (31%), and CI in 8 patients (25%). Responses were
No response
No response
Figure 4. Management options for AdvSM. HR, high risk; Plts, platelets. *If AHN is the major component contributing to patient
symptoms. Reproduced with permission from Radia DH, Moonim MT. Update on diagnostic approaches and therapeutic strategies in
systemic mastocytosis. Best Pract Res Clin Haematol. 2022;35(2):101380. doi:10.1016/j.beha.2022.101380.
seen regardless of prior therapy and presence of mutations remained low, suggesting that treatment directed to the AMN
in the S/A/R panel. Significant reductions in tryptase, bone component was appropriate.
marrow MC burden, and KIT D816V VAF of at least 50% from There are no head-to-head comparisons in trials of avapri
the baseline were seen in 93%, 88% and 60% of the patients, tinib to midostaurin or cladribine. A global multicenter retro
respectively. The most frequently reported AEs were periph spective review of patient charts was carried out in 6 study
eral and periorbital oedema (50% and 48%), mainly at grade sites in the US, Europe, and the UK collecting data from AdvSM
1-2 and managed with diuretics and dose reductions. Grade 3 patients who received best available therapy (BAT) in routine
neutropenia, thrombocytopenia, and anemia was seen in 24%, clinical practice using inclusion and exclusion criteria simi
16%, and 16% of patients, respectively. Gastrointestinal AEs lar to those for the EXPLORER and PATHFINDER trials.38 The
were predominately grade 1-2 with diarrhea (23%), nausea study pop u
lation included 176 avapritinib patients and 141
(18%), and vomiting (18%). Cognitive impairment presenting BAT patients, contributing to 222 lines of treatment. Patients
as mild memory impairment was reported in 6 patients (grade treated with BAT contributed data on multiple lines of ther
1-2). One patient had a subdural hematoma prior to protocol apy, and these data were compared with pooled patient data
amendment, which excluded patients with a platelet count of from both trials. In the BAT arm, 50% of the patients had been
<50 × 109/L. No treatment-related deaths occurred. exposed to midostaurin and 25% to cladribine. Results showed
Most patients’ C-findings improved from baseline. At the time longer treatment (avapritinib 30.6 months vs BAT 5.5 months),
of data cutoff, the median PFS and median OS in the safety popu a greater reduc tion in tryptase level (avapritinib 86.6% vs
lation (n=62) had not been reached. The estimated 12-month PFS BAT 9.2%), and sig nifi
cantly lon
ger OS (inverse prob ab
il
ity
and OS rates were 79% and 86%, respectively with 52 patients treatment weighting–adjusted median OS was avapritinib 49
(84%) still on treatment, with a median follow-up of 7 months months vs BAT 26.8 months). This real-world study showed the
(range 5.6-8.1 months). improved efficacy of avapritinib compared with other available
In a subanalysis from the phase 1 EXPLORER study, which therapies for AdvSM used in clinical practice.
looked at the mutational landscape in 69 patients, with a median Bezuclastinib is an oral highly selective TKI with potent activ
follow-up of 23 months, 20% (14 patients) progressed on treat ity against KIT D816V. It has demonstrated preliminary clinical
ment, with pro gres
sion driven by KIT D816V–negative AMN activity and a tolerable safety profile in a phase 1/2 study of
clones in most cases.36,37 In these patients the KIT D816V VAF patients with advanced solid tumors, including gastrointestinal
Mediator symptoms
High tryptase level Monocytosis/eosinophilia
C-findings BM: AHN major component
High KIT VAF + High c-KIT and additional
HR mutations AHN-associated mutations
Combination/sequential treatment
Hypomethylating agents + TKI
JAK2 inhibitors/MPN-targeted treatment + TKI
AML-targeted treatment + TKI
Figure 5. Considerations in the treatment of patients with SM-AHN. BM, bone marrow; FBC, full blood count; HR, high risk; MPN,
myeloproliferative neoplasms. Reproduced with permission from Radia DH, Moonim MT. Update on diagnostic approaches and
therapeutic strategies in systemic mastocytosis. Best Pract Res Clin Haematol. 2022;35(2):101380. doi:10.1016/j.beha.2022.101380.
Diagnosing amyloidosis can be challenging due to its clinical heterogeneity, need for multiple specialists to make a diag-
nosis, and lack of a single diagnostic test for the disease. Patients are often diagnosed late, in advanced stage, and after
exhibiting multiple symptoms and signs for a long period. It is important to develop a clinical suspicion of amyloidosis,
particularly in those with multisystemic symptoms and high-risk patient populations such as those with precursor hema-
tologic conditions. A systematic approach to the workup of suspected amyloidosis is key, including a comprehensive
clinical assessment, laboratory tests to assess organ involvement, advanced imaging studies, screening for plasma cell
disorder, and tissue biopsy when necessary. After making a diagnosis of amyloidosis, accurate typing of amyloid depos-
its, differentiating between localized and systemic amyloidosis, and appropriately staging the disease is important. Early
diagnosis is crucial for improving patient outcomes and quality of life in light chain amyloidosis.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Identify concerning symptoms and signs that should trigger a suspicion of amyloidosis
• Describe a systems approach to the diagnosis of amyloidosis
• Outline key steps after a diagnosis of amyloidosis is made
earning the nickname of the great imitator or the great masquer logic condition, the median time from diagnosis of the clonal pre
ader.7 The symptoms and presentation of amyloidosis depend on cursor condition to an AL amyloidosis diagnosis was 11 months.11
the organs involved and specific amyloid syndromes that occur. An N-terminal pro-brain natriuretic peptide (NT-proBNP), screen
Common syndromes include cardiomyopathy with heart failure ing for albuminuria (urine albumin to creatinine ratio or 24-hour
with pre served ejec tion frac
tion, nephrotic range pro tein
uria, urine pro tein study), and alka line phospha tase can serve as
organomegaly due to amyloid deposition (eg, hepatomegaly, good screening tests for systemic amyloidosis in following these
splenomegaly, lymphadenopathy, macroglossia, salivary gland patients.12 These tests must be supplanted with a good history
enlargement, pseudohypertrophy of muscles), neuropathy—both for symptoms and a physical examination that considers amy
peripheral and autonomic, gastrointestinal manifestations, pur loid organ sequelae (Table 2). Family history is helpful to screen
pura, and constitutional symptoms (fatigue, weight loss). Many for hereditary ATTR amyloidosis or syndromes associated with
patients go for several months to years with a growing constella systemic inflammation that increase the risk for AA amyloidosis.
tion of symptoms and seeing multiple physicians and health care Older African Americ ans are a unique high-risk group, given a 3%
provid
ers, often misinterpreting and misattributing symp toms to 4% prevalence of Val122Ile mutation of the TTR gene as well as
to aging.1,2,8 While scans can now identify cardiac amyloidosis at a two to three times higher prevalence of MGUS.
early stages, such as bone scintigraphy (PYP scan) and cardiac
magnetic resonance imaging, and monoclonal gammopathy of Workup of suspected amyloidosis: a systems approach
undetermined significance (MGUS) can also be readily identified is needed
with blood tests, the cost-effec tive
ness of screen ing pop u
la
tions is unknown. The likelihood of harboring systemic amyloid
osis increases incrementally in the presence of multiple organ CLINICAL CASE
symptomatology, and a patient with multisystemic symptoms Mr. Smith, a 62-year-old male, is admitted to the medical floor
warrants active investigation for amyloidosis. Nearly universally, with heart failure. He presented with a 6-month history of pro
patients with a diagnosis of AL amyloidosis harbor multisystemic gressive fatigue, swelling in his legs, and a 30-pound weight
symptoms and diagnoses preceding the AL diagnosis.9,10 loss. His medical history is notable for hypertension and type
2 diabetes. He was diagnosed with bilateral carpal tunnel syn
High-risk patient populations drome for which he had a right carpal tunnel release 3 years
Hematologists are aware of and well-versed in screening patients ago and the left one a year ago. His primary care physician
with MGUS and smoldering myeloma for development of active attributed these symptoms to his long work hours at the com
multiple myeloma. It is equally important to consider that these puter. A year ago, his primary care physician also identified
patients are also at risk for developing AL amyloidosis. Some microalbuminuria on his urinalysis with a slight elevation in his
lymphoproliferative disorders such as Waldenström macroglob creatinine and referred him to a nephrologist for further man
ulinemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, and marginal zone lym agement of chronic kidney disease. He sees a cardiologist for
phoma can also lead to AL amyloidosis, and hematologists caring management of his hypertension and has had a transthoracic
for patients with these diseases should consider systemic amy echocardiogram within the last year, which showed grade 2
loidosis in their differential diagnosis during follow-up. A Mayo diastolic dysfunction, moderate left ventricular hypertrophy,
Clinic study showed that even with a known antecedent hemato and an interventricular septum thickness of 1.5 cm. In the last
Clinical manifestations Key laboratory and imaging findings Definition of organ involvement
Kidney Peripheral edema, periorbital puffiness, Albuminuria ≥0.5 g/24h Biomarker staging (refer to Table 3)
anasarca, nephrotic syndrome
Heart Dyspnea, jugular venous distension, Elevated cardiac biomarkers Biomarker staging (refer to Table 3)
peripheral edema, arrhythmia, HFpEF ECG—low voltage in limb leads, Echo wall thickness >1.5 cm
pseudoinfarct pattern, arrhythmia
TEE—ventricular hypertrophy,
thickened IVS, abnormal GLS
6 months, his cardiologist has need to stop, one by one, his tory and physical examination find ings point to general and
3 anti-hypertensives due to low blood pressure (BP). His BP nonspecific symptoms—fatigue, weight loss; renal disease with
has remained low, and he sometimes feels dizzy upon stand proteinuria and elevated creatinine; cardiac disease with ven
ing. Mr. Smith attributes many of his symptoms to aging, but tricular hypertrophy; coagulopathy, and orthostatic hypoten
he worries that something might be wrong. He has brought sion. Seemingly unrelated, but pertinent, additional information
his concerns to his many doctors, and they have done addi in this patient’s case includes the his tory of bilat eral car
pal
tional testing pertinent to their specialty and reassured him. tunnel syndrome and macroglossia on physical examination.
On physic al examin
ation, his BP is 110/70 mm Hg supine and In working up a suspected patient with amyloidosis, in addi
drops to 87/54 mm Hg on standing. He has an enlarged tongue tion to the comprehensive clinical evaluation, it is important to
that shows lateral scalloping, and multiple bruises are seen undertake an expedited multisystemic investigative approach.
on his arms and face, including purpura on his right eyelid. This should include laboratory tests and pertinent imaging stud
He exhibits signs of heart failure, including elevated jugular ies to assess the extent of organ involvement with amyloidosis
venous pressure, bilateral basal crackles on lung auscultation, (Table 2), screening for a plasma cell disorder, and identifying
and lower extremity edema. Suspecting cardiac amyloidosis, amyloidosis on a biopsy.
the medic al team employs a systems approach to confirm
the diagnosis. Laboratory tests
A comprehensive battery of tests to assess for organ amyloid
osis should include a complete blood count with differential,
Multisystemic assessment liver function tests, renal function tests, PT/aPTT, cardiac bio
Many symptoms and signs in this patient point to a multisys markers (NT-proBNP or BNP, troponin T or I), and a 24-hour
temic disease. A comprehensive assessment of his medical his urine protein test.
provide comprehensive care, including accurate diagnosis, treat Off-label drug use
ment options including clinical trials and stem cell transplanta Anita D’Souza: Nothing to disclose.
tion, and a comprehensive approach to supportive care. Further
patient and caregiver education through organizations such as Correspondence
the Amyloidosis Foundation, Amyloidosis Support Groups, and Anita D’Souza, Associate Professor of Medicine, Division of
Amyloidosis Research Consortium are critical to provide addi Hematology/Oncology, Medical College of Wisconsin, Milwau
tional support to patients and caregivers, establish collaborative kee, WI 53226; e-mail: andsouza@mcw.edu.
care, and provide research opportunities.
References
Amyloidosis is not identified on workup 1. Lousada I, Comenzo RL, Landau H, Guthrie S, Merlini G. Light chain amy
Amyloidosis may not be identified despite clinical manifesta loidosis: patient experience survey from the amyloidosis research consor
tium. Adv Ther. 2015;32(10):920-928.
tions, advanced imaging, and organ biopsy. While it may seem 2. D’Souza A, Myers J, Cusatis R, et al. Development of a conceptual model of
reassuring that a diagnosis of amyloidosis has been refuted, if patient-reported outcomes in light chain amyloidosis: a qualitative study.
amy loid
osis remains suspected, close fol low-up and reevalu Qual Life Res. 2022;31(4):1083-1092.
ation of the clinical course and symptoms is necessary. Moni 3. Buxbaum JN, Dispenzieri A, Eisenberg DS, et al. Amyloid nomenclature 2022:
update, novel proteins, and recommendations by the International Society
toring for progressive organ dysfunction or the emergence of
of Amyloidosis (ISA) Nomenclature Committee. Amyloid. 2022;29(4):213-219.
additional clinical features consistent with amyloidosis is crucial. 4. Dorbala S, Ando Y, Bokhari S, et al. ASNC/AHA/ASE/EANM/HFSA/ISA/SC
Repeat investigations, including laboratory tests, imaging stud MR/SNMMI expert consensus recommendations for multimodality imaging
ies, and biopsies, may be necessary over time to capture evolv in cardiac amyloidosis: part 2 of 2-diagnostic criteria and appropriate utili
ing disease manifestations. zation. Circ Cardiovasc Imaging. 2021;14(7):e000030.
5. Palladini G, Milani P, Merlini G. Management of AL amyloidosis in 2020.
Blood. 2020;136(23):2620-2627.
Summary 6. Jimenez-Zepeda V, Bril V, Lemieux-Blanchard E, et al. A comprehensive mul
The detection and diagnosis of amyloidosis can appear daunting. tidisciplinary diagnostic algorithm for the early and efficient detection of
A systems approach to suspecting and working up the disease amyloidosis. Clin Lymphoma Myeloma Leuk. 2023;23(3):194-202.
7. The great imitator. Wikipedia. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_great_
can make the process easier. There are specific clinical findings
imitator. Accessed May 31, 2023.
that should raise the suspicion and prompt a comprehensive sys 8. McCausland KL, White MK, Guthrie SD, et al. Light chain (AL) amyloidosis:
tematic diagnostic approach. Earlier diagnosis prior to the devel the journey to diagnosis. Patient. 2018;11(2):207-216.
opment of advanced end-organ damage is crucial for improving 9. Hester LL, Gifkins DM, Bellew KM, et al. Diagnostic delay and character
the morbidity and mortality of patients with amyloidosis. ization of the clinical prodrome in AL amyloidosis among 1523 US adults
diagnosed between 2001 and 2019. Eur J Haematol. 2021;107(4):428-435.
10. D’Souza A, Pezzin L, Laud P, Singh A. Racial disparities in patients diag
Acknowledgments nosed with light chain (AL) amyloidosis. Blood Cancer J. 2021;11(4):72.
Anita D’Souza is supported by K23 HL141445 and R01 HL166339. 11. Kourelis TV, Kumar SK, Go RS, et al. Immunoglobulin light chain amyloid
The content is solely the responsibility of the author and does osis is diagnosed late in patients with preexisting plasma cell dyscrasias.
Am J Hematol. 2014;89(11):1051-1054.
not necessarily represent the official views of the National Insti
12. Palladini G, Basset M, Milani P, et al. Biomarker-based screening of organ
tutes of Health. dysfunction in patients with MGUS allows early diagnosis of AL amyloidosis.
Blood. 2017;130(suppl 1):1760. doi: 10.1182/blood.V130.Suppl_1.1760.1760.
Conflict-of-interest disclosure 13. Cuddy SAM, Chetrit M, Jankowski M, et al. Practical points for echocardi
Anita D’Souza reports institutional research funding from Abb ography in cardiac amyloidosis. J Am Soc Echocardiogr. 2022;35(9):A31-A40.
14. Gillmore JD, Maurer MS, Falk RH, et al. Nonbiopsy diagnosis of cardiac
Vie, Caelum, Janssen, Novartis, Prothena, Sanofi, Takeda, and Te transthyretin amyloidosis. Circulation. 2016;133(24):2404-2412.
neoBio; advisory board fees from BMS, Pfizer, and Janssen; and 15. Bokhari S, Castaño A, Pozniakoff T, Deslisle S, Latif F, Maurer MS. (99m)Tc-
consulting fees from Prothena and Janssen. pyrophosphate scintigraphy for differentiating light-chain cardiac amyloid
Division of Hematology and Oncology, Winship Cancer Institute of Emory University, Atlanta, GA
2
In recent years, the treatment paradigm for patients with chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL) has moved away
from chemoimmunotherapy (CIT) toward the use of novel targeted agents. Commercially available drugs, includ-
ing Bruton’s tyrosine kinase inhibitors and the BCL2 inhibitor venetoclax, often used in combination with anti-CD20
monoclonal antibodies, are now the mainstay of therapy both in the frontline and in relapsed settings. As the land-
scape for CLL management evolves, therapeutic endpoints need to be redefined. Detection of measurable residual
disease (MRD) is a sensitive tool to identify disease burden following treatment with several therapeutic regimens
in CLL (including CIT, venetoclax-based regimens, and cellular therapies), and it has demonstrated prognostic value.
Despite recent advances, the utility of MRD-directed therapy and attempts to eradicate it in routine clinical practice
remain debated. There is little comparative data from clinical trials on the best assay to determine undetectable
MRD (U-MRD) and whether its monitoring can lead to changes in treatment strategies. Our review discusses the
definitions of MRD, assays for its detection, and its impact on long-term survival outcomes for patients with a CLL
diagnosis.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Review the definitions, terminology, and methods for detection of measurable residual disease (MRD) in CLL
• Review current data using undetectable measurable residual disease and its potential prognostic role for survival
outcomes
• Discuss potential clinical applications of current findings from clinical trial data and areas for further study
that led to the approval of VO for frontline treatment of CLL. patients achieved U-MRD in BM as best response with associ
Patients were randomized 1:1 to receive VO for 12 months vs 6 ated three-year PFS of 93%.31
months of CO. U-MRD4 rates by allele-specific oligonucleotide The phase 3 GLOW trial studied fixed duration IV compared
(ASO) PCR and four-color flow cytom e
try were higher with to CO for frontline treatment of CLL in patients ≥70 years of age
VO than CO (76% at end of treatment +3 months vs 35%). The or unfit for CIT.32 MRD4 and MRD5 were assessed by NGS. IV
recurrence of measurable disease was also delayed for patients achieved higher rates of MRD5 in BM and PB at EOT +3 (40.6%
treated with VO compared to CO (21 months vs 6 months), dem and 43.4% vs 7.6% and 18.1%) and EOT +12 in PB (36.8% vs 6.7%)
onstrating not just the importance of reaching U-MRD at the end compared to CO. Patients treated with IV were more likely to
of treatment (EOT) but also highlighting the differences in dura sustain their U-MRD com pared to CO, which dem onstrated
tion of U-MRD responses by treatment. shorter duration or U-MRD. There were no significant differences
The phase 2 CAPTIVATE trial examined patients with CLL in PFS for patients treated with IV if they were U-MRD4 vs detect
who were ≤65 years old treated with frontline ibrutinib and able MRD4 in BM (96.3% vs 93.3%), demonstrating excellent PFS
venetoclax (IV). Patients received 3 months of ibrutinib lead-in irrespective of achieving U-MRD status.
treatment followed by IV for 12 months. The study consisted Recently, the CLL13 trial com pared venetoclax com bi
na
of both a fixed duration (FD) cohort and a randomized MRD tions to CIT. It randomized fit patients 1:1:1:1 to receive CIT (with
cohort. MRD4 was measured by eight-color flow cytometry FCR or bendamustine-rituximab [BR]) for six cycles, 12 cycles
in both PB and BM and confirmed that U-MRD was defined as of venetoclax-rituximab [VR], 12 cycles of VO, or 12 cycles of
two separate U-MRD measurements.28 U-MRD was achieved venetoclax-obinutuzumab-ibrutinib [VOI] with co-primary end
by 75% of patients in the PB and 68% in BM at EOT. High rates points of U-MRD4 at 15 months (EOT +3) and PFS.33 Rates of
of U-MRD were seen across high-risk subgroups, including in U-MRD4 by flow cytometry were higher in PB and BM in the VO
patients with del17p and unmutated IGHV. In the MRD cohort, and VOI arms compared to CIT (72.5%, 77.9%, 37.1%, respec
patients with confirmed U-MRD were randomized to receive tively). At a median follow-up of 38.8 months, three-year PFS
either placebo or ibrutinib. Patients with unconfirmed U-MRD was 76.4% for VO, 82.9% for VOI, and 65.5% for CIT. At 15
were randomized to receive ibrutinib or IV. Four-year PFS was months, U-MRD was associated with improvement in PFS in the
95% in patients treated with ibrutinib and 88% in patients venetoclax-containing arms compared to CIT, although there
treated with placebo.29 In the unconfirmed MRD cohort, 30- were no significant differences between doublet and triplet
month PFS was 95% for patients treated with ibrutinib and combinations.
97% for patients treated IV. In the FD cohort, four-year PFS What potentially accounts for the above differences in the
rates were higher for patients with U-MRD at EOT +3 com association of MRD with PFS? GLOW has a shorter follow-up
pared to those with detectable MRD (90% vs 66%), although than CAPTIVATE, and it may take longer to see differences
there were no differences in OS.30 Similar results were seen in PFS with BTKi-containing regim ens given their long-term
in a phase 2 study of 24 months of IV treatment for patients PFS benefits with continuous BTKi therapy. Importantly,
with treatment-naive CLL with high-risk genetic features (i.e., GLOW enrolled an older population, and several deaths were
del17p, TP53, del11q, or unmutated IGHV). Complete response reported in the study. This suggests that the toxicity of regi
rate at EOT (18 cycles of combination) was 96%, with 61% also mens needs to be considered when choosing therapy for older
achieving U-MRD in BM initially. With longer follow-up, 75% of patient populations and that in certain populations, attaining
The treatment landscape of chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL) has evolved considerably over the past decade due to
the development of effective novel agents with varying mechanisms of action, including Bruton tyrosine kinase (BTK)
and B-cell lymphoma 2 (BCL2) inhibitors. Extrapolating upon the success of anti-CD20–directed chemoimmunotherapy,
a dual-targeted approach has been explored in treatment-naive patients with CLL. Anti-CD20 monoclonal antibody
combinations with BTK inhibitors as well as BCL2 inhibitors have demonstrated superiority over traditional cytotoxic
chemoimmunotherapy regimens such as fludarabine, cyclophosphamide, and rituximab; bendamustine-rituximab; and
obinutuzumab-chlorambucil. Impressive clinical benefit is seen in both younger and older patients, those with comor-
bidities, and, most importantly, those with poor prognostic features. Given this success, combinations of BTK inhibitors
and venetoclax have been explored in clinical trials. These dual-targeted regimens provide remarkable efficacy while
allowing for an all-oral approach and fixed duration of treatment. Current investigations under way are evaluating the
utility of a triplet approach with the addition of obinutuzumab in comparison to a doublet approach.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Learn about the approved dual-targeted regimens for the frontline treatment of chronic lymphocytic leukemia
• Learn about Bruton tyrosine kinase and B-cell lymphoma 2 inhibitor combinations under investigation in frontline
chronic lymphocytic leukemia
Richter transformation (RT) represents an uncommon (2% to 10%) but feared complication of chronic lymphocytic leu-
kemia (CLL). The disease is characterized by rapid disease kinetics, a high-risk genetic mutational profile, chemoimmu-
notherapy resistance, and consequent poor survival. The typical overall survival (OS) from the pre-Bruton tyrosine kinase
(BTK)/B-cell lymphoma 2 (BCL2) inhibitor CLL era is 6–12 months, and recent series of RT complicating progression on
a BTK or BCL2 inhibitor in heavily pretreated relapsed CLL patients suggests an OS of only 3–4 months. Despite these
sobering survival statistics, novel agents have the potential to impact the natural RT disease course. This article reviews
recent therapeutic developments, focusing on inhibitors of BTK, BCL2, the PD1-PDL1 axis, and T-cell–activating/engaging
therapies. Herein, I discuss the importance of randomized clinical trials in a disease where small single-arm studies dom-
inate; industry engagement, including the role of registrational studies; and the need to integrate prospectively planned
correlative biological studies embedded within future clinical trials to help discover which patient benefits most from
each class or combination of novel targets.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• To better understand the currently applied management strategy for patients with Richter transformation
• To obtain knowledge of the key novel agents in development in Richter transformation management
(N=52) of zanubrutinib in combination with the tislelizumab25 has mDOR was 5.6 months, median PFS 3.7 months and median OS
fully enrolled and the results are eagerly awaited. The National 13.1 months. The toxicity prolife for pirtobrutinib across all B-cell
Cancer Research Institute UK-wide first-line STELLAR trial is cur histologies (N = 773) and the RT cohort (N = 82) was favorable,
rently enrolling to test whether the addition of acalabrutinib to with only 2.6% discontinuing due to treatment-related adverse
R-CHOP provides a progression-free survival (PFS) improvement events and only 4.5% requiring dose reductions, lending itself
compared with R-CHOP alone.26 This is the first and currently the well to future combination strategies. The combination of time-
only randomized clinical trial globally in RT. limited pirtobrutinib-venetoclax-obinutuzumab is currently being
Pirtobrutinib is a first-in-class, noncovalent, reversible BTKi. studied in RT (NCT05536349).
Pirtobrutinib inhibits both wildtype and C481-mutant BTK with
equal low nanomolar potency and has a favorable oral pharma PD1-PDL1 axis inhibitors
cology that enables continuous BTK inhibition throughout the The PD1-PDL1 axis is known to be upregulated in the RT microen
dos ing interval regard less of intrin sic rate of BTK turn over.27 vironment, although the data regarding efficacy of PD1-PD1L axis
Drug plasma exposures exceeds BTK IC90 throughout the 24- inhibition are mixed. A small series (N=9) provides proof of princi
hour dosing interval. These favorable pharmacokinetic proper ple of the activity of PD1 inhibitors in RT. Pembrolizumab mono-
ties may enable enhanced therap eutic activity in more highly therapy delivered at 200mg every 3 weeks has demonstrated an
prolif
er
ative tumors that remain depen dent on B-cell recep ORR of 44%, a CR rate of 11%, and a median PFS of 10.7 months.29
tor signaling, such as MCL and RT. The phase 1/2 BRUIN trial A trend of increased expression in PD1 was observed in the tumor
has recruited 82 RT patients with efficacy data available for 75 microenvironment in RT patients who had confirmed responses.
patients to date and included 68 patients who had received PD1 inhibitors are also well tolerated, and combination strategies
prior RT treatment (median prior lines of RT treatment was 2 have also been tested. The nivolumab-ibrutinib combination pro
[0–8]).28 The ORR was 52% and CR rate 10%, with an ORR of 47% vided an ORR of 42%, with potentially deeper responses than with
in patients who received a prior covalent BTKi and an ORR of a PD1 inhibitor or BTKi alone (CR rate 34%).30 Less encouraging
50% with RT who had received prior RT-directed therapy. The was a small nontrial cohort (n=10) from The Ohio State who had
Trial name and identifier Planned enrollment Trial design Novel treatment
Bispecific antibody
EPCORE CLL-1, NCT04623541 102 (RT and CLL) Single-arm phase 2 Anti-CD20/CD3 bispecific antibody in
recruiting patients with CLL or RT
Doublet/triplet combination
GCLLSG CLL-RT1, NCT04271956 52 Single-arm phase 2 Tislelizumab, a PD1 inhibitor, with zanubrutinib,
a 2nd BTK inhibitor in R/R or 1L RT
only a 10% ORR with PD1 inhibitor combinations/monotherapy ing deep and durable responses have led to an extension of
and a trial cohort of 23 patients in which the ORR was only 13%.31,32 this study with a total of 67 patients enrolled (NCT03054896),
Ongoing trials are testing triplet combinations including a PD1- and the final results are awaited. The CIT backbone was dein-
PD-L1 axis inhibitor in RT, namely acalabrutinib, venetoclax, and tensified from dose-adjusted EPOCH-R to R-CHOP because of
durvalumab (PD-L1 mab) (NCT05388006) and obinutuzumab, vene- excess toxicity (cytopenias, infection). Forty patients received
toclax, and atezolizumab (PD-L1 mab) (NCT02846623). R-CHOP-venetoclax, an approach that enabled outpatient deliv
ery (personal communication), with initial results of the first 27
B cell lymphoma 2 inhibitors patients presented at ICML 2023 (ORR 68%, CR 48%).35 A real-
Promising early data of the BCL2 inhib i
tor venetoclax in RT world analysis36 from the Mayo Clinic and MD Anderson suggests
patients has led to its exploration in combination with both tar- that R-CHOP-venetoclax may improve PFS compared with stan
geted inhibitors and CIT. Initially, responses were seen in 3 of 7 dard CIT approaches or the BTKi-BCL2i-Obinutuzumab triplet,
patients receiving monotherapy in a B-cell malignancy basket although a prospective randomized first-line trial is required to
phase 1 trial.33 The combination of venetoclax with standard CIT formally answer this question. BCL2 targeting has also formed
has been explored in a first-line single-arm phase 2 trial34 with the part of a range of combination strategies in ongoing, enrolling
hypothes is that the BCL2 inhibitor may sensitize the RT tumor to clinical trials as already discussed (NCT05388006, NCT05536349,
CIT. Venetoclax was delivered with an accelerated daily ramp-up NCT02846623, NCT04939363).
to the target dose of 400mg after cycle 1 and continued across
the following 5 cycles of CIT. The CR rate for 26 patients receiv Anti-CD20-CD3 bispecific antibodies
ing venetoclax plus dose-adjusted EPOCH-R was 50%, with 11 Early data with the anti-CD20-CD3 bispecific antibody epcori-
achieving bone marrow minimal residual disease for the CLL dis tamab have been recently presented.37 Epcoritamab and glofit-
ease component. The ORR was 62%, median PFS 10.1 months, amab bind to CD3 on T cells and CD20 on B cells to induce
and median OS 19.6 months. Hematological toxicity was nota T-cell–mediated killing of CD20-positive malignant B cells. Bispe-
ble in this study, with grade ≥3 neutropenia in 65%, febrile neu- cific antibody development in RT/CLL has been slow compared
tropenia in 38%, and a single fatal episode of sepsis observed with DLBCL and follicular lymphoma (FL) in part because of the
with venetoclax-EPOCH-R. Daily venetoclax ramp-up was safe rarity of the phenomen on (RT) but also because of (a) the risk
with no tumor lysis syndrome events reported. The encourag of severe cytokine release syndrome considering the circulating
Multiple myeloma is a clinically and biologically highly heterogeneous disease, as the overall survival can vary from more
than a decade in patients with standard risk disease treated with intensive chemotherapy to 2−3 years in patients with
high-risk features. The current staging systems, which rely on baseline biological risk factors to stratify patients into
groups with differing risks of progression or death, are sometimes suboptimal tools for identifying high-risk patients.
This is particularly evident when considering the so-called functional high-risk patients—patients who do not necessarily
display baseline high-risk features but typically show a suboptimal response to induction therapy or relapse early after
treatment initiation: the survival of these patients is particularly poor even in the context of newer therapies. The prompt
identification, as well as a consistent definition, of this subset of patients, as well as their management, currently rep-
resents an unmet medical need. In this review we explore the main characteristics of functional high-risk patients, the
available known risk factors and scoring systems, and the possible management.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Identify the patients with functional high-risk multiple myeloma
• Outline a possible therapeutic strategy for patients with functional high-risk multiple myeloma
• Define possible risk factors of suboptimal response and early relapse
Several biological and clinical risk factors correlate with an What is functional high risk?
aggressive disease, and risk models have been developed to Despite the improve ment in base line risk-strat i
fi
ca
tion, a sig
predict the risk of relapse or death. High serum values of β2- nifi
cant pro por tion of patients not clas si
fied as high-risk at
microglobulin (B2M), a marker of tumor burden and renal insuf diagnosis will progress within 12 to 18 months from treatment
ficiency; high lactate dehydrogenase (LDH) serum values linked initiation despite an optimal initial therapy: these are considered
to plasma cell proliferat ion; and low albumin values, reflecting functional high-risk (FHR) patients.19,20 Studies focusing on early
systemic inflammation, are validated risk factors that correlate relapse and associated risk features are heterogeneous. They
with disease aggressiveness.2 include transplant-eligible and non-eligible patients, treated up
Recurrent chromosomal abnormalities detected by FISH, front with immunomodulatory agents (IMiDs) and proteasome
including t(4;14), t(14;16), and del(17p), are detected in up to inhibitors (PIs) in most cases, while data in patients treated up
15% to 20% of MM patients at diagnosis, and their presence front with anti-CD38 monoclonal antibodies (MoAbs) are so far
is associated with shorter progression-free survival (PFS) and lacking. Early relapse is commonly defined as occurring within
OS.2 Copy number alterations involving the long arm of chro 12 to 18 months from initial treatment,21,22 24 months in a few pre
mosome 1 (1q), detected in up to 30% of patients at diagno vious reports.23,24 Patients experiencing early relapse will display
sis, portend a worse survival.3 Del(1p32) is another adverse a short OS, ranging from 18 to 32 to 44 months (Table 2).
feature. 4 The number of high-risk chromosomal abnormali Currently approved regimens incorporating up-front anti-
ties, or the co-occurrence of mutations such as TP53 inac CD38 MoAbs have significantly reduced the risk of early relapse
tivation,5 are additional prognostic factors, as patients with at 12 to 24 months to approximately less than 10% in transplant-
so-called double-hit or ultra-high-risk myeloma (two or more eligible and 20% in non–transplant-eligible patients compared
high-risk genetic lesions) con sis
tently showed worse sur to older regimens.25-27 Given these positive results, the design of
vival outcomes compared to those with 1 or no high-risk specific clinical trials for these high-risk populations has become
genetic alteration.6-8 In addition to cytogenetics, different more challenging. The case presentation described a patient
gene expression profile (GEP) signatures have been demon with FHR MM: despite the lack of a baseline high-risk feature, the
strated to be independent prognostic factors for both PFS disease relapsed early (12 months since initial diagnosis), thus
and OS, thus providing an additional method to identify high indicating an aggressive clinical course.
risk.9-12 The spread of myeloma cells outside the bone mar
row is another unfavorable prognostic factor. The presence How can we identify early FHR?
of extramedullary plasmacytomas is an established risk fac Several groups have made the effort to define risk factors for
tor for both PFS and OS.13 Several groups have demonstrated an early relapse and to incorporate them into a scoring system
that circulating tumor cells (CTCs),14,15 even when the crite (Tables 2 and 3).28-32 Markers of high tumor burden and organ
ria for plasma-cell leukemia are not fulfilled, correlate with damage (anemia, thrombocytopenia, high plasma cell infiltra
shorter survival. Furthermore, MM with plasma-cell leukemia– tion, hypercalcemia, renal insufficiency, high LDH),21,22,24 advanced
like status, identified by transcriptome profile, exhibits an myeloma stage (Durie and Salmon stage III,23 ISS stage III,21-23,33
aggressive disease course.16 R-ISS stage III21,34), and high-risk cytogenetic features are fre
The cur rent risk-strat ifi
ca
tion model recommended by the quently observed in patients experiencing early relapse.22,33,35
International Myeloma Working Group, the R-ISS,17 stratifies Nevertheless, a proportion of “standard-risk” patients relapse
patients into 3 risk groups with a different OS (stage I: not early. As an example, ISS-I was reported in 22% of early-relapse
reached [NR]; stage II: 83 months; and stage III: 43 months); patients and standard-risk cytogenetic in 12% to 28%.22,33 Studies
although the majority of patients (62%) fall into the intermediate- are heterogeneous in terms of baseline features analyzed, and
risk category. To account for this issue, while also including only the most recent reported a more comprehensive evalua
chromosome 1q alterations, the European Myeloma Network tion including R-ISS, extended cytogenetic evaluation (1q and
has recently proposed a second revision of the R-ISS (R2-ISS) 1p abnormalities), and mutational status (p53, IGLL5 mutation,
that stratifies patients into 4 risk categories, with a more interleukin 6/JaK/STAT3 pathway).35,36 Indeed, as both GEP and
homogeneous repartition (Table 1).18 the presence of CTCs have been shown to complement and
BMPCs, bone marrow plasma cells; CIBMTR, Center for Blood and Marrow Transplant Research; CR, complete response; DS-ERMM, dynamic
simplified early relapse in multiple myeloma; EBMT, European Society for Blood and Marrow Transplantation; FLC, free light chain; MMRF, Multiple
Myeloma Research Foundation; MR, minim al response; NR, not reached; PFS2, progression-free survival-2; Rel/prog, relapse/progression; SD, stable
disease; S-ERMM18, simplified early relapse in multiple myeloma (18 months); ULN, upper limit of normal.
refine the prognostic information provided by commonly eval studies the achievement of a suboptimal response (eg, less than
uated risk factors, the lack of access to such tools in the com VGPR) was more frequent in patients with early relapse.22,33,35,40
mu nity setting limits our abil ity to prop erly iden tify high-risk Similarly, a large metanalysis on 2190 patients showed that the
patients at diagnosis.14,15,37,38 Their integrations in clinical practice incorporation of the response achieved (at least VGPR vs not)
could allow a more precise identification of patients at high risk into the baseline risk score changed the risk status in 56% of
of early relapse, although some patients with FHR will likely be patients, with the rate of patients at risk of an early relapse
identified only due to disease evolution. However, whether an increasing from 7% to 20%.29
early relapse is due to a treatment-induced clonal selection that In today’s clinical practice, the achievement of at least a VGPR
leads to the early emergence of a highly resistant MM clone or could be an acceptable early dynamic prognostic factor, being a
simply to an inadeq uate risk evalua tion at baseline remains to standard biochemical response evaluation achievable in a signifi
be determined. cant proportion of patients with most of the current therapies and
Many reports consistently highlight the potential impact on supported by data from numerous reports. MRD status, which is
survival of response to therapy as a dynamic factor, particularly a better predictor of outcome than VGPR, may replace the cur
when considering minimal residual disease (MRD) negativity.39 rent response system and become a dynamic predictor of early
Unfortunately, most of the studies focusing on the risk of early relapse in the near future. In this regard both the incorporation of
relapse included data on patients treated in the last 10 years imaging techniques (eg, positron emission tography/computed
with IMiDs and/or PI-based regimens and lack MRD data. In these tomography), demonstrated to be complementary to bone
an 18-month PFS of 83%, thus already superseding the duration first-line therapy. This led to the investigation of a treatment
of the first remission for most patients.56 intensification strategy with ide-cel in NDMM patients achieving
Given the prom is ing results of T-cell redirecting ther a
pies less than a VGPR after ASCT.57 Preliminary results in the 31 treated
also in patients with early relapse and aggressive disease, efforts patients dem onstrated a prom ising effi
cacy: 74% of patients
should be made to grant access to bispecific antibodies and CAR achieved at least a CR, and the MRD negat ivity (next-generation
T cells for this high-risk population; however, the current label flow, 10−5) in the overall population was 42%.57 Altogether, these
for both bispecific antibodies and CAR T cells, after the third or results, though preliminary, suggest that CAR T cells, either used
fourth line of therapy rather than based on drug class refracto as salvage therapies after early relapse or as a treatment inten
riness, is a clear limitation. Of even more interest is to build up sific
ation in the presence of a suboptimal response after trans
on the correlation between the depth of response at first line plant, could be promising strateg ies. Ongoing phase 3 trials are
and the risk of early relapse, thus looking at an early change of currently investigating intensification in patients with a subopti
treatment approach in patients with suboptimal responses to mal response.
Finally, optimal timing to start therapy and the role of continu Myers Squibb, Takeda, Amgen; consultancy: Janssen, Takeda,
ous treatment should be considered. Prospective and retrospec Sanofi.
tive studies in relapse showed a potential benefit in patients who
received therapy at biochemical rather than at clinical relapse.58 Off-label drug use
It is true that in patients with high-risk disease there is often a Francesca Gay: nothing to disclose.
short interval between biochemical and clinic al relapse, but if Giuseppe Bertuglia: nothing to disclose.
one may argue that we lack sufficient evidence for changing the Roberto Mina: nothing to disclose.
treatment approach for suboptimal response, it could be reason
able to change therapy in early relapse at first signs of confirmed Correspondence
serological relapse. Continuous treatment proved to be effective Francesca Gay, Division of Hematology 1, Clinical Trial Unit,
up front and at relapse. This can suggest the potential impor AOU Città della Salute e della Scienza, Department of Molec-
tance of prolonged ther apy even fol lowing newer anti-BCMA ular Biotechnology and Health Science, University of Torino,
agents in the context of early relapse and to help prolong the Torino, Italy; e-mail: francesca.gay@unito.it.
duration of response.
References
Conclusions 1. Joseph NS, Kaufman JL, Dhodapkar MV, et al. Long-term follow-up results
FHR patients represent an unmet medical need even in the con of lenalidomide, bortezomib, and dexamethasone induction therapy and
text of highly effective up-front and salvage multidrug regimens. risk-adapted maintenance approach in newly diagnosed multiple mye
Current challenges in managing FHR patients consist of a correct loma. J Clin Oncol. 2020;38(17):1928-1937.
2. Sonneveld P, Avet-Loiseau H, Lonial S, et al. Treatment of multiple myeloma
identification of patients at higher risk of early relapse through with high-risk cyto genetics: a consensus of the International Myeloma
baseline and dynamic risk factors as well as the development of Working Group. Blood. 2016;127(24):2955-2962.
strategies that aim to prevent early relapse in high-risk patients 3. Walker BA, Boyle EM, Wardell CP, et al. Mutational spectrum, copy num
together with effective salvage treatments. In this light, the use ber changes, and outcome: results of a sequencing study of patients with
newly diagnosed myeloma. J Clin Oncol. 2015;33(33):3911-3920.
of the most effective regimen up front (quadruplets rather than
4. Schavgoulidze A, Talbot A, Perrot A, et al. Biallelic deletion of 1p32 defines
triplets), incorporating response to treatment in dynamic risk ultra-high-risk myeloma, but monoallelic del(1p32) remains a strong prog
stratification models, early treatment intensification in patients nostic factor. Blood. 2023;141(11):1308-1315.
with a suboptimal response and class-drug/switch at relapse, 5. Martello M, Poletti A, Borsi E, et al. Clonal and subclonal TP53 molecular
as well as the early use of new immunotherapeutic approaches impairment is associated with prognosis and progression in multiple mye
loma. Blood Cancer J. 2022;12(1):15.
(CAR T cells and bispecific antibodies) and early treatment in 6. Mina R, Musto P, Rota-Scalabrini D, et al. Carfilzomib induction, consoli
case of MRD-resurgence or biochemical relapse are promising dation, and maintenance with or without autologous stem-cell transplan
strategies to be validated in clinical studies. tation in patients with newly diagnosed multiple myeloma: pre-planned
cytogenetic subgroup analysis of the randomised, phase 2 FORTE trial.
Lancet Oncol. 2023;24(1):64-76.
Conflict-of-interest disclosure
7. Shah V, Sherborne AL, Walker BA, et al. Prediction of outcome in newly
Francesca Gay: hon oraria: Janssen, Celgene/Bristol Myers diagnosed myeloma: a meta-analysis of the molecular profiles of 1905 trial
Squibb, Takeda, Amgen, Sanofi, GSK, Roche, Abbvie; advisory patients. Leukemia. 2018;32(1):102-110.
board: Janssen, Celgene/Bristol Myers Squibb, Takeda, Amgen, 8. Kaiser MF, Sonneveld P, Cairns D, et al. Co-occurrence of high-risk lesions
Sanofi, GSK, Roche, Abbvie, Pfizer, Oncopeptides. is a con sis
tent predic
tor of ultra-high risk mul ti
ple mye loma in newly
diagnosed and relapsed/refractory patients—meta-analysis of 5,808 trial
Giuseppe Bertuglia: no competing financial interests to declare. patients. Blood. 2022;140(suppl 1):1556-1558.
Roberto Mina: honoraria: Janssen, Celgene/Bristol Myers 9. Kuiper R, Broyl A, De Knegt Y, et al. A gene expression signature for high-
Squibb, Takeda, Amgen; advisory board: Janssen, Celgene/Bristol risk multiple myeloma. Leukemia. 2012;26(11):2406-2413.
In the current treatment paradigm, the use of anti-CD38 monoclonal antibodies (mAbs) in frontline has notably increased,
for both transplant-ineligible and transplant-eligible patients with newly diagnosed multiple myeloma (NDMM) patients.
As a result, patients with multiple myeloma (MM) are frequently exposed to or develop resistance to anti-CD38 mAb
therapy during the initial stages of treatment. Here, we review second-line (first relapse) and some third-line (second
relapse) therapies for patients with MM with disease progression after exposure to anti-CD38 mAb-based therapy. We
discuss therapies including B-cell maturation antigen (BCMA)–targeted and non-BCMA-targeted therapeutic options in
the setting of prior anti-CD38 mAb exposure/refractoriness.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Discuss non–B-cell maturation antigen (BCMA)–directed multiple myeloma (MM) treatment options in first and
second relapse after anti-CD38 monoclonal antibody (mAb) exposure
• Review the use of BCMA-directed MM therapies in first and second relapse after anti-CD38 mAb exposure
• Review management of MM in second relapse after anti-CD38 mAb exposure
Table 1. Factors to consider when selecting the next line of therapy in patients with relapsed MM
• Next-generation sequencing
• Genomic expression profiling
• Ixazomib o Skin
Table 2. Current US FDA-approved triplet regimens for management of RRMM in the second line
Included anti-CD38
Median lines of Included Len-refractory
Regimen (study) Survival outcomes, PFS (mo) and OS (mo) mAb–exposed/
therapy (range) patients
refractory patients
DPd (APOLLO) Median OS 34.4 (95% CI, 23.7-40.3) DPd vs 2 (1-5) No Yes
23.7 (95% CI, 19.6-29.4) Pd
KRd (ASPIRE) Median PFS 26.1 (95% CI, 23.3-30.5) KRd vs 2 (1-3) No No
16.6 (95% CI, 15-20.6; P<.001) Rd
Median OS 48.3 (95% CI, 42.4-52.8) KRd vs
40.4 (95% CI, 33.6-44.4; P = .0045) Rd
SVd (BOSTON) Median PFS 13.9 SVd vs 9.46 Vd (P = .0075) 2 (1-3) Yes Yes
DKd (CANDOR) Median PFS 28.4 DKd vs 15.2 Kd 2 (1-5) No Yes
DVd (CASTOR) Median PFS 16.7 DVd vs 7.1 Vd (P < .0001) 2 (1-9) No Yes
EloRd (ELOQUENT-2) Median PFS 19.4 EloRd vs 14.9 Rd (P = .014) 2 (1-4) No No
Median OS 43.7 EloRd vs 39.6 Rd (P = 0.025)
IsaKd (IKEMA) Median PFS 35.7 (95% CI, 25.8-44.0) 2 (1-4) No Yes
IsaKd vs 19.2 (95% CI, 15.8-25.0) Kd
PVd (OPTIMISMM) Median PFS 11.2 (95% CI, 9.66-13.73) 2 (1-2) No Yes
PVd vs 7.1 (95% CI, 5.88-8.48; P < .0001) Vd
DRd (POLLUX) Median PFS 44.5 (95% CI, 34.1-NE) 1 (1-11) No Yes
DRd vs 17.5 (95% CI, 13.9-20.8; P < .0001) Rd
65% vs 57% OS
IxaRd (TOURMALINE-MM1) Median PFS 19.4 IxaRd vs 14.9 Rd (P = 0.0014) Range: 1-3 No No
Median OS 43.7 IxaRd vs 39.6 Rd (P = 0.025)
Doublet FDA-approved options are not included in this table. KCyD (MYX.1/MCRN-00) and KPd (EMN011/H0114) are not included although they are
strongly supported by smaller phase 2 studies.
NE, not evaluable.
Table 3. Clinical trials assessing the efficacy of BCMA-targeted therapies in earlier lines of therapy
B-cell maturation antigen (BCMA)–directed therapies, including antibody-drug conjugates, bispecific antibodies (BsAbs),
and chimeric antigen receptor T cells (CARTs), have shown remarkable efficacy in patients with late-line myeloma with
prior exposure to immunomodulatory agents, proteasome inhibitors, and anti-CD38 antibodies. However, optimal
sequencing of these agents remains to be determined, and management of these patients once they relapse has become
a new unmet need. Fortunately, there are multiple options with demonstrated activity after anti-BCMA therapy, includ-
ing a different BCMA-directed therapy, non-BCMA-directed CARTs and BsAbs, novel non–T-cell–engaging drugs, and
standard triplet/quadruplet regimens or salvage stem cell transplant. Factors to consider when choosing a next therapy
after anti-BCMA therapy include patient characteristics and preferences, prior therapies and toxicities, disease biology,
timing from last anti-BCMA therapy, and, in the future, BCMA expression and immune profiling. While current data are
limited to retrospective studies and small prospective cohorts, the serial use of T-cell–engaging therapies looks partic-
ularly promising, especially as BCMA-directed therapies move up earlier in the myeloma treatment course and addi-
tional CARTs and BsAbs against alternative targets (eg, G protein–coupled receptor, family C, group 5, member D and
Fc receptor-homolog 5) become available. Going forward, ongoing prospective studies, large real-world data sets, and
better tools to interrogate antigen expression and immune cell fitness hopefully will provide further insight into how to
best individualize therapy for this difficult-to-treat population.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Recognize currently available B-cell maturation antigen-targeted therapies for relapsed/refractory myeloma
• Identify the potential treatment options available after progression on these therapies
• Understand the expected safety and efficacy profiles of these treatment options
% ORR (% ≥CR);
median DOR in
months (95% CI);
Agent Trial (NCT#, Selected safety event %
Construct Phase Design n median PFS in
(reference) status) (G3 + 4%, if any)
months (95% CI)
at reported median
follow-up
Belantamab Antibody-drug DREAMM-2 2 Open-label, 2-arm, 196 2.5 mg/kg: 31% (3% ≥ 2.5 mg/kg: keratopathy 70%
% ORR (≥CR); median DOR in months (95% CI); median PFS in months (95% CI)
n
at reported median follow-up (if available)
Agent Population/design
Prior BCMA Prior BCMA Any prior
Prior BCMA CART Prior BCMA CART Prior BCMA BsAb Prior BCMA ADC
BsAb ADC anti-BCMA
Belamaf13,18,19 Commercial belamaf after prior 22 None None 18% (NR); NR; NR — — —
anti-BCMA CART; 3 retrospective single-in
stitution analysis—pooled results
Ide-cel5 KarMMa-1; prospective phase 2 trial. 28 — — 21% (0% ≥ CR); NR; — — —
Analysis of patients retreated with 1.0 (1.0-2.1)
ide-cel upon progression.
Ide-cel 12† Commercial ide-cel recipients; 5 7 36 100% (60% ≥ CR) 85.7% (42.9% ≥ 67.6% (21.6% ≥ 74% (29% ≥ CR);
retrospective multi-institution analysis NR; NE CR); NR; 2.83 CR); NR; 3.19 NR; 3.2
Cilta-cel14 Cilta-cel recipients (cohort C None 7 13 — 57.1% (14.3% ≥ 61.5% (38.5% ≥ 60% (30% ≥ CR)
CARTITUDE-2); prospective phase 2 trial CR); 8.2 (4.4-NE); CR); 11.5 (7.9-NE); 11.5 (7.9-NE); 9.1
5.3 (0.6-NE) at 9.5 (0.99-NE) at (1.5-NE) at 11.3
10.9 months 11.8 months months
CT103A11 Recipients of CT103A BCMA CART (n=103 12 None None 75% (41.7% ≥ CR); — — —
total); subgroup analysis, 6.3 (2.9-NE); NR at
prospective phase 1 trial 12.2 months
Teclistamab15† Teclistamab recipients (MajesTec-1 cohort 15 None 29 53.3% (26.7% ≥ — 55.2% (24.1% ≥ 52.5% (27.5% ≥
C), prospective phase 1/2 trial CR); NR; NR at 12.5 CR); NR; NR at CR); NE (10.5-NE);
months 12.5 months NR at 12.5 months
Elranatamab16† Elranatamab recipients (4 MagnetisMM 36 None 59 52.8% (19.6% ≥ — 42.4% (18.7% ≥ 46% (18.4% ≥ CR);
prospective studies); pooled sub-group CR); NE (9.8-NE); CR); 13.9 (6.8-NE); 17.1 (9.8-NE); 5.5
analysis 10.0 (1.9-NE) at 11.3 3.9 (1.9-6.6) at (2.2-10.0) at 11.3
months 11.3 months months
*Nonexhaustive list of selected studies.
†Updated data as presented during ASH 2022, ASCO 2022, or ASCO 2023 meetings.
Patient characteristics/disease biology: When choos ing a another T-cell–directed therapy vs non–T-cell–directed therapy
therapy for relapsed/refractory myeloma, patient- and disease- has the highest likelihood of response after anti-BCMA treatment.
specific features should always be taken into consideration, and
this applies after anti-BCMA therapy as well. Comorbidities, per
formance status, renal function, presence of cytopenias, prior
therapies and toxicities, distance from treatment center, and/or CLINICAL CASE (continued)
willingness to be hospitalized are examples of patient-specific The patient was offered a clin i
cal trial of cevostamab but
factors that may impact choice of a T-cell–directed therapy (eg, declined as he wished to avoid hos pi
tal
i
za
tion and receive
CART or BsAb) vs reexploring a standard triplet or quadruplet treatment closer to home. He started isatuximab, carfilzomib,
regimen that could be given in the community. Disease-specific and dexamethasone, with a partial response lasting 5 months,
features may include cytogenetics, extramedullary disease (EMD), before his myeloma progressed. He has since started teclis-
and/or rapid progression. Thus, for a t(11;14) patient, one might tamab, with ongoing CR at 6 months.
consider a venetoclax-based combination,35 and for patients
with EMD and/or rapid disease progression, cytotoxic chemo
therapy may be required to regain disease control and serve as
a bridge to salvage SCT or a clinic al trial. Conclusions
Immune fitness: In additional to antigen loss, several poten Management of relapse after a BCMA-directed ther apy has
tial immune-medi ated mech anisms of resis tance to BCMA- become a new unmet need in myeloma. Fortunately, patients
targeted BsAbs and/or CARTs have been identified, including a can respond to additional BCMA- and non-BCMA-targeted T-cell–
baseline decrease in T-cell receptor diversity, induction of T-cell engaging therapies, as well as both older and newer myeloma
exhaustion, and emergence of suppressive cell populations (eg, therapies not directly dependent on T-cell engagement. Deter-
regulatory T cells, myeloid-derived suppressor cells).36,37 As with mining the optimal sequence of these therapies remains chal
BCMA expression/mutation testing, we currently lack easy tools lenging, although based on the limited available data, we favor
to assess this in clinical practice, but in the future, our workup sequential T-cell–engaging strategies targeting different antigens,
may include assessment of T-cell fitness to help guide whether if possible. As usual with relapsed/refractory myeloma, however,
Despite the dramatic improvements in outcomes for the majority of chronic myeloid leukemia (CML) patients over
the past 2 decades, a similar improvement has not been observed in the more advanced stages of the disease. Blast
phase CML (BP-CML), although infrequent, remains poorly understood and inadequately treated. Consequently, the
key initial goal of therapy in a newly diagnosed patient with chronic phase CML continues to be prevention of disease
progression. Advances in genomic investigation in CML, specifically related to BP-CML, clearly demonstrate we have
only scratched the surface in our understanding of the disease biology, a prerequisite to devising more targeted and
effective therapeutic approaches to prevention and treatment. Importantly, the introduction of the concept of “CML-
like” acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL) has the potential to simplify the differentiation between BCR::ABL1-positive
ALL from de novo lymphoid BP-CML, optimizing monitoring and therapeutics. The development of novel treatment
strategies such as the MATCHPOINT approach for BP-CML, utilizing combination chemotherapy with fludarabine, cytar-
abine, and idarubicin in addition to dose-modified ponatinib, may also be an important step in improving treatment
outcomes. However, identifying patients who are high risk of transformation remains a challenge, and the recent 2022
updates to the international guidelines may add further confusion to this area. Further work is required to clarify the
identification and treatment strategy for the patients who require a more aggressive approach than standard chronic
phase CML management.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Understand the implications of the revised definitions of CML phases with regards to identifying patients of
highest potential for transformation
• Understand the recent developments in disease biology and therapeutics in blast phase chronic myeloid
leukemia
Introduction
CLINICAL CASE 1 While the introduction of tyrosine kinase inhibitors (TKIs)
A 26-year-old man was diagnosed with chronic myeloid revolutionized the landscape of therapeutic options in
leukemia (CML) in the chronic phase (CP) following pre- chronic myeloid leukemia (CML), enabling most patients
sentation with a marked leukocytosis (white blood cell to reach optimal molecular targets and outcomes, there
count, 360 × 109/L), moderate anemia, and normal platelet remains a subset of patients who either present in or prog-
count. He was classified as high risk by the ELTS score and ress to more advanced stages of the disease. Even upfront
was commenced on 100 mg/d dasatinib. While he dem- therapy with potent second-generation TKIs (2G-TKIs) does
onstrated an early hematologic response to dasatinib and not completely negate the risk of progression to either
rapid fall in BCR::ABL1 values to below 10%, by 2 months, accelerated phase (AP) or blast phase (BP) CML as demon-
there was emergence of circulating lymphoblasts, and strated in long-term follow-up data from the key frontline
bone marrow biopsy specimen confirmed progression to TKI studies (Table 1), although that risk has been markedly
lymphoid blast phase (BP). reduced compared to frontline imatinib-treated patients.
Reversion to chronic phase CML (CP-CML) remains critical,
but long-term cure with TKI alone has rarely been achieved,1 abnormalities (ACAs) as a key definition of AP-CML with minor
necessitating early intervention with an allogeneic stem cell differences such as inclusion of 3q26.2 rearrangements and com
transplant where possible for those diagnosed with BP-CML who plex cytogenetics in the previous iterations of the WHO.4-6 The
can achieve a second CP-CML. original ACAs are defined as trisomy 8, additional Ph transloca
The difficulties in identifying and managing patients with tion, isochromosome 17q, and trisomy 19. Additional high-risk
disease that does not exemplify the classic CP-CML that most cyto genetic lesions, includ ing tri
somy 21, 3q26.2, mono somy
clinicians are familiar with will be discussed in this chapter. The 7/7q-, 11q23, and a complex karyotype, together with the orig
challenges associated with the recent updates in international inal ACAs were identified as conferring an inferior overall sur
guidelines will also be explored. Understanding the disease biol vival (OS) and a higher propensity to be present at BP-CML.7
ogy of progression and/or BP-CML is imperative and differenti In fact, when these events were observed in conjunction with
ating de novo BP-CML from Philadelphia chromosome–positive lower blast counts (defined as 1%-15%), it also heralded disease
(Ph+) acute leukemia is increasingly vital to ensure appropriate progression and inferior OS.7 Cytogenetic interrogation of the
interpretation of results and optimal therapeutic decisions. Fur- SPIRIT2 cohort, which compared upfront dasatinib to imatinib in
thermore, the pathway to progression is not well understood newly diagnosed patients with CP-CML, revealed that the pres
with the pathognomonic BCR::ABL1 fusion alone likely insuf ence of ACAs did not correlate with either the Sokal or ELTS but
fi
cient to drive pro gres
sion to BP-CML with stud ies exam in was independently predictive of progression-free survival (PFS).8
ing genomic profiles in BP-CML uncovering additional genetic While the PFS was dominated by non-CML deaths without evi
abnormalities in almost all cases.2 Exploring the impact of next- dence of progression and so perhaps masks the true impact of
generation sequencing (NGS) in this context is highly relevant. ACAs (original and modified), the freedom from progression
Finally, appreciating the emerging developments in BP-CML analysis clearly demonstrated that the presence of any one of
therapeutics and the integration of these findings into the cur these lesions conferred an inferior freedom from progression
rent treatment spectrum is necessary. Clinical cases will be used compared to the absence of ACAs (76% vs 98%, P<.001) detected
to illustrate key points raised in this chapter. at diagnosis.8 Data from a retrospective analysis of patients with
CML treated at the MD Anderson Cancer Center also confirmed
Reviewing the definitions an inferior OS and molecular responses, especially in association
Defining the stages of CML has become more complicated with with selected ACAs, including i(17), monosomy 7/7q-, and 3q26.2
recent updates to the various classification systems, with the rearrangements.9 Specific evaluation for the 3q26.2 abnormali
World Health Organization (WHO) abolishing AP-CML altogether ties that contain the EVI1 locus, which when observed in acute
(Table 2).3 Patient staging may be altered, which may in turn myeloid leukemia characterizes a highly aggressive course with
impact therap eutic decisions, depending on which guideline is poor prognosis, similarly highlights a subset of patients with CML
being applied. The reduced incidence of progression to AP in who have a very poor OS.10 Emergence of 3q26.2 abnormalities
addition to most de novo AP patients having similar responses in either CP or AP-CML had a high rate of transformation to BP,
to patients with CP-CML with TKI therapy formed the basis of the with the median time to progression approximating 3 months,
justific
ation for this major alteration to the WHO position,3 with while also drawing attention to a group of patients with a sub
the overall consensus being that the triphasic natural course standard response to TKI therapy.10 A smaller French study eval
of CML has become less relevant in the TKI era. However, the uating 42 patients with AP-CML also confirmed the presence of
removal of AP as a category implies that there is no intermediary ACAs predicted for a higher rate of failure and inferior PFS, espe
phase where patients may be at higher risk of transformation, cially if the hematologic features of AP-CML were evident.11
which as many clinicians will appreciate is a fallacy. Perhaps instead of abolishing AP-CML altogether, it may have
Surprisingly, the cytogenetic profile is not taken into account been prudent to simply tighten the definition surrounding AP-
at any point with the updated WHO guide lines.3 Almost all CML as some of these higher-risk patients are not recognized
of the other guidelines incorporate additional cytogenetic within the current WHO guidelines.3 The International Consensus
Classification (ICC), also updated in 2022, has simplified the def some reports not a ble to demonstrate a link between progres
inition of AP-CML to only take into account 3 variables—blasts, sion to lymphoid BP-CML,12 whereas others indicate a high pro
basophil count, and the presence of ACAs in Ph+ cells.4 The vari pensity for early progression.13-16 This may be linked to increasing
ables that were considered “softer” definers of AP such as plate reliance on sensitive flow cytometry and improved discrimina
let count and splenomegaly response are not even considered tion between lymphoblasts and hematogones but also defining
by the ICC, and it may be reasonable to now omit these in the a blast threshold below which progression to lymphoid BP is less
context of stronger evidence addressing the other parameters. likely. Our suggestion would be to perform flow cytometry at
Irrespective of the definition used, AP-CML can be treated as diagnosis to ensure patients with excess lymphoblasts are iden
high-risk CP-CML with TKI monotherapy. However, we do recom tified to enable appropriate treatment to be promptly initiated.
mend close scrutiny of response in patients with AP-CML since However, this may not be a cost-effective screening tool for
TKI monotherapy may be inadequate in select patients, such as most institutions globally as an internal audit (unpublished data)
those with 3q26.2 rearrangements.10 Allogeneic stem cell trans has demonstrated that diagnostic flow cytometry only altered
plant (Table 3) or enrollment in clinical trials investigating agents the treating approach in <1% of newly diagnosed CML.
that can target EVI1, such as BET or PARP inhibitors, should be
considered.
While the classification of AP-CML is hotly debated between
the 2 recent updates to the ICC and the WHO, BP-CML remains CLINICAL CASE 2
relatively unchanged, although the definition now encompasses A 58-year-old man presents to a peripheral center with 7% lym
lymphoblasts in the peripheral blood/bone marrow as a BP- phoblasts in the peripheral blood with associated leukocyto
defining criteria in both guidelines. The ICC goes a step further, sis with neutrophilia. BCR::ABL1 positivity was confirmed, but
including a ≥5% cutoff for circulating lymphoblasts (Table 2).3,4 bone marrow biopsy a few days later demonstrated CP-CML
The data supporting this change are limited and largely restricted with no excess of blasts. The peripheral blood blast population
to retrospective case series and are somewhat conflicting, with also spontaneously cleared. Cytogenetics revealed a deletion
High-risk features indicating the need to initiate a donor search for transplant-eligible patients
The presence of specific cytogenetic abnormalities at diagnosis or acquisition while on therapy, including
• Isochromosome 17q
• 3q26.2
• Monosomy 7/7q-
• Complex karyotype
of 13q, encompassing RB1, in addition to the standard Ph+ chro to be included in the regimen. CNS sampling and imaging are
mosome. NGS confirmed the presence of a low-level RUNX1 also key to exclude current involvement, and regular intrathe
nonsense mutation in addition to the BCR::ABL1 translocation. cal chemotherapy should also be considered. In the event of
He was treated as CP-CML and commenced 100 mg/d dasati- CNS disease, regular intrathecal chemotherapy administration
nib. While he demonstrated a complete hematologic response is recommended. TKI selection is also vital in this setting as not
and an initial significant decline in BCR::ABL1 within the first allagents can cross the blood-brain barrier. Imatinib is not pre
few months, there was rapid progression to lymphoid BP at ferred for this reason, but both dasatinib and ponatinib can pen
6 months with emergence of an F317L mutation. Lymphoblasts etrate the blood-brain barrier, resulting in therapeutic levels in
carried the same phe notype as observed at pre sen
ta
tion. the cerebrospinal fluid in murine models.17,18 Furthermore, in the
Cytogenetic analysis revealed clonal evolution, including for setting of pediatric Ph+ acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL), the
mation of dicentric chromosomes 7 and 12, partial loss of 7p, incidence of CNS relapse following intensive chemotherapy was
and an isochromosome derivative 9. He was referred for an allo less in the dasatinib arm compared with the imatinib cohort.19
geneic stem cell transplant workup and commenced on combi Therefore, to max i
mize CNS pro phylaxis, either dasatinib or
nation chemotherapy with hyperCVAD in addition to 30 mg/d ponatinib would be the preferred TKI in conjunction with CNS-
ponatinib, enter ing a sec ond CP. He under went a reduced penetrating chemotherapy.
intensity conditioning allogeneic transplant but relapsed within
3. Is myeloablative (or reduced intensity) conditioning preferred
5 months, necessitating treatment with blinatumomab. Unfor-
for an allogeneic stem cell transplant in BP-CML?
tunately, despite achieving a morphologic remission with blina-
Reduced intensity conditioning is becoming an acceptable
tumomab, he succumbed to septic shock 2 months following
option for older patients who are unable to tolerate the intensity
treatment completion.
of myeloablative conditioning (MAC) with similar OS between
Discussion points the 2 regimens.20 This is largely due to the improved relapse-
1. Consider the need for flow cytometry at diagnosis free survival with myeloablative conditioning balancing out
We recommend flow cytometry to be performed at diagnosis with the lower nonrelapse mortality but higher relapse rate
to enable accurate enumeration of the blast percentage but also associated with reduced intensity conditioning.20,21 These
confirmation of the phenotype of identified blasts. The presence data are mostly in the setting of CP-CML, with patients with
of lymphoblasts should prompt concern that this patient is of BP-CML being specifically avoided in these studies. Alterna-
high risk of progression lymphoid BP-CML, necessitating more tive donors were also generally excluded from these studies.
frequent monitoring, including repeat bone marrow biopsies as Therefore, in the setting of BP-CML, we recommend myeloab-
well as a donor search for consideration of an allogeneic stem lative conditioning, if possible, due to the lower risk of relapse.
cell transplant, especially in light of the recent WHO and ICC In this scenario, due to age and comorbidities, reduced inten
updates. Persistence of lymphoblasts should be treated as for sity conditioning was selected.
lymphoid BP.
quantification in a population of pediatric Ph+ ALL had excel association with outcome in CML-like ALL.23 Further investiga
lent concordance.22 However, in a proportion of patients, DNA- tion is required to validate these findings on a larger scale, but
based monitoring of the unique BCR::ABL1 genomic breakpoint given the trend to alter therapy in ALL based on rising MRD,
revealed consistently higher levels of BCR::ABL1 fusion com there is clearly a subset of patients with CML-like disease in
pared to Ig/TCR and/or IKZF1 deletion MRD quantification.22 whom a rising level of BCR::ABL1 may not have the same omi
Subsequent cell sorting of diagnostic material from patients nous implications.
with discordant MRD results confirmed the presence of the
BCR::ABL1 fusion in other hematopoietic cells, such as T lym Investigating advanced CML—the role of NGS
phocytes, and other myeloid cells, confirming the involvement At the time of BP-CML, standard investigation to identify why
of a Ph+ pluripotent hematopoietic progenitor similar to CML these specific patients progressed involves cytogenetic anal
(Figure 1).22 y
sis and inves ti
ga
tion for kinase domain muta tions, which
Whether these patients, referred to as having CML-like ALL, remain the best understood mechanism of resistance. How-
follow a distinct disease trajectory was explored in a larger ever, cytogenetic analysis does not often reveal karyotypic
cohort of 147 pediatric patients with Ph+ ALL.23 Patients were abnormalities in addition to the standard Ph translocation
defined as hav ing CML-like dis ease (n = 48) if ≥1 MRD time while kinase domain mutations are only identified in ~50% of
point had >1 log discordance between BCR::ABL1 and Ig/TCR- patients.24 Targeting the BCR::ABL1 kinase domain via NGS has
measured MRD.23 There was no significant difference in the improved sensitivity and therefore detection of kinase domain
5-year survival parameters, specifically event-free survival mutations, observed in almost 80% of AP/BP-CML enrolled in
and OS, between patients with CML-like ALL and typical Ph+ the Next-in-CML study,25 but not allpatients are found to har
ALL. However, the level of MRD in patients with typical Ph+ bor these mutations.
ALL appeared to correlate with event-free survival and OS, With increasing availability of NGS, our appreciat ion of the
with higher levels of MRD (≥10–3) indicating markedly inferior contribution of additional genomic defects in BP-CML has rap
outcomes.23 In comparison, the MRD level was less concern- idly expanded. While early inves ti
ga
tion focused on sin gle
ing and not informative for therapy adjustment in CML-like gene studies, more recent evaluation includes unbiased inter
disease.23 Hyperleukocytosis at diag no sis remains a poor rogation of the whole exome or transcriptome.26,27 All patients
prognostic feature in typical Ph+ ALL, whereas there was no at progression to BP-CML harbor additional genetic abnormal
ities, either involving cancer gene variants or rearrangements repertoire of tests that could be performed at diagnosis in
involv ing the Ph chro mo some, although the Ph-asso ci
ated order to enable optimal TKI selection.
rearrangements are pres ent from diag no
sis as opposed to
being acquired at progression.26-28 Genomic analysis to date
suggests that there are only a relatively small number of clin
i
cally rel e
vant genes recur rently mutated in CML, enabling CLINICAL CASE 1 (continued)
targeted capture of select candidate genes.2,29,30 Genes recur While the bone marrow biopsy specimen confirmed the pres
rently mutated in AP/BP-CML are RUNX1, IKZF1, and ASXL1 in ence of CD19+ CD20+ CD34+ lymphoblasts, fluorescence in situ
descending order, but others have been described (Figure 2).2 hybridization confirmed the loss of 17p and TP53, and kinase
Even when kinase domain muta tions are iden ti
fied, a high domain mutation screening demonstrated emergence of T315I
proportion of these cases is found to have co-occurring addi mutations. He was treated with hyperCVAD chemotherapy in
tional genetic abnormalities.2 What is also clear is that the combination with ponatinib 45 mg/d and was able to enter a
mutational subtypes observed in BP-CML are not limited to second CP prior to proceeding to an unrelated donor transplant
single nucleotide variants and small insertions and deletions with MAC. Two years post-allograft, he remains in remission with
but also involve larger gene deletions, aberrant splicing, and 100% chimerism and undetectable BCR::ABL1 transcripts. He has
fusions.27,31 Furthermore, the pres ence of addi tional genetic not been a ble to commence post-transplant TKI maintenance
abnormalities at diagnosis of CP-CML was more frequent in due to various cytopenias. Interestingly, retrospective NGS
patients who progressed to BP-CML compared to those with investigation demonstrated expansion of a low-level IKZF1 dele
optimal outcomes.26 Interestingly, the presence of genomic tion at progression that was detectable at diagnosis (Figure 3).
abnormalities at diagnosis of CP-CML also predicted for infe
rior survival and molecular response in patients treated with Discussion points
imatinib,32 suggesting that genomic investigation at diagnosis 1. What is the optimal dose of ponatinib in this situation?
of CP-CML has the potential to identify higher-risk patients, The MATCHPOINT study suggested that 30 mg/d ponatinib
including those who with a high risk of progressing to BP- was the optimal dose in conjunction with chemotherapy to
CML. However, recent interim data suggest that more potent minimize associated toxicity based on the EffTox model. How-
2G-TKIs can perhaps ameliorate the adverse impact of addi ever, in this setting, the presence of the T315I mutation dictated
tional genetic abnormalities, although not completely negate the use of the higher ponatinib dose to maximize a response
their effect.33 This adds weight for the inclusion of NGS to the and enhance the prospects of achieving a second CP.
Among the variety of resistance mechanisms that may underlie a non-optimal response to tyrosine kinase inhibitor (TKI)
therapy in chronic myeloid leukemia patients, secondary point mutations in the BCR::ABL1 kinase domain (KD) represent
the only actionable one. Each of the 5 ATP-competitive inhibitors (imatinib, dasatinib, nilotinib, bosutinib, ponatinib)
has a well-defined spectrum of resistance mutations. Growing clinical experience will soon allow to also elucidate the
full spectrum of mutations conferring resistance to asciminib (that appear not to be confined to the myristate binding
pocket). Regular molecular response (MR) monitoring is fundamental for evaluating treatment efficacy, catching early
signs of relapse, and intervening promptly in case of confirmed failure. Whenever MR is not deemed satisfactory accord-
ing to the European LeukemiaNet or the National Comprehensive Cancer Network definitions, BCR::ABL1 KD mutations
testing should be performed. When needed, prompt and informed TKI switch can improve response and outcome and
prevent the accumulation of mutations, including highly challenging compound mutations. Novel technologies like next-
generation sequencing and digital polymerase chain reaction have recently been explored for BCR::ABL1 KD mutation
testing; they have both advantages and disadvantages that are discussed in this article. This review also provides sug-
gestions for interpretation and clinical translation of mutation testing results, which may not always be straightforward,
particularly in cases of low-level or unknown mutations.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Identify chronic myeloid leukemia patients who need testing for resistance mutations
• Weigh the role of BCR::ABL1 mutation status in clinical decisionmaking
(therapy must be changed) and “warnings” (“. . . continuation or MMR after attempting to discontinue treatment have not been
change should be carefully considered, depending on patient’s reported to harbor mutations. For this same reason, samples for
characteristics, comorbidities and tolerance as well as on ther mutation testing should be taken before stopping or switching
apeutic endpoints”), while NCCN uses a traffic-light approach, therapy in order to not modify the selective pressure—particularly
with red corresponding to TKI-resistant disease and yellow cor when using Sanger sequencing, which, despite its limitations,
responding to possible TKI resistance. In case of failure/red or remains the most widely employed method for testing, as dis
warning/yellow, which mean that the expected MR milestone cussed below.
has not been achieved, or when a previously achieved milestone Last but not least, we must bear in mind that mutation test
is lost, thorough investigation into the underlying reason(s) ing is technically feasible (regardless of the method used) only
should be undertaken, bearing in mind that an unsatisfactory if BCR::ABL1 transcript levels are >0.1% (that is, the threshold of
response may be due to reduced compliance, drug interactions MMR), and that reliability and reproducibility of results improve
(especially in elderly patients taking many concomitant medica when the transcript levels are >1%.6 Thus, patients in MMR (or
tions), or truly resistant disease. better) should not be tested for mutations: this would not make
Reliable molecular monitoring by reverse transcription– sense clinically and would waste efforts and resources for the
quantitative polymerase chain reaction, performed regularly labo
ra
tory. A prac ti
cal algo rithm that can be used to assess
(every 3 months until major molecular response [MMR] is achieved whether mutation testing is advisable is shown in Figure 1.
and confirmed, and every 3 to 6 months thereafter)1 is instru
mental to check MR for evaluating treatment efficacy, to catch
early signs of relapse, to trigger mutation testing when appro
priate, and to intervene quickly in case of manifested failure. CLINICAL CASE (continued)
BCR::ABL1 kinase activity is thought to feed genetic instability, The patient has failed allthe MR milestones set to be achieved
thus incom plete or inef fic
ient BCR::ABL1 inhi bi
tion is insid
i during the first 12 months of treatment. The patient swears
ous in that it might set the ground for acquiring mutations in he has been taking imatinib regularly. His physician ultimately
the KD or elsewhere in the genome and for additional cyto sends a peripheral blood sample for BCR::ABL1 KD mutation
genetic abnormalities. Beyond a certain threshold, accumulat testing, but Sanger sequencing shows no evidence of muta
ing genetic lesions may ultimately lead to disease progression, tions. At month +15 (BCR::ABL1 = 4.2%IS) the patient is switched
which remains a major con cern and must be avoided.3 The to nilotinib 400 mg/twice a day, but MR does not improve:
kinetics of BCR::ABL1 increase (“doubling time”) may help iden BCR::ABL1 lev els slowly but steadily increase to 7.2% at
tify both dis ease recur rence in case of non-adher ence and 18 months, 8.5% at 21 months, and 10.1% at 24 months. Sanger
impending resistance due to mutation development. Shorter sequencing is repeated and an E255K mutation is detected.
doubling times (median = 9 days) have been associated with The patient is then switched to dasatinib 140 mg/daily, but he
the former, whereas longer doubling times (median = 48 days) progresses to blast crisis after 3 months. BCR::ABL1 KD muta
have been associated with the latter.4 However, the study was tion testing shows evidence of an E255K mutation and a T315I
conducted using BCR as a control gene; validating these obser mutation, both at 100%.
vations using the other control genes usually employed—ABL1
and GUSB—would help incorporate the assessment of tran
script kinetics into routine use.
BCR::ABL1 KD mutation testing is not recommended at diag Compound mutations: the ultimate enemy
nosis. Even when using a highly sensitive and reliable approach Each of the 5 ATP-com peti
tive inhib i
tors (imatinib, dasatinib,
of single molec ule sequencing, mutations could not be detected nilotinib, bosutinib, ponatinib) have a well-defined spectrum of
in de novo CP patients.5 Hence, more “routine” methods would resistance mutations. Ponatinib is efficacious against every indi
inexorably yield negative results. This is consistent with the fact vidual mutation among those conferring resistance to imatinib,
that mutant clones require the selective pressure of treatment dasatinib, nilotinib, and bosutinib, but its activ ity is com
pro
to outgrow: without such pressure, they are very unlikely to out mised when a further nucleot ide substitution at codon 315 turns
compete the unmutated clone. Accordingly, patients who lose a preexisting T315I into a T315M or -L mutation.
More recently asciminib, an allosteric inhibitor specifically tar inhibitor palbociclib has also shown promising activity in vitro
geting the myristate-binding pocket rather than the ATP-binding against T315I-inclusive CMs.14 It is likely that other combinations
pocket, has been approved for the treatment of patients resistant exploiting specific vulnerabilities of CMs or synthetic lethality may
to at least 2 previous TKIs. Given that asciminib binds to a region be devised in the future. However, given the diffic ulty of explor
different and distant from the region targeted by ATP-competitive ing off-label combinations in vivo, the best strategy is currently to
inhibitors, the molecule was initially predicted to have a nonover prevent, rather than to counteract, CMs.
lapping spectrum of resistance mutations.7 However, accumulat
ing evidence from clinic al trials indicates that even well-known Sanger sequencing vs newer techniques: pros and cons
imatinib- or 2G TKI-resistant mutations like E355G and F359V Sanger sequencing enables scanning of the entire KD for any
may be identified at the time of asciminib failure (Table 1). Yet nucleotide substitution. Given the multitude of mutations associ
mutation data from trials are scarce, and “real-life” clinical expe ated with imatinib resistance, it naturally became the gold stan
rience with asciminib is still limited. Thus, time is needed before dard for BCR::ABL1 KD mutation testing15 and remains such after 2
the full spectrum of asciminib-resistant mutations will be conclu decades. Mutation screening of BCR::ABL1 transcripts by Sanger
sively elucidated. sequencing is relatively fast and easy but suffers from the inher
While single mutations can be tackled by one or more of the ent poor sensitivity of the technique (ranging between 10% and
currently available TKIs, compound mutations (CMs; 2 mutations 20%, that is, 10 to 20 mutant transcripts in 100 total BCR::ABL1
in cis on the same BCR::ABL1 transcript) have emerged as a major transcripts), meaning the technique can only identify major or
concern. Data of in vitro IC50 (ie, the intracellular concentration dominant mutant clones. It is thus not surprising that, in recent
of drug required to inhibit by 50% the growth of a cell line engi years, several retrospective studies and two prospective studies
neered to express the given mutant oncoprotein), corroborated have explored the use of targeted next generation-sequencing
by an increasing number of clinical reports, indicate that the most (NGS) that improves the detection limit to 1% to 5%.16-20 These
frequent mutation combinations (that are usually T315I-inclusive studies have shown that Sanger sequencing may miss minor
CMs) are resistant to allavailable TKIs, including, in some cases, additional subclones at the time of treatment failure, as well as
even ponatinib and asciminib (Table 1).5,8-11 CMs usually result from emerging ones in patients with warning responses. Moreover,
sequential TKI failures, although they have also been documented NGS may more easily and robustly identify CMs (see below),
in a few patients whose switch to another TKI was delayed although it is important to correct results for the likelihood of
despite persisting failure: if the original mutant clone is not rap polymerase chain reaction (PCR)–mediated recombination21 that
idly and fully eradicated, it may acquire a “second hit” that may may artifactually bring in cis 2 mutations sitting on different mol
lead to a highly challenging CM.5,12 At least in vitro, a combination ecules.22 However, despite wider and wider availability of bench
of asciminib and ponatinib at clinically achievable concentrations top NGS instruments, implementing routine NGS for BCR::ABL1
is capable of counteracting (as well as preventing) several CMs.11,13 KD mutation testing is facing some challenges. First is the need
Combination of ponatinib with hydroxyurea or with the CDK4/6 to set up and internally validate a laboratory-developed test.
Second is the high throughput of the instruments as compared robust evidence that detection of low-level mutations at the time
with the dimensions of the library, which requires pooling sev of TKI switch may offer critical information to guide subsequent
eral samples in each sequencing run. Consequently, only sam therapy selection, and that if an “inappropriate” TKI is selected,
ple centralization in regional or national reference laboratories there is a high risk of treatment failure with clonal expansion of
could balance cost-effectiveness and turnaround time. Last but the resistant mutant.23 A more recent development is a droplet
not least of the challenges is the higher error rate as compared digi
tal PCR (ddPCR)–based strat egy multiplexing the detec
with Sanger sequencing. tion and quantitation of 2G TKI-resistant mutations in a 3-tube
Mutation-spe cific approaches tak ing advan tage of mass format.24 The first tube contains primers and probes to detect
spectrometry (MS) or digital PCR can be more sensitive and less the T315I mutation; the second tube is specific for dasatinib-
error-prone than NGS. MS was indeed the first high-sensitivity and bosutinib-resistant mutations, and the third tube detects
(0.05% to 0.5%, depending on the mutation) approach to be nilotinib- and bosutinib-resistant mutations. The appearance of
explored. A multiplex strategy of primer extension followed by a positive cluster of droplets and where such cluster sits in the
MS-based identification of the extended nucleotide developed 2D plot directly indicate which 2G TKI(s) should be excluded
for a panel of 31 imatinib-resistant mutations was applied to a from the decision algorithm at the time of switch (Figure 2). All
relatively large cohort of imatinib-resistant patients who were the approaches discussed so far look for m utations in BCR::ABL1
switched to dasatinib or nilotinib.23 The study provided the first transcripts, because at the genomic level the selective analysis
of the translocated allele would be impossible due to the width E255K resis tant to nilotinib, this mutation was selected by
of the region to be ampli fied (17 kb). Nevertheless, an allele- subsequent nilotinib treatment. Moreover, NGS showed that
specific ddPCR strategy using genomic DNA to estimate mutated the acquisition of the T315I, generating the T315I/E255K CM,
cells and follow their clonal evolution over time has recently been occurred during nilotinib treatment (Figure 3).
described.25 The approach quantitates the mutated clone as the
percent ratio between the copy number of mutated ABL1 and
the copy number of the BCR-ABL1 fusion assessed at the DNA
level with patient-specific primers. Comparison with NGS con How mutation results should (and shouldn’t!) be used
ventionally performed using RNA as input nucleic acid showed BCR::ABL1 KD mutation testing supports clinical decision-
very good concordance between the level of mutation at the making whenever response is unsatisfactory. In case of failure, a
transcript and genomic level, although, as expected, ddPCR fea change of therapy is mandatory and the main aim of BCR::ABL1
tured greater sensitivity. Routinely implementing a DNA-based KD mutation testing is to help exclude the TKI(s) unlikely to be
strategy would be impractical due to the need to determine effective. A handful of mutations have been robustly associated
each patient’s exact sequence of the BCR::ABL1 breakpoint at with resistance to 2G and 3G TKIs: these are listed in Table 3.
diagnosis, yet this study further highlights the advantages of What about the others? For many (yet not for all) mutations, IC50
ddPCR in terms of rapidity and sensitivity. data are available and have been used to generate multicolored
The main advantages and disadvantages of current technolo tables using a traffic-light code to indicate whether the muta
gies for BCR::ABL1 KD mutation testing are summarized in Table 2. tion is expected to be sensitive, moderately resistant, or highly
Despite the lim i
ta
tions high lighted here, Sanger sequenc resistant to a given TKI.9,10,26 However, different tables sometimes
ing and NGS are the only ways to obtain a detailed snapshot report conflicting data—which highlights how different experi
of BCR::ABL1 mutation status. Thus, they are the most informa mental conditions impact the raw IC50 data obtained. Therefore,
tive methods in (1) imatinib-resistant patients when the causes of although it is tempting to use a pocket version of one of these
an unsatisfactory response are to be investigated, (2) multi-TKI- tables as a sort of “at-a-glance” guide to the TKI choice, caution
resistant or advanced-phase patients where two or more muta should be exerted: measuring in vitro antiproliferative activity is
tions (and CMs) can be expected, and (3) patients on asciminib. an artificial way to rank inhibitors for their antileukemic activity in
When a TKI switch is already planned, ddPCR might instead be vivo in a much more complex system. Thus, for mutations other
useful to rapidly inform rational selection of 2G TKIs or ponatinib. than those listed in Table 3, it is wiser to let clinical consider
ations regard ing comorbidities, risk fac tors, and ther a
peu tic
endpoints specific to the patient prevail.
In case of warning, a gray area where continuation or change
CLINICAL CASE (cont inu ed) are equally allowed, detecting resis tance muta tions tilts the
The patient provides written informed consent for his samples bal
ance toward a change of ther apy. But what does resis
to be retrospectively reanalyzed by NGS. NGS reveals that the tance mutation mean? From a clinical standpoint, interpreting
E255K mutation was already detectable in 6.7% and 12.1% of BCR::ABL1 KD muta tion test ing results may not always be
BCR::ABL1 transcripts at 9 and 12 months, respectively. Being straightforward. What about mutations for which there are no
IC50 data whatsoever? There is not necessarily a biunivocal link ing in 1 to 3 months. True resistance mutations are expected to
between resistance and mutations: some mutations might just expand, or at least persist, if therapy is not changed. Anyway,
be innocent bystanders. Comprehensive databases of mutations mutations are likely to be a gauge of the degree of genetic insta
detected in TKI-resistant patients have never been built, so for bility: thus, regardless of their actual role in resistance, positivity
less frequently occurring mutations, physicians often need to for any mutation identifies higher-risk patients requiring more
perform cumbersome literature searches for whether the muta careful monitoring.27
tion has ever been reported in any published study. And what In general, when the clinical relevance of a detected mutation
about mutations detected at low levels, eg, by NGS? In case is uncertain (irrespective of whether this is due to the lack of sen
of warning, there is usually not a compelling urgency to inter sitivity data or to a low mutational burden), closer monitoring of
vene: when the relation between the mutation detected and the BCR::ABL1 transcript kinetics may help in deciding whether ther
inadeq
uate response is uncertain, it may be wise to repeat test apy should be switched.
Atypical chronic myeloid leukemia (aCML) is included in the group of myelodysplastic/myeloproliferative neoplasms by
the International Consensus Classification and has been renamed as MDS/MPN with neutrophilia by the fifth edition of
World Health Organization classification. It is always characterized by morphologic identification of granulocytic dys-
plasia with >10% circulating immature myeloid cells, 2 distinguished features that differentiate this disease among the
others. Somatic mutations may help to diagnose but are not specifically pathognomonic of the disease, with the most
detected including ASXL1, SETBP1, NRAS, KRAS, SRSF2, and TET2 and with low-frequency CBL, CSF3R, JAK2, and ETNK1.
The genomic landscape of aCML has been recently unravelling, revealing that SETBP1 and ETNK1 are usually not ancestral
but secondary events associated with disease progression. Unfortunately, until now, no consensus on risk stratification
and treatment has been developed: Mayo Clinic prognostic score identified as adverse events age >67 years, hemoglobin
level <10 g/dL, and TET2 mutations. Although some possible genetic markers have been identified, allogeneic transplant
remains the only curative strategy.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Evaluate the diagnostic algorithm
• Characterize the somatic mutations landscape
• Analyze prognostic features
• Summarize possible treatments
Introduction
Atypical chronic myeloid leukemia (aCML) is a clonal CLINICAL CASE
hematopoietic disease previously identified as a neo- A 62-year-old patient was admitted to the hospital for
plasm with mixed dysplastic/myeloproliferative (MDS/ intense asthenia and widespread pain. Complete blood
MPN) features in the absence of monocytosis and eosin- count showed mild anemia (10.7 g/dL), hyperleukocytosis
ophilia.1 It was introduced in the fourth edition of the (155 × 109/L), and absolute neutrophil count of 136 × 109/L.
World Health Organization classification in the subgroup Splenomegaly was noted on physical examination (4 cm
of mixed MDS/MPN together with other entities, such as below costal margin), and peripheral blood smear showed
juvenile myelomonocytic leukemia, MDS/MPN with ring neutrophilia (64% with >20% dysplastic features), in the
sideroblasts and thrombocytosis, and MDS/MPN unclas- absence of monocytosis. The absence of an abnormal kar-
sifiable.2 In the recent 2022 World Health Organization yotype on cytogenetic analysis, as well as the absence of
revision, aCML was retained as terminology with a clear BCR::ABL1 and other rearrangements in MPN driver genes,
distinction between this disorder and myeloid neoplasms allowed to exclude the diagnosis of CML or Ph-negative
with monocytosis and eosinophilia.3 The 2022 Interna- MPNs. Bone marrow analysis showed dysplastic and mark-
tional Consensus Classification replaces the term aCML edly expanded granulopoiesis (myelo-erythroid ratio 9:1)
with MDS/MPN with neutrophilia, avoiding the possi- and 3% of CD34+ blast cells, consistent with the morpho-
ble confusion with typical chronic myeloid leukemia logic suspect of aCML.
(Ph+ CML).4
protein, conferring a proliferative advantage to the mutated cells of membrane phospholipids.31,32 These mutations cluster in a
and protecting the mutation from ubiquitination. Most SETBP1 small region of the kinase domain, encoding for H243Y and
mutations are located within a 14-amino-acid stretch (codons N244S (1/8 H243Y; 7/8 N244S) and G245 V/A, allas heterozy
858-871), which is also mutated in Schinzel-Giedion syndrome, a gous and present in the dominant clone.33 ETNK1 mutations
rare genetic disease characterized by congenital malformations, decrease the activity of the enzyme, reducing the synthesis
mental retardation, and frequent epithelial tumors. of phosphoethanolamine, increasing the mitochondrial activ
SETBP1 muta tions have shown a strong asso ci
a
tion with ity with final increased reactive oxygen species production,
ASXL1 and CBL mutations and are mutually exclusive of JAK2 and DNA damage, and genomic instability.34,35 On the hierarchical
TET2 mutations.14,28 SETBP1 also has a complex role as a transcrip scale, it seems that ETNK1 mutation may precede ASXL1 and
tional modulator, considering its ability in direct interaction with SETBP1.34,35
genomic DNA (recruitment of HCF1, KMT2A, PHF8, PHF6), the In sum mary, stud ies on the clonal archi tec
ture of aCML
possible binding capacity to MDS1 and EVI1 complex locus pro showed that ETNK1 and ASXL1 are ancestral mutations, with RAS,
tein EVI1 or MECOM (upregulation of several genes involved in CBL, TET2, SRSF2, and SETBP1 as secondary events; CBL muta
stem cell proliferation and myeloid differentiation), self-renewal tions have a tendency to reach homozygosity through somatic
of myeloid progenitors, and RUNX1 downregulation.27,29 A study uniparental disomy.10 CCND2 mutations also have been recently
conducted on 71 patients showed that most were ASXL1 positive suggested in patients with aCML. Some groups36,37 reported
(92%), and SETBP1 was detected in 38%. Clonal hierarchy was CCND2 mutations at low variant allelic frequencies: Khanna et
identified, and ASXL1 was acquired early, whereas SETBP1 was al36 showed, in a cohort of 116 patients with Ph-negative MPN,
never reported as being ancestral but always secondary in dis CCND2 mutations concomitant in 1 case to SETBP1 and in 1 case
ease progression11 (Figure 2). to SRSF2 mutation. CCND2 mutation in the P281 codon resulted
Recurrent mutations in ETNK1 have emerged as being rel in the accumulation of degradation-resistant cyclin in D2, with
atively specific for aCML (up to 9% of cases) and CMML (3% of predominant staining in nuclear localization regardless of the
cases) and not found in other myeloid diseases.30 The ETNK1 cycle cell phase. This peculiar localization seems to be responsi
gene maps on chromosome 12p12.1 and encodes a protein ble for prolonged cell survival without conferring growth factor
known also as ethan olamine kinase, which acts as catalyzer independence.38 Recently, Carreño-Tarragona and colleagues39
for the biosynthesis of phosphatidylethanolamine through compared the clinical and genomic profile of aCML and CNL:
the Kennedy pathway, responsible for the de novo synthesis they suggested that apart from CSFR3 more commonly mutated
in CNL, as well as EZH2 and TET2 more commonly mutated in adverse prognostic factors.6,9 Wang et al7 reported that leukocy
aCML, no differences were found in the pathways affected, sug- tosis and immature myeloid cells but not the dysgranulopoiesis
gesting that CNL and aCML are a continuum of the same disease. maintained the negative role associated with shorter OS in a
Different groups analyzed gene expression profiling in aCML: large series of patients, including 65 patients with aCML with a
a significant change in the expression levels of SETBP1, CDKN2A, median OS of 12.4 months.
GATA2, MPL, TMEM14C, CSF3R, and FLT3 genes was observed in In 2017, Mayo Clinic developed a model based on a small
a group of 26 patients compared to 59 patients with CMML.40 data set of 25 patients. In this proposed model, advanced age,
Indeed, Zhang and colleagues41 reported 3 different clusters in low hemoglobin, and TET2 mutations were considered of sig
158 samples of different myeloid disorders, including CNL, aCML, nificance in multivariate analysis. Two categories of patients
MDS/MPN unclassifiable, MDS/MPN, and CMML, showing dis were identified (low, with 0-1 risk factor, and high risk with ≥2
similarity of different combinations of mutant patterns without risk factors) considering 1 point each for age >67 years, hemo
specific clusterization within any one diagnosis. Fontana et al42 globin level <10 g/dL, and detection of the TET2 mutation. The
showed 2 different aCML groups based on gene expression with median OS observed was 18 months for the low-risk category
overexpression of 3 different genes (PARP1, DNPH1, and GFI1B) and 7 months for the high-risk group.5 Palomo et al11 explored the
associated with a worse prognosis. effects of mutations as prognostic indicators: while ASXL1 did
not retain a prognostic impact considering that most patients
were positive, RUNX1, CUX1, and NRAS were associated with a
shorter OS and SRSF2 and SETBP1 with positive outcome.
CLINICAL CASE (cont inu ed)
Next-generation sequencing was performed, and mutations Treatment
were iden ti
fied in ASXL1 (29% VAF), CBL (4% variant allele No standard of care exists for the treatment of aCML. In addi
frequency), SETBP1 (44% VAF), and SRSF2 (43% VAF), with a com tion, no consensus recommendations or risk-based treatment
pound mutation in CCND2 (c.841C>T, 28% VAF and c.842C>G, algorithms exist to help guide a watch-and-wait approach vs
4% VAF). In this case, in consideration of the mutational profile initiation of therapy. The most common administered therapy
detected on next-generation sequencing, an indication for allo is hydroxyurea (HU), typically used to control leukocytosis or
genic transplant has been made and human leukocyte antigen symptomatic splenomegaly. There have been multiple reports
typing is being carried out, with a search for possible bone of HU inducing complete and partial hematologic responses in
marrow stem cell donors. aCML, but the duration of response is usually limited to a few
months.6,9,28,43 Interferon α (IFNα) has also been associated with
partial or sometimes complete hematologic response but also
Risk stratification and prognosis with discontinuation due to toxicity.28,43-45 A phase 2 study of
Considering the rarity of the disease, no consensus on a pos pegylated-IFNα-2b was shown to have improved tol er
abil ity
sible risk stratification has been reported. Two studies showed over stan dard IFNα in BCR-ABL1–neg ative MPNs.46 This long-
that age >65 years, female sex, hemoglobin <10 g/dL, leukocyte acting formulation is associated with a better toxicity profile
count >50 × 109/L, and immature circulating precursors were and offers a treatment option for those inelig ible for c
linical
There has been a renewed effort globally in the study of older Hodgkin lymphoma (HL) patients, generating a multitude
of new data. For prognostication, advancing age, comorbidities, altered functional status, Hispanic ethnicity, and lack of
dose intensity (especially without anthracycline) portend inferior survival. Geriatric assessments (GA), including activities
of daily living (ADL) and comorbidities, should be objectively measured in all patients. In addition, proactive multidisci-
plinary medical management is recommended (eg, geriatrics, cardiology, primary care), and pre-phase therapy should
be considered for most patients. Treatment for fit older HL patients should be given with curative intent, including anth-
racyclines, and bleomycin should be minimized (or avoided). Brentuximab vedotin given sequentially before and after
doxorubicin, vinblastine, dacarbazine (AVD) chemotherapy for untreated patients is tolerable and effective, and frontline
checkpoint inhibitor/AVD platforms are rapidly emerging. Therapy for patients who are unfit or frail, whether due to comor-
bidities and/or ADL loss, is less clear and should be individualized with consideration of attenuated anthracycline-based
therapy versus lower-intensity regimens with inclusion of brentuximab vedotin +/− checkpoint inhibitors. For all patients,
there should be clinical vigilance with close monitoring for treatment-related toxicities, including neurotoxicity, cardio-
pulmonary, and infectious complications. Finally, active surveillance for “postacute” complications 1 to 10 years post
therapy, especially cardiac disease, is needed for cured patients. Altogether, therapy for older HL patients should include
anthracycline-based therapy in most cases, and novel targeted agents should continue to be integrated into treatment
paradigms, with more research needed on how best to utilize GAs for treatment decisions.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Describe prognostic factors associated with inferior outcomes for older Hodgkin lymphoma patients in population-
based and clinical studies
• Examine contemporary clinical trial results for older Hodgkin lymphoma patients with emphasis on integration of
targeted treatment agents
• Discuss treatment-related toxicities, including lethal events, with attention to cardiac disease and postacute
survivorship considerations
for untreated DLBCL (Supplementary Tables S2 and S3).32 Most nostic factors.20 Moreover, patients with both factors present
reports describing patient fitness for older HL patients have at diagnosis had a 3-year OS of 0%. In recent British Columbia
been retrospective analyses and have utilized the Tucci classi RWE,15 survival correlated with increasing age (ie, ≥70 vs 60-
fication published for DLBCL.29 It is essential that prospective 69 years), and similar data were reported from Swedish17 and
studies for older HL patients include objective measures of GA Swiss35 RWE (Table 1). However, despite the use of multivariable
and other measures of fitness in part for consistency and to analyses, it is not clear if advancing age alone is an independent
aid cross-study interpretation as well as to assist in identifying risk factor for inferior survival among older patients vs a proxy
potential fitness-based therapeutic recommendations. Notably, for increased comorbidities with decreased func tional sta
tus
objective GAs were shown to be more effective than subjective and/or use of less-intensive chemotherapy treatment, especially
clinical judgment in identifying older B-cell lymphoma patients anthracyclines. In the US RWE, patients aged 70 to 79 years who
likely to benefit from aggressive, curative therapy.33,34 received conventional anthracycline-based regimens had com
parable survival with patients aged 60 to 69 years ((Table 1).28
Advancing age
Advancing age within the older HL population is associated with Dose intensity and anthracyclines
inferior survival.3,9,15-17,20,27,30,35 In the Chicago RWE series, ages ≥70 Dose intensity and use of anthracyclines have been cornerstones
years and loss of any self-care ADLs were the dominant prog of HL treatment for decades.36 Landgren et al. reported that
Figure 1. Outcomes of older HL patients based on functional status and conventional therapy. PFS and OS by geriatric fitness mea-
sures in stage II to IV disease. Time is listed in months for all figures. (A) PFS by ADL status. (B) OS by ADL status. (C) PFS by frontline
treatment regimen. (D) OS by treatment regimen. (E) PFS by ADL status and frontline regimen. (F) OS by ADL status and frontline
regimen. Tx, treatment. Reprinted with permission.28
neutropenia (44%); febrile neutropenia and pneumonia (8%); and treated with bleomycin, vinblastine, dacarbazine, nonpegylated
diarrhea (6%). Response to the initial 2 doses of BV (ie, CR/PR vs liposomal doxorubicin (MBVD).57 Two patients had car diac
not) was strongly associated with survival (2-year PFS 100% vs events and 49% had grade 3 or higher neutropenia, with 15% of
50%, respectively, P = 0.007). patients having ≥ grade 3 infections. Overall tolerability to MBVD
Response-adapted therapy has not been well studied in older was poor in advanced-stage patients, with 38% of patients
HL patients, but if ABVD therapy is utilized, bleomycin should be prematurely discontinuing treatment. An alternative approach
eliminated for allpatients with an interim negative PET-2 scan included mod i
fi
ca
tion of the prednisone, vinblastine, doxoru-
vis-à-vis the RATHL study design.56 In fact, there should be great bicin, and gemcitabine (PVAG) reg i
men substituting gemcit-
caution in giving any older HL patient more than 2 full cycles abine with bendamustine in older HL patients.58 The majority of
of bleomycin. Additionally, therapy should not be intensified to patients completed 6 treatment cycles (88%), but TRM was seen
bleomycin, adriamycin, cyclophosphamide, vincristine, procar in 4 patients and 32% had at least one serious adverse event.
bazine, and prednisone (BEACOPP) therapy with positive PET-2 Outcomes were analyzed across ages in phase 3 ECHELON-1
as older patients do not tolerate this regimen, as highlighted study (BV + doxorubicin, vinblastine, and dacarbazine [A+AVD] vs
below. Changing ther apy for early non responders to ini
tial ABVD in untreated advanced-stage HL patients), which included
ABVD/AVD to a non-cross-resistant regim en (or added targeted 186 patients ≥60 years (Table 2).59 The mean RDI for older patients
agents) needs to be further tested in prospective studies. who received BV+AVD chemotherapy was 92% to 97%. With a
For older and nonfit patients with HL, attempts have been median follow-up of 61 months, the 5-year PFS rates per inves
made to mitigate toxicity of conventional doxorubicin by tigator with A+AVD vs ABVD were 67.1% vs 61.6%, respectively.
substituting it with liposomal doxorubicin. In a phase 2 trial of Pulmonary adverse events were higher with ABVD vs A-AVD (13%
47 older HL patients with median age of 75 years, patients were vs 3%, respectively), and the incidence of any-grade and severe
polychemotherapy and/or salvage radiotherapy with curative ≥2 RFs: 3-year OS, 9%). In low-risk patients, the impact of therapy
intent in 42%, and palliative approaches and best supportive care on survival was significant in favor of the conventional polyche-
in 31%. A prognostic score applied the risk factors (RFs) of early motherapy approach.73 There is a continued need to evalua te the
relapse, clinic
al stage III/IV, and anemia. The median OS for the safety, efficacy, and optimal timing (ie, sequential or concurrent)
entire cohort of relapsing older HL patients was 12 months. Sur- of established and experimental therapeutic compounds specifi
vival varied within different risk groups (ie, ≤1 RF: 3-year OS, 59%; cally in older patients with relapsed/refractory HL.
Therapy-associated toxicity 25%.13,15,20,28,35,39,44,45,76 The primary risk factor for BLT is age, with
Conventional chemotherapy in older HL patients may result in an exponential increase in risk with rising age due in part to
reduced tolerability with severe toxicities, including treatment- declining creatinine clearance as bleomycin is primarily metab
induced fatalities.2,3,7,8,35,47,51,74 The most com
mon toxicities for olized renally.77 In a Veterans Administration analysis of > 800 HL
patients treated with ABVD-based ther apy are hema to logic, patients, the incidence of BLT by ages ≤49, 50 to 59, 60 to 69, and
neuropathic, infectious, and cardiopulmonary.6,9,15,20,28,35,39,49,75 ≥70 years were 3%, 7%, 13%, and 24%, respectively.78 Rates of BLT
Severe hematologic and other toxicities were significantly more in the Swiss series for HL patients ages 60 to 69 and ≥ 70 years
frequent in older vs younger HL patients treated on the random were 12.6% and 25%, respectively (Table 1).35
ized E2496 study (ABVD vs Stanford V)13 as well as the recent The incidence of BLT in the Chicago RWE series was 32%,
ECHELON-1 study.75 with an associated mortality rate of 25%.20 The incidence was
In the Swiss RWE, the 5-year PFS, OS, and cause-specific sur 38% vs 0% among patients who received colony-stimulating fac
vival (CSS) rates were 53%, 64%, and 86%, respectively, for older tor (G-CSF) vs not, respectively (P<.0001), which has been noted
HL patients treated with curative intent (Figure 4).35 The promi- in other series.78 The incidence of BLT among older HL patients
nent difference in CSS and PFS highlights the impact that tolera treated on E2496 was 24% with an associated death rate of 18%13;
bility and toxicity have on outcomes in older patients. Similarly, the vast majority of cases occurred with ABVD. Data supporting
competing risk analyses within the E2496 study demonstrated the number of doses of bleomycin as a risk factor comes in part
that the age-related survival disparity between older and youn from GHSG HL data in older adults showing that BLT was uncom
ger patients was due primarily to non-HL-related causes (Supple- mon in early-stage patients who received 2 cycles of ABVD but
mentary Figure S2).10 occurred in 10% who received 4 ABVD cycles, including several
Providers should remain vigilant with close clinical monitoring lethal events.44 However, recently reported data from BC RWE
and full supportive care measures for allpatients, and proactive, identified an overall BLT incidence of 21% (TRM 14%), and 38% of
multidisciplinary management of coexistent comorbidities (eg, cases occurred during the first 2 cycles of treatment.15
cardiology, endocrinology, primary care, etc) is highly encour
aged throughout allphases of therapy. Neuropathy
In contemporary studies, neurotoxicity has been more closely
Treatment-related mortality examined, especially studies incorporating BV (Table 2). In the
Acute toxic deaths in older HL patients are commonly reported prospective study of extended dosing of single-agent BV fol-
in the literature. In the randomized study comparing baseline lowed by cohorts combining either bendamustine or dacarba-
BEACOPP regimen with COPP-ABVD (HD9elderly), the treatment- zine for older HL patients as described before,65,66 the incidence
related mortality (TRM) rates among advanced-stage HL patients rates of grade 3 neuropathy were high (Table 2). In the above-
aged 66 to 75 years were 21% and 8%, respectively (Table 1).49 TRM men tioned study uti liz
ing sequen tial and more lim ited dos
rates across ABVD studies have ranged from 8% to 23%.4,9,11,13,49,50 ing of BV with AVD, the risk of grade 3 neuropathy was 4%.19
Contemporary chemotherapy-based analyses have suggested a Importantly, clinically significant neurotoxicity is also seen in
lower incidence of TRM (3%-8%) for older HL patients.15,28,35,39 patients who receive ABVD as was seen in the ECHELON-1 study
with grade 2 and 3 peripheral neuropathy rates of 13% and 3%,
Bleomycin lung toxicity respectively.75 Continual surveillance and repeated examination
The incidence of BLT in most studies of older HL patients ranges of patients with individua lized dose reductions are important to
from 5% to 32% with asso ci
ated mor tal
ity rates of 10% to mitigate anti-tubulin-related neurotoxicity.
(3) aldo sterone antag onists; and (4) sodium-glu cose cotrans- population, with noncancer cumulative mortality comprising a
porter 2 inhibitors. These are associated with improved survival, substantial number of total deaths, especially those ages 60 to
functional capacity, and left ventricular ejection fraction.81 Neuro- 74 years at diagnosis (Figure 5). There were strikingly elevated
hormonal antagonist therapy with beta-blockers and/or angioten risks among HL survivors in the 60-to-74-year group, with excess
sin II receptor blockers /angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors deaths as a result of heart disease (excess absolute risk [EAR]
may be cardioprotective in patients receiving anthracyclines and stage III/IV, 59.6), interstitial lung disease (EAR 36.9), infections
should be used in allpatients with reduced left ventricular ejec (EAR 31.3), adverse events (EAR 33.0), and solid tumors (EAR 24.6).
tion fraction (LVEF). They can also be considered for cardiopro- Notably, excess non-HL mortality started within 1 year of com
tection in patients with a normal baseline echocardiogram but pletion of therapy compared with the general population. Simi-
with cardiac risk factors, especially hypertension.90 Atorvastatin lar findings of increased noncancer mortality were documented
reduced the incidence of LVEF declines in a randomized trial of in another SEER analysis that included competing risks.97 In a
patients with lymphoma receiving anthracycline-based chemo separate SEER-Medicare analysis of older patients treated with
therapy,91 although another study in patients with breast cancer anthracycline-based chemotherapy who were free from HF at the
and lymphoma did not demonstrate a benefit in LVEF at 2 years.92 time of HL diagnosis, the cumulative incidence of HF was 15% at
Guidelines from the Euro pean Society of Cardiology (ESC), 1 year and 25% at 4 years.98 Older age, cardiac risk factors such as
American Society of Clinical Oncology, and the National Compre- diabetes and hypertension, intrinsic heart disease, and vascular
hensive Cancer Network endorse the optimization of prevalent disease are associated with increased risk of incident HF.79,98
cardiovascular disease and cardiac risk factors, use of screening For cardiac disease, the American Society of Clinical Oncol-
echocardiograms in patients at high risk for HF with anthracycline ogy and NCCN sur vi
vor ship guide lines suggest a screen ing
after therapy, and referral to cardiology or cardio-oncology in echocardiogram 6 to 12 months after completing anthracycline
patients with cardiovascular symptoms, abnormal cardiac test therapy in those at elevated risk for anthracycline cardiotoxic-
ing, or inadequately managed cardiac risk factors.81,90,93-95 Accord- ity.94,95 The ESC guide lines rec ommend a screen ing echo car
ing to the 2022 ESC risk stratific ation schema, patients receiving diogram 1 year after com pleting anthracycline ther apy in all
anthracycline-chemotherapy are at “very high risk” in the setting anthracycline-treated patients and more frequent screening in
of preexisting HF or cardiomyopathy and “high risk” with any of patients at high or very high risk for heart failure (echocardio
the following high-risk factors: valvular heart disease, coronary grams after 2 cycles, 3 months, and 1, 3, and 5 years after ther
artery disease, angina, LVEF <50%, age >80 years, prior anthracy- apy completion).90 Cardiac risk fac tors such as hyper tension,
cline or chest radiat ion exposure, or >5 moderate risk factors (eg, hyperlipidemia, and diabetes should be aggressively managed
age 65 to 79 years, LVEF 50%-54%, hypertension and diabetes).90 according to standard guidelines.90,94,99
Survivorship
Survivorship in the “postacute” period 1 to 10 years post therapy
is clinically relevant for older individuals. A large SEER analysis of
20,007 HL survivors diagnosed between ages 20 and 74 years CLINICAL CASE (continued)
treated with initial chemotherapy in US population-based can The patient received pulse steroids 100mg po daily for pre-phase
cer registries during 2000 to 2015 was reported.96 With a mean therapy and had rapid improvement in his B-symptoms, bone
follow-up of 8 years, all-cause mortality exceeded the general pain, and performance status. He was subsequently treated with
Hodgkin lymphoma (HL) is a rare type of B-cell malignancy with bimodal age distribution targeting young adults and
elderly. Prognostic models are available to identify risk of recurrence and response to treatment. Currently, positron
emission tomography scanning is most useful in optimizing therapy. Outcomes are generally excellent with standard che-
motherapy or combined modality therapy. Balancing efficacy and the risk of late effects in Hodgkin lymphoma is essen-
tial, including early detection of potential complications. Incorporation of novel therapies such as brentuximab vedotin
and checkpoint inhibitors are being explored in the frontline setting, having already demonstrated improved survival and
tolerable toxicity in advanced HL. Furthermore, the addition of these agents have the potential to transform treatment
paradigms for early-stage HL and may result in improved outcomes with decreased risks of late toxicities that continue to
afflict long-term survivors. However, the patient population, sequencing, and combinations with cytotoxic chemother-
apy all remain still standing questions as results of current and upcoming randomized trials are awaited. In this article,
we discuss the current data on the approach to initial treatment of early-stage classical HL, review toxicity profiles, and
examine upcoming novel therapy trials.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Review the impact of prognostic scoring in early-stage Hodgkin lymphoma
• Examine the role of chemotherapy alone and combined with radiotherapy; explore novel agent combinations in
early-stage Hodgkin lymphoma
• Discuss late effects stratified by treatment modality and early detection strategies in survivorship
stage I or II (754 had favorable, and 1196 had unfavorable dis these patients based on results of the H10 study, where 1196
ease). In the control arms, treatment consisted of 3 (favorable) out of 1950 patients had unfavorable disease. It also demon
or 4 (unfavorable) ABVD cycles and involved nodal radiotherapy strated those achieving negative PET after 2 cycles of ABVD had
(INRT), regardless of PET results. Patients in the experimental arm a 5-year PFS of 89.6% with ABVD×6 cycles vs 92% with ABVD×4
received 2 cycles of ABVD followed by PET imaging, and sub cycles plus 30 Gy consolidative RT, while 5-year OS was 98.3%
sequently, if PET was negative (DS 1-2), they received either 2 and 96.7%, respectively. Other studies have attempted to omit
cycles of ABVD for favorable or 4 cycles if unfavorable. Patients RT. For example, in the GHSG HD17 phase 3 study, 1100 patients
with positive PET received a more intensified BEACOPP (bleo- with unfa vor
able stage I/II HL were ran dom ized to either 2
mycin, etoposide, doxorubicin, cyclophosphamide, vincristine, cycles of escalated BEACOPP in addition to 2 cycles of ABVD
procarbazine, and prednisone) regimen in addition to 30 Gray (2+2) followed by 30 Gy consolidative RT (standard CMT arm)
(Gy) INRT. In the favorable disease group with negative interim or the RT was omitted if patients achieved a negative PET (DS
PET, 5-year progression-free survival (PFS) was 87% with ABVD×4 1-2) after 4 cycles of chemo ther
apy (experim
en tal arm). Five-
vs 99% with ABVD×3 plus 30 Gy INRT while 5-year overall survival year PFS was 97.3% in the standard CMT arm vs 95.1% in the
(OS) was 99.6% and 100%, respectively.19 Of note, the EORTC che mo therapy-only arm, representing a 2.2% dif fer
ence that
H10 study was closed prematurely after exceeding the boundary excluded their noninferiority margin of 8%.28 Another strategy is
limit of 10% relapse or progression in the non-RT arm. (Figure 1) the PET-adapted approach following the response-adjusted ther-
The RAPID and GHSG HD16 studies demonstrated CMT apy for advanced Hodgkin lymphoma (RATHL) study, in which
improved PFS compared to chemotherapy alone, but the PFS 40% of patients in both ABVD and AVD arms had stage II disease.
benefit was small without corresponding improvement in OS The omission of bleomycin if interim PET-CT was negative (DS
and thus might not be clinic ally significant when factoring in late 1-3) after 2 cycles of ABVD did not affect outcomes, with a 3-year
toxicities from RT. In the CALGB study, 164 patients were enrolled and a 7-year PFS in the AVD group of 84.4% and 79.2%, respec
and received ABVD×2 cycles followed by PET imaging. If PET was tively.29,30 While the RAPID, EORTC H10, and GHSG HD16 trials
negative, patients received 2 additional cycles of ABVD without allfailed to show noninferiority in PFS with PET-adapted omis
radiation; for PET-positive disease, therapy was changed to BEA- sion of RT compared with CMT, particularly in favorable patients,
COPP followed by 30 Gy consolidative RT. In this study, 91% of there was no OS benefit with inclusion of radiation. Alternatively,
patients had a negative interim PET and received 2 additional CALGB 50604 demonstrated an inferior PFS of 77% in patients
cycles of AVBD resulting in a 3-year PFS of 91%. The 3-year PFS in treated with chemotherapy alone with a DS 3 on interim PET.
interim PET-positive group after escalation of therapy was 66%.27 The outcomes of patients with poor response on interim PET
Patients with one or more of the risk fac tors cited above (DS 4 or 5) are significantly worse, which represents an unmet
are considered to have unfavorable disease and were treated need, and studies have explored intensification of therapy to
with a multimodality approach with CMT. Generally speaking, improve response rates, such as changing ABVD to BEACOPP and
4 cycles of ABVD followed by 30 Gy of RT is recommended for adding RT as in the CALGB study. In the H10 study, patients with
Median
Trial Trial design Disease stage N Outcomes PFS OS
follow-up
Pembrolizumab Pembro×3 ⟶ AVD×4-6 (4 cycles Stage I/II 30 22.5 months CMR 55% with pembro Median PFS not Median OS not
followed by AVD51 for early stage, 6 cycles for unfavorable alone, but reached reached, reached,
advanced-stage or early-stage bulky) Stage III/IV 100% after AVD×2 2-year PFS 100% 2-year OS 100%
Nivolumab and AVD54 Nivo-AVD×4 plus 30 Gy ISRT Early-stage 109 13 months CMR 12-month PFS: 12-month OS
Sequential therapy: nivo×4 doses ⟶ unfavorable Group 1: 83% Group 1: 100% 100% in both
nivo-AVD×2 ⟶ AVD×2plus Group 2: CR 84% Group 2: 98% groups
30 Gy ISRT
Bv-AVD vs ABVD, Bv-AVD×4 Early-stage 170 45 months CMR 2-year PFS: 97.3% Median not
followed by or ABVD×4⟶30 Gy INRT unfavorable Bv-AVD 86.7% with Bv-AVD vs 92.6% reached
30 Gy INRT53 ABVD with ABVD
78.9%
Bv-AD45 Bv-AD×2 ⟶ PET Non-bulky early-stage 34 53 months CMR 97% Estimated 5-year PFS Estimated
1. If PET neg, then Bv-AD×2 (total 4) favorable or of 91% 5-year OS of 96%
2. If PET pos, then Bv-AD×4 (total 6) unfavorable
Bv-AVD +/- RT BV-AVD×4 ⟶ PET Early-stage 117 45.6 months CMR Overall 2-year PFS Overall 2-year OS
(4 cohorts)52 If PET neg, then unfavorable 1. 93% 94% 99.1%
1. 30 Gy ISRT 2. 100% 2-year PFS for 4
2. 20 Gy ISRT 3. 93% cohorts
3. 30 consolidation volume 4. 97% 1. 93.1%
radiotherapy 2. 97%
4. No radiotherapy 3. 90%
4. 97%
ABVD followed ABVD×2 ⟶PET Nonbulky early-stage 41 47 months CMR 3-year PFS of 92% OS was 97%
by Bv consolidation56 Favorable and PET neg, then favorable and 95% 3-year PFS 100% for 3 year OS 100%
BV consolidation unfavorable PET neg after Bv for PET neg after
Favorable and PET pos or unfavorable Bv
and PET neg, then ABVD×2 plusBV
consolidation
Unfavorable and PET pos, then
ABVD×4 plusBV consolidation
Trials with novel agents including patients older than 60
Bv followed by Bv×2 ⟶ AVD×6 ⟶ Bv×4 Stage II-IV 48 (9 stage II) 23 months CMR 2-year PFS of 84% 2-year OS of 93%
AVD followed by (age 60 or older) 90% after Bv-AVD
Bv consolidation43
Bv57 Bv monotherapy×16 cycles with PET after Unfit for chemo 38 (7 stage II) 36 months CMR 25.8% Median PFS 7.3 Median OS 19.5
4 cycles Stage IIB or bulky, stage months months
III/IV
Bv-DTIC vs Bv-DTIC×12 Stages I-IV 42 21.6 months CMR Median PFS 17.9 Not reached
Bv-bendamustine44 Bv-benda×6* Bv-DTIC 62% months
*closed early due to toxicity Bv-benda 88%
Pembrolizumab Pembro×3 ⟶ AVD×4-6 (4 cycles Stage I/II 30 (4 pts >60) 22.5 months CMR 55% with pembro Median PFS not Median OS not
followed by AVD51 for early stage, 6 cycles for unfavorable alone, but reached 100% reached, reached,
advanced-stage or early-stage bulky) Stage III/IV after AVD×2 2-year PFS 100% 2-year OS 100%
BVplus Bv-nivo every 21 days×8 cycles Stages I, II, III, IV, ≥60 46 21.2 months CMR Median PFS 18.3 Median OS not
nivolumab58 years or <60 and unsuit 48% months reached
able for standard chemo
ABVD, doxorubicin hydrochloride, bleomycin, vinblastine sulfate, dacarbazine (DTIC); Bv, brentuximab vedotin; CMR, complete metabolic response; INRT, involved nodal radiotherapy; ISRT, involved site
Multiple trials investigating different combinations and strat the odds of a 10% or greater decline in ejection fraction to a
egies are currently ongoing, with details in Table 4. Of these, final value of less than 55% after anthracycline treatment was
the North American study, which is a randomized phase 3 PET- almost 3 times greater for participants randomized to placebo
adapted trial incorporating Bv, nivolumab, and/or RT in early- compared with those randomized to atorvastatin.69 Further tri
stage HL for chil dren and adults, is par tic
ularly intrigu
ing. It als are needed to assess if early interventions or better patient
is planned to accrue 1875 patients from ages 5 to 60 with selection may decrease the long-term risk of adverse cardiac
ABVD being the comparator arm to several experimental arms events. Although optimal screening strategies are unclear for
(NCT05675410). cardiovascular disease, monitoring and aggressive management
of cardiovascular risk factors, including smoking, hypertension,
Late toxicities and survivorship diabetes, and hyperlipidemia, are recommended, with consid
While the majority of patients with early HL can be cured of eration of a baseline stress test or echocardiogram at 10-year
their disease with the therapies discussed above, the long-term intervals from treatment and, additionally, a carotid ultrasound
impact of these treatments can be significant. Late effects of at 10-year intervals if there was exposure to neck radiat ion.70
cytotoxic therapies and radiation are well described and include Second primary malignancies continue to rise, even up to
cardiovascular disease, recurrent infections, second primary 40 years from initial diagnosis, and constitute a leading cause
malignancies, endocrine dysfunction such as infertility, early of mortality for HL survivors.71-73 Breast, lung, and gastrointesti
menopause, and thyroid disorders. Cumulatively, this leads to HL nal carcinomas as well as non-Hodgkin lymphoma and leukemia
patients having a 5.1-fold higher risk of death due to causes other correlate with the use of radiation and alkylator chemothera-
than HL.59-65 Dores et al conducted a large study that included pies, and studies demonstrate a dose dependent relationship
20 000 patients treated from 2000 to 2016 and determined that between RT and risk of malignancy.74-76 Travis et al reported that
heart disease, infections, and interstitial lung disease were lead the risk of developing breast cancer in patients treated with
ing causes of noncancer-related mortality.66 chest radiation before age 25 was as high as 29% by age 55.74
In a large study over four decades with 2000 patients, Van Increased risk of hematologic malignancies such as therapy-
Nimwegen et al noted the 40-year cumulative risk of cardiovas related acute myeloid leukemia and myelodysplastic syndrome
cular disease was 50% higher in patients treated before age are associated with regimen intensity as rates are lower with
25. Mediastinal RT increased the risk of coronary disease, val ABVD compared to the more intensive BEACOPP regim en.61,77
vular heart disease, and cardiomyopathy, while anthracyclines Finally, endocrinopathies and thyroid disease can develop in
increased the risks of valvular heart disease and cardiomyopathy. up to 50% of patients, especially those who received radiation
Moreover, combining mediastinal RT with anthracycline and/or to the neck.78 Infertility rates are significantly higher in patients
smoking had additive risk.60 The study highlights the need for exposed to BEACOPP compared to ABVD.62,79,80 While fertility
tools to predict late toxicities in HL survivors, and researchers preservation options have expanded and improved over time,
have been developing models to answer these questions.67,68 De ongoing focus is necessary to decrease the infertility risk asso
Vries et al in the Netherlands established and valid ated a risk ciated with therapy.
prediction model for heart disease in HL survivors that includes While there is no consensus on screening, in practice, we
age at HL diagnosis, sex, smoking status, RT, and anthracycline follow NCCN guidelines: initiate mammograms at age 40 or
treatment as predictors for coron ary heart disease and heart 8 years post-therapy, whichever comes first; if chest or axil-
failure, based on a multicenter cohort of 1433 patients with a lary radiation therapy was administered for patients assigned
median follow-up of 24 years. These models can assist in iden female at birth who received RT to the chest between ages
tifying HL survivors who may need closer follow-up and more 10-30 years old, then breast MRI in addition to mammography
intensive screening.68 Recently, a double-blind randomized clini is recommended.70 HL survivors are often followed by PCPs are
cal trial conducted in lymphoma patients to receive atorvastatin not aware of the resource of NCCN guidelines for surveillance.81
vs pla cebo dur ing anthracycline che mo ther
apy revealed that Emphasis should be on devel oping a collab
ora
tive space
The treatment landscape of classical Hodgkin lymphoma has changed dramatically over the past decade. Relapsed and
refractory mainstay therapeutics such as brentuximab vedotin (BV) and checkpoint inhibitors (CPIs) are being moved to
earlier lines of therapy. However, the treatment of patients who progress after BV and CPI remains a challenge. Allogeneic
stem cell transplantation still plays an important role in this patient population as the only current treatment approach
with curative potential. Unfortunately, not all patients are transplant candidates, and many will still relapse afterward.
Cytotoxic chemotherapy and radiation may be used for symptom palliation or as a bridge to transplant. Targeted ther-
apies, including the antibody drug conjugate, camidanlumab tesirine, and transcriptional agents such mammalian tar-
get of rapamycin and histone deacetylase inhibitors have shown some potential in patients with refractory disease. In
addition, combination therapies with CPIs and novel agents may help overcome resistance to therapy. Clinical trials with
cellular therapies, including chimeric antigen receptor T cells targeting CD30 and allogeneic natural killer cells com-
bined with AFM13, a CD30/CD16a-bispecific antibody, have shown promising results. The availability of more therapeutic
options for this patient population is eagerly awaited.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Describe the role of chemotherapy and radiation in relapsed/refractory Hodgkin lymphoma after brentuximab
vedotin and PD-1 inhibitors
• Explain the role of allogeneic stem cell transplant in relapsed/refractory Hodgkin lymphoma and discuss
outcomes after PD-1 inhibitors
• Discuss emerging therapeutic options, including novel agents and cellular therapies, in patients with
relapsed/refractory Hodgkin lymphoma
express the TARC/MDC-spe cific chemokine recep tor CCR4, with a 70% CR rate.49 Another clinical trial of CD30.CAR-Ts, in
producing an inhibitory barrier to cytotoxic T cells and lead which the product is enriched in memory T cells with the goal of
ing to an immunosuppressed tumor microenvironment. Given enhancing persistence, also has promising early results.50 Other
promising results in preclinical studies,48 a phase 1 clini
cal possibilities to enhance CD30.CAR-Ts in cHL include combina
trial of CD30.CAR-Ts coexpressing CCR4 is currently ongoing tion with CPIs.51 Of interest, patients who progress after CD30.
(NCT03602157). In 10 patients with heavily pretreated cHL, with CAR-Ts, even if they had previously relapsed or been refractory
allpatients having prior BV and CPI exposure, the ORR was 100% to anti–PD-1 therapy, have had high response rates with some
durable remissions after rechallenge with CPI, raising the possi a promising option for patients.53 In a clinical trial of autolo
bility that CD30.CAR-Ts could be rescued by CPIs.52 gous EBV-specific cytotoxic T lymphocytes (CTLs) enriched for
CD30.CAR-Ts are a promising therapeutic option for patients specificity against latency membrane proteins, 11 of 21 patients
with relapsed/refractory disease. The future role of this therapy with active disease at the time of treatment achieved a CR,
is still unknown, and larger studies with longer follow-up are with a 2-year event-free survival of approxim ately 50%.54 In a
needed to determine whether this treatment could be curative follow-up clinical trial, the autologous EBV-specific CTLs were
in a subset of patients. engineered to express dominant-negative transforming growth
Other cellular therapies have also been investigated in the factor β receptor, with the goal of decreasing the suppression
treatment of cHL. Approximately 40% of cHL cases are Epstein- caused by transforming growth factor β and enhancing effi
Barr virus (EBV) positive, so an EBV-directed approach could be cacy.55 Of 7 patients with cHL, 4 responded, including 2 patients
Center for Sickle Cell Disease, University of Tennessee Health Science Center, Memphis, TN
2
As curative therapy using allogeneic hematopoietic stem cell transplantation as well as gene therapy and gene editing
remains inaccessible to most patients with sickle cell disease, the availability of drug therapies that are safe, efficacious,
and affordable is highly desirable. Increasing progress is being made in developing drug therapies based on our under-
standing of disease pathophysiology. Four drugs, hydroxyurea, L-glutamine, crizanlizumab, and voxelotor, are currently
approved by the US Food and Drug Administration, with multiple others at various stages of testing. With the limited
efficacy of individual agents, combinations of agents will likely be required for optimal outcomes.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Appreciate the general approaches to the management of SCD based on disease pathophysiology
• Describe the results of important drug trials in sickle cell disease, particularly those that resulted in drug approvals
by regulatory agencies, while highlighting ongoing drug trials
• Describe our approach to using approved drug therapies for the management of patients with sickle cell disease
Figure 1. Approaches to the management of SCD. Of the disease-modifying therapies, 4 drugs, hydroxyurea, L-glutamine, crizan
lizumab, and voxelotor, are currently approved by the FDA. In the absence of long-term data, gene therapy and gene editing are
referred to as “potentially curative therapies.”
Drug therap
median opioid usage between
inhaled NO and placebo.
Tinzaparin Effect on painful Tinzaparin significantly reduced Qari et al53 Prasugrel Rate of VOC No significant difference in the Heeney et al51
crisis the severity and duration of VOC (composite of rate of VOC between prasugrel
and duration of hospitalization. painful crisis or and placebo.
ACS)
Arginine Efficacy in children Arginine significantly reduced Morris61 L-glutaminea Number of pain Treatment with L-glutamine Niihara et al27
requiring total analgesic usage, pain scores, crises resulted in reduced VOC,
hospitalization time to crisis resolution, and total hospitalizations, and ACS
for severe pain length of hospital stay. compared to placebo.
necessitating
parenteral narcotics
Drug therap
antibody) resolution of VOC, cumulative
opioid dose, time to
discontinuation of parenteral
opioids, percentage of
participants with VOC
complication (ACS, ICU, blood
transfusion)
NCT05075824 Phase 2 IV loading dose of crovalimab on day 90/12-55y Evaluated effect on frequency of
(CROSSWALK-c) 1, followed by SQ dose day 2 and then VOC events, ACS events, duration
weekly for 3 wk. Monthly maintenance of hospitalization, change in
SQ dosing starting week 5 for 48 wk vs urine albumin-creatinine ratio,
placebo. tricuspid regurgitant jet velocity,
and PROMIS score
NCT number
Clinical
Mechanism Drug Sponsor (study acro Study design/intervention Number/age Outcome
phase/status
nym)
Increased NO Arginine Emory University NCT02447874 Phase 1/2 IV infusion 3 times a day for maximum of 7 d 21/7-21y Pharmacokinetics, NO metabolites
production
NCT04839354 Phase 3 One-time L-arginine loading dose (200mg/kg 360/3-21y Evaluate change in time to crisis
(STArT trial) IV) + standard dose (100mg/kg IV 3 times a resolution, pain scores, total parenteral
day) opioid use, PROMIS pain interference,
pain-behavior and fatigue score
L-citrulline Asklepion NCT04852172 Phase 1/2 IV infusion (bolus + continuous infusion for 7h) 120/6-21y Pharmacokinetics, adverse events,
Pharmaceuticals during VOC effect on VOC including amount of
Part 1: identify optimum dose regime overall opioid use, time to resolution
Part 2: doses selected from part 1 vs placebo of VOC
L-glutamine, crizanlizumab, and voxelotor showed that these disease pathophysiology, multiple drugs have been approved by
agents in combination with hydroxyurea were beneficial, with regulatory agencies, with more in various stages of clinical test
out increased toxicity. ing. The development of new drugs for SCD offers opportunities
to test drug combinations in the hope of improved clinical out
comes. Although the majority of drug trials in SCD have evaluated
acute pain episodes as the primary clinical end point, other SCD-
CLINICAL CASE (cont inu ed)
related complications and surrogate end points are increasingly
In the absence of identifiable precipitating factors and fol being assessed. Demonstrating the benefit of drug therapies on
lowing confirmation of adherence with hydroxyurea, other end-organ dysfunction in SCD will provide further evidence for
treatment options for acute pain episodes were extensively their role in improving patient outcomes.
discussed. While continuing hydroxyurea, the patient began on
L-glutamine because he wished to avoid monthly infusion clinic
visits. He was, however, switched to crizanlizumab due to poor Acknowledgment
tolerance of L-glutamine. He experienced a substantial reduc Kenneth I. Ataga is supported by awards from the FDA
tion in the frequency of acute pain episodes over the next year. (R01FD006030) and NHLBI (HL159376).
Conflict-of-interest disclosure
Conclusion Parul Rai: consultancy: Global Blood Therapeutics.
Although SCD is an orphan disease in the United States, it is Kenneth I. Ataga: research funding: Novartis, Novo Nordisk,
common worldwide. With advances in the understanding of Takeda Pharmaceuticals; advisory board member: Novartis,
Vanderbilt-Meharry Center of Excellence in Sickle Cell Disease, Department of Pediatrics, Vanderbilt University School of Medicine, Nashville, TN
2
The ideal curative therapy for sickle cell disease (SCD) must be applicable across all ages and include individuals with
strokes and preexisting heart, lung, and kidney disease. Myeloablative, matched sibling donor hematopoietic stem cell
transplant (HCT) for children with SCD has shown excellent outcomes over the past 3 decades but has been restricted
due to the limited availability of a human leukocyte antigen–matched sibling donor (10%-15%) and increased treatment-
related death in adults with myeloablative conditioning. To overcome these 2 significant barriers to curative therapy in
SCD, related haploidentical HCT has become an active area of research. The use of related haploidentical donors (first- and
second-degree relatives) increases the donor pool to at least 90% of those eligible across the life span. Importantly, most
adults, even with strokes or significant comorbidities, can tolerate the nonmyeloablative conditioning regimen without
treatment-related death. Since 2013, at least 3 related haploidentical HCT strategies have emerged as potential curative
therapies for SCD: (1) a nonmyeloablative, T-cell replete, bone marrow transplant with thiotepa and posttransplant cyclo-
phosphamide with a goal of complete donor chimerism; (2) a nonmyeloablative, in vivo T-cell depletion, using peripheral
blood stem cells (PBSCs) with a goal of stable mixed donor-recipient chimerism; and (3) a myeloablative, ex vivo T-cell
depletion using PBSCs and advanced-technology graft manipulation, with a goal of complete donor chimerism. We review
the similarities, differences, outcomes, and gaps in knowledge with these 3 haploidentical HCT approaches for SCD.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Understand the evolution of current haploidentical stem cell transplant as a curative modality for sickle cell
disease
• Determine the indication for haploidentical stem cell transplant for sickle cell disease
• Distinguish the different types of haploidentical stem cell transplants and evaluate their outcomes for sickle cell
disease
• Describe pros and cons of the 2 prominent haploidentical stem cell transplant platforms to cure individuals with
sickle cell disease
manipulations for ex vivo T-cell depletion of GvHD mediating T improve T-cell content in the graft because T cells are essen
cells (CD3+/CD19+ or TCRαβ/CD19+).18-20 The goal of therapy is tial for engraftment. However, T cells may also drive the path
complete donor chimerism. ogenesis of acute and chronic GvHD, resulting potentially in a
net negative effect and no impact on engraftment. The Johns
T-cell replete haploidentical transplant Hopkins team also avoided pro hibi
tive donor-spe cific anti-
approaches for SCD human leukocyte antigen antibodies associated with high graft
Investigators at Johns Hopkins published an initial experience rejection rates in haploidentical HCT recipients.32 To improve
using a nonmyeloablative haploidentical BMT with PTCy in donor engraft ment in par tic
i
pants, the Johns Hopkins team
adults with severe SCD.16 The initial cohort included 14 par increased TBI from 200 cGy to 400 cGy in their related hap-
ticip
ants with a median age of 23.5 years, receiving a condi loidentical BMT platform.33 Among 17 participants with severe
tioning regimen with antithymocyte globulin, fludarabine, hemoglobinopathies transplanted with the modified protocol,
cyclophosphamide, and total body irradiation (TBI), using full-donor myeloid engraftment was observed in 76% (13/17),
unmanipulated bone marrow grafts from related haploidenti- 18% (3/17) had mixed donor-recipient chimerism, and 6% (1/17)
cal donors, and mycophenolate mofetil, sirolimus, and PTCy had primary graft failure.
for GvHD prophylaxis. At a median follow-up of 711 days, only In 2013, the Vanderbilt international, multi-institutional learn
57% (8/14) of the recipients successfully engrafted, with a graft ing collaborative with participants in both middle- and high-
failure rate of 43% (6/14) and no deaths. All participants with income countries sought to improve donor engraftment using
graft failure had autologous reconstitution. Among engrafted the Johns Hopkins platform in a phase 2 trial of nonmyeloabla-
participants, 14% (2/14) had mixed donor-recipient chimerism tive haploidentical BMT with PTCy for participants with SCD.34
at the study conclusion with no incidence of acute or chronic In the initial 3 participants with SCD, 2 participants experienced
GvHD and 100% survival. All engrafted participants had amelio graft rejection. The investigators elected to add thiotepa to
ration of SCD-related symptoms, which provided the momen the conditioning regimen at 10 mg/kg (Figure 2). A near-final
tum for further investigating this platform for SCD. To reduce update of the trial results with thiotepa added was presented
the graft rejection rate, investigators at Johns Hopkins added at the American Society of Hematology meeting in December
granulocyte colony-stimulating factor bone marrow priming to 2022.35 Among 80 evaluable participants who underwent
Characteristic Bolanos-Meade et al16 De la Fuente et al33 Fitzhugh et al35 Saraf et al39 Pawlowska et al41
Protocol Phase 1/2, single Phase 2, multicenter Phase 1/2, single Phase 2 single Phase 2 single center
center center center
Goal Full donor Full donor Stable mixed Full donor Full donor chimerism
chimerism chimerism donor-recipient chimerism (PTIS-HCT approach)
chimerism
Stem cell source Bone marrow* Bone marrow* Peripheral blood Peripheral blood Bone marrow (3)
Figure 3. Changes in cerebral blood flow before and after blood transfusions and haplo-BMT with thiotepa and PTCy in a patient
with SCD. Quantitative cerebral blood flow (CBF) maps show that CBF increases to maintain sufficient oxygen and glucose supply in
people with anemia. The healthy image depicts the brain of an African American woman (aged 32 years, HbAA) with a hemoglobin
concentration of 12.6 g/dL and a cortical CBF (assessed by arterial spin labeling magnetic resonance imaging) of 40 to 60 mL per 100 g
per min. The SCD images are from an African American man with SCD (aged 34 years, hemoglobin SS); pretransfusion, his CBF was
elevated to offset reduced oxygen content. Following blood transfusion, which increased the total hemoglobin and reduced the pro-
portion of hemoglobin S, the CBF decreased but remained elevated relative to that in nonanemic individuals. After haploidentical BMT
(haplo-BMT) with thiotepa and PTCy, both anemia and HbS were eliminated, and CBF approached that of a healthy control (HbAA).
CBF heterogeneity was still present in this patient due to underlying moyamoya vasculopathy. Hb, hemoglobin concentration.
(From Lancet Neurol. 2021 May;20(5):398-408.)
Gene French
NHLBI HLA matched NHLBI haploidentical CIBMTR
therapy group
(Chicago, Pentostatin/Cy
Pentostatin/Cy Alemtuzumab
Alemtuzumab Riyadh) alemtuzumab Cy ± ATG
Conditioning alemtuzumab 400 cGy Busulfan Cy ± ATG busulfan (mostly)
300 cGy TBI alemtuzumab 400 cGy TBI busulfan
300 cGy TBI TBI ± PTCy
300 cGy TBI PTCy
Number enrolled 57 24 64 21 19 44 234 908
in the study
At-risk time (person-years) 518.7 96 Chicago: 123 176.4 49.4 111.9 1848.6 HLA-matched sibling: 1674
Riyadh: 87.5
Hematologic malignancies/ 0.57 2.08 Chicago: 0.8 1.70 0 1.79 0.05 HLA-matched sibling: 0
100 person-years* Riyadh: 0
Median follow-up, y 9.1 4.0 4 8.4 2.6 2.5 7.9 2.1-3.9
*Bolded values represent: Incidence of hematologic malignancies/100 person-years.
Personal communication from C. Fitzhugh and courtesy of C. Fitzhugh CD (Blood. 2022;140(23):2514-2518).
CIBMTR, Center for International Blood and Marrow Transplant Research; Cy, cyclophosphamide; HLA, human leukocyte antigen; NHLBI, National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute.
Table 4. Pros and cons of the 2 promising different haploidentical HCT approaches
Haploidentical nonmyeloablative, T-cell–replete, bone marrow transplant with thiotepa Haploidentical myeloablative, ex vivo T-cell–deplete PBSC transplant using
and PTCy18,33,34 advanced-technology graft manipulation19-21,42
Pros • Nonmyeloablative • >90% donor availability
• >90% donor availability • Event-free survival: >80%
• Most adults can tolerate the conditioning regimen • Overall survival: 80%-90%
• Good rates of engraftment • Low rates of acute and chronic GvHD
• Multicenter trial completed in middle- to high-income settings • Prevents EBV-PTLD by removing CD19+ cells ex vivo
• Event-free survival: >90% in adults • Reduced need for posttransplant immune-suppressive medications
• Overall 2-year survival: >90%
• Low rates of acute and chronic GvHD
• Typically, discontinuation of immunosuppressive therapy in 1 year
• Protocols easily replicable at different institutions and relatively inexpensive
Cons • Late health effects are not well established • Limited to single-center experiences
• Graft rejection (~12.5% in <18 years) • Expensive and labor-intensive
• Increased risk of viral reactivations • Variability in quality of cells depending on the source
• May be prohibitive to patients with significant chronic kidney disease stage 4 or 5 • Limited follow-up
• Limited insurance coverage, donor eligibility, and a high rate of DSAs may limit access • Late health effects are not well established
• Late health effects on fertility are not well described, expected, or studied systematically • May be prohibitive to patients with significant chronic kidney disease stage 4 or 5
• Specialized expertise required
• Delayed immune reconstitution
• Increased risk of viral reactivations
• Graft rejection (0%-14%)
• Fertility in women is likely to be low, not studied systematically
The third haploidentical transplant protocol is no longer open at the National Institutes of Health clinic
al center: nonmyeloablative, in vivo T-cell depletion with alemtuzumab using PBSC transplant.35,37
Cellular and Molecular Therapeutics Branch, National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, MD
2
Sickle cell disease (SCD) is potentially curable after allogeneic hematopoietic stem cell transplantation (HSCT) or autolo-
gous HSCT after ex vivo genetic modification. Autologous HSCT with gene therapy has the potential to overcome many
of the limitations of allogeneic HSCT that include the lack of suitable donors, graft-versus-host disease, the need for
immune suppression, and the potential for graft rejection. Significant progress in gene therapy for SCD has been made
over the past several decades, now with a growing number of clinical trials investigating various gene addition and gene
editing strategies. Available results from a small number of patients, some with relatively short follow-up, are promis-
ing as a potentially curative strategy, with current efforts focused on continuing to improve the efficacy, durability, and
safety of gene therapies for the cure of SCD.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Describe the advances in gene therapy for patients with sickle cell disease
• Identify the risks and strategies to overcome these limitations associated with gene therapy for patients with
sickle cell disease
2015-2020
Improvement in clinical
2021
Figure 1. Historical timeline of gene therapy for sickle cell disease to present date. Highlights of decades of preclinical and clinical
research leading to a possible FDA-approved autologous cell therapy product for sickle cell disease are presented. BLA, biologic
license application; LCR, locus control region.
disease-modifying therapies, the lack of available human leu Initial challenges for gene transfer in hemoglobinopathies
kocyte antigen–identical sibling donors, the increased risks of included an inabil ity of gammaretroviral vec tors to carry the
complications with alternate donor HSCT, and the complex care large β-globin gene and the necessary regulatory elements, the
following allogeneic HSCT, autologous HSCT after gene therapy potential for silencing, and the lack of high-level globin gene
is a theoretic
al universal cure for SCD that could eliminate major expression.10 To overcome these challenges, the use of lentiviral
limitations of allogeneic transplantation. The historical perspec vectors containing the β-globin locus control region enabled the
tive, current state, and future considerations of autologous gene first reversal of β-thalassemia in a mouse model by demonstrat
therapy for SCD are reviewed herein. ing viral transgene expression of nearly 20% of the total hemo
globin using a human β-globin lentiviral vector with crucial locus
Historical perspective control region elements (TNS9 vector).11,12 A similar lentiviral vec
The concept that gene therapy may ameliorate human genetic tor that substituted glutamine for threon ine at amino acid 87
diseases emerged in the 1970s after it was discovered that (βT87Q ) resolved anemia and reduced organ damage in 2 SCD
viruses could serve as a gene delivery system4,5 (Figure 1). Proof transgenic mouse models.13,14 The first clinical trials investigating
of principle was first demonstrated in patients with advanced gene therapy in patients with β-thalassemia and SCD therefore
melanoma,6 and the first clinical trials in gene therapy opened evaluated ex vivo delivery of βT87Q using lentiviral transduction.
shortly thereafter. The first trials focused on ex vivo correc Simultaneously, the discovery of clustered regularly interspaced
tion of hematopoietic stem cells (HSCs) from patients with short palindromic repeats (CRISPR)/Cas9 for programmable
primary immunodeficiencies (PIDs) using murine gammaretro- editing was reported15 ushering in a novel genome editing strat-
viruses (specifically the murine leukemia virus), as this vector egy for the cure of hemoglobin disorders.
system permanently integrates into the target cell, which is a
necessary feature for vector systems aimed at self-renewing A decade of lentiviral-based gene therapy for SCD
stem cells and their progeny. The PIDs were an obvious early Proof of concept in a patient with β-thalassemia, and later in
target given the rel a
tively low-thresh old gene trans fer effi a patient with SCD, was reported in 201016 and 2017,17 respec
ciency needed in the setting of a disorder where there existed tively, using ex vivo lentiviral delivery of βT87Q into autologous
a strong natural in vivo selection for gene-corrected cells. The HSCs. These first patients were among the group of ini tial
long-awaited successful application of human gene therapy patients treated with a lentiviral vector encoding βT87Q , initially
was indeed demonstrated first in X-linked severe combined tested in phase 1/2 studies known as HGB-204 (NCT01745120),
immunodeficiency, but genotoxicity from inser tional muta HGB-205 (NCT02151526), and HGB-206 (NCT02140554). HGB-
genesis halted these initial studies after the retroviral vector 204 focused on patients with transfusion-dependent thalasse
inserted into protooncogenes driving a leukemia process in mia (TDT); HGB-205 treated 4 patients with TDT and 3 patients
several patients.7-9 with SCD. Early reports dem onstrated sta ble and dura ble
Table 1. Investigational lentiviral vector–based autologous cell therapy products for sickle cell disease
Table 2. Investigational gene-edited autologous cell therapy products for sickle cell disease
The inherited bone marrow failure syndromes (IBMFS) are a heterogenous group of disorders caused by germline muta-
tions in related genes and characterized by bone marrow failure (BMF), disease specific organ involvement, and, in most
cases, predisposition to malignancy. Their distinction from immune marrow failure can often be challenging, particularly
when presentations occur in adulthood or are atypical. A combination of functional (disease specific assays) and genetic
testing is optimal in assessing all new BMF patients for an inherited etiology. However, genetic testing is costly and may
not be available worldwide due to resource constraints; in such cases, clinical history, standard laboratory testing, and
the use of algorithms can guide diagnosis. Interpretation of genetic results can be challenging and must reflect assess-
ment of pathogenicity, inheritance pattern, clinical phenotype, and specimen type used. Due to the progressive use of
genomics, new IBMFS continue to be identified, widening the spectrum of these disorders.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Understand the clinical features and laboratory testing used to distinguish immune from inherited bone marrow
failure (IBMFS) in adults
• Review when germline genetic testing for IBMFS is indicated and the common diagnostic challenges
• Learn why timely diagnosis of IBMFS is crucial for proper patient management
Introduction
Bone marrow failure (BMF), characterized by decreased CASE 1
production of 1 or more hematopoietic lineages, is clas A 23yearold male presented to the emergency room with
sified as either inherited, due to germline variants, or pallor and bleeding and was pancytopenic: hemoglobin (Hb)
acquired, most commonly immune mediated. Inherited 7.5 g/dL, absolute neutrophil count (ANC) 0.6×109/L, plate
bone marrow failure syndromes (IBMFSs) have been tra lets 17×109/L, absolute monocyte count 0.08×109/L, and
ditionally considered pediatric onset disorders; however, absolute reticulocyte count 50×109/L. No prior blood counts
it is increasingly recognized that many present first in were available. No vitamin deficiencies or paroxysmal noc
adulthood. Classical IBMFSs, including Fanconi anemia turnal hemoglobinuria clone were detected. Bone marrow
(FA), dyskeratosis congenita (DC), Shwachman Diamond examination showed hypocellularity of 30% with no dyspla
sia and a normal karyotype. Flow cytometry of the bone
syndrome (SDS), and Diamond Blackfan anemia (DBA) are
marrow showed a reduction in Bcells, Bcell precursors,
mostly diagnosed in children but can present later in life,
and natural killer (NK) cells. Personal history was significant
sometimes due to genetic somatic rescue or mosaicism.
for recurrent pulmonary infections and warts. Family history
In adults, typical clinical findings may be missing, and
was negative for malignancy or hematologic disorders. A
diagnosis may be challenging without the use of special
diagnosis of acquired severe aplastic anemia (AA) was made.
ized testing. Increased use of genetic testing has further
characterized the broad spectrum of known IBMFSs and
identified a wide range of new ones, the latter of which Inherited versus immune marrow failure
often present in adulthood and with predominant nonhe Cytopenias and evidence of marrow hyperproliferation are
matologic features.1,2 the defining features of BMF but are present in both immune
IBMFSs in terms of their typical age of onset, constellation of Patients with isolated chronic thrombocytopenia, particu
symptoms, and diagnostic testing. GATA2 deficiency was first larly with a pertinent family history, should be investigated for
described in 2010 as 4 different diseases based on the slightly a familial platelet disorder. Congenital amegakaryocytic throm
different clinical observations. Patients can present in late ado bocytopenia and thrombocytopenia with absent radii are usu
lescence or early adulthood, with a variable clinical phenotype, ally apparent in early childhood. However, diseases related to
even among affected fam ily mem bers.22 Patients with GATA2 RUNX1, ETV6, and ANKRD26 often present later in adolescence
deficiency may present with cytopenia and have a hypocellu or adulthood; they are characterized by thrombocytopenia, var
lar marrow consistent with aplastic anemia. However, reduced iable bleeding phenotype, and predisposition to hematologic
numbers of B cells and precursors, NK cells, and monocytes are malignancy.24 More recently identified, MECOM-associated syn
characteristic of GATA2.23 Other manifestations include oppor dromes (MDS1 and EVI1 complex locus) are typically pediatric
tunistic infections, lymphedema, and predisposition to MDS and present with skeletal defects and amegakaryocytic throm
and/or leukemia.22 bocytopenia.25
Some inborn errors of immunity, characterized by immuno and maternal aunt with leukemia. Bone marrow examination
defic
iency or other immune dysregulation, may also present as performed showed a mildly hypercellular marrow with mega
marrow failure, such as Toll-like receptor 8 gain of function muta karyocytic dysplasia (>10%), mild dysethryopoiesis, and dys
tions.26 A careful history focused on infection and autoimmunity granulopoiesis. Blast count was 7% and karyotype was normal.
is required to identify such patients. Genetic testing identified variants in RUNX1 (varia
nt allele fre
quency [VAF] 55%) and TET2 (VAF 35%). A diagnosis of MDS
was made.
CASE 2
A 35-year-old female presented to the emergency department Clonal hematopoiesis vs germline predisposition in IBMFS
with dyspnea and pancytopenia: Hb 6.9 g/dL, ANC 1.2 × 109/L, Most IBMFSs have an increased risk of myeloid malignancy, in
platelets 6 × 109/L, and absolute reticulocyte count 55 × 109/L. particular MDS and acute myeloid leukemia.16 Clonal hematopoi
Past medical history was significant for chronic immune throm esis in myeloid-cancer genes may predict for clonal evolution in
bocytopenia and menorrhagia. Ferritin was 20 mcg/L with nor many IBMFSs, and distinct patterns of clonality can guide clinical
mal B12 and folate. Family history was significant for mother suspicion for a particular disorder. In FA, malignancy has been
with chronic immune thrombocytopenia and iron deficiency linked to chromosome 1 q gain and cryptic RUNX1/AML1 lesions;
Fanconi anemia (FA) has long been considered a severe inherited bone marrow failure (BMF) disorder of early childhood.
Thus, management of this multisystem disorder has previously been unfamiliar to many hematologists specializing in the
care of adolescents and young adults (AYA). The increased diagnosis of FA in AYA patients, facilitated by widely available
germline genomic testing, improved long-term survival of children with FA following matched sibling and alternative
donor hematopoietic stem cell transplantation (HSCT) performed for BMF, and expanding need in the near future for
long-term monitoring in patients achieving hematologic stabilization following ex vivo gene therapy are all reasons why
management of FA in AYA populations deserves specific consideration. In this review, we address the unique challenges
and evidence-based practice recommendations for the management of AYA patients with FA. Specific topics addressed
include hematologic monitoring in AYA patients yet to undergo HSCT, management of myeloid malignancies occurring
in FA, diagnosis and management of nonhematologic malignances and organ dysfunction in AYA patients with FA, and
evolving considerations for the long-term monitoring of patients with FA undergoing gene therapy.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Delineate the unique medical challenges facing adolescents and young adults with Fanconi anemia
• Provide updated approaches for the management of hematologic disease in adolescents and young adults with
Fanconi anemia
defect repair in early childhood and what he describes as increased break age upon expo sure to diepoxybutane. NGS
slightly low blood counts detected on a sports clearance eval revealed biallelic pathogenic mutations in FANCA.
uation when he was 16 years old. Physical exam reveals only
short stature (height 63 inches/160 cm) and a white patch on
his left buccal mucosa. Laboratory evaluation reveals a nor Diagnosis of FA in adolescence and young adults
mal white blood cell count and differential, macrocytic ane Any AYA patient (up to age 40 years) who presents with BMF
mia (mean corpuscular volume [MCV], 105 fL; hemo globin, or MM associated with 1q, 3q, or 7q copy number abnormali
8.5 g/dL) and thrombocytopenia (platelets, 33 000/µL). He is ties/trans
lo ca
tions or unusual solid tumors for age (oral,
admitted to the nearby university hospital, where hematology head/neck, genital) should undergo a diagnostic evaluation for
performs a bone marrow aspirate and biopsy, revealing hypo FA. Screening should include at minimum a chromosome stress
cellularity (20%) multilineage dysplasia and no excess blasts test performed on peripheral blood lymphocytes exposed to
by morphology. Metaphase cytogenetics and fluorescence in situ DNA crosslinking agents diepoxybutane and mitomycin C. This
hybridization reveal a gain of chromosome 3q (20% by fluores screening by chromosomal stress test remains the gold standard
cence in situ hybridization). Chromosome stress testing reveals in diagnosing FA. A positive test should trigger NGS testing and
the exceptions are cryptic RUNX1 mutations, occurring in up to potential of this approach is tied to the elimination of condi
20% of patients with FA, that reverse HSC quiescence through tioning from this platform.12 If efficacious, autologous HSC gene
abrogating cell cycle checkpoints, resulting in restored hemato correction avoids not only GvHD but also long- and short-term
poietic output but promotion of malignant transformation.25,26 chemotherapy radiation toxicities seen after allogeneic HSCT.
For patients with early-stage MDS without excess blasts such However, while effects on restoring health of HSC based on in
as the one in our case, most centers recommend proceeding vitro assays have been promising,36 hematopoietic restoration in
directly to HSCT with best available donor.27 Prior to the year clinical trials has been somewhat inconsistent. In the FANCOLEN-1
2000, even early-stage MDS conveyed dismal prognosis in FA, study,12 despite impressive percentages of gene-corrected leuko
with 5-year OS <25%.28 Subsequently, improved outcomes have cytes, gene therapy did not halt progressive thrombocytopenia.
been made possible by T-cell depletion strategies such as CD34 In a recent presentation of 12 patients under age 6 at the time of
selection and TCRαβ depletion to limit graft-versus host disease treatment on the RP-L102 study, hematopoietic stabilization was
(GvHD) and by use of low-intensity regimens to reduce organ achieved in 7 of 12 patients, but blood counts failed to normal
toxicity.29,30 Posttransplant cyclophosphamide has also proven to ize in any patient.37 Thus, for AYA patients who receive this ther
be an effective method of in vivo T-cell depletion for patients apy on clinical trials or if made commercially available, we would
with FA undergoing HSCT with haploidentical donors.31 Unfortu continue to recommend annual bone marrow (BM) screening and
nately, 5-year OS for patients with MDS/AML (30%-50%) remains routine complete blood count (CBC) monitoring, as patients may
considerably lower than for patients with BMF (Table 4) in recent remain at risk for developing severe BMF or MM.
stud ies owing nota bly not just to relapse but also to ongo
ing high rates of nonrelapse mortality.13,32-34 Whether increased
nonrelapse mortality is driven by distinct pathophysiology of CLINICAL CASE (continued)
MDS/AML in FA or is confounded because MDS/AML occurs in
AYA patients, whereas BMF occurs in younger patients, remains After undergo ing unre
lated donor stem cell trans plant with
uncertain. TCRαβ deple tion, our patient remains engrafted with 100%
Pretransplant cytoreduction in patients with FA and advanced donor chime rism and no evi dence of relapse 3 years post-
MDS/AML remains controversial. Intensive AML therapy has been HSCT. He is planning to transition care to an adult hematol
associated with prolonged aplasia and significant toxicity,35 ogy center in another city. At his final visit, he asks about his
although 1 recent series suggests improved outcomes in patients malignancy risks and about other subspecialty care he needs
exhibiting pre-HSCT com plete remission.32 Sequential strat e to reestablish.
gies of fludarabine/cytarabine-based che mo ther
apy followed
by HSCT several weeks later regardless of aplasia status may
improve relapse-free survival.27 Combination azacytidine/vene Solid tumors in AYA patients with FA
toclax as pretransplant cytoreduction is currently being tested Most solid tumors in patients with FA will occur between age 20
in a combined safety/efficacy basket trial that includes patients and 40 years, although exceptions include liver tumors associ
with FA and MDS/AML (NCT05292664). ated with androgen use that have been seen in younger patients
and childhood cancers (Wilms, brain, neuroblastoma) associ
Hematologic monitoring in patients with FA ated with rare FANCD1 and FANCN subtypes.2 Notably, nearly
who have received prior gene therapy one-third of AYA patients are diagnosed with FA because of a
Ex vivo autologous gene therapy may soon be a commercially preceding malignancy diagnosis.2
available option for patients with FA, although to date, trials have AYA patients should thus undergo routine screening as rec
been limited to patients with a FANCA genotype. The tremendous ommended in the FA clinical care guidelines (Table 3). Recent
Telomere biology disorders (TBDs) are a spectrum of inherited bone marrow failure syndromes caused by impaired telo-
mere function due to pathogenic germline variants in genes involved in telomere maintenance. TBDs can affect many
organ systems and are often thought of as diseases of childhood. However, TBDs may present in mid- or even late adult-
hood with features similar to but not always the same as the childhood-onset TBDs. Adult-onset TBDs are often cryptic
with isolated pulmonary, liver, or hematologic disease, or cancer, and may lack the classic disease-defining triad of
abnormal skin pigmentation, nail dysplasia, and oral leukoplakia. Diagnostics include detection of very short leukocyte
telomeres and germline genetic testing. Notably, adult-onset TBDs may show telomeres in the 1st to 10th percentile
for age, and some cases may not have an identifiable genetic cause. TBD genetic etiology includes all modes of inheri-
tance, with autosomal dominant the most frequent in adult-onset disease. Variable symptom onset due to incomplete
penetrance, variable expressivity, and genetic anticipation add to the diagnostic challenges. Adult-onset TBDs are likely
underrecognized, but their correct identification is of utmost importance, since affected patients are faced with numer-
ous clinical complications, including but not limited to an increased risk of malignancies requiring close surveillance for
early detection. Currently lung, liver, or hematopoietic cell transplants are the only curative therapeutic approaches but
can be complicated by comorbidities, despite improved medical care. This review highlights the challenges of identify-
ing adult-onset TBDs and addresses currently recommended clinical screening measures and therapy options.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Identify clinical clues consistent with an adult-onset TBD and determine the correct tools for diagnostic work-up
• Understand the correlations between mode of inheritance, gene, and phenotype of TBDs in adults
• Determine appropriate clinical surveillance modalities and discuss therapeutic approaches for adults with TBDs
What is a telomere biology disorder? cryptic DC, which may manifest in adulthood with one or
Telomeres consist of (TTAGGG)n nucleotide repeats and a two isolated features such as bone marrow failure (BMF),
protein complex at chromosome ends that protect against interstitial lung disease (ILD), head and neck squamous
loss of protein-encoding DNA during cell replication and are cell carcinoma (HNSCC), or liver fibrosis. Underdiagnosis
thus essential for genome stability.1 Telomeres shorten with of TBDs impacts clinical outcome, since affected patients
each cell division, and over time critically short telomeres need specific surveillance measures and treatment consid-
trigger cellular senescence or apoptosis.1,2 Telomere biol- erations.
ogy disorders (TBDs) represent a heterogeneous group of The biology connecting the spectrum of TBDs is
multi-organ diseases caused by pathogenic germline vari- impaired telomere maintenance resulting in short telo-
ants in genes encoding key telomere biology proteins. The meres for age.2,4 Currently, pathogenic variants in at
best known subtype is classic dyskeratosis congenita (DC), least 17 genes involved in telomere biology are asso-
which typically manifests during childhood with the muco- ciated with TBDs (Table 1).2,5 All modes of inheritance
cutaneous triad of nail dysplasia, abnormal skin pigmenta- have been reported in TBDs, including X-linked recessive
tion, and oral leukoplakia, but can also present in adults.3 (XLR), autosomal recessive (AR), and autosomal dom-
The TBD designation encompasses phenotypes also called inant (AD). Patients with de novo germline variants have
Figure 1. Clinical manifestations of telomere biology disorders in two adults. (A) Computed tomography scan (coronal plane) of a
35-year-old male with cryptogenic hepatic disease (case 1). Transjugular intrahepatic portosystemic shunt was set in place at the age
of 21 years. Blue arrow indicates heterogenous liver parenchyma, green arrow transjugular intrahepatic portosystemic shunt, and red
arrow splenomegaly. (B) Image of the hypocellular bone marrow biopsy of a 35-year-old TBD patient with severe cytopenia (case 1).
(C) Pulmonary high-resolution computed tomography scan (axial plane) of a 54-year-old female with a TBD due to a heterozygous
TERC mutation (case 2). Pulmonary bases bilaterally show peripheral interstitial and ground-glass opacities with early honeycombing.
Findings are consistent with usual interstitial pneumonia pattern of pulmonary fibrosis. For all images written permission from patients
was obtained. Figure 1C was previously published in Giri et al. 2019.12
no
Unexplained liver disease ‡ Alcohol history/infecon
yes
TBD features +/or FH: ILD, BMF, LD, HNSCC
>2
Triad features §
≤2
BMF +/or 1-2 other TBD features
Figure 2. When to consider telomere length measurements in adults. *Includes unexplained, persistent cytopenia, aplastic anemia.
†Consider chromosome breakage testing to exclude Fanconi anemia. ‡Includes liver cirrhosis, fibrosis, hepatopulmonary syndrome,
idiopathic portal hypertension. §Mucocutaneous triad consisting of leukoplakia, reticular skin pigmentation, and nail dysplasia. FH,
family history; HPV, human papilloma virus.
existing or developing HPS/liver disease and therefore are the organ manifestations may present in isolation or precede devel
component of one symptom complex.14 opment of other features.7,20,24 Consideration should be given
Hematopoietic manifestations: Screening for TBDs is rec- to the fact that the complex pathophysiological background of
ommended for individuals of allages with BMF and for those TBDs leads to both a variety of affected organs and variable time
younger than 50 years of age with MDS.3,15 A recent study of a of disease onset, even within members of the same family. How-
reportedly acquired aplastic anemia cohort found that approxi ever, de novo occurrence of variants is possible, reported most
mately 2% of individuals had an unrecognized TBD by germline frequently in TINF2 and DKC1.
genetic testing.16 Additionally, MDS is a frequent manifestation Additional phenotypes: With more study, the clinical spec
of TBDs with an increased risk of 145-fold to 500-fold compared trum associated with telomere dysfunction is growing. Vascular
with the general population.15,17 disease, including PAVMs and gastrointestinal telangiectasias,
Liver disease: Cryptogenic liver fibrosis and/or cirrhosis, unex were recently recognized as an important cause of morbidity in
plained through lifestyle or infectious causes, or idiopathic por TBDs, with gastrointestinal hemorrhage being noted as an initial
tal hypertension can be a clue for a TBD. TBD-related hepatic manifestation of TBDs in children or young adults even in the
involvement is variable and may first present as an asymptom absence of overt portal hypertension.25 While abnormal immune
atic liver enzyme elevation, nonspecific ultrasound abnormalities, status is predominantly associated with childhood-onset TBDs,
and/or nodular regenerative hyperplasia on biopsy.18,19 TBD liver T-cell immunodeficiency has been reported in adult TBDs even
disease is progressive and should be considered part of the differ in the absence of BMF.26 Signs of impaired immune response may
ential diagnosis for patients with nonalcoholic/noninfectious liver therefore be an additional clue for an underlying TBD.
fibrosis/cirrhosis, idiopathic portal hypertension, and HPS.13,18-20
Cancer susceptibility: Cancer presenting at a younger than
expected age, especially HNSCC, may indicate an underlying CLINICAL CASES (continued)
TBD. Patients with TBDs have a 4-fold increased risk for develop
ment of malignancies compared with the general population.15 The presentation with one feature of a TBD (liver disease), as
Telomeres may play a role in cancer development due to chro highlighted in case 1, illustrates the complex diagnostic jour
mosomal instability (short telomeres) or accumulation of somatic ney of such patients. It wasn’t until his disease progressed and
DNA changes (long telomeres).21,22 T-cell exhaustion was recently other evaluations were not diagnostic that a TBD was suspected
proposed as an additional contributor to solid tumor develop (Table 2). Adult patients may initially not present to the hema
ment in TBDs.23 Acute myeloid leukemia (AML) and HNSCC are tologist but to other subspecialties, illustrating the importance
the predominant cancer entities associated with TBDs, with each of interdisciplinary clinical care. The patient in case 2 presented
having an estimated 70-fold (observed/expected) increased risk with BMF as a classic TBD feature, but her cutaneous phenotype
in TBDs compared with the general population.15 Other frequent was subtle. The early graying was an additional hint, yet the
malignancies include anal and cutaneous squamous cell carcino most important clue in her case was the family history (Table 2).
mas.15,17 The median age at MDS/acute myeloid leukemia diagno
sis is usually younger than the general population.17 HNSCCs also
show an unusually early age at onset in TBDs (<40 years of age) What are the diagnostic tools to identify
and predominantly affect the tongue.15,17 telomere disease?
Family history: Pedigree construction often yields important Traditionally, clas
sic DC was diag nosed by the pres ence of
clues for an adult-onset TBD since each of above-mentioned mucocutaneous triad or a combination of 1 triad feature plus
BMF. The addition of telomere length testing as a diagnostic tool Genetic testing: Genetic testing of the patient and their
and germline genetic testing have greatly improved diagnostics family members is helpful for both clinical guidance and fam
and expanded the phenotypic spectrum of TBDs.3,5 ily counseling. In cases of LTL <10th percentile, detecting a
Telomere testing: Lymphocyte telomere length (LTL) testing pathogenic germline variant can confirm a TBD diagnosis.3
by fluorescent in situ hybridization and flow cytometry (flow FISH) The TBD-associated genetic spectrum continues to expand,
measures mean telomere length and is a powerful tool in diag with pathog enic varia
nts in at least 17 different genes asso
nosing individuals with TBDs.27-29 In the clinical setting it is cur ciated with disease reported to date (Table 1). However, in
rently considered the primary diagnostic test for TBDs yet is labor approximately 20% of TBD cases, an underlying genetic cause
intensive and only established in specialized laboratories.3,28,29 cannot be identified, and newly discovered or rare TBD genes
The recently established high-through put sin
gle telo mere may not yet be included in clinic al gene panels.2,5,7,29,33 While
length analysis (HT-STELA), which determines the distribution potentially uncovering unrecognized TBDs, the implementa-
of telomere length, has been implemented as a diagnostic tool tion of panel or exome sequencing in routine diagnostics has
for TBD in the United Kingdom and may identify asymptomatic also led to increased detection of varia nts of unknown signif
individuals with TBD not readily detected with other methods.4,29 icance, which are difficult to interpret in the absence of an
Other measurement approaches, including quantitative PCR or obvious TBD phenotype. Additionally, in rare cases relatives
telomere shortest length assay (TeSLA), are useful in research from yet unidentified TBD patients may inherit short telomeres
but not validated in the clinical setting.29,30 and exhibit TBD symptoms despite their wild-type genotype,
Interpreting TL results in adults can be challenging and com a phenomenon called phenocopy.2 These patients would be
plicated by a few factors: First, due to normal age-associated missed by exclusive genetic testing. LTL can sometimes be
telomere attrition, LTL must be interpreted as age adjusted.3,27,28 helpful in assessing the functional impact of the identified var
Telomeres shorten more slowly in middle age than in childhood, iant, but additional basic science studies are often required.
making the diagnostic win dow between normal for age and Genotype-phenotype correlations: Typically, AR TBDs become
critically short telomeres sometimes challenging to interpret evident in childhood or young adulthood, whereas AD patho
in adults.28 Second, some genotypes are associated with short genic variants, except for those in TINF2, are primarily associ
but not very short telomeres. Childhood-onset TBDs typically ated with symptom onset in adults (Figure 3).7 In general, genes
exhibit TL below the 1st percentile for age whereas adult-onset found in adulthood include predominantly heterozygous path
disease may exhibit telomeres between the 1st and 10th percen ogenic variants in TERT, TERC, RTEL1, or PARN.3,24 In FPF cases
tile.24,28 Therefore in a clinically suspected adult TBD case, the AD TERT pathog enic changes are most frequent, followed by
detection of LTL <10th percentile for age should trigger genetic AD RTEL1 and AD PARN variants, while AD TERC changes are
workup.3 Of note, variants in DCLRE1B/Apollo, which are to date identified less often but present at a younger age.11,34 In adult
solely reported in childhood-onset TBD, are not associated with BMF, autosomal dominant (AD) TERC and TERT changes are
a global TL reduction.31 Third, granulocyte TL is often routinely predominant.3,35 Of note, TINF2 and DKC1 TBDs commonly
measured with LTL. While LTL less than the first percentile is sen manifest in childhood, but DKC1-associated TBDs have been
sitive and highly specific for TBDs, very short granulocyte TL lack reported to present in late adulthood, and monoallelic TINF2
specificity for TBDs and may also be observed in acquired aplas- pathogenic germline variants have been observed in rare cases
tic anemia or clonal myeloid disorders.27,32 of adults with PF.7,36
15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85
Age in years
Figure 3. Genetic etiology of telomere biology disorders: genes and associated inheritance patterns primarily to consider in adults.
Depicted are typical age groups for clinical manifestations of each gene and associated inheritance pattern. Yellow shade indicates
AD, green AR, and blue X-linked disease. Genes in bold are more frequently reported. For all genes, de novo occurrence is possible
but most frequently reported for TINF2 and DKC1. *De novo TINF2 is associated with a severe phenotype and onset in childhood. †The
combination of germline variants in TYMS and ENOSF1 appear to follow an AR inheritance but are the result of digenic inheritance.50
There are some pathogenic gene variations in combination with specific inheritance patterns that are to date solely reported in chil-
dren and therefore not depicted. These include the following genes with the associated inheritance pattern in brackets: POT1 (AR),
STN1 (AR), CTC1 (AR), DCLRE1B (AR).
14
12
Telomere length (kb)
10
6 99th percenle
90th percenle
4
50th percenle
10th percenle
2
1st percenle
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Age (years)
Figure 4. Telomere lengths in cases 1 and 2. Depicted are lymphocyte telomere length by fluorescent in situ hybridization and flow
cytometry (flow FISH) of 3 patients with TERC-associated TBD. The green circle shows lymphocyte telomere length of a 36-year-old
male with liver disease and bone marrow failure (case 1). Yellow diamonds indicate 2 lymphocyte TL taken over time in a female
patient with pulmonary fibrosis and bone marrow failure (case 2). Orange circles show lymphocyte TL of the child of patient 2 who
presented with thrombocytopenia and dysplastic fingernails and was found to carry the same TERC variant as their mother.
General recommendations
• Regular use of sunscreen, avoid excessive sun exposure
• Avoid exposure to cigarette smoke
• Patient should be taught how to perform a monthly self-examin
ation for oral, head and neck cancer
• Maintain good oral hygiene
• Vitamin D and calcium as needed to optimize bone health
Basic surveillance
Monitoring
• CBC normal/no cytogenetic abnormality: CBC every 6-12 months. BM evalua tion if cytopenia develops.
• Mild cytopenias/no cytogenetic abnormality: CBC every 3-4 months. BM evaluation based on clinical development,
consider regular intervals (eg, every 1-3 years).
• Abnormal cytogenetics: clonal cytogenetic abnormalities require more frequent CBC/BM evaluation to evaluate
potential leukemic or MDS progression; intervals depend on development of CBC counts. High-risk abnormalities such
as chromosome 7 change need immediate referral to HCT center.
• Progressive decline or rise in blood counts require CBC and BM evalua tion based on clinical situa
tion.
• On androgen therapy: CBCs prior to therapy; repeat CBCs every 4-6 weeks to assess response, when counts are
stable every 2-3 months
Dermatology Baseline and monitoring
• Perform regular skin self-examination for new or changing skin growth
• Annual dermatologist evaluation*
ENT Baseline and monitoring
• Annual cancer screening by an otolaryngologist
Dentist Baseline and monitoring
• Dental hygiene and screening every 6 months
Pulmonology Baseline
• Pulmonary function test
• Consider HRCT based on results and risk factors
Monitoring
• Annual pulmonary function test
• HRCT as clinically indicated
Bubble echocardiogram for pulmonary symptoms in the absence of pulmonary fibrosis
Gastroenterology/ Baseline
hepatology • Evaluate for risk factors for hepatic disease (alcohol, drug use)
• Liver function tests
• Liver ultrasound and/or fibroscan
• Evaluate for clinical signs of esophageal stenosis
Monitoring
• Liver function tests annually
• Consider imaging (fibroscan/ultrasound) every 2 years
• On androgen therapy: Check liver function tests prior to starting and every 1-2 weeks for first month, then every
6-12 weeks. Check lipid profile prior to starting and every 6-12 months. Perform liver ultrasound examination prior to
starting androgens and semiannually to evaluate for adenomas, carcinomas, or fibrosis
Gynecology/ Baseline and monitoring:
obstetrics • Annual gynecologic evaluation with HPV testing starting at 18 years of age or at start of sexual activity
• HPV vaccination in females and males <27 years of age if not adequately vaccinated in childhood
Pregnancy: referral to maternal-fetal medicine specialist for high-risk pregnancy
Orthopedics Bone density scan at baseline†
Oncology • Follow surveillance guidelines for breast cancer, cervical cancer, colon/rectal cancer, lung cancer, prostate cancer
• In case of cancer diagnosis: increased sensitivity to therapeutic radiation and chemotherapy may require dose
reductions
Additional surveillance based on clinical presentation per case
Cardiology Regular assessment for hypertension
Baseline lipid level
Urology Baseline assessment for genitourinary anomalies, including symptoms of urethral stenosis, penile leukoplakia
marrow evaluation at diagnosis and annually. Abnormal pulmo of either lung/bone marrow or lung/liver have been considered
nary function tests are common in TBD patients and associated as a possible therap
eutic approach yet are restricted to a few
with development of significant pulmonary disease.12 Base- specialized centers, and outcome data are sparse.42
line pulmonary function tests are recommended at diagnosis If lung transplant is not an option, antifibrotic agents such
and annually there after. Annual screen ing for oral can cer is as nintedanib and pirfenidone could be considered. There are
recommended since it may detect HNSCC early, when still very few data on their use in TBDs, but overall reports suggest
amenable to surgical resection. Additional specific screening they are likely safe in TBD-related PF and may slow lung func
recommendations are available in the TBD Diagnosis and Man- tion decline.43 Immunosuppressive therapy is not effective in
agement Guidelines (https://teamtelomere.org).37 Family mem TBD-related BMF. In lieu of HCT, androgen treatment can result
bers should be offered genetic counseling and testing based on in a hematologic response and transfusion independence for
the patient’s genetic status. Related individuals with pathogenic several years. Danazol is often used due to its somewhat more
varia nts causative of TBDs should be offered a clinical and diag favorable side effect profile compared with nandrolone or oxy-
nostic evaluation, even in the absence of symptoms, to establish metholone. Their efficacy appears similar, but they have not
a baseline given the considerable variation in respect to time been systematically studied in this setting.44 In some studies
of disease onset. Genetic counseling is essential for either the androgens have been proposed to lengthen telomeres, but the
patient or family members and should address the possibility of effect has been inconsistent and the long-term risks or benefi ts
genetic anticipation. of lengthening telomeres in TBDs is not known.45-48 One study
Therapy options: Research advances in telo mere biology reported a potential positive effect of nandrolone on pulmo
have led to a better understanding of the etiology of TBDs and nary function in TBD patients with ILD.47 Solid tumors should
their associated clinical manifestations. However, there are few be treated according to entity-specific recommendations
therap eutic options. The only curative option for TBD-related with careful following for increased chemotherapy-related
lung, bone marrow, or hepatic disease is organ transplant. Each of complications, especially for cytopenias. Patients with TBDs
these modalities can be complicated by the concomitant involve also have higher rates of complications from therapeutic radi
ment of other organs and concerns for increased treatment- ation, including severe tissue reactions and avascular osteo-
related toxicity.38-40 This warrants close interdisciplinary care necrosis.7,49
both pre- and posttransplant and high lights the importance
of multicenter prospective trials in this setting. Implementa-
tion of reduced-inten sity hema to
poietic cell transplant (HCT)
regimens and advancement in HCT donor matching have sig CLINICAL CASES (continued)
nificantly improved its outcome in patients with TBDs.40,41 After For both cases, screening measures as outlined in Table 3 were
HCT, patients remain at high risk of PF, PAVM, liver dis ease, initiated. The progressive BMF in case 1 required treatment, and
HNSCC, and/or gastrointestinal bleeding complications.12,25,40,41 the patient was started on low-dose danazol because of the
Lung transplant in TBD patients with PF has successfully been severe hepatopathy. His blood counts improved such that he
performed, yet patients are prone to complications and show no longer requires transfusions, and his liver disease has not
inferior outcome compared with non-TBD lung transplant recip worsened.The patient in case 2 was started on androgen treat
ients.10,38 A current collaborative effort by the Clinical Care Con- ment for BMF and remained hematologically stable for more
sortium of Telomere Associated Ailments (CCCTAA) is evaluating than 10 years. The first restrictive changes on pulmonary func
liver transplant outcomes in TBD patients. “Tandem” transplants tion tests and DLCO reduction were noted at 52 years of age. PF
Department of Pediatric Hematology, Oncology, and Blood and Marrow Transplantation, Cleveland Clinic, Cleveland, OH
2
Significant improvements have occurred for adolescent and young adult (AYA) B-cell acute lymphoblastic leukemia
(B-ALL) patients following the widespread adoption of “pediatric-inspired” treatment regimens for AYA patients cared for
in adult oncology settings. However, for AYA patients, aged 15 to 39, an outcomes gap remains in B-ALL, necessitating the
incorporation of novel therapies into up-front treatment regimens. As a result, clinical trial enrollment remains the current
standard of care for AYA B-ALL across disease subtypes when available and accessible. Currently, several up-front trials
are looking to incorporate the use of inotuzumab, blinatumomab, and chimeric antigen receptor T-cell therapy into exist-
ing chemotherapy backbones for AYA patients, as well as tyrosine kinase inhibitors for both Philadelphia-positive (Ph+)
and Ph-like B-ALL. In addition to ongoing attempts to improve up-front treatments by incorporating immunotherapy and
targeted approaches, the increased use of next generation sequencing for measurable residual disease evaluation has
led to superior risk-stratification and a decreased need to pursue consolidative hematopoietic stem cell transplantation
during the first complete remission for many patients.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Evaluate pediatric and “pediatric-inspired” regimens for the treatment of AYA B-ALL
• Compare current clinical trial approaches for AYA B-ALL subtypes in the up-front setting
• Discuss changing standards for MRD assessment and the impact on consolidative HSCT in first CR
older adolescent B-ALL patients, even up to the age of 21 to 24 OS (41.5±6.4 months vs 53.9±5.4 months; P=.012), mean relapse-
years, the majority of AYA patients over 18 (87.1%) are managed free survival (RFS; 39.1±6.8 months vs 53.9±5.4 months; P=.009),
by adult oncologists, often in community settings, which has and 3-year disease-free survival (DFS; 54.7% vs 76.4%; P=.44).8
traditionally limited exposure to pediatric regimens.3 An additional comparison of 2 pediatric-inspired regimens with
Following a large retrospective study showing a doubling hyperCVAD found superior complete remission (CR) rates (79.5%
of survival for AYA patients treated on US pediatric cooperative vs 64.2%; P=.02), lower relapse rates (44.1% vs 60.0%; P=.04), and
group trials compared to US adult cooperative group trials (7- improved 24-month OS (41.5% vs 28.1%; P=.012) with the pediat
year event-free survival [EFS], 63% vs 34%; P < .001),4 a prospec ric-inspired regimens. Treatment per CALGB10403 was also the
tive phase 2 trial evaluated the use of a “pediatric-inspired” only independent prognostic factor for OS in patients older than
regim en by adult oncology providers. Based on the pediatric 20 years (hazard ratio, 0.44; 95% CI, 0.20-0.97; P=.04).9
AALL0232 backbone, CALGB10403 showed both an improved
EFS of 59% and overall survival (OS) of 73% when compared to
historical controls. The regimen also had acceptable toxicity
rates in the treatment population, and delivery was feasible in CLINICAL CASE (continued)
the adult oncology setting.5 Superior outcomes using pediatric- Following admission to the Adult Leukemia Service, the patient
inspired regimens have also been demonstrated across mul is confirmed on multiparameter flow cytometry (MFC) to have
tiple prospective trials by other cooperative groups (Table B-ALL that is CD20+. He is initiated on treatment per CALGB10403
1),2 resulting in the pediatric-inspired approach becoming the with fluorescence in situ hybridization, mutational profile, and
new standard of care for AYA B-ALL patients treated in adult next generation sequencing (NGS) testing pending.
centers.6
Alternative AYA treatment approaches do exist, including MD
Anderson Cancer Center’s hyperCVAD reg i
men (Figure 1), as
well as its augmented hyperCVAD that adds blocks of pegylated Philadephia-negative B-ALL
asparaginase. This regimen was shown in its single-center ret Regardless of the up-front treatment utilized in the AYA popu
rospective analysis to produce similar results to the BFM-based lation (Figure 1), a survival gap exists in AYA B-ALL when com
approach in AYA patients.7 However, in other retrospective ana pared to pedi atric outcomes. Following up-front ther apy,
lyses it was found to be inferior compared to pediatric-inspired children aged 1 to 14 years now achieve a 5-year OS of greater
regimens in regard to 3-year OS (48.5% vs 72.6%; P=.4), mean than 93%, whereas the OS for AYA patients ranges from 60% to
78% despite CR rates of 85% to 95%.10 The cause of this out residual disease (MRD) response rates in patients receiving ritux-
come difference is multifactorial, including nonrelapse mortality imab and those who do not receive it.14
from an increased risk of treatment-related toxicities compared Currently, given the emergence of novel agents (Figure 2)
to pediatric patients and the prevalence of chemoresistant dis and the success of inotuzumab, blinatumomab, and CD19 chi
ease due to the particular B-ALL mutational profile seen in AYA meric antigen receptor (CAR) T cells in the relapsed/refractory
patients.11,12 Among early efforts to improve B-ALL outcomes was (R/R) B-ALL setting,15 the preferred up-front treatment for Ph−
the introduction of the CD20 monoclonal antibody rituximab to B-ALL is clinical trial enrollment, when available and accessible,
up-front therapy based on the GRAALL-2005/R randomized trial investigating the incorporation of these treatment modalities.
showing improved EFS and decreased rates of relapse in CD20+
adult B-ALL patients.13 This is not standard practice in pediat Inotuzumab
ric regimens, which do not incorporate rituximab into up-front For AYA patients treated in pediatric centers, the up-front COG
treatment due to a lack of significant difference in measurable trial AALL1732 randomizes Ph− B-ALL patients who are end of
Figure 2. Time line of treatment approvals in B-ALL. Brexu-cel, brexucabtagene autoleucel; Car, chimeric antigen receptor;
MRD, measurable r esidual disease; Ph-neg, Philadelphia negative; R/R, relapsed/refractory; Tisa-cel, tisagenlecleucel.
consolidation (EOC) MRD-negative to receive 2 cycles of the tumor burden.19,20 This has led to its superior efficacy as a con-
anti-CD22 antibody drug conjugate inotuzumab (NCT03959085). solidative treatment rather than salvage therapy, as illustrated
A com parable study at adult cen ters is the suc ces
sor to by the results of 2 pediatric phase 3 trials in patients up to the
CALGB10403, Alliance trial A041501, which is investigating the age of 30 years.21,22 Based on the initial results of the random
use of 2 cycles of inotuzumab postinduction for MRD eradica ized phase 3 ECOG-ACRIN E1910 trial (which included patients
tion (NCT03150693). Patients aged 18 to 25 would be eligible for as young as 30 years), the standard of care going forward for
either trial depending on treatment location. patients achieving an MRD-negative remission following induc
Inotuzumab was chosen for these trials based on the results of tion will likely include the incorporation of blinatumomab.
the adult phase 3 INO-VATE trial showing both an improved CR Utilizing a BFM-based regimen adapted from the E2993/
rate (73.8% vs 30.9%; P<.0001) and MRD-negative CR (78.4% vs UKALLXII that incorporated an extended remission induction,
28.1%; P<.001) in R/R B-ALL compared to chemotherapy,16 as well rituximab for CD20+ patients, and pegaspargase for patients
as an acceptable safety profile from the R/R pediatric B-ALL trial younger than 55 years, E1910 randomized patients achieving
COG AALL1621.17 While the most frequent grade 3 adverse event MRD-negativity at the end of induction (EOI) to receive 4 cycles
in prior inotuzumab trials was hepatic toxicity, including cases of of blinatumomab. With a median follow-up of 43 months, a sig
veno-occlusive disease, both AALL1732 and A041501 have noted nificant improvement in median OS was seen in the blinatum-
increased rates of sepsis during subsequent blocks of chemo omab arm (not reached vs 71.4 months; P = .003).23 Currently,
therapy, requiring protocol modifications.18 Although not tem only AYA patients with Down syndrome are included in the up-
porally associated with inotuzumab infusion, concern exists for front pedi at
ric blinatumomab trial AALL1731 (NCT03914625),
both prolonged myelosuppression with chemotherapy following but several other ongoing trials are assessing the efficacy of
inotuzumab exposure and inotuzumab-induced hypogammaglo- blinatumomab with or without the addition of inotuzumab in
binemia leading to increased risk of bacterial infection. the up-front setting (Table 2).
In addition to AALL1732 and A041501, numerous ongoing trials
including AYA patients are also exploring the role of inotuzumab CAR T-cell products
as part of postinduction therapy and its efficacy for MRD eradi Similar to blinatumomab, the 2 US Food and Drug Administration
cation in up-front therapy (Table 2). (FDA)–approved CAR T-cell products for R/R B-ALL, tisagenle-
cleucel (tisa-cel) and brexucabtagene autoleucel (brexu-cel),
Blinatumomab create a cyto toxic T-cell response against CD19-expressing
In addition to inotuzumab, the CD3-CD19 bispecific T-cell engager B-ALL cells, resulting in high rates of MRD-negative CR (Table
blinatumomab is being evaluated in the up-front treatment set 3).24 Tisa-cel is FDA approved for patients up to 25 years of age
ting based on its efficacy in R/R (TOWER19) and MRD-positive with refractory disease or those in a second or later relapse. It
(BLAST20) adult B-ALL trials. Unlike inotuzumab, blinatumomab is being evaluated in the up-front setting for AYA patients youn
response and out comes are supe rior with low pre treatment ger than 25 years who are EOC-positive as part of COG AALL1721
(NCT03876769). The use of CAR T cells earlier in therapy may Similar to Ph− B-ALL, current up-front trials are incorporating
be more efficacious at this time point given the effects of high blinatumomab in combination with TKIs in hopes of improving
disease burden and greater number of prior lines of therapy on EFS/OS and allowing chemotherapy dose reduction (Table 4).
outcomes.25 Tisa-cel, which uti lizes a 4-1BB costimulatory
domain, also has the potential for durable remission with a single
CAR T-cell infusion.26,27 Based on the ability of NGS MRD assess Philadelphia-like B-ALL
ment and loss of B-cell aplasia to predict relapse post CAR T cell, Philadelphia-like (Ph-like) B-ALL expresses a gene signature that
the proposed CAR-CURE BMT-CTN trial will seek to establish if is quite similar to Ph+ B-ALL but portends significantly worse out
CAR therapy alone is sufficient or whether a subset of patients comes due to its increased resistance to asparaginase and dau
may benefi t from post-CAR consolidative hematopoietic stem norubicin and poor sensitivity to glucocorticoids.32 Ph-like B-ALL
cell transplantation (HSCT) (NCT05621291). Currently, no equiv is more prevalent in AYA patients (25-30%) compared to children
alent up-front trials exist for brexu-cel, which utilizes a CD28 (10-15%), with an increased prevalence in the Hispanic/Latino
costimulatory domain,28 or other CAR T-cell products. and Native American population.33-35 Patients with Ph-like dis
ease have high rates of persistent MRD-positivity and OS rates of
Philadelphia-positive B-ALL only 20% to 30%, necessitating HSCT for long-term remissions.36
Compared to pediatric B-ALL, where it accounts for 1% to 2% Ongoing efforts to improve outcomes in AYA patients with Ph-
of cases, BCR-ABL1 rearrangement or Philadelphia-positive (Ph+) like B-ALL have focused on targeting the JAK/STAT sig nal
ing
B-ALL is the most frequent genetic subcategory in adults, includ pathway and ABL-class fusions (Table 3) and/or incorporating
ing an incidence in young adult patients of approximately 25% immunotherapy approaches.
to 30%. Although previously carrying a dismal prognosis with Phase 2 studies exploring the efficacy of incorporating the
an OS of less than 25% in adults and less than 50% in pediatric JAK inhibitor ruxolitinib into induction regimens for Ph-like ALL
patients, the introduction of tyrosine kinase inhibitors (TKIs) has are still ongoing (NCT03117751 and NCT03571321), including COG
significantly altered overall outcomes.29 Ongoing trials including AALL1521 (NCT02723994) for patients with CRLF2 rearrange-
AYA patients seek to understand both the ideal TKI selection and ments or JAK pathway mutations. Although ruxolitinib in com
overall treatment intensity, as well as the need for postremis- bination with a traditional chemotherapy backbone has been
sion HSCT following the incorporation of third-generation TKIs shown to be safe and tolerable, it is still unknown whether out
and/or blinatumomab into up-front therapy. comes are better than historical controls.32 A trial adding ruxoli-
Despite remission rates of 95% to 100% with the integration tinib to hyperCVAD was terminated early due to low accrual and
of TKIs into pediatric-inspired or hyperCVAD regimens,29 relapse lack of efficacy (NCT02420717).
is com mon and is asso ci
ated with kinase domain muta tions For Ph-like patients with ABL rearrangements, prior reports
that can be detected at the time of diagnosis.30 Compared to have suggested the benefit of BCR-ABL–specific TKIs for patients
the first- and second-generation TKIs, ponatinib can overcome with rearrangements of PDGFRB, which are associated with a
mutations like T315I and was shown to have a 3-year OS superior high risk of induc tion fail
ure.37 COG AALL1131 (NCT02883049)
to dasatinib when combined with hyperCVAD for frontline ther was amended to test the benefit of dasatinib in patients with
apy (83% vs 56%; P=.03).31 While it may become the preferred ABL class fusions, but results are pending.34 An interim data anal
TKI in adult B-ALL, ponatinib is currently used in pediatrics only ysis of MDACC’s phase 1/2 trial of hyper-CVAD plus dasatinib
for relapsed disease or if a resistance mutation is detected. The showed safety and efficacy in R/R, suggesting overall tolerab il
efficacy of ponatinib in younger patients is being tested in the ity of the regimen.38
R/R setting as part of the phase 1/2 COG trial AALL1922, given Given the high response rates in R/R Ph-like B-ALL with inotu-
the lack of pharmacokinetic and safety data for patients less than zumab, blinatumomab, and CAR T,39 AYA patients are also eligible
18 years (NCT04501614). for the up-front Ph− trials (Table 2).
Adolescents and young adults (AYAs; ages 15–39 years) with acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL) have worse outcomes
than pediatric patients with ALL. Multiple factors contribute to this differential survival. AYAs are more likely to have
higher-risk leukemia biology than children with ALL. AYA patients have more choices for treatment facility and treat-
ment protocol, as well as barriers to clinical trial enrollment, both of which can affect survival. AYAs must also navigate
psychosocial factors inherent to their unique developmental stage. Furthermore, AYAs typically sustain more treat-
ment-related toxicities than pediatric patients. Treatment on pediatric or pediatric-inspired ALL protocols at pediatric
cancer centers has been associated with improved outcomes for AYAs with ALL, but there is still variation in the treat-
ment that AYAs with ALL receive. Clinical trials focused on AYAs with ALL and individualized decision-making regarding
choice of treatment facility and treatment protocol are needed to optimize the survival and long-term outcomes of
this patient population.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• To identify key factors contributing to relatively worse outcomes in adolescents and young adults with ALL as
compared to pediatric patients with acute lymphoblastic leukemia
• To compare and contrast treatment toxicities faced by adolescents and young adults vs pediatric patients with
acute lymphoblastic leukemia
• To describe barriers to clinical trial enrollment faced by adolescents and young adults with acute lymphoblastic
leukemia
Acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL) is the most common biological, and psychosocial factors, as well as barriers to
cancer in children ages 0 to 14 years of age and has a sur clinical trial enrollment. Further, AYAs with ALL are particu
vival rate above 90%.1–3 However, adolescents and young larly unique because while ALL is the most common cancer
adults (AYAs; ages 15–39 years) with ALL have worse out in children, it is relatively rare in adults. The treatment of
comes than younger children, with 5year overall sur AYAs with ALL therefore requires careful consideration of
vival (OS) rates for AYAs ranging between 54% and 74%.4,5 protocol type and treatment center.9–11 This review will use
Younger AYAs often fare better than older AYAs.4–6 More 2 clinical cases to explore discrepancies in survival, risks,
over, when including patients up to 29 years of age, AYA and challenges with clinical trial enrollment for AYAs with
patients with diagnoses of any leukemia have the high ALL and to describe areas for optimization of care and qual
est mortality rate of any cancer.4 This discrepant survival ity of life of this unique population.
between pediatric and AYA patients with ALL is similar to
AYAs with many other cancers as well.2,5,7–9 Additionally, sur
vival for AYAs with cancer has not improved over time at
the same pace as that for other age groups, causing what CLINICAL CASES
has been termed the “AYA gap.”5 This AYA gap has been
an area of increasing concern in the pediatric and adult • Case 1: A 10yearold boy presents to an offtherapy
oncology communities over the past several decades. oncology clinic for his annual followup appointment.
Reasons for this gap are multifactorial and include clinical, He presented to the emergency room at 6 years of age
Pediatric protocol for ALL* Pediatric-inspired ALL protocol for AYAs Adult ALL protocol for AYAs
Representative protocol used AALL1732†,37 CALG B10403‡,2 Hyper-CVAD38,39
Induction chemotherapy agents DXM (<10 years old)/PDN PDN Hyperfractionated CPM
used (≥10 years old) VCR VCR
VCR DNR DOX
DNR ASP DXM
include extended durations of high-dose glucocorticoids, an adult protocol. Gupta et al14 reviewed 271 AYAs aged 15 to 21 years
higher doses of asparaginase and vincristine, and earlier and treated between 1992 and 2011. They found that from 1992 to 2005,
repeated administrations of frequent central nervous system when most AYAs at adult hospitals received adult protocols, 56% of
prophylaxis. Conversely, adult ALL protocols typically use sig AYAs were treated at an adult hospital with 5-year EFS and OS of 56%
nifi
cantly myelosuppressive agents and admin is
ter cen tral and 64%, respectively. For AYAs treated at pediatric centers, 5-year
nervous system prophylaxis later during therapy and less fre EFS and OFS were 72% and 82%, respectively. From 2006 to 2011,
quently.2,9,14,21 Table 2 summarizes key differences in treatment however, 66% of AYAs treated at adult hospitals received pediatric-
protocol approaches. inspired ALL protocols. Outcomes were better than those for AYAs
The type of treatment center is also closely linked to also closely treated at adult hospitals from 1992 to 2005 but worse than those
linked both to outcome and to procotol selected to be used.10 AYAs for AYAs treated at children’s hospitals from 2006 to 2011. The
with ALL may be treated at a children’s hospital on a pediatric pro authors concluded that survival differences are driven by both
tocol, an adult hospital (academic or community) on a pediatric- lack of universal use of pediatric ALL protocols and factors inher
inspired protocol, or an adult hospital (academic or community) on ent to children’s hospitals. For example, as seen in case 1, there is
typically more supervision in pediatric settings by pediatric oncol to patients aged 18 to 59 years on non-asparaginase-containing
ogy care teams and parents to ensure patients are compliant with combination chemotherapy regimens with cyclophosphamide,
medications and appointments, as well as more psychosocial vincristine sulfate, doxorubicin hydrochloride, and dexamethasone
support, such as child life services. Further, adult oncologists in (hyper-CVAD). While crucial to therapy, there is age-dependent
both community and academic centers may be less familiar with susceptibility to asparaginase toxicity. AYAs incur more frequent
pediatric-inspired ALL protocols and may favor the use of adult and higher grades of asparaginase-related toxicities, specifically
protocols when selecting treatment regimens.1,22 hepatotoxicity, pancreatitis, and venous thromboembolism.21,24
Furthermore, when rates of adverse events dur ing induction
Susceptibility to toxicities were compared between children and adolescents treated on
Even when AYAs are treated with pediatric-inspired protocols, pediatric protocols for high-risk ALL (Table 3), AYAs had higher
there are differences in successful receipt of protocol-directed rates of multiple toxicities, including hyperglycemia, hepatotox
therapy. The rapid physical growth and hormonal changes of icity, and thromboembolism.25 While this single-institution study
puberty alter drug metabolism, which may render AYAs more did not demonstrate higher rates for alltoxicities, the cohort
sensitive than pediatric patients to pediatric regimens.7,15 Pedi included only induction and patients aged 1.0 to 19.8 years, thus
atric pro to
cols employ higher doses of glu cocorti
coids and not capturing the full range of AYA ages. Advani et al26 also com
asparaginase than adult protocols.2,8 While these drugs are not pared toxicities dur ing induc tion for AYAs treated on CALGB
as myelosuppressive as the agents used in adult ALL protocols, 10403 and COG study AALL0232 and found a direct association
they can still cause toxicities. Asparaginase is of specific concern. between toxicities and increasing age. More grade 3 to 4 tox
Alacacioglu et al.23 showed that adult patients with ALL aged 18 icities were experienced by those on the CALGB 10403 proto
to 50 years treated on pediatric asparaginase-containing Berlin- col, which had an older overall age than the AALL0232 cohort.
Frankfurt-Munster regimens had similar rates of complete remis Studies evaluating all courses have demonstrated similar results,
sion but higher 5-year OS and relapse-free survival as compared including describing higher rates of avascular necrosis (AVN) in
Despite improvements in survival among pediatric patients with acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL), survival outcomes
for adolescents and young adults (AYAs) with ALL have lagged. The reasons for the inferior outcomes among AYAs are
multifactorial, each presenting unique challenges and requiring novel solutions. First, adverse disease biology is more
common among AYAs with ALL. Ongoing trials are investigating novel approaches to treatment, such as incorporating
JAK inhibitors for Philadelphia chromosome–like ALL, menin inhibitors for KMT2A-rearranged ALL, and BCL2/BCLXL inhi-
bition for T-cell ALL. Poorer adherence to therapy also impedes improvements in survival outcomes for AYAs with ALL, but
early data suggest that technology, both for monitoring and interventions, may be useful in increasing adherence among
this population. Finally, better access to clinical trials and collaboration between pediatric and adult centers is critical in
advancing the care of AYAs with ALL. Significant improvements have been made over the past decade, but recognizing,
understanding, and addressing each of these unique challenges provides hope that the outcomes for AYAs will continue
to improve even further.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Identify challenges to improving outcomes in AYAs with ALL
• Describe novel strategies to overcome adverse disease biology in AYAs with ALL
• Evaluate measures and interventions to improve adherence among AYAs with ALL
• Compare health care delivery models between pediatric and AYA patients with ALL
• Identify challenges and potential solutions to clinical trial enrollment among AYAs with ALL
Introduction
CLINICAL CASE Over the past decade, significant gains have been made
A 26-year-old woman presents with 4 weeks of fatigue. in the survival outcomes of adolescent and young adults
Peripheral blood laboratory analysis shows a white blood (AYAs) with ALL. This progress has been due in large part
cell count of 6.5 K/uL, with 57% blasts, along with ane- to improved treatment approaches, including the adoption
mia (hemoglobin level, 5.8 g/dL) and thrombocytopenia of pediatric-inspired regimens. Unfortunately, despite these
(platelet count, 39 K/uL). A bone marrow biopsy is con- improvements, outcomes remain significantly worse com-
sistent with B-cell acute lymphoblastic leukemia (B-ALL). pared to pediatric patients, the so-called survival cliff for AYA
Karyotype is normal, but fluorescence in situ hybridization patients.1 Unique challenges in the AYA population include
reveals a CRLF2 rearrangement, consistent with Philadel- increased frequency of adverse disease biology, differences
phia chromosome-like (Ph-like) ALL. She lives with her in treatment setting, and psychosocial factors that can
parents approximately 1 hour away from the hospital and impact adherence to care and access to clinical trials. In this
is currently working part-time as a piano teacher, without review we describe some of these barriers to improved out-
health insurance. A clinical trial for young adults with ALL comes and highlight potential solutions to overcome them.
is discussed, but she and her family are concerned about
potential side effects and how they will manage the fre- Challenges with adverse disease biology
quency of hospital visits. One of the key drivers of poorer outcomes in AYAs with
ALL, compared to their pediatric counterparts, is the
Target Agent Clinical trial # Phase Age (years) Disease status Results
JAK Ruxolitinib NCT02723994 2 1-21 Newly diagnosed Tasian et al55
JAK Ruxolitinib NCT03571321 1 18-39 Newly diagnosed N/A
JAK Ruxolitinib NCT02420717 1/2 10+ R/R Jain et al56
ABL Dasatinib
Target Agent Clinical trial # Phase Age (years) Disease status Results
N/A Nelarabine NCT02619630 2 18-59 Newly diagnosed
N/A Nelarabine NCT02881086 3 18-55 Newly diagnosed Goekbuget, et al59
CD38 daratumumab NCT05289687 2 18+ MRD+ CR/CRi N/A
CD3-CD38 XmAb18968 NCT05038644 1 18+ R/R Murthy et al60
BCL2/BCLXL LP-118 NCT04771572 1 13+ R/R N/A
BCL2 + LCK Venetoclax-ponatinib NCT05268003 2 18+ R/R N/A
CD7 WU-CART-007 NCT04984356 1/2 12+ R/R Ghobadi et al34
LCK, lymphocytic-specific kinase.
and King Chulalongkorn Memorial Hospital, Thai Red Cross Society, Bangkok, Thailand
2
Division of Hematology and Hematologic Malignancies, Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
Considerable progress has been made in elucidating genetic and biologic risk factors for venous thromboembolism
(VTE). Despite being able to identify heritable defects in a substantial proportion of patients with VTE, testing has not,
in general, proven useful in management. Despite efforts to reduce inappropriate testing, it often falls to the hematolo-
gist to consult on patients having undergone thrombophilia testing. Through a series of cases, we discuss how D-dimer
testing can be helpful in VTE recurrence risk stratification in younger women as well as how to approach patients with
persistently elevated D-dimer levels in the absence of thrombosis. While elevated factor VIII coagulant activity levels are
a significant risk factor for a first episode of VTE, its biologic basis is not fully understood, and studies have not shown
it to be a useful predictor of recurrence. Abnormal results of genetic tests for methylene tetrahydrofolate reductase
or plasminogen activator 1 promoter polymorphisms may be encountered, which carry little if any thrombotic risk and
should never be ordered. We also discuss protein S deficiency, the most difficult of the hereditary thrombophilias to
diagnose due to a wider “normal” range in the general population as compared with protein C, the presence of both free
and bound forms in plasma, and the characteristics of the various assays in use. We also present a rare type of protein C
deficiency that can be missed by functional assays using an amidolytic rather than a clotting end point.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Identify patients with venous thromboembolism in whom D-dimer can be useful for VTE risk stratification
• Understand why an elevated FVIII:C level and testing for polymorphisms in PAI-1 and MTHFR lack clinical utility
in the evaluation of VTE
• Know the criteria for diagnosing clinically relevant protein S deficiency and a rare subtype of protein C deficiency
Positive D-dimer
20.5% (women)
12.5% (age >70)
14.3% (age ≤70)
Overall: 10.9%
Overall: 8.8%
Factor V Leiden mutation (using PCR-based assay)
10.0% (men)
Prothrombin G20210 mutation (using PCR-based assay)
Protein C deficiency (functional amidolytic assay)
—-
—-
Free protein S antigen
0% (women, estrogen)
8.2% (men, age >65)
5.1% (men, age <65)
Negative D-dimer
thrombophilia were normal (Table 1). She completed 6 months
4.8% (women)
2.1% (age ≤70)
of rivaroxaban and was referred regarding the need for long-
4.7% (men)
9.7% (men)
7.5% (men)
term anticoagulation.
specific values
Cutoff values
of progestin-only contraceptives. A population-based study
showed that the use of oral low-dose progesterone, levonorge- Positive
Positive
Positive
strel intrauterine devices, and levonorgestrel implants was not
associated with an increased risk of VTE.1
This patient therefore had unprovoked VTE, for which the
Clearview Simplify (whole
Clearview Simplify®
Clearview Simplify®
blood; qualitative)
293
410
the rate was 9.7% per year in men.6 The cumulative risk of
recurrence at 5 years was 29.7% in men and 17.0% per year
DODS extended follow-up7
DULCIS5
Table 4. The effects of oral factor Xa inhibitors and oral thrombin inhibitors on tests for hereditary thrombophilia
Venous thromboembolism (VTE) is a multifactorial disease, and its risk depends on exposure to risk factors and predis-
posing conditions. Based on their strength of association with a VTE episode, risk factors are classified as major or minor
and determined using a temporal pattern to be transient or persistent. All patients with VTE should receive anticoagulant
treatment for at least 3 months in the absence of an absolute contraindication. Beyond this period, selected patients may
be candidates for an extended phase of anticoagulation aimed at secondary VTE prevention. The risk of recurrent VTE if
anticoagulation is discontinued is probably the main driver of decision-making regarding extended treatment. The risk of
recurrence after VTE associated with major risk factors is low if the risk factor is no longer present. In this case, treatment
can be discontinued. If the major risk factor is persistent, anticoagulation should be continued. After VTE occurring in
the absence of risk factors, anticoagulation should probably be continued indefinitely if the risk for bleeding is low and
preferably with minimal effective doses of anticoagulants. VTE occurring after exposure to minor risk factors is probably
the most challenging situation, especially if the clinical manifestation was acute pulmonary embolism. Understanding
the actual role of minor risk factors in the occurrence of VTE helps in estimating the risk of recurrence and avoiding the
dangers associated with unnecessary anticoagulation. The availability of safer strategies for anticoagulation could allow
personalized strategies for secondary prevention of VTE.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Understand the strength of different risk factors for VTE that support the classification in provoked, minimally
provoked, or unprovoked VTE
• Detail the risk of recurrence after the discontinuation of anticoagulant treatment for index VTE
Introduction
CLINICAL CASE Venous thromboembolism (VTE) includes DVT and pulmo
A 33yearold woman presents to the outpatient clinic. nary embolism (PE) that may occur as separate events or
Three months before she had visited the emergency in combination. In the United States, the average annual
department for left lower limb edema. A complete com rate of hospitalization in the adult population due to VTE
pression ultrasonography was performed, and a deep was 239 per 100 000 during 2007 to 2009.1 In Europe the
vein thrombosis (DVT) had been diagnosed at the pop incidence of VTE has been recently reported to be 131 per
liteal and trifurcation levels. Two weeks earlier, she had 100 000 personyears.2 PE, either alone or in combination
experienced a left ankle sprain and was prescribed brace with DVT, accounts for 30% to 40% of VTE events.3
immobilization without surgery. She has now completed The clinical course of major VTE, which includes proxi
3 months of oral anticoagulant treatment. She has no rel mal DVT and/or PE, is characterized by the risk for recur
evant medical history, and her body mass index is 23; she rence and death in the acute phase and by the risk of
was on a combined oral contraceptive for birth control recurrence and longterm sequelae such as chronic throm
at the time of the lower leg injury. Now she is asking for boembolic pulmonary hypertension or postthrombotic
advice on the need to continue anticoagulant treatment. syndrome thereafter; these events account for a substan
In fact, she would like to have a second baby. She also tial burden of illness in terms of quality of life.4,5 The risk
asks whether she should have further testing to assess a of recurrence is reduced by over 90% by appropriate anti
potential predisposition to thrombosis. coagulation. However, anticoagulant treatment has the
counterbalance of increased risk for bleeding events. The
Figure 1. Lifetime course of VTE risk based on presence/absence of predisposing conditions and on exposure to major or minor
risk factors.
pneumonia, and sepsis (OR, 1.48; 95% CI, 1.16-1.89) were asso mainly due to a paucity of evidence for the risks associated with
ciated with an increased risk of VTE.16 Overall, hospitalization in some specific conditions.23 In fact, when the strength of associ
general medical units is associated with an increased VTE inci ation between a risk factor and VTE decreases, as is the case for
dence that varies as a function of both underlying medical con minor or even minimal risk factors, the sample size required to
ditions and immobility. demonstrate the association dramatically increases, and high-
A number of conditions not related to hospitalization are also quality studies are scarce. Overall, exposure to a risk factor like
associated with an increased risk for VTE, but their association major trauma, major surgery, or active cancer may be a sufficient
is probab ly weaker in comparison to those mentioned above. cause for VTE. However, exposure to minor risk factors may only
Inflammatory diseases, mainly rheumatoid arthritis, systemic provide a partial explanation for the index VTE (Figure 1). The
lupus erythematosus, and inflammatory bowel disease, are asso threshold of attributable VTE risk to consider exposure to a risk
ciated with VTE, with low certainty of the evidence (OR, 2.33; factor a sufficient cause of VTE is undefined. According to expert
95% CI, 1.13-4.83).16 Another intriguing associat ion is that between consensus, a major risk factor is associated with a greater than
long-haul air travel—a duration of at least 4 hours—and VTE, the 10-fold increase in the risk of first VTE, while a minor risk factor is
so called economy class syndrome. By studying 8755 employees associated with a 3- to 10-fold increase.22
of international organizations accounting for a total time of expo The classification of VTE may have implications on the risk of
sure to long-haul flights of 6872 patient-years, the incidence rate recurrence (Table 2). In fact, an inverse correlation exists between
of symptomatic VTE was shown to be 3.2 per 1000 patient-years, the attributable risk of each individual transient risk factor for
as com pared to 1.0 per 1000 patient-years in indi vid
uals not an index VTE and the risk of recurrence after discontinuation of
exposed to air travel (incidence rate ratio, 3.2; 95% CI, 1.8-5.6).18 anticoagulant treatment. A direct correlation exists between the
Elevated body mass index has been identified as a risk factor attributable risk of persistent risk factors at index VTE and the
for VTE in most observational population-based studies.19 Com risk of recurrence, at least while the risk factor is present. In this
bined oral contraceptive use increases the risk of VTE by approx view, the definition of the specific attributable VTE risk for each
imately 2-4-fold, but the absolute risk is still lower than 0.1%.20 condition could facilitate the prediction of recurrence.
Hormone replace ment ther apy is asso ci
ated with a slightly
increased risk of VTE compared to no hormone exposure (OR, Epidemiology of recurrent VTE
approximately 1.5-2).21 As for index VTE, the risk for recurrent VTE is also multifac
torial, based on patient features, epidemiology of the index
Classification of VTE event, and the exposure to upcoming risk factors or predis
Based on the epidemiology of the index event, VTE is usually cat posing conditions.24
egorized as occurring in the absence of any identifiable risk fac Based on evidence from landmark studies, VTE not associ
tor (unprovoked or idiopathic VTE) or in association with major ated with identifiable risk factors has a high risk for recurrence
transient or minor transient or persistent risk factors (provoked in the first 2 years after discontinuation of anticoagulant treat
VTE).7,8,22 However, classification of VTE is still controversial, ment.25 The risk declines in the following 3 years, then reaches
Risk factor at index VTE ESC 201930 ASH 20207 NICE31 CHEST 20218
Unprovoked Extended oral anticoagulation Suggests indefinite Consider continuing We recommend
of indefinite duration should antithrombotic anticoagulation, offering
be considered. therapy over stopping taking bleeding risk, extended-phase
anticoagulation, except for risk of recurrence, and anticoagulation.
high-risk of bleeding. patient preference into
account.
In certain circumstances . . . In low bleeding risk Patient preference
a plateau of about 3% per year and never falls to 0. The risk of Making decisions about anticoagulation
recurrence after an initial event of major VTE provoked by a tem Secondary prevention of recurrences should be tailored based
porary risk factor is expected to be about half that of unpro on the estimated risk for recurrent VTE after discontinuation of
voked VTE, with no evidence that this effect can be modified by anticoagulation and the estimated risk for bleeding if anticoag
the length of anticoagulant treatment or the type of VTE (DVT ulation is continued.7,8,30,31 The risk of recurrence decreases over
vs PE). VTE associated with surgical risk factors seems to have a time after discontinuation of anticoagulation for the index event,
lower risk for recurrence in comparison with VTE associated with while the risk of bleeding during anticoagulation remains con
medical risk factors. stant over time. Of note, case-fatality rates of recurrent VTE and
Of note, lim ited data are cur rently available on the risk major bleeding events are expected to be similar during the ini
for recurrence after exposure to specific risk factors, except tial period of VTE treatment.32 Over time, the case-fatality rate
for cancer.17,26-29 Concerning the risk for recurrence after oral of recurrent VTE declines, while the case-fatality rate of major
contraceptive–associated VTE, a meta-analysis of 19 studies bleed ing remains sta ble. Case-fatal ity rates of recur rent VTE
including 1537 women found that the incidence of recurrence have been reported to be higher in patients initially presenting
after the dis con tin
ua
tion of anticoagulation was 1.22% per with PE than with DVT.32
person-year (95% CI, 0.92-1.62; I2, 6%) during 5828 person- Direct anticoagulants are associated with a reduced risk of
years of follow-up.27 Similarly, the risk for recurrent VTE after an bleeding in comparison with vitamin K antagonists. The risk of
index pregnancy–associated VTE seems to be low and mainly major bleeding was estimated to be 1.92% (95% CI, 1.57-2.33) per
related to subsequent pregnancy. year with vitamin K antagonists, with about one-fourth of events
The recurrence risk in healthy patients with travel-associated caused by intracerebral hemorrhage.33 DOACs are associated
VTE in the absence of other risk factors is unknown. There is con with a reduced risk of major and intracerebral bleeding in com
troversy as to whether travel-associated VTE should be regarded parison to vitamin K antagonists, though the risk of nonmajor
as provoked vs unprovoked (especially since it is quite transient clinically relevant bleeding is not negligible. The safety of these
in duration). This controversy exists for other minor risk factors agents may encourage physicians to reduce the threshold of
such as short immobilizations or mild trauma and suggests the recurrence risk in patients who are candidates for extended anti
potential for a further categorization of minor risk factors into coagulation. In fact, time-limited prolongation of anticoagulant
minor and minimal. However, while awaiting further evidence on treatment beyond 3 months delays recurrences without reduc
the risk for recurrence, this further categorization would have no ing the absolute risk of recurrence after discontinuation of treat
or minimal clinical implications. ment. This evi dence, mainly derived from patients suf fer
ing
Antiphospholipid antibodies (aPL) are autoimmune antibodies directed toward phospholipids or phospholipid-protein
complexes, particularly those containing β2-glycoprotein I (β2GPI). Persistently positive aPL accompanied by arterial or
venous thrombosis, or recurrent pregnancy loss, constitutes the antiphospholipid syndrome (APS). Several types of aPL
with different specificities have been defined and may be detected in the clinical lab, including lupus anticoagulants
(detected using clotting assays) and anticardiolipin, anti-β2GPI and anti-prothrombin/phosphatidylserine antibodies
(detected by ELISA); each of the last 3 aPL may be either IgG, IgM, or IgA, though IgA antibodies are not included in cri-
teria for APS. Due to the relative rarity of APS and the heterogeneity of aPL, thrombosis risk stratification is challenging,
and randomized clinical trials for thrombosis treatment and prevention have been limited. This lack of high-quality data
has made the clinical management of APS difficult, and existing guidelines are few and could not possibly cover many of
the scenarios encountered in managing patients with APS. In this review, we present 3 patients with aPL and/or APS who
highlight treatment dilemmas, and we discuss background information that may help guide clinical judgment in devel-
oping individualized treatment plans for patients with these enigmatic antibodies.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Evaluate the signifcance of a mild, transient risk factor in defning APS treatment in a patient with IgM
antiphospholipid antibodies
• Assess the need for transitioning a patient with APS from a DOAC to warfarin
• Assess the role of anticoagulation in asymptomatic aPL
This patient presents a common dilemma as to whether anti- low-dose aspirin in asymptomatic patients with aPL, outcomes
coagulation is indicated in a patient with aPL who has not expe were compromised by the small sample size and lower than
rienced a prior TE (Figure 1). expected event rate (2.75/100 patient-years in aspirin-treated
It should first be considered whether aPL levels in this patient patients, 0/100 patient-years in the placebo arm), resulting in
are persistently positive. Levels of aPL as high as seen here, how an HR for thrombosis of 1.04 (95% CI 0.69%, 1.06%; P = 0.83) in
ever, remain positive in >95% of cases, so repeat studies may not aspirin-treated patients.20 However, a meta-analysis by Arnaud
be necessary.16 et al. found a decreased inci dence of pri mary throm bo sis
A prospective study by Pengo et al. of 104 patients with triple- in patients treated with aspirin (odds ratio 0.50; 95% CI 0.27%,
positive aPL who had not experienced a prior TE reported 25 first 0.93%), though 10 of the 11 series in the meta-analysis were
TEs over 4.5 years, for an annual incidence of 5.3%.17 Male sex and observational.21 The use of aspi rin as pri mary prophylaxis in
risk factors for venous thrombosis (oral estrogen/progesterone, asymptomatic patients with high-risk aPL profiles (lupus anti
pregnancy, family history, other thrombophilias) imparted rela coagulant, double or triple positivity for aPL, or the presence
tive risks of TE of 4.4% and 3.3%, respectively. In another pro of persistently high positive aPL levels) is endorsed by guide
spective study, Ruffati et al. assessed the development of a first lines of the European Alliance of Associations for Rheumatology
TE in a cohort of 248 patients with aPL and no prior TE history, (EULAR).22 Proceedings of the 16th International Congress on
with a mean follow-up interval of 39 months.17 The frequency of Antiphospholipid Antibodies also suggest that low-dose aspirin
different types of aPL were not reported and patients were not be considered in such patients, while recognizing the need for
classified by single, double or triple positivity. The annual inci a randomized trial.23
dence of new TE in this population was 1.86% per patient year. Statins provide another alternative for primary prophylaxis in
The only significant TE risk factors were the presence of a lupus high-risk aPL patients. In a mechan istic study, 1 month of treat
anticoagulant and hypertension. Taken together, these studies ment with fluvastatin reduced the expression of monocyte pro-
suggest that consideration of prophylactic anticoagulation for a coagulant proteins, including tissue factor, protease-activated
triple-positive aPL patient is quite reasonable. receptors 1 and 2, and flt-1, due to inhibition of p38 mitogen-
Aspirin provides one option for TE prophylaxis in asymptom activated protein kinase and reduction in NF-κB/Rel DNA bind
atic aPL carriers.18 However, in both studies mentioned above, ing activity.24 In another study, fluvastatin significantly reduced
chronic prophylaxis, almost always with aspirin, was not found inflam matory cyto kines levels in patients with aPL, includ ing
to decrease the incidence of TE.17,19 In a randomized study of IL-6, IL-8, Il-1β, and TNFα.25 A retrospective analysis of statins in
Figure 1. Decision tree for management of patients with asymptomatic aPL. Initial risk assessment is based primarily on the antibody
profile, with triple-positive patients considered highest risk. Progressively less risk is depicted by less intense shading in the red box,
though grading of this risk is imprecise. Patients with significant cardiovascular risk factors might also benefit from statins (blue box)
and patients with rheumatologic symptoms, even without diagnostic serologies, from hydroxychloroquine. ASCVD, atherosclerotic
cardiovascular disease; EULAR, European Alliance of Associations for Rheumatology; LAC, lupus anticoagulant; LDA, low dose aspirin.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Explain the age-related challenges involved in considering anticoagulation for acute VTE
• Identify the best treatment strategy for acute VTE in older patients with chronic renal disease and low weight
label use of lower doses of DOACs. One particular concern is low dose reduction recommendations in older patients. While dose
body weight, which can be seen in up to 20% of patients above adjustment is recommended in patients with a serum creatinine
age 85.9 A recent survey showed that hematologists frequently >1.5 mg/dL along with age ≥80 or weight ≤60 kg for stroke pre
reduced the dose of apixaban and rivaroxaban in older patients vention in those with atrial fibrillation, it has not been studied
for the treatment of acute VTE, with only 50%, 35%, and 25% of for the treatment of acute VTE.18 Pharmacokinetics studies have
responders using the label doses in patients between 65 and shown that age alone has a small impact in DOAC exposure.19-22
74, 75 and 84, and >85, respectively.15 This was also evidenced in However, those same studies found that dabigatran clearance
a multicenter registry enrolling 3027 consecutive patients with was affected by renal function more so than apixaban and rivar-
acute, symptomatic VTE (COMMAND VTE),16 in which patients oxaban, while edoxaban had a labeled dose reduction for the
80 and older received less anticoagulation after the first 10 days treatment of VTE if CrCl was 15-50 mL/min, weight was ≤60 kg,
(93%, 93%, and 90% for patients <65, 65-80, and >80, respec or in the setting of a concomitant use of p-glycoprotein inhibi
tively, P = 0.04). This study also pro vided reassuring data on tors. In a post-hoc meta-analysis comparing DOAC vs warfarin
bleeding; even though patients older than 80 had significantly in registration trials, VTE recurrence and major bleeding were
more anemia and lower body weight and were more commonly significantly lower in the pooled DOAC treatment arm in the sub
on antiplatelet agents and nonsteroidal antiinflammatory drugs group aged ≥75 years and nonsignficantly lower in the subgroup
compared to younger patients, they did not show a statistically with CrCl ≤50 mL/min.14
higher risk of major bleeding.
Another impor tant chal lenge in older patients is the high Future research
inci
dence of CKD occur ring in up to 35% of patients above Due to the small number of older patients in randomized trials,
age 66.17 Due to the varying level of renal clearance in different there is an ongoing need for dedicated studies powered for this
DOACs, kidney dysfunction is an important factor when select- subgroup. To date, there is no convincing evidence to support
ing an anticoagulant. On this topic, there is confusion regarding a lower dose of DOAC for the treatment of acute VTE for older
Iron deficiency is a very common and treatable disorder. Of all the tests available to diagnose iron deficiency, the serum
ferritin is the most able to discriminate iron deficiency from other disorders. However, the reference range for ferritin in
many laboratories will lead to underdiagnosis of iron deficiency in women. Studies have shown that 30%-50% of healthy
women will have no marrow iron stores, so basing ferritin cutoffs on the lowest 2.5% of sampled ferritins is not appropri-
ate. In addition, several lines of evidence suggest the body physiologic ferritin “cutoff” is 50 ng/mL. Work is needed to
establish more realistic ferritin ranges to avoid underdiagnosing a readily treatable disorder.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Understand why serum ferritin is the best test to diagnose iron deficiency
• Learn why iron deficiency in women is vastly underdiagnosed
ciency, and levels can vary based on dietary intake. Total iron
binding capacity, which is typically elevated in iron deficiency,
is a specific but not sensitive finding, as inflammation, age, and
malnutrition can falsely lower levels. Transferrin saturation is
low both in iron deficiency and in inflammation, limiting its util
ity in differentiating 2 of the most common forms of anemia.
Reticulocyte hemoglobin content is low with any iron-deficient
erythropoiesis and therefore cannot discriminate between
anemia of inflammation and iron deficiency.4 Finally, a low mean
corpuscular volume is a late finding of iron deficiency with sev
eral cofounders, such as liver disease, alcohol use, among oth
ers, that prohibit its specificity.
For reasons that are poorly understood, small amounts of fer
ritin leak from the cytoplasm into the blood when synthesized to
store cellular iron. Serum ferritin levels correlate with total body
iron stores with 1 ng/mL of ferritin equating to 8-10 mg of storage
iron.5 While it is true that, as an acute phase reactant, ferritin can
Figure 2. With no cellular iron, the IRP binds the ferritin IRE to be markedly elevated in inflammation, this is only the case with
blocking translation of mRNA to ferritin protein while stabiliz- good iron stores. Recall that ferritin protein synthesis is depen
ing the transferrin receptor mRNA to allow protein synthesis. dent on the presence of cellular iron. With concurrent inflam
mation and iron deficiency, lack of iron prevents the translation
of ferritin mRNA into protein, thus blunting any extreme rise in
of cellular iron. When this binding occurs, translation of ferritin serum ferritin (over 100 ng/mL).
mRNA into protein cannot occur, thus making iron more readily In a systematic review of the literature, Guyatt et al con
available for cellular use. When iron is present, it can bind to the cluded that serum ferritin “was by far the most powerful test”
IRP, which then dissociates from the IRE, allowing ferritin pro for diagnosing iron deficiency.6 This test strongly outperformed
tein synthesis to occur. The regulation of the transferrin receptor other traditional tests of iron deficiency, including red cell proto
(TfR) is also controlled by a 3’ IRE in its mRNA. Conversely, when porphyrin, mean corpuscular volume, transferrin saturation, and
the IRP is bound, the mRNA is stabilized, allowing for increased red cell distribution width. This review noted that a ferritin level
protein synthesis leading to mobilization and use of iron. With of over 100 ng/mL ruled out absolute iron deficiency (absent iron
abundant cellular iron, the IRP is released, leading to destabili stores), while a lower limit was dependent on the clinical sce
zation of the TfR mRNA and decreased synthesis. By this elegant nario. A newer test of iron status, serum soluble transferrin recep
mechanism, iron stores can control the production of key iron tor (sTR), has been proposed to differentiate anemia related to
metabolism proteins. iron deficiency from chronic inflammation, in which sTR would
be expected to be elevated in iron deficiency but not impacted
Why do we use ferritin as a measure of iron stores? by inflammation.7 However, an important caveat is that sTR can
Traditional tests to diag nose iron defi ciency have key lim i be elevated in any condition associated with increased erythro
tations that affect their clinical utility (Table 1). For example, poietic activity/ineffective erythropoiesis, leading to potential
serum iron levels are low both in inflammation and iron defi misinterpretation and diagnosis of iron deficiency.8
Intravenous iron has become a major component of the therapeutic armamentarium for iron deficiency and iron defi-
ciency anemia. The earliest formulations were associated with unacceptable toxicity. Newer formulations, with com-
plex carbohydrate cores that bind elemental iron more tightly, allow the administration of full therapeutic doses
in 15 to 60 minutes. Nonetheless, a folklore of danger, fueled by earlier formulations no longer available, continues
to foment caution. Complement-mediated minor infusion reactions, referred to as complement activation-related
pseudo-allergy, resolve without therapy. Inappropriate intervention with vasopressors and H1 blockers converts these
minor reactions into hemodynamically significant adverse events. Four new formulations, low-molecular-weight iron
dextran, ferumoxytol, ferric carboxymaltose, and ferric derisomaltose, all approved for the treatment of iron defi-
ciency in a host of conditions, are now widely used with an excellent safety profile. Herein, the administration, safety,
indications, and management of infusion reactions are discussed. Treatment-emergent hypophosphatemia, a newly
recognized side effect for some formulations, is also reviewed. Based on the preponderance of published evidence,
intravenous iron should be moved up-front for the treatment of iron deficiency and iron deficiency anemia in those
conditions in which oral iron is suboptimal.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Debunk an antiquated folklore of danger associated with intravenous iron formulations
• Recognize infusion reactions and their management
• Become familiar with the administration of the 4 formulations of intravenous iron capable of complete
replacement (total dose infusion) in 15 to 60 minutes
Introduction
CLINICAL CASE It has been nearly a century since Heath injected subcuta-
A nulliparous woman is referred for fatigue, pagophagia, neous and intramuscular iron, reporting hemoglobin incre-
and inability to sleep due to constant uncomfortable ments in hypochromic anemias (Figure 1).1 In the early 20th
feelings in the legs while lying down. Menses have been century, an attempt to administer intravenous iron as col-
intermittently heavy, lasting 7 days with clot passage loidal ferric hydroxide resulted in toxicity so severe as to
and flooding. The hemoglobin concentration is 10 g/dL “preclude its use for therapeutic purposes.”2 Undoubtedly,
with a platelet count of 620 000/uL. Serum ferritin is the observed toxicity was provoked by prohibitive levels of
11 ng/mL, and transferrin saturation (TSAT) is 9%. Fer- labile-free iron after the administration of a formulation with
rous sulfate (FeSO4) containing 60 mg of elemental iron virtually no ability to bind elemental iron. However, in 1954
was prescribed on alternate days. Gastric irritation and Baird and Padmore introduced iron dextran for intramus-
constipation occurred. She was referred to hematol- cular and intravenous injections, observing rapid hemato-
ogy, and 1000 mg of low-molecular-weight iron dextran logic responses with few serious adverse events (SAEs).3
(LMWID) was ordered over 60 minutes. Forty seconds Infusion reactions abounded, resulting in perceptions of
after a slow start, chest pressure and flushing occur. She anaphylaxis. Intravenous iron continued to be infrequently
experiences no hypotension, wheezing, stridor, or peri- prescribed until the 1990s when recombinant erythropoie-
orbital edema. tin was released for dialysis-associated anemia, requiring
intravenous iron as an adjuvant for optimal response.4
Today we know that the preponderance of AEs occurring with have the potential to cause infusion reactions from labile-free
intravenous iron are minor reactions to labile-free iron, likely com iron dependent on dose, speed of infusion, and formulation sta
plement mediated and self-limited, resolving without therapy. bility (Figure 2).15 FG and IS, with much smaller cores releasing
Anaphylaxis is rare, occurring in fewer than 1 in 200 000 adminis larger amounts of labile-free iron, require lower doses and more
trations.5 A folklore of danger persists, driven by the alarming inci frequent visits to achieve the therapeutic dose.14 Accordingly,
dence of SAEs caused by a formulation of high-molecular-weight these formulations are not discussed further, and discussions of
iron dextran (HMWID) no longer available, along with imprudent formulations are limited to the 4 able to be administered as full
administration of vasopressors and antihistamines for minor reac doses in 15 to 60 minutes. We hope these data debunk the myths
tions, converting them into hemodynamically significant SAEs. of danger, leading to increased use of this necessary treatment
Publications using indirect surrogates for anaphylaxis such as for the most frequent maladies we as hematolog ists see in our
spontaneous AE reporting,6 medical claims,7,8 and sales data per work, ID and ID anemia.
petuate this concern.9,10 These surrogates are unable to distin
guish inappropriate intervention for minor reactions from SAEs. Safety
This position is supported by thousands of patients in head-to- The ini tial response to par en
teral iron was once so neg ative
head studies reporting no difference in safety or efficacy among that it is remarkable we have this opportunity to demonstrate
the available products.11,12 the ease of administering new formulations that allow for the
Herein we report the pharmacology of 6 available formulations complete correction of ID in 15 to 60 minutes. The perception of
of intravenous iron, its administration, and its indications in a host danger was so ingrained that although the first large prospec
of conditions associated with iron deficiency (ID). These include tive study of intravenous iron reported only three SAEs without
ferric gluconate (FG), iron sucrose (IS), LMWID, ferumoxytol, fer residua or hos pi
tal
i
za
tion in 481 patients who received 2099
ric carboxymaltose (FCM), and ferric derisomaltose (FDI) (Table 1). doses of intravenous HMWID, the authors concluded that intra
Following infusion, allshare a similar fate. The iron carbohydrate venous iron should be reserved for situations in which oral iron
complexes mix with plasma and are phagocytosed within the cannot be used, and the need for replacement is urgent.16
reticuloendothelial system, wherein the carbohydrate shell is A decade later the release of eryth ro
poi
e
tin for dialysis-
degraded, and iron is stored as ferritin or transported out of the associated anemia fostered new interest in intravenous iron.
cell, bound to transferrin, which delivers iron to its destiny.13 LMWID (INFed) was released in 1991 and became standard for
The formulations are similar in structure, with an iron core sur- dialysis-associated anemia.17 Unfortunately, a HMWID, Dex-
rounded by a carbohydrate shell, excluding FDI, which is a matrix ferrum (Vifor), was released as a less expen sive alter
na tive
structure. They differ in the physicochemical properties of size, to LMWID and resulted in an alarming increase in reactions.5
labile iron content, and release of iron in the serum.14 Labile iron With this formulation’s removal from the pharmacopoeia and
derives from bound iron within the nanoparticle and is readily the release of two iron salts, FG and IS, SAEs became rare. This
mobilized by chemical reactions or proteins.14 All formulations position was corroborated by a systematic review and meta-
Trade name Manufacturer INFeD-US Cosmofer-Europe Feraheme Covis Injectafer-US Ferinject-Europe Monoferric Pharmacosmos
Carbohydrate AbbVie low-molecular-weight Ferumoxytol Daiichi Sankyo Carboxymaltose Derisomaltose
iron dextran
Total dose infusion Yes No Yes- Europe/No- US Yes
Test dose required Yes No No No
Approved dose 100 mg per dose 510 mg 1000 mg Europe 20 mg/kg (1000 mg
750 mg US if >66 kg)
Optimal dose 1000 mg 1020 mg 1000 mg Europe/750 mg × 2 US 1000 mg
Infusion time 60 minutes 30 minutes 15 minutes 20 minutes
Serendipitously, significant improvements in hemoglobin con To address hypersensitivity, in 2017 the manufacturer of feru-
centrations were observed, leading to its investigation as an iron moxytol performed a randomized, double-blind comparison to
replacement therapy. In 2009 it was approved for the correc FCM.35 The methods, which were FDA mandated to approve a
tion of ID with CKD. As a result of its function as an MRI contrast broad label for ferumoxytol for ID, required two 510-mg infusions
agent, if an MRI is planned within 8 weeks of administration, radi of ferumoxytol 1 week apart compared with two 750-mg infu
ologists must be notified of its presence so that interpretation is sions of FCM 1 week apart, each over 15 minutes. While a 50%
not confounded.32 difference in dose may seem obtuse, this iteration compared 2
The 17-sec ond injec tion was implemented, and ret ro spec existing approved methods. Of 1997 patients, 997 received feru-
tively, while labile-free iron is markedly reduced with ferumoxy- moxytol and 1000, FCM. No difference in reactions was observed.
tol compared to IS and FG,14 an alarming number of reactions As expected, there was more hypophosphatemia with FCM (dis-
occurred. Even allowing for the Weber effect (increased report- cussed further under treatment-emergent hypophosphatemia).
ing whenever new products are launched), reactions were fre No clin i
cal sequelae sec ond ary to hypophosphatemia were
quent and mistaken for anaphylaxis.33 While we now know these reported. Hypophosphatemia was not observed with ferumoxy-
were likely CARPA, the number of reports of AEs to the US Food tol. These results were also consistent with the randomized trial
and Drug Administration (FDA) was so high a black box warn of ferumoxytol and IS, which evaluated 162 patients, reporting
ing was issued. This resulted in failure to obtain a broad label for comparable efficacy and AE rates.36
other causes of ID, limiting its use. The label stipulated a min Consistent with the data, ferumoxytol received broad FDA
imum infusion rate of 510 mg over 15 minutes. Support for the approval for the treatment of ID. The approval remained con
imprudence of rapid administration comes from one of our prac sistent with the existing label requiring 2 infusions of 510 mg
tices (MA). The first 90 doses administered over 17 seconds were over 15 minutes, 1 week apart. However, there was no reason
associated with 3 episodes of hypotension that resolved rapidly to believe ferumoxytol could not be administered more con
without sequelae. Serum tryptase levels were normal, suggesting veniently, as a single infusion of 1020 mg. Several studies cor
these were not anaphylactic reactions.34 Upon slowing the rate roborate this position.37,38 We routinely administer 1020 mg in
to 3 minutes, more than 2500 doses were administered without 250-mL normal saline over 30 minutes with no observed SAEs
clinically significant AEs. Nonetheless, we recommend following in more than 2000 infusions and are currently conducting a
the 15-minute infusion rate, consistent with recommendations for randomized, double-blind, double-dummy trial of oral and IV
the other 2 new parenteral iron formulations, FCM and FDI. iron in patients after bariatric surgery using the single-dose
Figure 4. Mechanism of treatment-emergent hypophosphatemia. Following the administration of some intravenous iron formula-
tions is a sharp rise in the plasma iFGF23, triggering a pathophysiological cascade of renal phosphate wasting, calcitriol deficiency,
and secondary hyperparathyroidism. This frequently culminates in hypophosphatemia even after iFGF23 levels have normalized. PTH,
parathyroid hormone.
Iron-deficiency anemia occurs most commonly in young children due to a low-iron diet and adolescent girls due to men-
strual blood loss. However, children with gastrointestinal conditions such as intestinal failure, inflammatory bowel dis-
ease, celiac disease, and/or other chronic conditions, including chronic kidney disease and heart failure, also commonly
have iron deficiency. Many patients with classic iron-deficiency anemia will improve with oral iron therapy. However, in
children who have an incomplete response to oral iron, intravenous iron therapy is increasingly being used. Benefits of
intravenous iron therapy include a rapid repletion of iron stores in addition to resolution of anemia, less gastrointestinal
side effects, and relief for patients and families struggling with long-term iron supplementation. Indications for first-line
therapy with intravenous iron in children with chronic conditions have also increased. Four intravenous iron formulations
have approved indications in pediatrics, and many are increasingly used off-label in children as well. Here we discuss the
indications and appropriate timing of intravenous iron therapy in children with a wide range of underlying etiologies.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
• Identify the clinical indications for intravenous iron therapy in pediatric patients
• Select appropriate intravenous iron therapies based on presentation and underlying conditions
• Understand the clinical course and laboratory response in patients receiving intravenous iron
Overview of pediatric iron-deficiency anemia irondeficient children with a normal hemoglobin can
Globally, iron deficiency remains a major cause of anemia in exhibit similar symptoms. Risk factors and underlying con
children. The incidence of pediatric iron deficiency is high ditions associated with IDA are listed in Table 1.
est during 2 time periods: infancy and adolescence. In the While many children and adolescents with IDA will
United States, approximately 2% to 3% of infants and young respond appropriately to oral iron, a number will have an
children have irondeficiency anemia (IDA) due to a lowiron incomplete response or fail to complete a full oral iron
diet, particularly in those without initiation of appropriate course due to intolerance of side effects or nonadherence.
iron supplementation while breastfeeding and in toddlers Children with persistent or refractory IDA, as well as those
with excessive cow’s milk intake (>24 oz daily). Over 10% of with severe or recurrent IDA, are often referred to hema
adolescent females are iron deficient postmenarche, par tology for ongoing evaluation and management, includ
ticularly in the setting of heavy menstrual bleeding (HMB). ing consideration of intravenous (IV) iron therapy. Here we
Prevalence is lower (<1%) in healthy schoolaged children review when to consider IV iron and available data on IV
and adolescent males. Across all ages, inflammatory bowel iron options in pediatrics.
disease (IBD) or other gastrointestinal (GI) illnesses, car
diac disease, and/or other chronic conditions place chil
dren at high risk for iron deficiency and iron dysregulation
due to chronic inflammation. Unique to pediatric patients CLINICAL CASE 1
are the increased iron requirements to support ongoing A 15yearold female is referred to hematology for evalua
growth and development, which results in a higher daily tion of persistent anemia in the setting of HMB. Laboratory
iron requirement compared to adults. While prolonged evaluation demonstrates hemoglobin of 9.5 g/dL and ferri
iron deficiency will cause symptomatic microcytic anemia, tin of 4 ng/mL. She was prescribed a ferrous sulfate 325mg
Figure 1. Laboratory changes following oral vs intravenous iron therapy. Expected changes in hemoglobin and ferritin in (A) patients
with an optimal response to oral iron therapy and (B) patients treated with intravenous iron therapy.
tablet (65 mg elemental iron) once daily for the past 6 months Intravenous iron for classic iron-deficiency anemia
but admits dif fi
culty tak ing it consis
tently due to abdom i
nal This patient represents a classic clinical scenario of IDA. Ongoing
cramps that develop following tablet ingestion. Menarche was attempts to correct the iron deficiency with an alternative oral
at 11 years of age, and her current menstrual cycles last 7 days iron formulation or dosing regimen after 6 months of oral iron are
and require frequent pad changing during the first 3 days, often unlikely to be successful. An appropriate response to oral iron is
accompanied by bleeding onto her clothing and bedsheets at demonstrated by reticulocytosis within 5 to 7 days followed by
night. She complains of fatigue, which is limiting her participa an increment in hemoglobin within the first 1 to 2 weeks from
tion in sports activities and causing intermittent headaches. initiation (Figure 1). In mild IDA, resolution of the anemia (ie,
normalization of the hemoglobin) should occur within 1 month.